Quarterlytics / The Stars Group

The Stars Group

tsgi · TSX
Claim this profile
Ticker tsgi
Exchange TSX
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · The Stars Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 40-F

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Ontario
(Province or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017
Commission File Number 001-37403

The Stars Group Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

7370
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

200 Bay Street, South Tower, Suite 3205
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
M5J 2J3
+1 (437) 371-5742

98-0555397
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Stars Group Services USA Corporation
4000 Hollywood Blvd., Suite 360-N
Hollywood, Florida 33021
+1 (437) 371-5742

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code)
of agent for service in the United States)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Shares, no par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:

☒  Annual information form

☒  Audited annual financial statements

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the Registrant’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by this

annual report.

The Registrant had 147,947,874 Common Shares and 1,139,249 Class A Convertible Preferred Shares outstanding as at December 31, 2017.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Yes  ☒    No  ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an emerging growth company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Emerging

Growth Company  ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has

elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of
the Exchange Act. 

☐

† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting
Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information and statements in this Annual Report on Form 40-F and the exhibits attached hereto (this “Annual Report”) of The Stars Group Inc. (the
“Registrant”)  may  constitute  forward-looking  information  and  statements  (collectively,  “forward-looking  statements”)  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and applicable securities laws. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and contingencies that
could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied.  Investors  are  cautioned  not  to  put  undue  reliance  on  forward-looking
statements.  Applicable  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  identified  under  the  heading  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”  in  the
Registrant’s Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the “2017 AIF”) and “Risk Factors and Uncertainties”, “Limitations of Key
Metrics  and  Other  Data”  and  “Key  Metrics”  in  the  Registrant’s  Management’s  Discussion  &  Analysis  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  (the  “2017
MD&A”),  attached  as  Exhibits  99.1  and  99.3  to  this  Annual  Report,  respectively,  and  in  other  filings  that  the  Registrant  has  made  and  may  make  with
applicable securities authorities in the future. Additionally, the safe harbor provided in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange  Act”),  and  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  applies  to  forward  looking  information  provided  pursuant  to  “Off  Balance
Sheet  Arrangements”  and  “Tabular  Disclosure  of  Contractual  Obligations”  in  this  Annual  Report.  Please  also  see  “Caution  Regarding  Forward-Looking
Statements” in each of the 2017 AIF and 2017 MD&A. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date hereof, and The Stars Group undertakes no
obligation  to  correct  or  update  any  forward-looking  statement,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise,  except  as  required  by
applicable law.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The disclosure provided under the headings “Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting—Disclosure Controls and
Procedures” and “—Limitations on Effectiveness of DC&P and ICFR” included in the 2017 MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The  disclosure  provided  under  the  headings  “Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures  and  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting—Management’s  Annual
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “—Limitations on Effectiveness of DC&P and ICFR” included in the 2017 MD&A is incorporated
by reference herein.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The effectiveness of The Stars Group’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by its independent external auditor, Deloitte LLP, London,
United Kingdom (“Deloitte”), the registered public accounting firm that also audited the Registrant’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year
ended  December  31,  2017,  attached  as  Exhibit  99.2  to  this  Annual  Report  (the  “2017  Financial  Statements”).  Deloitte’s  attestation  report  on  The  Stars
Group’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2017  is  included  in  the  2017  Financial  Statements  and  is  incorporated  by  reference
herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The disclosure provided under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting—Changes to Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting” included in the 2017 MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

Identification of the Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

The disclosure regarding the Registrant’s audit committee and audit committee financial expert provided under the heading “Directors and Officers—Audit
Committee” included in the 2017 AIF is incorporated by reference herein.

Code of Ethics

The Registrant has adopted a “code of ethics” (as defined in paragraph (9) of General Instruction B to Form 40-F), known as its Code of Business Conduct
(the  “Code”),  that  applies  to  all  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  its  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer,
controller and persons performing similar functions, and has posted a copy of the same to its website at www.starsgroup.com. See also the 2017 AIF under the
heading “Directors and Officers—Ethical Business Conduct”.

 
 
To the extent the Registrant is required by paragraph (9) of General Instruction B to Form 40-F to disclose any amendments to or waivers of the Code, it may
do  so  by  providing  the  applicable  information  on  its  website  at  www.starsgroup.com  within  five  business  days  following  the  date  of  the  amendment  or
waiver, as permitted by the notes to paragraph (9) of General Instruction B to Form 40-F.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The disclosure regarding audit, audit-related, tax and all other fees billed to the Registrant in each of the last two fiscal years by the Registrant’s principal
accountant and certain audit committee pre-approval policies and procedures provided under the headings “Directors and Officers—External Auditor Service
Fees” and “Directors and Officers—Audit Committee—Pre-approval Policies and Procedures”, respectively, included in the 2017 AIF are incorporated by
reference herein.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

The disclosure provided under the heading “Off Balance Sheet Arrangements” included in the 2017 MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The tabular and certain other disclosure regarding the Registrant’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 provided under the heading “Liquidity
and Capital Resources—Contractual Obligations” included in the 2017 MD&A is incorporated by reference herein.  For a discussion of the Registrant’s other
contractual obligations, see the 2017 MD&A.

Corporate Governance Practices

The  Registrant  believes  that  its  corporate  governance  practices  are  consistent  in  all  material  respects  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  the  corporate
governance guidelines established by the Canadian Securities Administrators, the applicable corporate governance rules of the Toronto Stock Exchange and
the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (the “NASDAQ Rules”) and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.  Disclosure of the NASDAQ Rules that the
Registrant  does  not  follow  and  a  brief  statement  of  the  home  country  practices  it  follows  in  lieu  of  such  NASDAQ  Rules,  in  each  case  as  permitted
thereunder, are available on the Registrant’s website at www.starsgroup.com.

 
 
 
A.  Undertaking

UNDERTAKING AND CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

The  Registrant  undertakes  to  make  available,  in  person  or  by  telephone,  representatives  to  respond  to  inquiries  made  by  the  SEC  staff,  and  to  furnish
promptly, when requested to do so by the SEC staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which
the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.

B.  Consent to Service of Process

A Form F-X signed by the Registrant and its agent for service of process was previously filed with the SEC on May 26, 2015, and amended on January 20,
2017 and August 11, 2017, in connection with the Registrant’s registration statement on Form 40-F with respect to its Common Shares.

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused
this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.

Date: March 14, 2018

  THE STARS GROUP INC.

SIGNATURES

  /s/ Brian Kyle

  By:
  Name:   Brian Kyle
  Title:

  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

99.1

99.2

99.3

99.4

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description

  Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2017

  Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017

  Management’s Discussion & Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2017

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of

2002

99.5

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of

2002

99.6

99.7

99.8

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

  Consent of Deloitte LLP, London, United Kingdom

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH   XBRL Schema Document

101.CAL   XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF   XBRL Linkbase Document

101.LAB   XBRL Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE   XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Exhibit 99.1

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2017

March 14, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTES

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

DIVIDENDS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

INTEREST OF EXPERTS

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SCHEDULE A – AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

1

1

2

3

29

31

57

57

59

60

69

71

71

73

73

73

A-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTES

Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this annual information form is as of December 31, 2017, and unless the context otherwise
requires, references to “The Stars Group”, the “Corporation”, “it”, “its” or similar expressions refer to The Stars Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
This annual information form should be read in conjunction with the information contained in The Stars Group’s audited consolidated financial statements
and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the “2017 Annual Financial Statements”) and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis thereon
(the “2017 Annual MD&A”).

All  references  in  this  annual  information  form  to  “dollars”,  “US$”  and  “$”  are  to  U.S.  dollars,  references  to  “CDN$”  are  to  Canadian  dollars,
references to “€” are to Euros and references to “£” are to British pound sterling. The Corporation has certain proprietary rights to certain company names,
product names, trade names and trademarks used in this annual information form that are important to its business, including, without limitation, The Stars
Group,  PokerStars  and  those  brands  listed  under  the  heading  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Overview”.  The  Corporation  has  omitted  the  registered
trademark (®) and trademark (™) symbols and any other related symbols for such trademarks and all related trademarks, including those related to specific
products or services, when used in this annual information form. All other names and trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Market  data  and  certain  industry  data  and  forecasts  included  in  this  annual  information  form  were  obtained  or  derived  from  internal  and  market
research, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. The Stars Group has relied upon industry
publications as its primary sources for third-party industry data and forecasts. Industry surveys, publications and forecasts generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. The
Stars  Group  has  not  independently  verified  any  of  the  data  from  third-party  sources,  nor  has  The  Stars  Group  ascertained  the  underlying  economic
assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, industry forecasts and market research, which The Stars Group believes to be reliable based upon management’s
knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. By their nature, forecasts are particularly subject to change or inaccuracies, especially over
long periods of time. In addition, The Stars Group does not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the third-party
forecasts that are or may be cited in this annual information form. While The Stars Group is not aware of any inaccuracies in The Stars Group’s industry data
presented herein, The Stars Group’s estimates that are based on the same involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors,
including those discussed under “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” and elsewhere in this annual information form.

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  annual  information  form  contains  certain  forward-looking  information  and  statements  (collectively,  “forward-looking  statements”)  within  the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and applicable securities laws, including, without limitation, statements relating to certain
expectations, projections, growth plans, new or improved product introductions, market expansion efforts, and other information related to The Stars Group’s
business  strategy  and  future  plans.  Forward-looking  statements  can,  but  may  not  always,  be  identified  by  the  use  of  words  such  as  “seek”,  “anticipate”,
“plan”,  “continue”,  “estimate”,  “expect”,  “may”,  “will”,  “project”,  “predict”,  “potential”,  “targeting”,  “intend”,  “could”,  “might”,  “would”,  “should”,
“believe”,  “objective”,  “ongoing”,  “imply”,  “assumes”,  “goal”,  “likely”  and  similar  references  to  future  periods  or  the  negatives  of  these  words  and
expressions  and  by  the  fact  that  these  statements  do  not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  matters.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on
management’s current expectations and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including market and economic conditions, business
prospects  or  opportunities,  future  plans  and  strategies,  projections,  technological  developments,  anticipated  events  and  trends  and  regulatory  changes  that
affect the Corporation, its subsidiaries and their respective customers and industries. Although the Corporation and management believe that the expectations
reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable and are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates as of the date hereof, there can be no
assurance that these assumptions or estimates are accurate or that any of these expectations will prove accurate.  Forward-looking statements are inherently
subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks, uncertainties and contingencies that could cause actual events to differ materially from those
expressed or implied in such statements.

Actual results and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those anticipated by The Stars Group and expressed or implied by
the forward-looking statements contained in this annual information form. Such statements are based on a number of assumptions and risks which may prove
to be incorrect, including, without limitation, assumptions about:

•

•

the  ability  of  the  Corporation  to  secure,  maintain  and  comply  with  all  required  licenses,  permits,  approvals,  and  certifications  to  offer  and
market its products and services in the jurisdictions where the Corporation is currently doing business or intends to do business;

the anticipated regulation or prohibition of online gaming or activities related to or necessary for the operation and offering of online gaming in
various jurisdictions;

- 1 -

 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the anticipated outcome of litigation involving the Corporation;

the overall business and economic conditions;

the potential financial opportunity of the Corporation’s addressable markets;

the potential financial opportunity of individual contracts signed by the Corporation with third parties;

the competitive environment;

the protection of the Corporation’s current and future intellectual property rights;

the ability of the Corporation to recruit and retain the services of its key technical, sales, marketing and management personnel;

the  ability  of  the  Corporation  to  develop  commercially  viable  products  and  services  as  a  result  of  its  research  and  development  (“R&D”)
activities;

the  expected  taxes  to  be  imposed  on  the  Corporation’s  revenue  streams,  including  but  not  limited  to,  gaming  duty  and  value-added  taxes
(“VAT”) on gaming revenue;

the ability of the Corporation to obtain additional financing on reasonable terms or at all;

the ability of the Corporation to integrate acquisitions and generate synergies;

the risks associated with advancements in technology, including artificial intelligence, and the risks associated with technology infrastructure,
cyber security and cyber attacks; and

the impact of new laws and regulations in Canada, the United States or any other jurisdiction where the Corporation is currently doing business
or intends to do business, particularly those related to online gaming or that could impact the ability to provide online gaming products and
services.

There can be no assurance that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate as many factors could cause the Corporation’s actual results, level
of activity, performance or achievements or future events or developments to differ materially from those expressly or impliedly expected or estimated in such
statements, including, without limitation, the factors discussed under “Risk Factors and Uncertainties”.  Shareholders and investors should not place undue
reliance on forward-looking statements as the plans, intentions or expectations upon which they are based might not occur. Although the Corporation cautions
that the foregoing list of risk factors, as well as those risk factors presented under the heading “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” and elsewhere in this annual
information  form  and  in  the  2017  Annual  MD&A,  including  under  the  headings  “Caution  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements”,  “Limitations  of  Key
Metrics and Other Data” and “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” therein, are not exhaustive, shareholders and investors should carefully consider them and the
uncertainties they represent and the risks they entail. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual information form are expressly qualified by this
cautionary statement. Unless otherwise indicated by the Corporation, forward-looking statements in this annual information form describe The Stars Group’s
expectations  as  of  March  14,  2018  and,  accordingly,  are  subject  to  change  after  such  date.  The  Corporation  does  not  undertake  to  update  or  revise  any
forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by applicable securities laws.

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Name, Address and Jurisdiction of Incorporation

The  Stars  Group  Inc.  was  originally  incorporated  under  Part  IA  of  the  Companies  Act  (Québec)  on  January  30,  2004  under  the  name
9138‑5666 Québec Inc., and following a continuance under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) (the “OBCA”) and name change from Amaya Inc. to The
Stars Group Inc. effective August 1, 2017, is now a corporation governed by the OBCA. Since its incorporation, the Corporation has amended its articles on
numerous occasions. The Corporation first amended its articles on May 14, 2007 to, among other things: (i) change its name to Gametronix Systems Inc.; and
(ii) subdivide its Class A shares. On November 2, 2007, the Corporation amended its articles to change its name to “Amaya Gaming Group Inc.” On May 11,
2010, the Corporation amended its articles to, among other things: (i) create an unlimited number of common shares (the “Common Shares”) and an unlimited
number  of  preferred  shares;  (ii)  re-designate  Class  A  shares  as  Common  Shares  on  the  basis  of  1.7756  Common  Shares  for  each  Class  A  share;
(iii) re‑designate Class G shares as Common Shares on the basis of 100 Common Shares for each Class G share; and (iv) eliminate all classes of shares except
for Common Shares. The Corporation further amended its articles on each of July 30, 2014 and November 28, 2014 in connection with the Stars Interactive
Group Acquisition (as defined below) to, among other things: (i) replace the then current class of authorized preferred shares with a new class of non-voting
convertible preferred shares, called Class A Convertible Preferred Shares (the “Preferred Shares”); (ii) change the Corporation’s name to “Amaya Inc.”; and
(iii) add certain provisions affecting the Common Shares to facilitate the Corporation’s compliance with applicable gaming regulations. On

- 2 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
August 1, 2017, the Corporation amended its articles through its current articles of continuance to, among other things: (i) change the Corporation’s name to
“The Stars Group Inc.”; and (ii) continue the Corporation as a corporation governed by the OBCA.

The  Corporation’s  head  and  registered  office  address  is  200  Bay  Street,  South  Tower,  Suite  3205,  Toronto,  Ontario  M5J  2J3,  Canada,  and  the
Corporation’s telephone number is +1 (437) 371-5742. The Corporation’s website address is www.starsgroup.com. The information contained on, or that can
be  accessed  through,  the  Corporation’s  website  is  neither  part  of  nor  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  annual  information  form.  The  Corporation  has
included its website address in this annual information form solely as an inactive textual reference.

Intercorporate Relationships

The activities of The Stars Group are conducted either directly or through its subsidiaries. The table below lists the principal subsidiaries of The Stars
Group as at December 31, 2017, as well as their jurisdiction of organization. Each of the principal subsidiaries is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by The
Stars Group.

Name
Stars Group Holdings B.V.
Rational Entertainment Enterprises Limited
Rational Gaming Europe Limited
REEL Italy Limited
REEL Spain Plc

Jurisdiction Where Organized
Netherlands
Isle of Man
Malta
Malta
Malta

The Stars Group has other subsidiaries, but the assets and revenues of such subsidiaries individually did not exceed 10%, and in the aggregate did not

exceed 20%, of The Stars Group’s consolidated assets or consolidated revenues as at and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

Overview

The Stars Group is a leading provider of technology-based products and services in the global gaming and interactive entertainment industries. The
Stars Group’s gaming business is its primary business and source of revenue and currently consists of the operations of Stars Interactive Holdings (IOM)
Limited  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  (collectively,  “Stars  Interactive  Group”),  which  it  acquired  in  August  2014  (the  “Stars  Interactive  Group
Acquisition”),  and  CrownBet  Holdings  Pty  Limited  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  (“CrownBet”),  in  which  it  acquired  a  majority  equity  interest  in
February 2018.

Through its Stars Interactive Group division, which is based in the Isle of Man and operates globally, and CrownBet, which operates and is based in
Australia, The Stars Group owns and operates gaming and related interactive entertainment businesses, such as online (including desktop and mobile) real-
money poker, casino and sports betting (also known as sportsbook) and play-money poker and casino. The Corporation offers these products and services
under several ultimately owned brands, including, among others, PokerStars, PokerStars Casino, BetStars, Full Tilt,  and  the  PokerStars  Players  No  Limit
Hold’em Championship, European Poker Tour, PokerStars Caribbean Adventure, Latin American Poker Tour, Asia Pacific Poker Tour, PokerStars Festival,
and PokerStars MEGASTACK live poker tour and event brands. These brands together have millions of registered customers globally and collectively form
the  largest  poker  business  in  the  world,  comprising  online  poker  games  and  tournaments,  sponsored  live  poker  competitions,  marketing  arrangements  for
branded poker rooms in popular casinos in major cities around the world, and poker programming and content created for television and online audiences.
The Stars Group currently estimates that PokerStars holds a significant majority of the market share of real-money poker player liquidity, or the volume of
real-money online poker players, in regions where it offers real-money online poker and is among the leaders in play-money online poker player liquidity.
The Stars Group also estimates that its combined online casino, including PokerStars Casino, is currently among the world’s largest and fastest growing and
currently  has  one  of  the  largest  active  player  bases  among  its  competitors.  The  Stars  Group  also  has  an  emerging  sportsbook,  BetStars,  that  is  currently
primarily focused on regulated jurisdictions within the European Union and a majority equity interest in CrownBet, which currently operates in the regulated
Australian online sports betting market.

Online Poker

The Stars Group offers online poker primarily through its PokerStars and Full Tilt brands, including through its desktop client interface, and online
and mobile offerings. While the brands are distinct, all poker customers currently play on the same PokerStars platform, improving liquidity and allowing the
Corporation to focus R&D and operational resources on a single platform. Descriptions of these brands and their respective offerings are provided below.

- 3 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PokerStars

PokerStars, which launched in 2001, is the world’s largest online poker site with an estimated significant majority of the market share of real-money
online  poker  player  liquidity  in  regions  where  it  offers  real-money  online  poker.  PokerStars  and  its  related  brands  (including  Full  Tilt)  have  millions  of
registered customers globally, supported in 16 different languages. In online poker, PokerStars provides desktop (including through its downloadable client
interface), online and mobile offerings to its customers. Among PokerStars’ current real-money poker offerings are ring (or cash) games, including traditional
games and fast-fold variants, such as Zoom, and tournament-style games, including scheduled multi-table game variants and sit and go variants (which are
tournaments that do not have pre-assigned start times but rather begin when all the seats are filled), such as Spin & Go (which is a fast-paced sit and go with
variable  prize  pools  that  can  be  multiples  of  the  applicable  buy-in).  PokerStars’  poker  product  offerings  are  also  currently  varied  among  buy-in  and  limit
amounts and types, as well as among numerous poker game variants (e.g., Texas Hold-‘Em, Omaha, Stud, Draw and mixed games). The Stars Group believes
that PokerStars is home to some of the largest online poker events and the biggest weekly tournaments, both in terms of dollar amount and number of players,
and has greater player liquidity and offers more daily tournaments than any other online poker site. More than 182 billion hands of poker have been dealt on
PokerStars since inception, which is more than any other online poker site. PokerStars has set many records, including the largest number of players in an
online poker tournament (more than 253,000), the largest prize pool awarded for a series of online tournaments (approximately $93.8 million), and the largest
ever single online tournament prize (approximately $12.4 million). PokerStars’ mobile applications are currently among the most popular real-money poker
applications on the iOS and Android platforms according to App Annie and Apple’s iTunes App Store and based on the number of downloads and overall
customer ratings.

PokerStars also offers play-money and social poker through its desktop client and/or mobile applications, including through PokerStars.net,  and  its
PokerStars Play, Solitaire Poker by PokerStars, Jackpot Poker by PokerStars and Casino Rush by PokerStars games, which are available on various online,
mobile, social and television platforms and applications, such as Facebook, Apple’s iOS and Apple TV, Google’s Android and Amazon’s Kindle. Play-money
and  social  poker  involve  playing  poker  games  for  play-money,  or  virtual  currency,  through  free  websites,  social  networks,  or  other  mobile  or  television
applications.  Such  “free-to-play”  products  are  designed  to  create  social  interaction,  engagement  and  competition,  provide  PokerStars  with  an  additional
customer acquisition channel, and globally promote the game of poker, and are monetized through advertising and the sale of play-money chips (although
cash prizes are not awarded).

The Stars Group’s product development team continuously analyzes the data generated by its customers’ game play and social interactions, as well as
customer  feedback,  to  guide  the  creation  of  new  content,  features,  games  and  game  variants,  and  to  enhance  its  platforms.    For  example,  following  the
launches  of  Rush in 2010, Zoom in  2012,  Spin  &  Go  in  2014  and  Knockout Poker  in  2016, The  Stars  Group  continues  to  focus  on  developing  new  and
innovative poker products and variants to attract new audiences (including those who may not have previously considered playing real-money poker games,
such as play-money or social players and the video gaming community), reactivate inactive players with exciting new games, and continuously engage and
retain existing active customers.  In 2017, PokerStars announced the beta launch of its PokerStars Power Up product, which is an innovative new variant of
online poker that combines traditional poker with modern video games through the ability of the player to influence hands and change game play in a variety
of ways.

The Stars Group believes it has a premier, scalable platform that diversifies its products and services both geographically and across verticals and as
such, continuously works to enhance this proprietary platform. The Corporation has invested significantly in its technology infrastructure since inception to
provide  a  positive,  best-in-class  experience  for  its  customers,  not  only  from  a  gameplay  perspective,  but  most  importantly,  with  respect  to  security  and
integrity across its product and service offerings. The Stars Group dedicates nearly all of its R&D investments to its online gaming business, which seeks to
provide broad market applications for products and services derived from its technology base, and expects to continue investing significantly in R&D in an
effort to constantly improve customer experience and engagement. To support its strong reputation for security and integrity, The Stars Group employs what it
believes to be industry‑leading practices and systems with respect to various aspects of its technology infrastructure, including, but not limited to, information
and  payment  security,  game  integrity,  customer  fund  protection,  marketing  and  promotion,  customer  support,  responsible  gaming,  and  loyalty  programs,
rebates and rewards (i.e., incentives).

The Stars Group also monitors and assesses its products and services, including through advanced business intelligence analytics regarding customer
engagement and behavior, to continuously improve the experience for all of its customers and to ensure a safe, competitive and enjoyable environment. This
includes  implementing  policies  and  controls  over  the  use  of  abusive  technological  tools  and  software,  assessing  pricing  and  incentives,  and  introducing
improvements  to  product  ecosystems.  In  particular,  The  Stars  Group  has  implemented,  and  continues  to  implement,  policies  and  controls  to  significantly
reduce or eliminate the use of certain sophisticated technology that may provide an artificial competitive advantage for certain customers over others. It has
also made, and may continue to make, changes to its pricing and incentives to ensure that they align with its objectives to reward customers for loyalty and
behavior  that  is  positive  to  the  overall  customer  experience  and  the  particular  product’s  ecosystem.  For  example,  since  the  beginning  of  2016,  The  Stars
Group has introduced certain improvements in the poker ecosystem to benefit and attract high-value,

- 4 -

 
net-depositing customers (primarily recreational players) and reduce incentives for high-volume, net-withdrawing customers, and adjust the pricing on poker
games and tournaments (also known as rake and tournament fees) on certain offerings (which resulted in an effective increase in pricing). Most recently, the
Corporation  launched  the  Stars  Rewards  program  in  July  2017,  which  is  an  integrated  cross  vertical  loyalty  program  focused  on  improving  customer
engagement, retention and the player experience. The Stars Rewards program seeks to offer an exciting, personalized gaming experience that rewards players
for their overall gameplay  across  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook,  in  each  case  where  available.  Stars Rewards  gives  players  randomized  prizes  based  on  a
number  of  factors,  including  the  time  passed  since  the  player  made  his  or  her  first  real-money  deposit,  volume  of  play,  player  impact  on  the  overall
ecosystem, such as whether the player is a net-withdrawing versus net-depositing player, and product and game selection.

The Stars Group anticipates that these and future planned improvements, despite an expected overall decrease in volume of gameplay and total deposit
balances held by high-volume, net-withdrawing players, will create a more attractive environment and experience for recreational players, allowing them to
play longer on its platforms and engage in its various product offerings. The Stars Group believes these initiatives have led and may continue to lead to an
increase in net deposits (as defined in the 2017 Annual MD&A). The Stars Group has been, among other things, reinvesting resulting savings and funds from
the poker ecosystem improvements into marketing, increased incentives for certain customers, bonuses and promotions, new poker products and services,
R&D,  and  to  help  offset  costs  in  the  business,  including  gaming  duties  and  other  costs  related  to  promoting  the  regulation  of  online  gaming  in  various
jurisdictions.  

See  also  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Business  Strategy  of  the  Corporation”  and  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Technology  Infrastructure  and

Research and Development”.

Full Tilt

Full Tilt, which launched in 2004, quickly became a popular online poker site by delivering what the Corporation believes was innovative and realistic
online  poker  game  play,  which  evolved  from  and  was  based  on  input  from  some  of  the  world’s  leading  poker  players.  Prior  to  its  migration  onto  the
PokerStars platform in May 2016, Full Tilt served a global customer base of more than 23.9 million registered customers and had dealt more than 36.5 billion
hands of poker on its proprietary software. Similar to PokerStars, under the Full Tilt brand customers can play both ring games, including traditional games
and its fast-fold variants, such as Rush, and tournament-style games, including scheduled multi-table games and sit and go variants, such as Jackpot Sit &
Go.  

Online Casino and Sportsbook

In  addition  to  pursuing  growth  opportunities  in  poker  in  existing  and  new  markets,  including  through  the  innovation  of  new  product  features  and
enhancements, geographic expansion, improvements to the poker ecosystem, and increased marketing campaigns in 2018, The Stars Group believes there are
potentially significant opportunities for growth and diversification of revenues in the online casino and sportsbook verticals. The Stars Group believes that
such  potential  opportunities  include  the  ability  to  leverage  its  brand  and  product  recognition  (particularly  poker)  to  acquire  new  customers,  including
recreational  customers,  and  capitalize  on  network  effects  and  cross-selling  these  new  verticals  to  its  existing  and  new  customer  base.  The  Stars  Group
continues to improve its online casino and sportsbook product offerings, including through mobile applications and other enhancements, expanding its game
and  sports  portfolios  and  geographic  reach,  and  launching  external  marketing  campaigns.    In  addition  to  online  casino  and  sportsbook,  The  Stars  Group
currently intends to expand upon and explore other growth opportunities, including, without limitation, expanding upon its current social gaming offering,
and pursuing other interactive entertainment opportunities.  

Casino

In January 2014, Full Tilt expanded its game portfolio by initially offering a variety of play-money table and casino games on its global online sites,
including a range of single- and multi-player variations of blackjack and roulette, online slots and live dealer games. In November 2014, The Stars Group
completed  the  introduction  of  play-  and  real-money  casino  games  under  the  PokerStars  brand  to  players  in  eligible  markets,  beginning  with  casino  table
games,  single-  and  multi-player  blackjack  and  roulette  through  the  PokerStars  desktop  client  interface.  Throughout  2015,  The  Stars  Group  expanded  its
PokerStars  online  casino  game  offerings  in  certain  markets  to  include  live  dealer  games  and  slot  machines  as  well  as  offering  a  limited  selection  of  slot
machines on its mobile applications, and in 2016, The Stars Group introduced the PokerStars Casino brand while adding a standalone mobile application for
the brand, a “Vegas” tab, which provides access to additional slots, Millionaire’s Island, the Corporation’s first in-house developed progressive jackpot slot
game, and additional tier-one slot games. In 2017, The Stars Group launched Stars Mega Spin, its second in-house developed progressive jackpot slot game
with a $1 million jackpot guarantee, and just over 170 new slot games from industry-leading game studios.

Since  the  introduction  of  online  casino,  The  Stars  Group  has  focused  on  improving  its  casino  offerings,  including  through  the  integration  of  more
games across platforms and expanding their availability into new geographies, and on cross-selling its casino offerings to its existing online poker customer
base. However, in addition to continued cross-sell efforts, the Corporation continued

- 5 -

 
measured external marketing efforts for its online casino, which it began in late-2016, to attract new customers and retain existing customers and expects to
continue to do so throughout 2018.

While the Corporation continues to improve its product offerings, including by enhancing its mobile offering and expanding both its game portfolio
and, to a lesser extent, its geographic reach, it estimates that its combined online casino, including PokerStars Casino, is currently among the world’s largest
and  fastest  growing  and  currently  has  one  of  the  largest  active  player  bases  among  its  competitors.  Currently,  approximately  three  quarters  of  The  Stars
Group’s aggregate real-money active unique poker customers are located in jurisdictions where its online casino offerings are available (primarily in Europe).
To expand The Stars Group’s online casino offerings, it currently anticipates focusing on integrating additional casino games, including top performing slots
and  additional  in-house  developed  games,  expanding  into  certain  additional  jurisdictions,  adding  to  its  portfolio  of  unique  and  bespoke  promotion
tools,  improving its Stars Rewards cross-vertical loyalty program and its VIP treatment program and the overall customer experience, enhancing its mobile
applications, and continuing its cross-sell efforts along with measured and targeted external marketing campaigns.

The Corporation also offers play-money and social casino through its desktop client and mobile applications, including through PokerStars, Jackpot
Poker by PokerStars and Casino Rush by PokerStars, which are available on various online, mobile, social and television platforms and applications, such as
Facebook,  Apple’s  iOS  and  Apple  TV,  Google’s  Android  and  Amazon’s  Kindle.  Play-money  and  social  casino  involve  playing  casino  games  for  virtual
currency  through  free  websites,  social  networks,  or  other  mobile  or  television  applications.  Such  “free-to-play”  products  are  designed  to  create  social
interaction, engagement and competition, provide the Corporation with an additional customer acquisition channel and are monetized through advertising and
the sale of play-money chips (although cash prizes are not awarded).

Sportsbook

Real‑money  online  sportsbook  involves  online  wagering  on  certain  sporting  and  non-sporting  events  using  real-money.  The  Stars  Group  initially
launched limited sports betting during 2015 and later announced the introduction of its BetStars brand in December 2015, under which it currently offers
sports betting products and services that are currently primarily focused on regulated jurisdictions within the European Union.  Similar to real-money online
casino,  The  Stars  Group  believes  that  real-money  online  sportsbook  may  attract  new  customers,  primarily  by  cross-selling  PokerStars  customers  to  the
BetStars brand, as well as acquiring new customers directly to the BetStars brand through external marketing.

Currently, almost two thirds of The Stars Group’s aggregate real-money active unique poker customers are located in jurisdictions where its online
sports betting offerings are available (primarily in the European Union) through both online domains and dedicated iOS and Android mobile applications. To
expand its offering in the future, BetStars intends to introduce innovative new betting products on the platform to distinguish the brand from competitors,
such as the Spin & Bet product introduced in January 2016, which provides customers with the opportunity to potentially enhance their odds and potential
payout,  and  expand  into  certain  additional  jurisdictions.    In  2017,  BetStars  announced  the  launch  of  its  new  mobile  betting  application  across  certain
European Union markets, which was designed to enhance the overall user experience. The Stars Group intends to continue focusing on increasing its cross-
sell  to  poker  players  and  developing  sportsbook  as  a  strong  secondary  customer  acquisition  channel  to  poker  by,  among  other  things,  improving  the
localization of its offering in certain European markets, improving the user experience, closing product gaps, enhancing its mobile applications, increasing
marketing initiatives and utilizing unique promotional programs.

BetStars offers a range of betting options across dozens of sports, including football, tennis, basketball and horseracing, as well as specialty offerings

such as eSports and poker. The brand also features a range of in-play betting options and exclusive offers and promotions.  

The Corporation intends to leverage third-party services for certain features of its sports betting offering while it continues to control the payments,

customer service, marketing and other key differentiating factors of the business.  

In addition to BetStars, the Corporation acquired a 62% equity interest in CrownBet from Crown Resorts Limited (ASX: CWN) in February 2018. On
March  6,  2018,  the  Corporation  also  entered  into  agreements  to  increase  its  equity  interest  in  CrownBet  from  62%  to  80%  and  for  CrownBet  to  acquire
William Hill Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. (“William Hill Australia”), an Australian-based online sportsbook. See also “Business of the Corporation—Business
Strategy of the Corporation” and the 2017 Annual Financial Statements and 2017 Annual MD&A.

- 6 -

 
Business Strategy of the Corporation

The Stars Group focuses on the creation of long-term shareholder value by building upon its existing strengths and expanding and strengthening its
portfolio of products and services that it expects will deliver sustainable, profitable long-term growth. To do this, The Stars Group seeks certain ongoing,
principal strategic initiatives, including:

•

•

•

Strengthening and Expanding its Products and Services and Creating the Best Customer Experience: The Stars Group currently intends
to expand its current online gaming offerings through, among other means, the continued rollout and introduction of new and innovative poker
offerings  and  marketing  campaigns,    continued  improvements  in  the  poker  ecosystem  to  benefit  and  attract  high-value,  net-depositing
customers (primarily recreational players), continued improvements to its customer loyalty program, Stars Rewards, the continued development
and expansion of its online sports betting and casino products and services, and increased marketing for its BetStars brand to facilitate customer
acquisition through a secondary channel. The Stars Group’s primary focus will continue to be on its core poker offerings, which are currently its
primary customer acquisition channels and in which the Corporation believes it currently has a competitive advantage. However, through the
continued  expansion  of  its  sports  betting  and  casino  offerings,  The  Stars  Group  expects  to  cross-sell  to  existing  customers,  attract  new
customers,  and  keep  customer  leisure  time  and  spending  within  The  Stars  Group’s  various  products  and  services,  all  while  implementing  a
consistent brand strategy across all three verticals. In addition, The Stars Group currently intends to selectively expand upon its current social
gaming offerings and pursue other interactive entertainment opportunities. The Stars Group seeks to become a global market leader across its
online gaming verticals through not only its comprehensive and innovative product offerings, but also its focus on creating the best customer
experience in the industry, by concentrating on customer enjoyment, engagement and service as well as its dedication to responsible gaming,
security, game integrity and transparency. Moreover, The Stars Group seeks to develop its products and services and the intellectual property
underlying them by, among other things, (i) developing product enhancements and improvements, including with respect to the security of its
technology  and  customer  information,  as  well  as  new  content  and  features  to  enhance  the  overall  customer  experience,  (ii)  expanding  the
flexibility  of  its  product  offerings  and  technology  infrastructure  to  allow  for  customization  and  integration  to  address  new  markets  and
jurisdictional demands, including new niche markets, (iii) improving its product and service offerings and underlying software and technology
platform to adapt to the rapidly changing nature of the gaming and interactive entertainment industries and to ensure customers are engaged in a
safe,  competitive  and  enjoyable  environment,  and  that  it  is  at  the  forefront  of  responsible  and  sustainable  gaming,  (iv)  developing  and
reinforcing its machine learning and data analytics capabilities to support the foregoing and future growth, and (v) protecting its intellectual
property in jurisdictions where it determines there are strategic or other benefits for doing so.

Expanding  its  Geographical  Reach  and  Promoting  Regulation:  The  Corporation  currently  intends  to  expand  its  geographical  reach  by
offering its products and services in certain additional jurisdictions, including through the promotion of the regulation of online gaming in new
and emerging markets and potential partnerships or arrangements with existing operators or other third parties, including, without limitation,
states within the United States, and certain countries within Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe. The Stars Group currently expects that
these  and  other  jurisdictions  may  become  significant  growth  opportunities.  With  respect  to  the  United  States,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the
Corporation hold a transactional waiver authorizing them to conduct online gaming in New Jersey using the PokerStars and Full Tilt brands,
and The Stars Group intends to seek approval to offer its online gaming products in certain other U.S. states if and when they regulate and
establish an applicable licensing regime, including Pennsylvania, which passed legislation in late-2017 permitting certain online gaming within
that commonwealth. The Corporation’s current strategy in Asia, including India, Latin and South America and Eastern Europe primarily seeks
to  promote  brand  awareness  and  market  development  through  various  gaming,  non-gaming  and  land-based  efforts,  including,  as  applicable,
establishing relationships with existing operators, the PokerStars sponsorship of brand ambassadors, and sponsored live events, the PokerStars
LIVE branded poker rooms and the Corporation’s play-money offerings. The Stars Group also promotes shared liquidity for online poker in and
across  jurisdictions  where  it  believes  there  would  be  a  benefit  not  only  to  its  business,  but  also  to  its  customers,  those  jurisdictions  and  the
overall  online  gaming  industry.  For  example,  in  January  2018,  the  Corporation  became  the  first  online  operator  approved  to  offer  a  shared
player pool between the locally licensed markets of France and Spain, and it intends to seek approval to enter into additional shared player pool
markets  in  countries  such  as  Italy  and  Portugal  if  and  when  they  become  available.  The  Stars  Group’s  overall  strategy  to  expand  its
geographical  reach  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  (i)  building  relationships  with  governments  and  private  operators,  and  (ii)  working  with
regulators  and  government  officials  to  implement  regulations  beneficial  to  its  customers,  the  citizens  of  the  regulating  jurisdiction  and  the
industry as a whole. See also, “Business of the Corporation—Regulatory Environment—Regulatory Strategy” below.

Pursuing Operational Efficiencies:  Beginning in 2016, the Corporation launched its operational excellence program to review its expense
structure and identify areas for improvement that it believes will enhance shareholder value.  So far, this program has resulted in rationalizing
the Corporation’s operations, including consolidating and moving certain office locations. For example, during 2016 and 2017, certain office
locations and departments, including in London, Sydney and

- 7 -

 
 
 
 
Dublin,  underwent  various  adjustments  and  restructurings  to  reduce  costs  and  increase  efficiency  and  focus.  In  early  2018,  the  Corporation
opened an office in Bulgaria, which is generally a lower cost jurisdiction to place qualified personnel, and intends to relocate certain business
operations functions there beginning in 2018. The Corporation expects to continue to focus on further optimizing its operations to potentially
achieve a higher level of efficiency, effectiveness and quality throughout the organization, including capital investments to further automate and
improve the effectiveness of certain business processes.  The Corporation will also continuously assess and monitor the overall impact of these
initiatives on its operations and performance throughout the year and expects to reinvest resulting savings into, among other things, R&D, and
to help offset costs in the business, including gaming duties and other costs related to promoting the regulation of online gaming in various
jurisdictions.

•

Pursuing  Strategic  Transactions:  In  August  2014,  The  Stars  Group  completed  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  Acquisition,  which  along  with
several previously announced divestitures of legacy businesses during 2015 and the divestiture of its non-core gaming investments in late 2017,
transformed the Corporation into the leading online gaming company it is today. The Stars Group may pursue additional strategic acquisitions,
partnerships or joint ventures to leverage its large customer base and further its strategy of long-term growth and to enhance shareholder value
if appropriate opportunities arise, such as the Corporation’s previously disclosed acquisition of a 62% equity interest in CrownBet in February
2018 and its agreement to acquire an additional 18% equity interest in CrownBet and for CrownBet to acquire William Hill Australia. Pending
any  further  strategic  transactions,  The  Stars  Group  intends  to  continue  its  strategy  of  maximizing  long-term  shareholder  value  and  pursuing
sustainable,  profitable  growth,  particularly  through  the  growth  and  development  of  its  core  product  offerings,  online  poker,  casino  and
sportsbook.

Marketing Strategy and Revenue Model

Marketing Strategy

The  Stars  Group  markets  its  brands,  products  and  services  through  various  platforms  and  channels,  including,  without  limitation,  various  media
outlets,  sponsored  live  poker  tours  and  branded  poker  rooms  (which  also  generate  nominal  revenue),  and  endorsement  agreements.  Below  is  a  general
description  of  such  platforms  and  channels.  Although  The  Stars  Group’s  primary  focus  has  been  and  currently  is  on  online  poker,  it  intends  to  begin
increasing its focus and attention on marketing efforts that highlight its online casino and sportsbook offerings.

Media

The  Stars  Group  has  a  multimedia  approach  that  focuses  on  acquiring  and  retaining  customers  both  online  and  offline  for  its  brands,  products  and
services.  This  multimedia  approach  includes,  among  other  things,  television  programming  and  television  advertisement  campaigns,  affiliate  partnerships,
digital advertisements and online campaigns, paid search optimization, various social media campaigns, including live-streaming, and other productions and
content.

The Corporation broadcasts various televised poker programs and advertisement campaigns that run throughout the year at different intervals. Live
poker  tournaments  are  also  filmed  at  various  PokerStars  sponsored  events,  including  The  Stars  Group’s  PokerStars  sponsored  tours,  and  broadcast  as
television  shows  in  several  countries.  These  sponsored  live  events  are  also  broadcast  online  on  various  sites,  including  YouTube,  Facebook,  Twitch  and
PokerStars.tv. Other forms of television programs that the Corporation broadcasts include reality shows and poker-based dramas, which are developed and
produced together with various production companies.

The Corporation also engages third-party search engine and online traffic optimization companies to increase the Corporation’s online presence and
traffic to its websites. In addition, the Corporation employs various display campaigns through banner advertisements, social media campaigns, and paid-for
placements in search engines. These campaigns are directed at both existing and new customers across all the Corporation’s platforms.

Poker Tours and Events

In addition to providing online and mobile gaming products and services, The Stars Group, through Stars Interactive Group, also sponsors some of the

world’s largest live poker tours and produces televised or streamed coverage of such poker events.

PokerStars’  primary  sponsored  global  live  tours  include  PokerStars  Players  No  Limit  Hold’em  Championship,  European  Poker  Tour,  PokerStars
Caribbean Adventure, Latin American Poker Tour, Asia Pacific Poker Tour, PokerStars Festival and PokerStars MEGASTACK. As the sponsor, PokerStars
promotes the brand through each tour’s widespread television or other multimedia distribution. The live poker tours consist of a number of events operated by
local  casinos  and  are  largely  marketed  through  various  media  sources  and  news  coverage.  In  2017  alone,  PokerStars  sponsored  tours  included  more  than
1,200 tournaments, with more than 200,000 player entries, representing over 100 different countries and awarding more than $265 million in prize money,
increasing the

- 8 -

 
 
 
total prize money awarded at PokerStars sponsored live events since inception to more than $1.5 billion. In 2018, the Corporation expects the sponsored tours
and  events  to  visit  various  cities  and  countries,  including  Barcelona,  Dublin,  Lille,  London,  Macau,  Manila,  Marbella,  Monte-Carlo,  Nassau,  Prague  and
Sochi.

Founded  in  2004,  the  European  Poker  Tour  is  known  in  the  industry  as  Europe’s  most  popular  poker  tour,  and  has  staged  and  hosted  successful
tournament series across Europe. The European Poker Tour is filmed and widely televised in various countries throughout the world and, in 2017, was live
streamed with over 16.8 million cumulative unique daily viewers. The European Poker Tour attracted more than 13,000 players from 80 countries and offered
lucrative prize pools, totaling approximately €150 million in 2017. The Asia Pacific Poker Tour, which hosts events at luxury casinos throughout Australasia,
started in 2007 and The Stars Group believes it helped expand the popularity of poker in Asia. The Asia Pacific Poker Tour is responsible for bringing the
first  major  government-sanctioned  real-money  “Texas  Hold-‘em”  poker  tournaments  to  certain  Asian  countries,  including  South  Korea.  Founded  in
May 2008, the Latin America Poker Tour brought world-class poker tournaments to locations such as Chile, Panama, Brazil, Peru and Uruguay, and attracted
more than 2,400 players from 30 countries with a total prize pool of approximately $4.5 million in 2017. The PokerStars Caribbean Adventure, which was
founded in 2004 on a popular Caribbean cruise ship, is held each year at the Atlantis Resort and Casino on Atlantis Paradise Island in the Bahamas. The
PokerStars Caribbean Adventure is considered in the industry as one of the most popular poker events in the world and, since inception, has awarded more
than  $260  million  in  prize  money.  The  PokerStars  Caribbean  Adventure  has  involved  thousands  of  players  since  its  inception,  including  hundreds  of
qualifiers each year from PokerStars  sites,  as  well  as  various  professional  athletes  and  celebrities.  In  2017,  each  of  the  European Poker Tour, PokerStars
Caribbean Adventure, Asia Pacific Poker Tour and Latin America Poker Tour ran under the PokerStars Championship and PokerStars Festival names, but
will return under their original names in 2018.

In late 2016, The Stars Group introduced PokerStars Festival, which is a sponsored live poker series that offers players a more recreational, relaxed
atmosphere  with  lower  buy-ins  and  greater  prize  pools  and  tours  primarily  throughout  Europe,  and  in  2017,  The  Stars  Group  introduced  PokerStars
MEGASTACK, which also brings low buy-ins, but provides players with a more professional experience at entry-level tournaments held at live venues around
Europe and the United States. In addition, in December 2017, The Stars Group launched the PokerStars Players No Limit Hold’em Championship, which is a
$25,000 buy-in poker tournament that will be held in the Bahamas in January 2019 as part of the PokerStars Caribbean Adventure and will include $8 million
in free tournament packages that The Stars Group will award to players throughout 2018 and an additional $1 million added by the Corporation to the winner
of the tournament.

Branded Poker Rooms

The Stars Group also has marketing arrangements for branded live poker rooms, under the PokerStars LIVE name, at popular casinos in major cities
around  the  world,  including  at  the  Hippodrome  Casino  in  London,  the  Casino  Barcelona  in  Barcelona  and  the  City  of  Dreams  Casino  in  Manila.  The
Corporation  strives  to  enter  into  marketing  arrangements  for  branded  poker  rooms  at  premier  leisure  and  entertainment  destinations  around  the  world,
particularly those that it believes have thriving gaming communities. These PokerStars LIVE branded rooms are operated by the local casino and adhere to
the same global design concept but are tailored to the specific location, which in each case is developed by the Corporation along with a design agency, and is
intended to provide a strong brand presence through common elements across each location.

Endorsement Agreements

The Stars Group endorses several ambassadors to promote its products and services, both at global and regional levels. These ambassadors include
some of the most prominent professional poker players in the industry, sports stars and professional athletes, global celebrities, and friends of the brand who
have  a  personal  connection  to  or  interest  in  poker,  gaming  or  the  Corporation’s  brands  in  general.  Each  category  is  generally  engaged  to  generate  new
customer participation and vertical growth as well as to enhance the customer experience and customer retention.

Revenue Model

The Stars Group’s revenue model for its core product offerings is based primarily on two main offerings, real-money games and play-money games.
Nearly  all  of  The  Stars  Group’s  revenues  during  the  year-ended  December  31,  2017  were,  and  the  Corporation  expects  its  revenues  to  continue  to  be,
generated  by  its  real-money  online  gaming  offerings.  For  the  same  time  period,  the  significant  majority  of  The  Stars  Group’s  revenues  were  generated
through the provision of real-money online poker offerings, followed by online casino and sportsbook offerings combined, in each case derived entirely by
group entities based outside of Canada and predominantly from customers based in the European Union. Gaming revenue comprises almost the entirety of the
Corporation’s  reported  gaming  revenues,  with  the  remaining  reported  revenues  generated  from  certain  related  real-money  gaming  revenues,  including
currency conversion fees. For additional information, see the 2017 Annual MD&A and 2017 Annual Financial Statements.

- 9 -

 
The  Corporation’s  revenues  can  be  influenced  by  numerous  factors,  many  of  which  it  is  unable  to  predict  or  are  outside  of  its  control,  including
without limitation, the impact of seasonality and the Corporation’s gross win margin, as described below under “Business of the Corporation—Seasonality
and  Other  Factors  Impacting  the  Business”,  and  the  other  risks  and  uncertainties  set  forth  in  this  annual  information  form  and  the  2017  Annual  MD&A,
including under the headings “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” hereunder and thereunder.

Real-Money Games

The Corporation’s current core real-money online gaming offerings are poker, casino and sportsbook, each with its own revenue model.

In  poker,  players  play  against  each  other  in  either  ring  games  (i.e.,  games  for  cash  on  a  hand-by-hand  basis)  or  in  tournaments  (i.e.,  players  play
against  each  other  for  tournament  chips  with  prize  money  distributed  to  the  last  remaining  competitors)  or  variations  thereof. The  Corporation  collects  a
percentage of each pot, or the rake, up to a capped amount in ring games and a tournament entry fee for scheduled tournaments and sit and go tournaments,
and does not generally have any of its own capital at risk (with an exception being the Spin & Go product where the tournament prize pool is a randomly
determined multiple of the buy-in). These amounts are then reduced by applicable VAT in certain jurisdictions and offsets (as described below) to arrive at
revenue.

Online casino offerings typically include the full suite of games available in land-based casinos, such as blackjack, roulette and slot machines. For
these offerings, the Corporation functions similarly to land-based casinos, generating revenue through hold, or gross winnings, as players play against the
house,  and  then  these  amounts  are  reduced  by  applicable  VAT  in  certain  jurisdictions  and  offsets  to  arrive  at  revenue.  In  online  casino,  the  Corporation
believes there is typically lower volatility from the statistical norm versus land-based casinos as there is generally a larger number of bets placed at small
denominations.

Sportsbook  involves  customers  wagering  on  certain  sporting  and  non-sporting  events,  also  referred  to  as  turnover.  Like  casino  offerings,  the
Corporation generates sportsbook revenues through hold based on a certain margin to ensure that the house has an advantage, and then these amounts are
reduced by applicable VAT in certain jurisdictions and offsets to arrive at revenue.

Offsets for each vertical are the portion of gross revenue that the Corporation allocates to rebates, incentives and promotions, which are awarded as a
result of game play or at the Corporation’s discretion, as applicable, though loyalty programs, free plays, sign-up bonuses, discounts, rebates, other rewards
and incentives, and tournament overlays.  Offsets are generally used to acquire new customers and retain and reactivate existing customers.

Play-Money Games

Play-money gaming involves players receiving virtual currency for free, or paying a fee to receive additional virtual currency, which can be used to
play certain gaming offerings. Play-money gaming is permitted in various jurisdictions that may not otherwise permit real-money gaming, including most of
the  states  in  the  United  States.  In  the  future,  the  Corporation  may  also  generate  revenue  from  advertising  through  its  play-money  gaming  offering.  The
Corporation’s  current  play-money  game  offering  primarily  consists  of  poker,  including  on  PokerStars.net  and  FullTilt.net  and  through  the  social  gaming
brands PokerStars Play, Jackpot Poker by PokerStars and Casino Rush by PokerStars. In these circumstances, there are no cash prizes or other prizes for
monetary  value,  and  in  most  cases,  all  the  player  fees  are  passed  to  the  Corporation  as  revenue,  unless  the  games  are  played  through  social  platforms,  in
which  case  the  platform  operator  retains  a  certain  percentage  (typically  30%)  for  distributing  the  offering.  The  Corporation’s  play-money  games  may  be
played through the desktop client interface or through online, television and mobile platforms, including on social gaming platforms.  The revenue for play-
money is the sum of fees paid by customers (net of any percentage of the same retained by the particular platform operators), less applicable VAT in certain
jurisdictions and certain promotional costs. The Corporation includes such revenue in its other gaming revenues.

Poker Tours and Events and Branded Poker Rooms

As  described  above,  the  Corporation  sponsors  certain  live  poker  tours  and  events,  uses  its  industry  expertise  to  provide  consultancy  and  support
services  to  the  casinos  that  operate  the  events,  and  has  marketing  arrangements  for  branded  poker  rooms  at  various  locations  around  the  world.  The
Corporation generates revenue from these sponsorships and marketing arrangements and includes such revenue in other gaming revenue.

Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development

The  technology  infrastructure  used  for  The  Stars  Group’s  online  gaming  business  was  designed  to  support  its  growth  by  having  the  flexibility  and
scalability to adapt and conform to the demands and changes in its products and services. The Stars Group’s product development philosophy is focused on
continuous innovation in creating and improving its products and services. In addition, as the Corporation’s customer base grows, and the level of engagement
from its customers increases, including on mobile devices, the

- 10 -

 
Corporation’s computing capabilities and power will need to expand. The Stars Group continuously develops its proprietary platforms, games and content,
and has invested significantly in its technology infrastructure to ensure a positive experience for its customers, not only from an entertainment perspective,
but most importantly with respect to security and integrity across business segments and verticals. To support The Stars Group’s strong reputation for security
and  integrity,  The  Stars  Group  employs  what  it  believes  to  be  industry‑leading  practices  and  systems,  including  machine  learning  based  real-time  data
analytics,  led  by  an  internal  information  security  group  with  respect  to  various  aspects  of  its  technology  infrastructure,  including,  but  not  limited  to,
application  level  security,  information  and  payment  security,  game  integrity,  customer  fund,  information  and  data  protection,  marketing  and  promotion,
customer support, responsible gaming and loyalty and VIP programs.

The  Corporation  also  uses  third  parties  to  provide  cyber  security,  including,  without  limitation,  anti-virus  software,  network  monitoring  software,
firewalls,  penetration  testing  and  similar  protection.  These  security  and  integrity  systems  routinely  review  and  evaluate  attempted  breaches  of  the
Corporation’s  infrastructure,  as  well  as  customer  backgrounds,  game  play,  financial  and  transactional  activity  and  related  risks  through  a  variation  of
management systems, including, without limitation, “know your customer” and related background screening (which collects age and identity information, as
well as monitoring against certain prohibited persons and other watch lists), location screening through geolocation and other software, deposit screening,
abnormal game play and movement of funds detection, withdrawals screening, collusion detection, bots and artificial intelligence detection (which detects
artificial  intelligence-driven  game  play)  and  prevention  (including  through  changing  aspects  of  or  enhancing  current  product  offerings  or  innovating  new
variants), multiple account alerts, account restriction and ban detection and a safe mode system (which is based on a customer’s risk profile and limits access
to  high  risk  deposit  methods).  These  systems  also  include  controls  that,  among  other  things,  (i)  restrict  the  use  of  third-party  software  components,  also
known  as  third-party  tools  (such  as  “heads-up  displays”  and  “seating  scripts”),  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  additional  gameplay  information  or  selecting
specific opponents and (ii) prohibit data-mining of certain products (or the practice of accumulating a large set of information, such as poker hand histories,
through  the  use  of  software  as  opposed  to  actual  gameplay)  for  the  purpose  of  analyzing  and  exploiting  another  customer’s  activity,  playing  styles  and
tendencies.    The  Stars  Group’s  technology  infrastructure  and  software  is  also  subject  to  rigorous  management  and  certification  process  testing  and  meets
applicable compliance and regulatory requirements in numerous jurisdictions.  See also “Regulatory Environment” and “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—
Risks Related to Regulation” and “—Risks Related to the Corporation’s Intellectual Property and Technology.”

The Corporation’s R&D strategy seeks to provide broad market applications for products derived from its technology base. The Corporation’s R&D
efforts are focused primarily on: (i) developing and delivering the Corporation’s pipeline of new products and services; (ii) revitalizing its existing product
and  services  offerings  through  continued  innovation;  (iii)  developing  core  technology  and  platforms  for  existing  and  future  verticals;  (iv)  evolving  the
functionality, security and performance of its offerings and platforms; (v) continuously developing and extending the number of supported client platforms;
(vi) developing infrastructure systems to provide the underlying support for the Corporation’s offerings, systems and platforms; (vii) providing a platform and
tools for operations and marketing; and (viii) improving development and testing technologies. The Corporation also engages from time to time in longer term
fundamental research and may do so in the future either directly or through the funding of third-party projects. The Corporation currently dedicates nearly all
of its R&D investments to its online gaming business.

Markets and Customers

The  gaming  industry  in  general  operates  in  a  large,  dynamic  and  growing  global  market  with  a  variety  of  segments,  including  online  (including
mobile)  and  land-based  poker,  sports  betting,  casinos,  bingo  rooms,  lotteries  and  other  gaming  mediums.  According  to  gaming  industry  consultants,  H2
Gambling  Capital  (“H2GC”),  from  2003  to  2017,  the  combined  global  (including  markets  where  The  Stars  Group  does  not  currently  operate  real-money
online gaming) interactive gaming verticals, including online real-money poker, casino, sports betting, horseracing, bingo, lotteries and skill-based and other
games, have grown from approximately €6.6 billion to €40.5 billion in gross gaming revenues (“GGR”), defined as wagers or rakes plus bonuses, promotions,
overlays and loyalty rewards, less prizes or winnings. Of this total, H2GC estimates that in 2017 alone, betting, i.e., racing and sports betting, comprised 50%,
casino  comprised  26%,  state  lotteries  comprised  9%,  poker  comprised  6%,  skill  and  other  gaming  and  commercial  lotteries  comprised  5%,  and  bingo
comprised 4%. H2GC estimates that the combined global interactive gaming GGR to grow to approximately €56.7 billion in 2022 (data as at February 8,
2018). This reflects a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 7.0% from 2017 to 2022.

Online gaming operators take advantage of scale and technology to provide gaming to large networks of customers. Originating in the mid 1990’s,
online gaming has grown steadily over time with improvements to technology, security and public sentiment coinciding with growth in national and local
regulation of online gaming.

Set forth below is a general overview of the current market for the Corporation’s core verticals, i.e., real-money online poker, casino and sportsbook.

- 11 -

 
Online poker saw a rapid rise in popularity beginning in 2003 when Tennessee accountant Chris Moneymaker won the main event at the World Series
of Poker, a prize of $2.5 million, after winning his entry in a $39 buy-in online satellite tournament on PokerStars. This rise in popularity saw global online
poker grow significantly, notably in Europe and North America, until 2010. In 2011, two of the industry’s largest brands, PokerStars and Full Tilt, exited the
U.S. market, where they held a significant majority of the online poker market share, impacting global poker player liquidity. Currently, The Stars Group does
not offer its core real-money online poker offering in over 30 jurisdictions around the world, including the United States (except in the regulated market of
New Jersey, and potentially in the near future in Pennsylvania). The Stars Group’s primary markets for real-money online poker include the European Union,
certain  other  jurisdictions  in  the  rest  of  Europe  and  the  Americas  (excluding  the  United  States).  Various  industry  data  sources  currently  estimate  that  the
United States still represents a potential growth opportunity for real-money online poker between 2017 and 2022, subject to more U.S. states regulating online
poker,  or  online  gaming  or  betting  more  broadly;  currently,  only  New  Jersey,  Nevada,  Delaware  and  Pennsylvania  have,  or  recently  passed  legislation
regarding, regulated online poker or online gaming. However, in recent years multiple states have considered or are currently considering proposed legislation
to regulate online poker or online gaming, including Illinois, Michigan, New York, Massachusetts and California; while the Corporation currently believes
more states will regulate online poker or online gaming in the future, there can be no assurance when this will happen, if at all.

Online casino has also seen rapid growth over the past decade, with GGR from the global market growing from €1.6 billion in 2003 to €10.6 billion in
2017  according  to  H2GC  (such  estimates  include  markets  where  The  Stars  Group  does  not  currently  operate  real-money  online  casino).  As  online  casino
operators continue to expand content and increase product offerings, and more markets regulate online casino, H2GC forecasts GGR to grow to €15.1 billion
in 2022, or at a CAGR of 7.4% from 2017 to 2022. According to H2GC, the majority of this growth is currently expected to come from Europe. The primary
market for The Stars Group’s combined online casino offering is Europe, which comprised approximately 62% of the global online casino market in 2017
according to H2GC.

According to H2GC, online betting, comprising racing and sports betting, makes up the largest segment of the online gaming market at approximately
€20.2 billion in GGR in 2017. As with online poker and online casino, according to H2GC, online sports betting saw significant growth from 2003 through
2016 as technology improved, e-commerce became more mainstream and national regulation of online betting grew (such estimates include markets where
The Stars Group does not currently operate real-money online sportsbook). H2GC estimates online betting will continue to grow, with GGR reaching €27.4
billion  in  2022,  or  at  a  CAGR  of  6.3%  from  2017  to  2022.  The  primary  market  for  The  Stars  Group’s  online  sports  betting  offering  is  Europe,  which
comprised approximately 43% of the global online betting market in 2017 according to H2GC. See below under “Regulatory Environment—Regulation of
the Corporation’s Business—Local Licenses and Approvals” regarding the potential future of sports betting in the United States.

For detailed information regarding the regulatory environment in which The Stars Group currently operates, The Stars Group’s current licenses and

approvals, and The Stars Group’s current regulatory strategy, see “Regulatory Environment” below.

Seasonality and Other Factors Impacting the Business

The  Stars  Group’s  business  can  fluctuate  due  to  seasonal  trends  and  other  factors.  Historically,  given  the  geographies  where  the  majority  of  the
Corporation’s customers are located, and the related climate and weather in such geographies, among other things, revenues from the Corporation’s operations
have been generally higher in the first and fourth fiscal quarters than in the second and third fiscal quarters. In addition, changes to the Corporation’s Stars
Rewards loyalty program have an impact on net gaming revenue, which could also cause fluctuations in The Stars Group’s business. In online sports betting,
fluctuations can also occur around applicable sports seasons, with increased customer activity around notable or popular sporting events, and with respect to
gross win margin (or the total customer wagers less customer winnings as a proportion of the total amount wagered). As such, prolonged periods of high gross
win margin can negatively impact customer experience, enjoyment and engagement levels thereby resulting in lower customer wagering volumes on sports
betting or other gaming verticals. Conversely, while periods of low gross win margin tend to negatively impact revenues, this may be mitigated to an extent
by increased customer wagering volume (generally referred to as recycling of winnings) due to the positive impact of customer-friendly results on customer
experience, enjoyment and engagement. Notwithstanding, the impact on revenues may be mitigated by the positive or negative impact of gross win margins
on customer wagering, which can fluctuate inversely with such margins.

As a result of the foregoing, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved in another quarter or for the full
fiscal year. There can be no assurance that the seasonal trends and other factors that have impacted The Stars Group’s historical results will repeat in future
periods as The Stars Group cannot influence or forecast many of these factors. For other factors that may cause The Stars Group’s business and results to
fluctuate,  including,  without  limitation,  market  risks,  such  as  foreign  exchange  risks,  see  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”  below,  and  the  2017  Annual
MD&A.

- 12 -

 
Competition

The  industries  in  which  The  Stars  Group  currently  operates  are  highly  competitive,  constantly  evolving  and  subject  to  regulatory  and  rapid
technological change. The Stars Group faces significant competition in all aspects of its business and competes for customers with other online (including
mobile) and land-based gaming and interactive entertainment developers and operators on the basis of many factors, including, without limitation, the quality
of the customer experience, brand awareness, reputation, security, integrity and access to other distribution channels. Although the Corporation believes that it
competes favorably, its competitors could develop more compelling products, services, content and offerings, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s
ability  to  attract  and  retain  customers.  As  the  Corporation  introduces  new  products,  as  its  existing  products  evolve,  or  as  other  companies  introduce  new
products and services or merge with competitors into larger entities, the Corporation may become subject to additional and/or more intense competition. The
Stars Group’s competitors, whether known or unknown, may also take advantage of large user and customer bases and networks through social networks to
grow rapidly. See also “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks Related to the Corporation’s Business”.

There are multiple competitors specializing in offering online gaming and interactive entertainment products, including developers for online, mobile
and social networks, operators of regulated online real-money gaming, live poker tournaments, developers for consoles and other platforms, and other forms
of media, content and entertainment. For example, although the Corporation has and continues to be a significant market leader in online poker, and is seeing
meaningful growth and revenue from its online casino, it is still in the relatively early stages of its entry into casino and sportsbook, where competition is
significant  and  formidable.  The  Stars  Group’s  competitors  range  from  small,  localized  companies  to  large  multinational  corporations  in  the  jurisdictions
where it conducts business. These competitors include, among others, bet365, William Hill, GVC (including bwin.party), Ladbrokes Coral Group (which is
currently  under  agreement  to  be  acquired  by  GVC),  Paddy  Power  Betfair,  888  Holdings,  Kindred  Group,  Betsson,  Sky  Betting  &  Gaming,  Winamax,
Jackpotjoy, Cherry, Mr. Green, LeoVegas and certain government operators and smaller operators in specific regions. Also, there is increasing competition
with  social  and  video  gaming  companies,  such  as  Zynga,  Playtika,  the  social  gaming  divisions  of  Sony,  IGT,  Scientific  Games,  Tencent,  Penn  National
Gaming, PlayAGS, Aristocrat, Activision Blizzard (including King), and Riot Games, as well as interactive content and media companies, such as Netflix,
which  provide  monetized  interactive  entertainment  offerings  that  offer  competition  to  real-money  online  gaming  companies  for  time  and  wallet  share  of
consumers.

The Stars Group’s ability to compete effectively with its competitors is based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, its ability to (i)
maintain its strong reputation among its customers and brand awareness throughout the world, (ii) maintain appropriate liquidity in online poker, and continue
to grow its large customer base and customer engagement across existing and new verticals, (iii) provide comprehensive and varied gaming and entertainment
offerings at competitive prices, (iv) provide a superior customer experience, including through appropriate responsible gaming policies and related customer
support tools, promotions, incentives, features, customer protections, and best-in-class software development and back-office infrastructure, customer service,
payment processing, security and integrity, as applicable, (v) develop products and offerings designed for distribution across multiple channels and to new,
large  audiences  with  superior  functionality  and  efficient  implementation,  including  through  the  use  of  innovative  architecture  and  technologies  that  the
Corporation  believes  will  result  in  a  higher  degree  of  customer  acceptance  and  player  preference,  and  (vi)  successfully  promote  the  regulation  of  online
gaming and maintain its existing and obtain new licenses or approvals to operate and offer online gaming in existing and new jurisdictions, as applicable. See
above under “—Online Poker—PokerStars”  for  additional  information  regarding  The  Stars  Group’s  improvements  in  the  poker  ecosystem  to  benefit  and
attract recreational players and improve the overall customer experience.

Manufacturing and Supply Chain Management

The  Corporation  primarily  develops  and  produces  its  products  and  services  internally  through,  among  other  resources,  internal  engineering  teams,
software  architects,  internal  network  operations  teams  and  production  operations  staff.  The  Stars  Group’s  development  and  production  includes,  without
limitation, software development and quality assurance, hosting of software within the Corporation’s data centers and transit points of presence, development
of  network  infrastructure  and  operations  monitoring  and  maintenance  of  its  products  and  services.  The  Corporation  engages  third  parties  to  assist  in
development and production on an as-needed basis.

As applicable, the Corporation seeks to negotiate competitive pricing with its third-party service providers and suppliers, and generally believes that

the availability of software, components and other supplies that it uses are adequate and can be sourced from more than one provider or supplier.

For additional information, see also “—Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development”, “—Human Resources” and “—Facilities”.

- 13 -

 
Intellectual Property Rights

The  development  and  protection  of  intellectual  property  is  a  core  part  of  the  Corporation’s  business  strategy  and  a  key  element  to  its  success.  The
Corporation believes that its intellectual property rights currently provide broad and comprehensive coverage for its products and services. The Corporation
follows a policy and practice of protecting its intellectual property rights in its core business areas through a combination of patents, copyrights, industrial
designs, trademarks and trade secret laws, and generally through contractual provisions with third parties who have access to or are otherwise involved in the
creation, development or use of its intellectual property. These protections generally include non-disclosure and confidentiality policies and provisions and the
use  of  appropriate  intellectual  property  ownership  and  assignment  provisions  and  restrictive  covenant  agreements  with,  among  others,  the  Corporation’s
employees,  contractors,  consultants,  manufacturers,  suppliers,  customers  and  stakeholders.  The  Corporation  actively  seeks  to  protect  and  enforce  its
intellectual property rights to prevent unauthorized use by third parties, including through applications for injunctive relief and pursuing further litigation, as
necessary.

In  addition,  the  Corporation  seeks  to  preserve  the  integrity  and  confidentiality  of  its  data,  trade  secrets  and  know-how  by  maintaining  the  physical
security of its facilities and the electronic security of its information technology systems. Measures taken by the Corporation to maintain confidentiality of its
facilities and systems include the use of monitoring methods to prevent third-party or unauthorized employee access to confidential information and certain
software, such as the underlying source code, as well as systems, practices and procedures designed to prevent unauthorized third-party or employee access to
such  information  and  software,  such  as  restrictions  on  using  USB  devices  and  only  permitting  access  to  certain  approved  file-sharing  sites.  While  the
Corporation has confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, the Corporation’s security measures may be breached, and legal recourse may not
provide adequate remedies for any such breach.

The  Corporation’s  active  intellectual  property  portfolio  currently  contains,  among  other  rights,  approximately  40  granted  patents,  30  patent
applications, 624 registered trademarks, 918 trademark applications, 15 industrial designs, 9 copyright registrations and 5 copyright applications. In addition,
the Corporation currently owns approximately 4,628 domain names, as well as unregistered intellectual property, which includes copyright works, such as
source codes, software codes, logos, audio-visual elements, graphics, original music, story lines, interfaces, advertisements, films and videos, copyrights and
databases (including customer lists), unregistered trademark rights, confidential information and trade secrets. Issued and registered rights (and applications
for such rights) are held by the Corporation in numerous jurisdictions around the world, including the United States, Canada, Europe, Russia, certain Latin
American  countries,  China  and  certain  Australasian  countries.  The  terms  and  extent  of  protection  afforded  under  the  Corporation’s  issued  and  registered
rights or unregistered rights vary depending on the jurisdiction and, as applicable, the date of filing.

The  Corporation’s  patent  strategy  focuses  on  protecting  novel  elements  of  its  technology  design  covering  the  principal  jurisdictions  where  the
Corporation  currently  carries  on  business  and  where  it  believes  filing  for  such  protection  is  strategically,  commercially,  technologically  or  otherwise,
appropriate  and  beneficial.  These  elements  include,  among  others,  core  design  features,  implementation  technologies  and  inventions  and  developments  of
games, in each case, where possible. In addition to the granted patents mentioned above, the Corporation has pending patent applications in the United States
and certain key commercial foreign countries, such as Canada and in Europe, and files new patent applications as and where it deems appropriate. The actual
protection afforded by a patent depends upon the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies in the applicable jurisdiction.

In addition to patent rights, the Corporation has registered trademarks or trademark applications for, among other things, its primary brands, including
The Stars Group, PokerStars, BetStars, Full Tilt, and related sub-brands, as well as its live poker tours in more than 40 jurisdictions around the world where
the Corporation believes there is a commercial benefit for having such registrations. The Corporation continuously monitors its trademark portfolio and files
new registration applications as and when it deems appropriate.

To  complement  the  Corporation’s  owned  intellectual  property,  the  Corporation  has  in  the  past  and  may  in  the  future  enter  into  brand  licensing
agreements with various third parties to develop product offerings based on their respective marks, characters and themes. The Stars Group believes that its
use of licensed brand names and related intellectual property may contribute to the appeal and success of its products. These licensing agreements may be
subject to various conditions and typically involve The Stars Group paying royalties to each licensor. Licensors also typically have the right to inspect and
approve the use of licensed property.

The source code for the Corporation’s software is generally protected under trade secret law and confidential information law, as the case may be in a
particular jurisdiction, as well as applicable copyright law. The Corporation recognizes, however, that effective protection may be limited or not available in
some  countries  in  which  it  offers  its  products  and  services.  The  Corporation  licenses  the  use  of  its  software  to  end-users,  which  may  provide  additional
protection  through  the  use  of  contractual  provisions  in  the  applicable  license  agreements.  In  particular,  these  licenses  contain,  among  other  restrictions,
customary provisions prohibiting the unauthorized

- 14 -

 
reproduction, disclosure, reverse engineering and transfer of the Corporation’s licensed software and related intellectual property. Moreover, any licensing of
the Corporation’s core intellectual property and brands is on what the Corporation believes to be strict licensing terms, with licenses being non-exclusive and
limited in duration and scope.

The  Corporation  also  seeks  to  protect  its  copyright  works  through  either  or  both  the  registration  of  such  works  with  applicable  governmental
authorities  (where  available  and  it  deems  registration  strategically  beneficial)  and  reliance  on  international  treaties.  The  Corporation  believes  that  such
protection is adequate for its purposes in the jurisdictions in which it operates, or currently expects to operate in the near term. Similar to its other intellectual
property  rights,  the  Corporation  continuously  monitors  its  copyright  portfolio  and  updates  its  policy  regarding  the  registration  of  copyrights  to  seek  the
appropriate protection available under applicable laws.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into various types of licensing and transfer agreements related to technology and intellectual property rights.
The Corporation enters certain of these agreements to obtain rights that may be necessary to produce and sell its products and services. The Corporation may
also license its technology and intellectual property to third parties through various licensing agreements.

Notwithstanding  the  Corporation’s  efforts  to  protect  its  intellectual  property,  the  Corporation  may  not  be  successful  in  obtaining  the  patents,
trademarks, industrial designs and other protections for which it has applied. The Stars Group’s granted patents and registered intellectual property rights and
those that may be granted or registered in the future, may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented or found to be invalid or unenforceable, which could limit
The Stars Group’s ability to stop competitors from marketing related products or services or the length of term of protection that The Stars Group may have
for its products or services. Despite efforts to protect its proprietary rights, third parties may infringe on the Corporation’s intellectual property rights and in
such  situations  the  Corporation  may  be  required  to  defend  such  rights.  The  defense  of  such  rights  may  divert  management’s  attention  to  the  business  and
involve a significant expense, and the Corporation may not be successful in defending its rights. In addition, others, including The Stars Group’s competitors,
may  be  able  to  independently  develop  substantially  equivalent  intellectual  property,  and  the  rights  granted  to  The  Stars  Group  under  any  of  its  issued  or
registered intellectual property, or future rights, may not provide it with any meaningful competitive advantages against these competitors. See also “Risk
Factors and Uncertainties” below.

Regulatory Environment

General

The development and operation of online real-money gaming in jurisdictions where a system of law and regulation has been developed to cover those
activities  is  typically  subject  to  extensive  regulation  and  approval  by  various  federal,  state,  provincial  and  foreign  authorities  (collectively,  “gaming
authorities”). Gaming laws generally require the Corporation to obtain licenses or a determination of suitability from the responsible gaming authorities. This
typically covers each of the Corporation’s subsidiaries engaged in the regulated activities, certain of the Corporation’s directors, officers and employees and,
in some instances, significant shareholders (typically, beneficial owners of more than 5% of a company’s outstanding equity, or lower in certain jurisdictions,
such as Great Britain, where the threshold is 3% or more).

The  term  “gaming  license”  for  the  purposes  of  this  annual  information  form  refers  collectively  to  all  the  different  licenses,  consents,  permits,
authorizations, and other regulatory approvals that are necessary to be obtained in order for the recipient to lawfully conduct (or be associated with) gaming in
a particular jurisdiction.

The criteria used by gaming authorities to make determinations as to the suitability of an applicant to conduct gaming varies among jurisdictions, but
generally  requires  extensive  and  detailed  application  disclosures  followed  by  a  thorough  investigation.  Gaming  authorities  have  broad  discretion  in
determining whether an applicant should be found suitable to conduct gaming. Gaming authorities generally look to the following criteria when determining
to  grant  a  gaming  license  to  an  applicant:  (i)  the  financial  stability,  integrity  and  responsibility  of  the  applicant  (including  verification  of  the  applicant’s
sources of funding); (ii) the quality and security of the applicant’s online real-money gaming platform, hardware and related software, including the ability of
that platform to operate in compliance with local regulation, as applicable; (iii) the past history of the applicant; (iv) the ability of the applicant to operate its
gaming business in a socially-responsible manner; and (v) in certain circumstances, the effect on competition.  

Gaming  authorities  may,  subject  to  certain  administrative  proceeding  requirements,  (i)  deny  an  application,  or  limit,  condition,  restrict,  revoke  or
suspend any gaming license issued by them, (ii) impose fines, either on a mandatory basis or as a consensual settlement of regulatory action, (iii) demand that
named individuals be disassociated from a gaming business, and (iv) in serious cases, liaise with local prosecutors to pursue legal action, which may result in
civil or criminal penalties. Events that may trigger revocation of a gaming license or another form of sanction vary by jurisdiction.  However, typical events
include, among others: (i) conviction in any jurisdiction of certain persons with an interest in, or key personnel of, the licensee of an offense that is either
punishable by imprisonment or may otherwise cast doubt on such person’s integrity; (ii) failure without reasonable cause to comply with any material term or
condition of the gaming license; (iii) declaration or otherwise engaging in certain bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up or discontinuance activities, or an order
or application with respect to the same; (iv) obtaining the gaming license by a materially false

- 15 -

 
or misleading representation or in some other improper way; (v) violation of applicable anti-money laundering or terrorist financing laws or regulations; (vi)
failure to meet commitments to players, including social responsibility commitments; (vii) failure to pay in a timely manner all gaming or betting taxes or fees
due; or (viii) determination by the gaming authority, in its sole discretion, that there is another material and sufficient reason to revoke or impose another form
of sanction upon the licensee.

Gaming authorities also have the right to investigate any individual or entity having a relationship to, or involvement with, the Corporation or any of
its  subsidiaries,  to  determine  whether  such  individual  or  entity  is  suitable  as  a  business  associate  of  the  Corporation.  If  any  director,  officer,  employee  or
significant  shareholder  of  the  Corporation  fails  to  qualify  for  a  gaming  license  or  is  found  unsuitable  (including  due  to  the  failure  to  submit  required
documentation) by a gaming authority, the Corporation may deem it necessary, or be required, to sever its relationship with such person, which may include
terminating the employment of any such person or divesting any such person of any interest in the Corporation, as permitted under the redemption provision
in the Corporation’s articles.

In addition, certain gaming authorities monitor the activities of the entities they regulate in jurisdictions other than their own in order to ensure that
such entities are not conducting business elsewhere in a manner that might adversely affect their financial stability, integrity and responsibilities to comply
with local laws.

As  a  regulated  entity,  the  Corporation  is  subject  to  various  conditions  and  requirements  under  its  multiple  gaming  licenses.    Conditions  of  these
gaming licenses vary by license type and jurisdiction.  Typical conditions generally include (i) adherence to the various laws and regulations to which the
Corporation’s licensed entities are subject, (ii) maintenance of strong corporate governance standards, (iii) filing periodic reports with gaming authorities, and
(iv)  reporting  of  material  adverse  events  affecting  the  Corporation’s  business,  including  suspicious  activity  reports  related  to  anti-money  laundering  and
terrorist  financing.  The  requirement  to  file  periodic  reports,  as  well  as  the  contents  and  frequency  of  such  reports,  varies  by  gaming  license.    If  required,
periodic reports generally must be filed quarterly or annually, and must contain certain information, metrics, details or audit findings related to revenues and
other financial information, specific games or activities, anti-money laundering and terrorist financing activities, and information and data security.  Certain
gaming licenses also require licensed companies to implement a system that grants the gaming authority real-time access to certain player-related data of the
licensed company, thus enabling the gaming authority to perform audits or analysis at its discretion. For example, the Italian regulator requires a real-time
interface  to  enable  it  to  assess  gaming  duty.    Additionally,  certain  regulators,  such  as  the  Gambling  Commission  of  Great  Britain  (the  “Gambling
Commission”), require licensed companies to file an annual assurance statement which provides the applicable gaming authority with information regarding
matters  such  as  significant  changes  in  control  systems,  risk  management  and  governance  since  the  last  assurance  statement,  how  the  licensed  company  is
addressing problem and at-risk gambling, and any improvements that the licensed company plans to implement to its control systems, risk management and
governance and/or its approach to addressing problem and at-risk gambling, including actions to address the National Responsible Gambling Strategy.

In  addition,  there  are  various  other  factors  associated  with  its  gaming  operations  that  could  burden  the  Corporation’s  business,  including,  without
limitation, compliance with multiple, and sometimes conflicting, regulatory requirements, jurisdictional limitations on contract enforcement, foreign currency
risks,  certain  restrictions  on  gaming  activities,  potentially  adverse  tax  risks  and  tax  consequences,  including,  without  limitation,  the  imposition  of  new  or
additional taxes, such as additional corporate tax, VAT payable on the Corporation’s costs or chargeable on a point of consumption basis on its revenue (which
commercially cannot be passed onto the consumer), turnover taxes and gaming duties, and changes in the political and economic stability, regulatory and
taxation  structures  and  the  interpretation  thereof  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Corporation  and  its  licensee  subsidiaries  operate  or  otherwise  offer  their
products and services. Any or all of such factors could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, operating results and financial condition.
See also “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks Related to Regulation” below. Further, as a public company the Corporation is required to, among other
things, maintain effective internal controls over its financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, maintain systems for accurate record keeping
and maintain strict compliance with various laws and regulations applicable to it.

Regulation of the Corporation’s Business

The Corporation, through certain of its subsidiaries, is licensed or approved to offer, including under third-party gaming licenses, its gaming products
and services in various jurisdictions throughout the world, including in Europe, both within and outside of the European Union, which is currently its primary
market, North America and elsewhere. In particular, and as of the date hereof, PokerStars is the world’s most licensed online gaming brand, holding gaming
licenses in 17 jurisdictions.  

The Corporation views its gaming licenses in two categories: (i) jurisdictions where the relevant operating subsidiary of the Corporation has either
obtained  a  local  gaming  license  directly  from  the  local  gaming  authority  or  where  it  offers  the  Corporation’s  products  under  a  third-party  gaming  license
through  a  third-party  relationship  (for  example,  Belgium);  and  (ii)  jurisdictions  where  its  real-money  online  gaming  products  and  services  are  offered
pursuant to a “multi-jurisdictional” gaming license.

- 16 -

 
See also “Regulatory Environment—Regulatory Strategy” below.

Local Licenses and Approvals

Set forth below is an overview of certain of The Stars Group’s various local gaming licenses (including arrangements with third parties) covering the
operation  of  its  real-money  online  gaming  offerings.  Poker  customers  in  certain  jurisdictions,  however,  are  permitted  to  participate  in  the  Corporation’s
shared-liquidity global player pool on its .com and .eu sites. Applicable gaming duty and/or VAT is payable on the Corporation’s revenue from online gaming
offered through these local gaming licenses.

Australia

The Northern Territory Racing Commission (“NTRC”) is responsible for licensing, regulating and supervising gambling activities authorized under
the Racing and Betting Act 1983 (NT) (“Racing and Betting Act”), including the conduct of a sports betting business. Holders of sportsbook licenses issued
by the NTRC are permitted to provide sports betting services over the Internet to customers throughout Australia. Australian licensed sportsbooks can also
provide services to persons located in New Zealand pursuant to the Gambling Act 2003 (NZ).  

The  NTRC  conducts  ongoing  suitability  and  due  diligence  investigations  in  relation  to  its  license  holders,  their  shareholders  and  key  management
personnel. NTRC license holders are also required to comply with all relevant Australian state and territory laws as well as applicable federal legislation,
including the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth).

On February 22, 2018, the NTRC conditionally approved the acquisition by a subsidiary of the Corporation of a majority interest in CrownBet, the
holding  company  of  each  of  CrownBet  Pty  Limited  (“CrownBet  OpCo”)  and  Draftstars  Pty  Limited  (“Draftstars”).    The  Corporation  is  also  seeking  the
approval of the NTRC:

•

•

for  the  acquisition  by  CrownBet  OpCo  of  William  Hill  Australia,  the  holding  company  of  William  Hill  Australia  Wagering  Pty  Ltd
(“William Hill OpCo”); and

for the acquisition by a subsidiary of the Corporation of an additional interest in CrownBet.

Each approval is conditional upon, among other things, the NTRC successfully completing its suitability review of the Corporation and key personnel.
Each of CrownBet OpCo, Draftstars and William Hill OpCo holds a license to conduct sports betting issued by the NTRC under the Racing and Betting Act.
The licenses issued to each of CrownBet OpCo and Draftstars are valid through June 30, 2024, and the license issued to William Hill OpCo is valid through
June 30, 2020. Other than as described above, the Corporation’s online real-money gaming products and services are not offered to persons physically located
in Australia.

Belgium

The Belgium Gaming Commission (the “Belgian Commission”) is responsible for issuing gaming licenses for the operation of games of chance in
Belgium,  ensuring  the  proper  supervision  of  these  games  and  implementing  any  regulations  promulgated  under  applicable  law.  Belgian  law  generally
prohibits the operation of a gaming establishment or the offering of gaming in any form, in any place, or in any direct or indirect way, unless a license is
granted  by  the  Belgian  Commission  in  accordance  with  Belgian  law.  A  feature  of  the  Belgian  regime  is  that  only  land-based  licensees  may  offer  online
gaming in the form of a supplementary product to the land-based gaming offerings, meaning that online gaming operators that do not also operate a land-
based gaming business in Belgium typically need to enter into supply arrangements with an existing land-based licensee.

Gambling  Management  S.A.,  the  owner  and  operator  of  Casino  de  Namur  in  Belgium,  was  granted  a  license  to  offer  online  gaming  operated  by  a
Maltese subsidiary of the Corporation through one of the Corporation’s domain names. The Maltese subsidiary is a provider of online gaming to Casino de
Namur, which in turn offers such gaming to its customers in Belgium, and on April 20, 2011, it was awarded a Class E gaming license as a service provider to
Gambling Management S.A. So long as the applicable license fees are paid, the Maltese subsidiary remains compliant with applicable licensure requirements
and the license is not suspended, revoked or otherwise surrendered, the Corporation expects that the license will remain valid for 10 years with a renewal
procedure available no later than 5 months prior to its expiration.

Bulgaria

In  Bulgaria,  the  State  Commission  for  Gambling  (“Bulgarian  Commission”)  issues  and  maintains  licenses  for  “gambling  games”  including  online
casino games. A license for organizing online gaming must explicitly state the intended gaming activity by the holder, and may not be transferred. Bulgaria
requires that the licensee be registered in a European Union member state, another state signatory to the European Economic Area Agreement or in the Swiss
Confederation. The licensee must also appoint an authorized representative with an address in Bulgaria, with the authority to represent the licensee before
state  authorities  or  Bulgarian  courts.  The  Bulgarian  Gambling  Act  also  requires  that  certain  communication  equipment  must  be  located  in  Bulgaria  for
reporting purposes.

- 17 -

 
 
 
 
On February 18, 2014, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries was awarded a license to offer online poker and casino to Bulgarian residents. The license

is valid for 10 years.

Czech Republic

Under  the  Act  on  Gambling  Coll.  186/2016,  the  State  Supervision  of  Gambling  and  Lotteries  Department  of  the  Ministry  of  Finance  of  the  Czech
Republic (the “MFCR”) maintains the licensing procedure for individuals and entities seeking to provide betting and online casino services to customers in
the Czech Republic. The MFCR defines online casino services as “an internet game, the gambling participant shall play against the operator’s software-based
gaming  system  or  against  another  person  mediated  by  that  system.”  Online  casino  games  can  include  “Technical  Games”,  which  are  games  of  chance
operated  via  a  technical  device  directly  handled  by  the  bettor,  such  as  slot  reel  games,  and  “Live  Games”,  which  include  roulette,  card  games  and  games
operated in the form of a tournament.

On January 28, 2017, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries was granted a six-year license to provide online casino and poker games to customers in
the Czech Republic, which will expire on January 27, 2023. On October 4, 2017, this same subsidiary was granted approval from the MFCR to provide sports
betting to customers in the Czech Republic, which will expire on October 3, 2023.

Pursuant to Czech anti-money laundering requirements, in order for customers to establish an online gaming account, customers must perform a face-

to-face verification, which can be done at authorized “CzechPoints”, such as post offices in the Czech Republic.

Denmark

Under the Danish Gambling Act, the Danish Gambling Authority (the “DGA”) maintains the licensing procedure for individuals and entities looking
to provide betting and online casino services to customers in Denmark. The DGA defines online casino services as “those where the player and operator do
not  meet  physically,  for  instance  where  games  are  sold  via  the  internet,  telephone  or  television.”  Online  casino  games  can  include  roulette,  blackjack,
baccarat, punto banco, poker and “combination games”. A license to operate online casino services is valid for a term of five years. If the applicant has not yet
obtained  the  required  certifications  for  its  gaming  system  through  testing,  the  DGA  will  issue  a  fixed-term  one-year  license  until  such  certifications  are
complete.

One of the Corporation’s subsidiaries renewed a five-year license to provide online casino and poker games that will expire on December 31, 2021 and

was granted a five-year license to provide online sports betting that will expire on November 30, 2020.

Estonia

The Estonian Tax and Customs Board maintains responsibility for the issuance of “activity licenses” and “operating permits” for the supply of gaming

and lotteries to customers in Estonia, and also acts as the gaming supervisory agency in Estonia.

The  Estonia  Gambling  Act,  RT  I  2008,  47,  261  (the  “Estonia  Gambling  Act”)  was  enacted  to  establish  strict  requirements  for  gaming  operators,
provide  measures  for  the  protection  of  players  and  reduce  the  negative  consequences  of  gaming  and  its  impact  on  society.  “Remote  gambling”  under  the
Estonia Gambling Act is defined as “the organisation of gambling in a manner where the outcome of the game is determined by an electronic device and the
player can participate in the game by electronic means of communication, including telephone, Internet and media services”.

On  August  18,  2010,  one  of  the  Corporation’s  subsidiaries  was  awarded  an  activity  license,  which  became  effective  on  August  23,  2010.  Activity
licenses  are  generally  valid  for  an  unspecified  period  of  time.  On  September  20,  2010,  that  subsidiary  was  further  awarded  an  operating  permit  for  the
organizing  of  games  of  chance  in  the  form  of  remote  gambling  concerning  one  of  the  Corporation’s  domain  names.  This  operating  permit,  which  was
subsequently renewed in September 2015, is valid through September 21, 2020.

France

The Collège De L’Autorité de Régulation des Jeux En Ligne (the “ARJEL”) oversees gaming licensing with respect to customers in France. Act No.
2010-476 of 12 May 2010 authorized online gaming with respect to customers in France for poker and betting on sports, horse races and circle games. Each
type of online gaming requires a separate gaming license. Government decrees and orders are also a part of the French regulatory system. The decrees and
orders that the Corporation believes are relevant to its business, address, among other topics, changes of control, customer accounts and the licensing process.
French regulation requires the submission of an annual certification audit, which is a technical and security audit relating to the hosting platforms that power
the services provided under the applicable ARJEL gaming license.  Additionally, licensees are required to submit weekly financial reports to the ARJEL.

- 18 -

 
One of the Corporation’s subsidiaries renewed a five-year license granted by ARJEL for online poker games that will expire on June 24, 2020. On

June 7, 2016, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries was granted a five-year license by ARJEL for sports betting, which will expire on June 6, 2021.

On July 6, 2017, the gaming authorities of Portugal, Spain, France and Italy signed an agreement in Rome providing for online poker liquidity to be
pooled  across  all  four  jurisdictions.  This  concordat  has  taken  some  time  to  implement  as  it  depends  upon  each  jurisdiction  issuing  local  clearance  for  its
players to take part. On December 14, 2017, the Corporation’s subsidiary licensed by ARJEL received authorization to include French players into the merged
player pools. On December 29, 2017, the Spanish gaming regulator, Dirección General de Ordenación del Juego (the “DGOJ”), signed a similar resolution
authorizing pooled poker liquidity including Spanish players and the Corporation received its authorization on January 15, 2018. The Corporation’s relevant
subsidiaries  therefore  inaugurated  pooled  Franco-Spanish  poker  gameplay  on  January  16,  2018.    The  Corporation  anticipates  the  necessary  local
authorizations from the gaming authorities in Italy and Portugal to permit players from those jurisdictions to join the Franco-Spanish pooled liquidity in the
near future. See “—Italy”, “—Portugal” and “—Spain”, below.

Germany - Schleswig Holstein

The German state of Schleswig Holstein issued a gaming license to one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries pursuant to a state law adopted in 2012 that
regulated and licensed online gaming. Although the law has since been repealed, the Corporation’s gaming license will remain valid until December 21, 2018.
Under such gaming license, and only until the expiration date, which may not be extended, a Maltese subsidiary of the Corporation is licensed to offer poker
games and certain casino games to customers in Schleswig Holstein.

Greece

In Greece, the Hellenic Gaming Commission (the “HGC”), in partnership with the Greek Ministry of Finance (the “Greek Ministry”) is responsible for
regulating and supervising the online gaming industry. In 2011, the Greek government enacted new legislation relating to all forms of gaming (the “Greek
Gambling Act”). Under the Greek Gambling Act, companies that have been licensed by the Greek Ministry through public tenders are authorized to offer
online gaming. The Greek Gambling Act also allows for companies that hold gaming licenses in other member states of the European Union to apply for
interim temporary licenses, which will remain valid until the formal licenses are awarded. The HGC issued twenty-four temporary gaming licenses under the
Greek Gambling Act.  

In November 2013, the Corporation partnered with Diamond Link Ltd., a Maltese entity (“Diamond Link”), to allow Greek customers to utilize the
Corporation’s online gaming products. Diamond Link is one of the twenty-four temporary gaming license holders in Greece, and through the Corporation’s
partnership, two of the Corporation’s websites operate under that authorization utilizing Diamond Link’s Maltese gaming license. In May 2017, a subsidiary
of the Corporation purchased all the outstanding interests of Diamond Link, and maintains the temporary gaming license pursuant to which it allows Greek
customers to utilize the Corporation’s online gaming products.

Ireland

In Ireland, sports betting services are regulated by the Betting Acts 1931 – 2015 and licensed through the Irish National Excise Licence Office. The
primary suitability and probity requirement of the Irish authorities is that personal applicants for betting licenses as well as officers of corporate applicants
must hold a “Certificate of Personal Fitness” issued by the Department of Justice and Equality as well as a “Tax Clearance” certificate.

In July 2015, a subsidiary of the Corporation received an online betting license from the Irish National Excise Licence Office to provide online sports
betting to customers in Ireland. All Irish online betting licenses are valid for two years and commence and expire on the same dates, having been renewed as a
class in June 2017 and therefore currently valid through June 30, 2019.

Poker  and  casino  games  are  made  available  to  persons  in  Ireland  through  the  Corporation’s  Maltese  multi-jurisdictional  gaming  license  (discussed
below in more detail) pending the Irish government’s enactment of the more comprehensive gaming licensing regime based on the “General Scheme of the
Gambling Control Bill” that has been stalled in the Irish legislature since 2013.

Italy

Currently, the Agenzia delle Dogane e dei Monopoli (the “ADM”), formerly known as L’Amministrazione Autonoma dei Monopoli di Stato, regulates
gaming  in  Italy.  All  operators,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  are  required  to  obtain  a  gaming  license  from  the  ADM  to  provide  online  gaming  products  to
residents in Italy. Applicants based in the European Economic Area (“EEA”), or those with their registered office within the EEA, are eligible for a license.

- 19 -

 
On December 17, 2010, a concession to operate, among other things, poker, casino and sports betting in Italy was awarded to one of the Corporation’s
subsidiaries. This gaming license was supplemented in March 2011, and was set to expire on June 30, 2016. The Corporation filed a renewal application for
the gaming license and is permitted to continue operating until the Corporation has had an opportunity to obtain a new gaming license (or renew its current
gaming  license)  under  the  new  licensing  regime  announced  by  the  ADM  on  January  8,  2018.  Under  the  new  tender  process,  a  maximum  number  of  120
gaming  licenses  will  be  awarded  and  will  be  valid  until  December  31,  2022.  The  deadline  for  submission  of  applications  for  an  online  gaming  license  is
March 19, 2018. There can be no assurance that such new gaming license (or renewal) will be granted to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

As noted above, on July 6, 2017, the gaming authorities of Portugal, Spain, France and Italy signed an agreement in Rome providing for online poker
liquidity  to  be  pooled  across  all  four  jurisdictions.  This  concordat  has  taken  some  time  to  implement  as  it  depends  upon  each  jurisdiction  issuing  local
clearance for its players to take part. The relevant subsidiaries of the Corporation commenced shared poker liquidity involving French and Spanish players on
January 16, 2018 but the necessary ADM authorization for the addition of Italian players has not yet been finalized.

Portugal

Under the Online Gambling and Betting Legal Regime, approved by Decree Law No. 66/2015, the Serviço de Regulação e Inspeção de Jogos, or
the  Gambling  Inspection  and  Regulation  Service,  is  responsible  for  the  control,  inspection  and  regulation  of  gambling  activities,  including  through  any
electronic, computer-based, telematic or any other interactive means (i.e., online gaming). Portuguese regulation requires the submission of monthly financial
reports regarding, among other things, customer liability information and gaming duty reporting.

On November 25, 2016, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries was granted a three-year license to offer certain online poker and casino games to

customers in Portugal, which will expire on November 24, 2019.

As noted above, on July 6, 2017, the gaming authorities of Portugal, Spain, France and Italy signed an agreement in Rome providing for online poker
liquidity  to  be  pooled  across  all  four  jurisdictions.  This  concordat  has  taken  some  time  to  implement  as  it  depends  upon  each  jurisdiction  issuing  local
clearance for its players to take part. The relevant subsidiaries of the Corporation commenced shared poker liquidity involving French and Spanish players on
January 16, 2018 but the necessary Gambling Inspection and Regulation Service authorization with respect to the relevant subsidiaries of the Corporation for
the addition of Portuguese players has not yet been finalized.

Romania

In Romania, the Oficiul National pentru Jocuri de Noroc (the “ONJN”) issues and maintains licenses for online gaming. In August 2015, one of the
Corporation’s subsidiaries was awarded an interim gaming license by the ONJN to offer online casino, poker and sports betting to customers in Romania. The
interim gaming license was valid for one year and on August 12, 2016, the ONJN awarded the Corporation’s relevant subsidiary a full license for organizing
remote gambling games, which is valid for ten years and allows such subsidiary to provide online poker, casino and sports betting to customers in Romania.
The gaming license is subject to an annual reauthorization by the ONJN, which is based on a review of the licensee’s compliance with the applicable license
requirements and conditions.

Spain

In Spain, gaming is traditionally regulated by each of the seventeen autonomous regions. Spain’s Gambling Act (the “Spanish Gambling Act”) became
effective  on  May  29,  2011,  in  order  to,  among  other  things,  regulate  online  gaming  nationwide.  The  Spanish  Gambling  Act  covers  “gaming  operations
through  electronic,  interactive,  and  technological  means”  including  the  internet,  television,  mobile  phones  and  land  lines.  The  types  of  gaming  activities
controlled under the Spanish Gambling Act include sports betting, horse racing betting, raffles, competitions and “other games”, which includes poker and
casino games. The DGOJ is responsible for enforcement of the Spanish Gambling Act and has sanctioning authority.

The Spanish Gambling Act establishes two categories of gaming licenses: general and single, as well as a permit for offering occasional games. A
“general license” is required to offer certain types of betting games, raffles and games categorized as other games. General licenses are valid for a ten year
term,  and  may  be  renewed  for  additional  ten-year  periods.  The  DGOJ  offers  general  licenses  through  a  competitive  and  public  tendering  process.  The
Gambling Act requires applicants to apply for provisional registration in the General Register of Gambling Licenses prior to requesting a call, or public notice
of application, for a general license. The Gambling Act grants the DGOJ the authority to restrict the number of licenses awarded for each type of game based
on  public  interest  and  whether  a  company  requests  a  call,  in  each  case  allowing  the  DGOJ  to  control  the  license  review  and  authorization  process.  If  the
number of licenses for a particular type of game is restricted, the licenses offered during that call are not automatically renewable.

- 20 -

 
On June 1, 2012, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries was granted a general license for the development and operation of games in the other games
category  and  a  “singular  license”  for  the  offering  of  online  poker.  The  same  subsidiary  is  also  authorized  to  conduct  the  advertising,  sponsorship  and
promotion of the games authorized by the gaming licenses. The general license is valid for a ten-year term, and the singular license is valid for a five-year
term  and  has  been  renewed  through  June  1,  2022.  This  subsidiary  has  also  been  granted  singular  licenses  for  blackjack,  roulette  and  sports  betting  and  a
general license for sports betting. The gaming licenses for blackjack and roulette expire on February 2, 2021. The singular and general sports betting licenses
expire on June 2, 2025 and June 2, 2020, respectively.

On  January  15,  2018,  the  Corporation’s  subsidiary  licensed  by  the  DGOJ  received  authorization  for  shared  liquidity  permitting  it  to  offer  merged
player pools comprising players from Italy, Portugal and France. Pooled tables between Spanish and French players were launched accordingly on January
16, 2018. The Corporation is awaiting the necessary local authorizations to enable the addition of Italian and Portuguese players. For additional information,
see “—France”, “—Italy” and “—Portugal” above.

United Kingdom

Gaming with respect to customers in Great Britain (England, Scotland and Wales, but excluding Northern Ireland) is regulated by the Gambling Act
2005 (the “2005 Act”). The 2005 Act established the Gambling Commission as the regulator that is responsible for granting licenses to operate gaming as
well as overseeing compliance with applicable law and regulation. In 2014, the Gambling (Licensing and Advertising) Act 2014 was passed by the United
Kingdom  Parliament,  which  required  all  remote  gambling  operators  serving  customers  in  the  United  Kingdom  and  advertising  in  the  United  Kingdom  to
obtain a license from the Gambling Commission. On November 1, 2014, one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries obtained a “continuation” (i.e., interim) license
issued  by  the  Gambling  Commission,  and  on  March  18,  2015  a  full  operating  license  was  issued  along  with  the  separate  software  and  “key  personnel”
individual licenses. So long as the applicable license fees are paid and the British license is not suspended, revoked or otherwise surrendered, the Corporation
expects that the license will remain valid indefinitely.

British  regulations  require  licensed  companies  to  file  quarterly  returns  as  well  as  a  more  extensive  “annual  assurance  statement”  to  provide  the
Gambling Commission with information regarding matters such as significant changes in control systems, risk management and governance since the last
assurance  statement,  how  the  licensed  company  is  addressing  problem  and  at-risk  gambling,  and  any  improvements  that  the  licensed  company  plans  to
implement to its control systems and risk management and governance and/or its approach to addressing problem and at-risk gambling, including actions to
address the National Responsible Gambling Strategy.

United States

Generally,  intrastate  online  gaming  is  lawful  in  the  United  States  provided  the  relevant  gaming  complies  with  the  Unlawful  Internet  Gambling
Enforcement  Act  and  the  particular  state  has  enacted  legislation  or  otherwise  properly  authorized  the  same.  Further,  the  Federal  Wire  Act  of  1961  (the
“Federal Wire Act”) makes it unlawful to use electronic communications to make interstate bets or wagers, or transmit information that assists in making such
bets or wagers, on any sporting event or contest. In December of 2011, the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) issued an opinion from its Office
of Legal Counsel indicating that it is the official opinion of the DOJ that the Federal Wire Act “prohibits only the transmission of communications related to
bets or wagers on sporting events or contests. More specifically, “interstate transmissions of wire communications that do not relate to a ‘sporting event or
contest’  [.  .  .]  fall  outside  of  the  reach  of  the  Wire  Act.”  Pursuant  to  this  guidance,  the  legislatures  of  New  Jersey,  Nevada,  Delaware  and  Pennsylvania
authorized intrastate online gaming, provided that the gambling does not concern a sporting event or contest.

On September 27, 2017, New Jersey joined the Multi-State Internet Gaming Agreement (the “MSIGA”), which was previously entered into between
Delaware and Nevada.  This agreement permits New Jersey, Nevada and Delaware to share liquidity among players in both online poker and certain online
casino  games.    Under  the  MSIGA,  customers  can  only  access  online  gaming  sites  that  are  licensed  by  the  state  in  which  they  are  located,  i.e.,  Nevada
residents can play online games on sites licensed in Nevada.  The MSIGA sets forth certain minimum standards that each state is expected to have in place,
including  common  standards  in  the  regulated  gaming  industry,  such  as  age  and  identity  verification,  anti-money  laundering  and  related  protocols,  data
security, and other measures intended to assure the integrity of wagering conducted pursuant to the MSIGA.  The Corporation believes MSIGA is intended to
be expanded beyond its current membership of New Jersey, Nevada and Delaware.

On  December  4,  2017,  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  (the  “Supreme  Court”)  heard  oral  arguments  in  Murphy  v.  National  Collegiate  Athletic
Association (formerly known as Christie v. National Collegiate Athletic Association), No. 16-476, related to the constitutionality of the Federal Professional
and Amateur Sports Protection Act (“PASPA”).  PASPA prohibits a state from “authorizing by law” any form of sports betting.  Under the current case before
the  Supreme  Court,  the  State  of  New  Jersey  repealed  its  criminal  prohibitions  on  sports  betting  to  the  extent  such  prohibitions  applied  to  casinos  and
racetracks.    New  Jersey’s  position  is  that  such  a  law  did  not  run  afoul  of  PASPA  because  it  did  not  amount  to  the  “authorization”  of  any  form  of  sports
betting.  Although there can be no assurance as to timing or outcome, the Supreme Court is expected to rule on this matter in or before June 2018.  One
potential outcome could be the Supreme Court striking down the PASPA prohibition resulting in potential state authorization of sports

- 21 -

 
betting.    Regardless  of  the  Supreme  Court’s  decision  regarding  PASPA,  sports  betting  in  the  United  States  may  be  subject  to  additional  laws,  rules  and
regulations, including those discussed in this annual information form.

More detail on the regulatory framework in New Jersey, where the Corporation currently holds a transactional waiver, is provided directly below.

New Jersey

The provision of online gaming, and other aspects of casino gaming in New Jersey, are subject to the requirements of New Jersey Casino Control Act
(the  “NJ  Act”)  and  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  Under  the  online  gaming  legislation,  third-party  companies  may  provide  services  to  casino
licensees to facilitate the conduct of online gaming, including website hosting, and the provision of game content. Such service providers must first obtain a
casino service industry enterprise (a “CSIE”) license. The New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement (the “NJ DGE”) has the responsibility to investigate
all license applications and to prosecute violations of the NJ Act.

Due to the length of investigative time prior to issuing of a plenary CSIE license, the New Jersey regulations allow a CSIE applicant to petition the NJ
DGE for a transactional waiver, which allows a CSIE applicant to conduct business with a casino licensee prior to the issuance of a license at the discretion of
the NJ DGE and subject to certain conditions.

Certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Corporation  were  issued  an  initial  six-month  transactional  waiver  on  September  30,  2015  in  relation  to  an  agreement
entered into with Resorts Casino Hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey through Resorts Digital Gaming, LLC, the interactive affiliate of Resorts Casino Hotel, to
conduct online gaming in the state.  Additional six-month renewal transactional waivers have been granted to these subsidiaries to continue operations with
the most recent transactional waiver granted on September 30, 2017 and valid until March 30, 2018. The transactional waiver may be renewed in six-month
intervals  until  a  full,  five-year  license  is  issued;  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  a  license  will  be  issued.  The  transactional  waiver  contains  certain
conditions,  including,  without  limitation,  prohibiting  certain  individuals  from  having  any  relationship  with  the  Corporation  and  informing  the  NJ  DGE  of
various actions of such individuals, providing the NJ DGE with notice of certain corporate actions and copies of records relating to the same, and providing
certain inspection rights to the NJ DGE.  In connection with the initial grant of the transactional waiver, the Corporation was also required to escheat certain
funds to the State of New Jersey and separate certain individuals from employment.

Multi-Jurisdictional Licenses

The Corporation, through certain subsidiaries, holds gaming licenses in Malta and the Isle of Man, which are often referred to as “multi-jurisdictional”
or  “point-of-supply”  licenses  (as  opposed  to  the  local,  territory-specific  or  “point-of-consumption”  licenses  detailed  in  “—Local  Licenses  and  Approvals”
above). These multi-jurisdictional licenses are used by the Corporation’s various subsidiaries to supply the Corporation’s online gaming products to persons
located in jurisdictions where the Corporation does not possess a local, territory-specific or point-of-consumption gaming license authorizing the same.

Where online gaming products hosted on Maltese or Isle of Man servers pursuant to the relevant multi-jurisdictional licenses are made available by the
Corporation for online usage by customers in other jurisdictions it is done on the basis of the well-established general principle of e-commerce and Internet
law that deems the provision of online products and services to take place where the operator’s server and/or the operator itself is established and located.
This principle is widely relied upon by online gaming operators as well as by many other e-commerce businesses.  

Accordingly,  the  Corporation  relies  on  the  fact  that  its  supply  of  online  gaming  products  and  services  is  lawfully  licensed  or  approved  within  the
jurisdiction of origin (i.e., Malta or the Isle of Man) as the rationale for the Corporation’s lawful offer of gaming products and services to other jurisdictions
where either: (i) such other jurisdictions have not established a regulatory and licensing framework for online gaming, (ii) the availability to citizens of online
gaming hosted outside its jurisdictional boundaries is not clearly prohibited by the law of the jurisdiction, or (iii) the local laws of such other jurisdiction lack
extra-territorial  effect,  including  where  local  law  is  contrary  to  any  supra-national  law  from  which  the  Corporation  benefits  (which,  for  example,  is  the
position in European Union member states such as Germany, where domestic law is widely held to be incompatible with the basic principles of European
Union law).

Where, however, any jurisdiction has enacted local domestic laws that clearly prohibit the availability to citizens of online gaming products hosted
abroad,  and  where  it  is  clear  that  such  local  domestic  law  has  extra-territorial  application  to  the  Corporation  to  the  extent  that  the  principle  of  extra-
territoriality  described  above  is  clearly  overridden,  the  Corporation  will  take  technical  and  administrative  measures  aimed  at  preventing  persons  from  the
relevant jurisdictions accessing the Corporation’s gaming products. For additional information, see below under “—Regulatory Strategy”.

Set forth below is an overview of the Corporation’s multi-jurisdictional licenses.

- 22 -

 
Isle of Man

Under the Online Gambling Regulation Act 2001, the Isle of Man Gambling Supervision Commission (the “GSC”) maintains responsibility for the
regulation  and  supervision  of  all  online  gaming  activities  in  the  Isle  of  Man,  and  for  the  investigation  of  the  character  and  financial  status  of  any  person
applying for or holding a license in connection with online gaming. The GSC is authorized to grant a license to conduct online gaming to a company if the
GSC is satisfied: (i) that the company is under the control of persons of integrity; (ii) as to the beneficial ownership of the share capital of the company;
(iii) that the activities of the company are under the management of persons of integrity and competence; and (iv) that the company has adequate financial
means available to conduct online gaming. Licenses are generally valid for a maximum of five years. The GSC may revoke a gaming license if the licensee
fails, at any time, to meet any of the initial licensure requirements. The GSC may suspend or revoke a gaming license if the holder of the gaming license or
designated official is convicted of certain offenses, or is convicted “by a court in any country or territory in the world of an offense punishable (in that country
or territory) in the case of an adult by custody for an unlimited period or a term of two years or more.” Gaming licenses may also be suspended or revoked for
other reasons, including the failure to pay required fees or failure to comply with license conditions or obligations.  

One  of  the  Corporation’s  subsidiaries  holds  a  gaming  license  issued  by  the  GSC  allowing  the  Corporation  to  provide  poker,  casino  and  betting
products  and  services.  The  license  was  renewed  on  March  10,  2014  and  expires  on  March  9,  2019.  Gaming  duty  is  payable  in  the  Isle  of  Man  on  the
Corporation’s  worldwide  gaming  revenue.  With  respect  to  online  gaming  offered  under  this  license  to  customers  in  certain  other  jurisdictions,  such  as
Switzerland, the Corporation also pays applicable gaming duty or VAT in those jurisdictions.

With the exception of the United States, outside the European Union, the Isle of Man license granted to one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries generally
permits the licensee to accept customers in various jurisdictions around the world where domestic laws do not clearly prohibit the availability to citizens of
online  gaming  products  hosted  abroad,  and  where  it  is  clear  that  such  local  domestic  law  has  extra-territorial  application  or  where  there  is  no  national
regulatory and licensing system that specifically requires licensure by foreign operators.

Russian Federation

For example, the Corporation’s online poker and casino products are currently accessible in Russia pursuant to its Isle of Man gaming license. Federal
Russian Law No.244-FZ (“Law 244”) limits the operation of gambling activities in the territory of the Russian Federation but it is not clear whether offering
online gaming from websites and servers established outside of Russia is considered as an activity taking place “in Russia”. Russian courts have generally
taken a very narrow approach to the extra-territorial application of Russian law, including Law 244. In certain Internet service provider blocking cases the
Russian courts determined that it would not be possible to take direct enforcement action against companies outside of Russia and that operators of foreign
online  gaming  websites  cannot  be  held  liable  in  accordance  with  Russian  law  because  they  do  not  operate  in  Russia  and  Russian  courts  do  not  have
jurisdiction  over  them.  In  2017,  the  Corporation  sponsored  the  PokerStars  Championship  Sochi,  which  included  dozens  of  events  with  a  centerpiece  150
million RUB (approximately $2.6 million) guaranteed main event, the largest guaranteed prize pool event in Russian poker history.  

In November 2017, Russian President Putin signed a bill into law that introduced financial blocking measures in Russia for offshore gambling services
(the “Financial Blocking Bill”), enforcement of which is expected to start on May 25, 2018 (provided that the necessary government ordinances have been
drafted by then). Although the Financial Blocking Bill does not clearly specify enforcement measures, the Corporation expects that measures to block certain
transactions  using  domestic  credit  and  debit  cards  will  be  implemented  and  that  certain  offshore  payment  processors  and  gambling  companies  will  be
“blacklisted”,  which  may  cause  locally  licensed  banking  institutions  to  cease  conducting  business  with  such  payment  processors  and  gambling
companies.  The Corporation is currently monitoring and assessing the potential impact and disruptions to its business that may be caused by the Financial
Blocking Bill and engaging in various activities that it believes may mitigate the potential impact of the Financial Blocking Bill. Nevertheless, the Financial
Blocking Bill could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Canada

In  Canada,  gaming  regulation  exists  in  a  type  of  shared  jurisdiction  between  the  federal  government  of  Canada  and  the  provincial  and  territorial
governments across the country. At the federal level, the Canadian Criminal Code contains provisions that both prohibit and allow certain types of gambling
activity. Each province has the exclusive jurisdiction and power to regulate and offer or further restrict, within its borders, gambling activity.  

Part  VII  of  the  Criminal  Code  establishes  a  number  of  offences  related  to  gaming,  betting,  and  lottery  schemes,  and  also  sets  out  a  number  of

exemptions. The applicability of the various Criminal Code offences depends to a great extent on the nature of the

- 23 -

 
specific  gaming  or  betting  activity  itself,  ancillary  and  related  activities,  and  the  extraterritorial  limits  of  the  Criminal  Code.  The  Criminal  Code  does  not
specifically  contemplate  online  gambling.  The  relevant  provisions  of  the  Criminal  Code  prohibit:  (a)  keeping  a  common  gaming  house  (which  requires  a
specific physical location); (b) betting activities; (c) games of pure chance; or (d) traditional gambling.

The  Corporation,  aided  by  input  from  external  legal  advisors  and  the  Corporation’s  Compliance  Committee  (as  defined  below),  has  formed  the
reasoned view that Part VII of the Criminal Code does not prohibit peer-to-peer online poker services, which are currently the Corporation’s only real-money
services accessible in Canada. Although no Canadian court has yet considered this question, the Corporation holds this view because, among other reasons:
(a) online poker does not take place in a specific physical location; (b) playing poker constitutes gaming and not “betting”; (c) poker is a game of skill with
some  element  of  chance  and  (d)  online  poker,  where  the  stakes  are  won  and  lost  between  the  players  who  participate  directly  in  peer-to-peer  interactions
around a virtual table, is not “traditional gambling” where players compete against the house. As such, the Corporation does not currently hold or believe that
it  is  required  to  hold  a  gaming  registration  or  license  in  any  Canadian  jurisdiction  with  respect  to  its  online  peer-to-peer  poker  offering.  In  this  regard,  a
number  of  prosecutions  have  been  brought  by  the  Canadian  authorities  in  relation  to  gaming,  but  these  are  understood  to  have  involved  physical  gaming
operations based within the jurisdiction. A different interpretation of the Criminal Code may be adopted by a court of competent jurisdiction, which could
have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and operating results.

Brazil

In  addition,  in  Brazil,  Article  50  of  Decree  Law  3688/1941  (“Article  50”)  prohibits  certain  types  of  gaming  activities.   The  law  defines  gaming  as
games in which the gain or loss depends on luck. There have been several judicial opinions, administrative opinions, and other reports and legal opinions
holding  that  poker  is  a  game  of  skill,  and  accordingly,  that  poker  is  not  prohibited  under  Article  50.  While  there  have  also  been  conflicting  views,  the
consideration  of  poker  as  a  game  of  skill  appears  to  be  the  majority  view  in  Brazil  and  the  Brazilian  Sports  Ministry  has  also  recognized  poker  as  a
“sport”.  Further, it is not clear whether the restrictions set forth in Article 50 apply to online gaming supplied into the jurisdiction from offshore as the law
does not mention Internet gaming and there are no specific laws or regulations concerning Internet gaming.  The Corporation also believes that Brazilian law
may take a narrow approach to the extra-territorial effect of Brazilian law with respect to the Internet. A different interpretation of Article 50 may be adopted
by a court of competent jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and operating results.

Switzerland

With  respect  to  Switzerland,  the  Corporation  has  been  advised  that,  in  the  absence  of  any  territorial  connection  to  Switzerland,  a  foreign  gaming
operator cannot be liable for breach of gaming regulations under Swiss law. To the Corporation’s knowledge, as of the date of this annual information form,
the  Swiss  authorities  have  not  sought  to  initiate  any  enforcement  actions  against  offshore  gaming  operators.  The  Corporation  therefore  relies  on  certain
arguments  on  the  lack  of  extra-territorial  applicability  and  enforceability  of  Swiss  law  to  support  its  continued  offering  of  its  online  gaming  products  to
customers located in Switzerland pursuant to its multi-jurisdictional licenses. In addition, the Corporation continues to pay applicable gaming duty or VAT on
its online gaming offerings in Switzerland.

Malta

Under the Maltese Lotteries and Other Games Act 2001 and the Remote Gaming Regulations (S.L. 438) (collectively, the “Maltese Regulations”), the
Malta Gaming Authority (the “Maltese Authority”) regulates all aspects of gaming in Malta. Pursuant to the Maltese Regulations, any person who operates,
promotes,  sells,  supplies  or  manages  interactive  gaming  in  or  from  Malta  must  obtain  the  appropriate  license  from  the  Maltese  Authority.  The  Maltese
Authority issues four classes of Remote Gaming Licenses: (i) a Class 1 Remote Gaming License which is a remote gaming license; (ii) a Class 2 Remote
Gaming License - remote betting office license; (iii) a Class 3 Remote Gaming License - license to promote and/or abet remote gaming from Malta; and (iv) a
Class  4  Remote  Gaming  License  -  license  to  host  and  manage  remote  gaming  operators,  excluding  the  licensee.  The  above-referenced  licenses  or  an
authorized equivalent from a European Economic Area jurisdiction approved by the Maltese Authority are required to operate, promote, sell or abet Internet
gaming in or from Malta.

Two of the Corporation’s subsidiaries hold an aggregate of 11 gaming licenses issued by the Maltese Authority, including Class 1, Class 2, Class 3 and
Class 4 licenses, which enables such subsidiaries to offer all respective products and services listed above. Absent any renewals or extension under the terms
of the governing licensing agreements, the Class 1 license is set to expire on November 13, 2019, the Class 2 license is set to expire on January 20, 2020, the
Class 3 license are set to expire on December 22, 2021 and the Class 4 license is set to expire on December 22, 2021.

- 24 -

 
Gaming duty is payable  in  Malta  on  the  Corporation’s  revenue  from  online  gaming  offered  through  these  gaming  licenses.  With  respect  to  online
gaming offered under these gaming licenses to customers in certain jurisdictions such as Germany (other than Schleswig-Holstein) and Ireland (poker and
casino), the Corporation also pays applicable gaming duty or VAT in those jurisdictions on some or all of the online gaming offerings in those jurisdictions.

In accordance with European Union law, the Corporation’s Maltese gaming licenses entitle its Maltese subsidiaries to provide online gaming services
to other European Union member states in compliance with established European Union rules and principles on the free movement of services, unless those
countries have their own national regulatory and licensing regime that is compatible with those same European Union rules and principles and in particular
the core principles of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (“TFEU”).  

Germany (other than Schleswig-Holstein)

With  respect  to  Germany  (other  than  Schleswig-Holstein),  the  Corporation’s  online  poker,  casino  and  sports  betting  products  and  services  are
accessible to customers in Germany pursuant to its Maltese licenses in accordance with the right to offer services freely across European Union member state
borders set out in the TFEU. For information on the Corporation’s operations in the State of Schleswig Holstein in Germany, see “—Germany - Schleswig
Holstein” above.

The “Glücksspielstaatsvertrag” or Interstate Treaty on Gambling of 1 July 2012 (the “Treaty”) generally provides for Germany’s 16 states to assume
responsibility for aspects of gambling regulation. Attempts have been made in Germany to maintain the state monopoly on lotteries, prohibit the offering of
online casino games (including poker), and permit the licensing of only 20 sports betting operators. The German authorities, however, have been reluctant to
initiate  any  enforcement  actions  regarding  unlicensed  online  gaming  services  due  to  uncertainty  over  the  compatibility  of  the  Treaty  with  the  TFEU,
particularly in relation to sports betting subsequent to the February 2016 decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) in the Ince case (C-
336/14). In the Ince case, the CJEU ruled that Germany runs an unlawful de facto state monopoly on sports betting due to the non-transparent, discriminatory
licensing procedure under which private betting licenses could not be granted in practice all while the state-owned gaming operators are allowed to continue
their respective businesses.The CJEU cited the incompatibility of the Treaty with the TFEU on the basis it does not observe the principles of equal treatment
and non-discrimination on grounds of nationality and the consequent obligation of transparency. The CJEU’s judgment also called into question the regulation
of online gaming in Germany as a whole, demanding clear licensing criteria. Given the CJEU’s position in February 2016 as well as wider European Union
and domestic German concerns with the lawfulness of the Treaty, the Corporation currently believes that it is justified in deriving revenue from the supply of
the Corporation’s online poker, casino and sports betting services to German customers using its Maltese licenses on the basis of the Treaty’s incompatibility
with Germany’s obligations under the TFEU.

On  October  27,  2017,  the  Bundesverwaltungsgericht  (the  “Federal  Administrative  Court  of  Germany”)  sitting  at  Leipzig  published  a  press  release
detailing its decision to confirm the lawfulness of the Treaty’s current ban on unlicensed gambling. The Federal Administrative Court of Germany upheld two
prohibition  orders  issued  by  the  authorities  of  Baden-Württemberg  against  online  gaming  and  sports  betting  operators  based  in  Malta  and  Gibraltar.  The
Corporation currently believes that the decision is unlikely to affect operators who applied for one of the 20 online betting licenses in Germany because in
addition to the Ince  case  noted  above,  there  exist  various  lower  court  decisions  holding  that  process  to  have  been  deficient.  In  relation  to  online  gaming,
including poker, the Corporation currently believes that there are still good arguments as to why the Treaty remains non-compliant with the TFEU. As such,
the  Corporation  continues  to  believe  that  it  is  justified  in  deriving  revenue  from  the  supply  of  the  Corporation’s  online  poker,  casino  and  sports  betting
services to German customers using its Maltese licenses on the basis of the Treaty’s incompatibility with Germany’s obligations under the TFEU.

The Netherlands

The  Corporation’s  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook  offerings  are  also  accessible  to  customers  in  the  Netherlands  pursuant  to  its  Maltese  licenses.  The
Dutch Betting and Gaming Act 1964 (the “BGA”) contains a general prohibition on the provision of gambling without a license. It has been debated whether
the  BGA  also  applies  to  gambling  provided  via  the  Internet  and  if  it  is  also  applicable  to  actions  taken  outside  of  the  Netherlands.  However,  the  Dutch
legislature passed a new law on July 7, 2016 to introduce a new licensing framework for remote (and non-remote) gambling products as well as the remote
gambling  regulations  to  implement  the  licensing  regime.  The  Corporation  currently  expects  that  the  new  law  will  be  implemented  in  2018.  When
implemented, the new law will introduce a point-of-consumption regime to allow operators wishing to provide their remote gambling products to persons in
the Netherlands to apply for, and obtain, a license to do so.

In  the  meantime,  the  Dutch  Gaming  Authority  has  set  out  its  approach  to  enforcement  in  the  period  pending  the  introduction  of  the  new  licensing
regime.  The  Dutch  Gaming  Authority’s  approach  to  enforcing  the  general  prohibition  of  unlicensed  gambling  is  based  upon  certain  “prioritisation
criteria”.  These criteria are those activities which, if undertaken by unlicensed operators, will

- 25 -

 
increase the risk of enforcement action being taken against them. The criteria are, in order of the priority in which infringing operators will be pursued, as
follows: (i) making gambling websites available in the Dutch language; (ii) making gambling available online through a “.nl” website; and (iii) advertising of
gambling websites through television, radio or print media.  The Dutch authorities have refrained from initiating any enforcement proceedings to date against
operators who respect the criteria. The Corporation has formally confirmed to local authorities in the Netherlands that it fully complies with the criteria. The
Corporation intends to apply for an online gaming license as soon as the application process becomes available.

Sweden

In Sweden, the Lotteries Act 1994 (Sw: Lotterilagen 1994:1000) (the “Lotteries Act”) is the primary legislation with respect to gambling and governs
all  categories  of  gambling  offered  to  the  public  in  Sweden.  The  Lotteries  Act  prohibits  the  arrangement  of  unlicensed  lotteries  and  the  promotion  of
participation, in commercial operations or otherwise for the purpose of profit, in unlawful domestic lotteries or foreign lotteries.  The definition of “lottery” is
broad and explicitly includes betting, bingo, casino games and other similar games.  The Lotteries Act does not in any material way distinguish between land-
based  gambling  and  online  gambling.    Under  the  current  regime  it  is  not  possible  for  a  private  commercial  entity  to  obtain  a  license  to  provide  online
gambling  services  to  Swedish  customers.    It  is  however,  not  illegal  for  private  operators  established  in  another  European  Union  member  state  to  offer
gambling  services  to  Swedish  customers.  On  October  16,  2014,  the  European  Commission  took  two  separate  decisions  to  bring  infringement  proceedings
against the Swedish government to the CJEU in relation to the Swedish legislation for gambling services.

In Sweden, court cases have found that the only activity covered by the Lotteries Act is the local advertising carried out by local media companies.
These  cases  are  against  the  media  companies  and  courts  tend  to  find  that  the  prohibition  of  advertising  for  operators  not  holding  a  Swedish  license  is
unenforceable because the Lotteries Act is widely regarded as being in violation of the TFEU. Furthermore, the launch of infringement proceedings against
Sweden  reinforces  the  Corporation’s  position  that  the  supply  of  gambling  services  to  Swedish  players  from  another  European  Union  member  state  is
permitted.  New  legislation  has  been  proposed  that  would  introduce  a  point-of-consumption  based  licensing  system  similar  to  other  European  “regulated
markets” regimes. This draft law is currently undergoing constitutional review, and once complete and assuming constitutionality, the Swedish government is
expected to submit the law to its parliament for consideration.

Regulatory Strategy

The Corporation seeks to ensure that it obtains all permits, authorizations, registrations and/or licenses necessary to develop and offer its products and
services in the jurisdictions in which it operates, where its customers are located and/or where it is otherwise required to do so.  In particular, the Corporation
intends to seek licensure with respect to more European Union member states if and when such member states introduce their own independent regulatory and
licensing regimes compliant with European Union law. Outside of the European Union, the Corporation anticipates there may be a potential for the regulation
of online gaming, including online poker, casino and/or sports betting, including with respect to shared liquidity, and that this may result in potential licensing
or  partnerships  with  private  operators  in  various  jurisdictions.  The  Corporation  supports  the  regulation  of  online  gaming,  including  licensing  and  taxation
regimes and pooled poker liquidity, which it believes will promote sustainable online gaming markets that are beneficial for consumers, governments and the
citizens of the regulating jurisdiction, operators and the gaming industry as a whole. The Corporation expects to continue to invest substantial resources into
these efforts, particularly in markets that management believes may in the future have the greatest impact on its business. The Corporation strives to work
with  applicable  governmental  authorities  to  develop  regulations  that  it  expects  would  protect  consumers,  encourage  responsible  gaming,  ensure  efficient
taxation and promote regulated gameplay. The Corporation also strives to be among the first licensed operators to obtain gaming licenses and provide online
gaming to customers in newly-regulated jurisdictions, in each case to the extent it would be in furtherance of the Corporation’s business goals and strategy
and in compliance with its policies and procedures.

The Corporation also seeks to ensure that its systems, products and services comply with all the regulations and guidelines published by the gaming
authorities that license the Corporation. The Corporation works with regulatory and governmental bodies to ensure its products, including the software and
technological infrastructure underlying the same, undergo comprehensive, exhaustive and rigorous testing by such regulatory and governmental bodies, as
well as by independent industry leading testing, accreditation and certification laboratories (including, without limitation, GLI and BMM). The objective of
this testing is to certify to, among other things, security, conformity to applicable regulations and game integrity. The Corporation seeks to meet or exceed
best operational and customer protection practice requirements, each with a particular emphasis on fair and responsible gaming.  

The methods and tools The Stars Group uses to permit or restrict access to its online gaming products and services within a territory are mandated or
approved by the applicable gaming regulatory authority in each licensed, permitted or approved jurisdiction where a subsidiary of the Corporation holds such
license, permit or approval.  In particular, The Stars Group employs the following methods and tolls across such jurisdictions: (i) IP address blocking, which
identifies  the  location  of  the  player  and  blocks  his  or  her  IP  address;  and  (ii)  country-specific  blocking  based  on  the  residence  of  the  player.    In  certain
jurisdictions, the Corporation also employs

- 26 -

 
geolocation  blocking,  which  restricts  access  based  upon  the  player’s  geographical  location  determined  through  a  series  of  data  points  such  as,  without
limitation, mobile devices and wi-fi networks.  

The Corporation further seeks a zero-tolerance approach to money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud, collusion and other forms of cheating and
works  with  regulators  and  law  enforcement  globally  on  such  matters.  The  Corporation  believes  that  it  has  a  robust  and  extensive  set  of  policies  and
procedures  designed  to  identify  such  issues.  Among  other  measures,  it  conducts  escalating  risk-based  customer  due  diligence  investigations  and  routinely
monitors customer activity, including to identify the use of potential “proceeds of crime” in gaming. Customer activities that can trigger customer interactions
initiated by the Corporation include, without limitation, abnormal deposit and cashout patterns, customer-to-customer transfers and game play and prolonged,
repetitive and unprofitable gaming. These are all monitored in accordance with local regulations and the guidelines of the relevant gaming authorities. The
Corporation  also  has  a  dedicated  compliance  team  that  works  with  the  Corporation’s  employees  and  various  departments  to  implement  routine  business
activity monitoring and seeks to ensure that the Corporation complies with its regulatory obligations under its gaming licenses, as well as with all the other
law and regulation that applies to its business in each jurisdiction to which it is subject.

For  further  information  regarding  the  Corporation’s  regulatory  strategy  and  its  commitment  to  ethical  business  conduct,  see  “Business  of  the

Corporation—Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development” and “Directors and Officers—Ethical Business Conduct”.

Other Regulatory Considerations

The Corporation handles, collects, stores, receives, transmits and otherwise processes certain personal information of its customers and employees,
which is subject to the laws relating to privacy as well as the protection and use of personal information that apply in various jurisdictions in which it operates
and/or  where  its  customers  are  located.  Privacy  and  information  protection  laws,  require,  among  other  things,  that  entities  collecting  and  processing  such
personal  information  do  so  in  accordance  with  applicable  legal  and  regulatory  conditions.  For  example,  the  European  Union  General  Data  Protection
Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016) (the “GDPR”) cites as its core principles: (i) lawful,
fair and transparent processing; (ii) processing for specific, explicit and legitimate purposes; (iii) that personal information be adequate, relevant and limited
to what is necessary for the purposes in hand; (iv) that personal information be accurate and kept updated; (v) that personal data be retained for only as long
as necessary; and (vi) appropriate security against loss, destruction, damage or theft is implemented. Failure to comply with applicable laws on privacy and
personal information can give rise to regulatory sanctions, fines and, in certain limited cases, criminal liability.

With  regards  to  the  Corporation’s  operations  in  Europe,  particularly  where  the  personal  information  being  processed  relates  to  residents  of  the
European Union member states, the European Union has created the GDPR to replace EU Directive 95/46/EC as well as the national implementing legislation
in each European Union member state, for example in the United Kingdom, the Data Protection Act 1998. The GDPR takes effect on May 25, 2018 and will
impose more stringent operational requirements for entities processing personal information and significant penalties for non-compliance. For instance, the
GDPR will introduce two categories of administrative fines depending on the seriousness of the breach that will range from: (a) up to €20 million or 4% of
worldwide revenues of the preceding year (whichever is the higher) for serious infringements; or (b) up to €10 million or 2% of worldwide revenues of the
preceding financial year for less serious infringements. In preparation for the GDPR, the Corporation has been taking and continues to take certain measures,
including  undergoing  a  fundamental  review  of  its  data  processing  activities,  introducing  certain  automated  tools  to  delete  personal  information  that  is  no
longer in use and performing a full gap analysis to better understand the flows and uses of personal information within the Corporation. Additionally, to help
ensure that personal information belonging to the Corporation’s customers and employees will be processed in accordance with the GDPR (as well as any
other relevant privacy and data and information protection legislation) the Corporation intends to post its revised privacy statements together with updated
terms and conditions for use of its products and services on its websites.  

The Corporation is also subject to numerous other domestic and foreign laws and regulations. See also “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks Related
to Regulation”. These can take the form of complex and evolving domestic and foreign laws and regulations regarding the Internet, privacy, data protection,
competition, consumer protection and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation and could result in
claims, changes to the Corporation’s business practices, monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, or declines in customer growth or engagement, or
otherwise harm its business.

Responsible Gaming

The Stars Group is committed to industry-leading responsible gaming practices and seeks to provide its customers with the resources and services they
need to play responsibly, including, without limitation, through its dedicated responsible gaming department. These practices, resources and services include,
without limitation, deposit limits, table and game play limits, voluntary

- 27 -

 
restrictions on access and use of certain games, temporary self-exclusion and cooling off periods, and voluntary permanent exclusions from The Stars Group’s
services, sites and applications. The Stars Group has also partnered with various responsible gambling organizations that conduct research and offer education
and direct counselling for players. These organizations include Adictel in France, GamCare  and GambleAware in the United Kingdom, the National Council
on Problem Gambling in the United States and GamblingTherapy.org worldwide.

The Stars Group regularly submits its responsible gaming policies and procedures for independent accreditation via various expert organizations that
have  developed  comprehensive  responsible  gaming  standards  and  measurements  designed  to  determine  the  effectiveness  of  a  gaming  company’s  policies,
procedures  and  practices  in  addressing  problem  gambling.  Independent  organizations  that  have  accredited  The  Stars  Group’s  responsible  gaming  program
include GamCare and the Responsible Gambling Council of Canada. In addition, The Stars Group has recently submitted its responsible gaming program to
the United States’ National Council on Problem Gambling for accreditation.

Human Resources

As of December 31, 2017, the Corporation, directly and through its subsidiaries, had approximately 2,110 employees of which approximately 1,502
were located in Europe, approximately 307 were located in Canada, approximately 55 were located in the United States, approximately 200 were located in
Latin America, and approximately 46 were located in Asia. These employees provide services in either general and administrative, marketing, operations,
including customer support and services, information technology or R&D capacities, with operations comprising the largest department.

Although certain of The Stars Group’s employees in Italy may be party to collective bargaining or related agreements and certain of The Stars Group’s
employees in the European Union may be represented by labor unions, to its knowledge, the vast majority of its employees are not. The Corporation has
never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and believes its relationship with its employees is good.

The Corporation values the benefits diversity can bring to its business, including diversity of personal characteristics such as age, gender, character,
geographic residence, business experience (including financial skills and literacy), functional expertise, demonstrated leadership, stakeholder expectations and
culture.  The  Corporation  believes  that  diversity  promotes  the  inclusion  of  different  perspectives  and  ideas,  and  ensures  that  the  Corporation  has  the
opportunity to benefit from all available talent. Women represent 32% of the Corporation’s workforce. Although the Corporation has one woman in a key
senior management position, currently none of the Corporation’s executive officers are women, and as of the date of this annual information form it has not
adopted a target for female executive officers. The Corporation has identified a need to increase the number of women employees in the organization and to
include diversity, including gender diversity, in its talent management programs. The Corporation has begun identifying and reporting to senior management
and  the  Corporate  Governance,  Nominating  and  Compensation  Committee  on  the  diversity  of  its  workforce  with  a  view  to  identifying  diversity  gaps,
workplace policies to better recruit and retain female employees and the Corporation’s progress in increasing the number and proportion of female officers
and executive officers.

The Corporation has numerous policies and practices, including, without limitation, a Code of Business Conduct, a Disclosure, Confidentiality and
Trading Policy, an Anti-Bribery Policy, an Anti-Fraud Policy and a Whistleblower Policy, that are collectively designed to deter and detect wrongdoing and
promote, among other things, legal, honest, ethical, healthy and safe conduct, good governance, and transparency and effective communication between and
among employees, management and the public. The Code of Business Conduct and The Stars Group’s Anti-Bribery Policy, as applicable, also provide rules
and guidelines regarding compliance with Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (the “CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the
“FCPA”), and any local anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws that may be applicable, such as the U.K. Bribery Act (2010) (the “U.K. Bribery Act”) and the Isle
of Man Bribery Act (2013) (the “IOM Bribery Act”), and to evidence The Stars Group’s commitment to full compliance, including compliance by its officers,
directors and employees, therewith. The Corporation is committed to operating in accordance with the highest ethical standards and conducting business in an
honest and transparent manner that is in compliance with applicable law, its Code of Business Conduct and applicable internal policies. See also “Directors
and  Officers—Ethical  Business  Conduct”  and  “Legal  Proceedings  and  Regulatory  Actions”.    In  addition,  the  Corporation  has  a  policy  of  entering  into
confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  agreements  with  its  employees  and  limiting  access  to  and  dissemination  of  its  proprietary  technology  and  confidential
information.

Specialized Skill and Knowledge

The  development,  design,  marketing  and  distribution  of  the  Corporation’s  current  products  and  services  require  specialized  skills  and  knowledge,
particularly in the areas of software architecture, development, conceptualization, and graphic design, as well as in the online poker, casino and sports betting
verticals. The Stars Group believes it has personnel with the required specialized skills and knowledge to carry out its operations. While the current labor
market in the industries in which the Corporation operates is highly competitive, the Corporation expects to, but there can be no assurance that it will, attract
and maintain appropriately qualified

- 28 -

 
employees  for  fiscal  year  2018.  If  the  Corporation  fails  to  attract  and  maintain  appropriately  qualified  employees,  its  business,  financial  condition  and
operating results could be materially adversely affected.  See  also  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”,  including  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties—Failure  to
attract, retain and motivate key employees may adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to compete and the loss of the services of key personnel could have
a material adverse effect on its business.”

Facilities

The Corporation maintains approximately 13 offices internationally. The Corporation’s headquarters are located in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, where its
general  and  administrative  departments  and  its  corporate  finance  functions  are  based  and  primarily  operate.  These  premises  are  leased  and  consist  of
approximately 5,283 square feet of space, with a lease term that expires on August 31, 2022.

Stars  Interactive  Group  is  headquartered  in  Douglas,  Isle  of  Man,  and  its  senior  management  is  based  there  as  well  as  staff  in  its  general  and
administrative, marketing and technology departments. Stars Interactive Group’s headquarters consists of approximately 65,000 square feet of office space,
which is owned by a subsidiary of The Stars Group. Technology services are also provided by staff based out of offices in Dublin and suburban Toronto.

The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, also leases office space in or near Austin (Texas, United States), Fort Lauderdale (Florida, United States),
Linwood  (New  Jersey,  United  States),  London  (England),  Malta,  San  Jose  (Costa  Rica),  Sofia  (Bulgaria),  Toronto  (Ontario,  Canada)  and  elsewhere
internationally.

The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, has data centers and transit points of presence throughout Europe and in certain other locations around the
world. These include (i) approximately 23 data center facilities leased in the Isle of Man, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Malta, the Netherlands,
Bulgaria, Romania, the United States and the United Kingdom, as well as in India and Belgium through the Corporation’s partners in those jurisdictions, and
(ii) approximately seven transit points of presence leased in the United Kingdom, the United States, the Netherlands, France and Italy.

The Stars Group believes that its facilities are suitable and adequate for its current needs.

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

The Stars Group was incorporated in 2004 and completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) on the TSX Venture Exchange in July 2010.  The Stars
Group graduated to the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) in October 2013, was added to the S&P/TSX Composite Index in September 2014, and was listed
on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in June 2015.  In August 2014, The Stars Group completed the $4.9 billion Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, which
transformed its operations into its current online gaming business. Following the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition and as described below, The Stars Group
explored additional strategic opportunities resulting in the divestment of its then-remaining business-to-business (“B2B”) assets and its transformation into a
pure-play consumer technology company. For a description of The Stars Group’s current online gaming business and the general development of the same
since the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, see “Business of the Corporation” above. The Corporation believes that these strategic transactions, along with
certain financings and capital markets activities, corporate initiatives and other announcements, each as further detailed below or elsewhere in this annual
information form and the 2017 Annual MD&A, have been the primary influence on the general development of its business during the last three completed
financial years.

- 29 -

 
Divestiture of the Former B2B Business and Non-Core Gaming Investments (2015-2017)

Until July 31, 2015, the date on which the Corporation completed the disposition of its then-remaining B2B assets, the Corporation’s B2B business
consisted of the operations of certain of its subsidiaries, which offered interactive and land-based gaming solutions. The Stars Group’s B2B business at that
time included the design, development, manufacturing, distribution, sale and service of technology-based gaming solutions for the regulated gaming industry
worldwide,  primarily  to  land-based  and  online  gaming  operators  and  governmental  agencies  and  bodies.  The  Stars  Group’s  former  B2B  solutions  were
designed to provide end-users with popular, engaging and cutting-edge content across multiple formats and through a secure technology environment, all of
which  was  intended  to  improve  the  profitability,  productivity,  security  and  brands  of  the  operators.  The  Stars  Group  developed  its  former  portfolio  of
solutions through both internal development and strategic acquisitions, including, without limitation, Ongame Network Ltd. (“Ongame”), Amaya (Alberta)
Inc.  (formerly  Chartwell  Technology  Inc.)  (“Chartwell”),  CryptoLogic  Ltd.  (“CryptoLogic”),  Cadillac  Jack  Inc.  (“Cadillac  Jack”),  and  Diamond  Game
Enterprises (“Diamond Game”), all of which provided technology, content and services to a diversified base of customers in the regulated gaming industry.
As of the date of this annual information form, and as previously reported, The Stars Group has divested these and other non-core gaming investments. The
fundamental objective of such divestitures was to expedite the Corporation’s overall business strategy and maximize shareholder value.

Cadillac Jack Inc.

In June 2015, The Stars Group announced the completion of the sale of Cadillac Jack (the “Cadillac Jack Sale”) to AGS, LLC, an affiliate of funds
managed  by  Apollo  Global  Management,  LLC  (NYSE:  APO),  for  approximately  $382  million,  comprising  cash  consideration  of  $370  million,  subject  to
adjustment, and a $12 million payment-in-kind note, bearing interest at 5.0% per annum and due on the eighth anniversary of the closing date. The Stars
Group used the net proceeds from the Cadillac Jack Sale for deleveraging, which included the repayment of approximately $344 million of debt and related
fees that it had incurred in connection with the purchase of Cadillac Jack. In mid-2017, the $12 million payment-in-kind note was satisfied.

Innova Gaming Group Inc.

In May 2015, The Stars Group completed the spin-off of Diamond Game, which it had purchased in February 2014 for approximately $25 million,
through the initial public offering (the “Innova Offering”) of common shares of what was then known as Innova Gaming Group Inc. (“Innova”). The Innova
Offering resulted in The Stars Group receiving aggregate net proceeds of approximately CDN$34.1 million and maintaining ownership of approximately 40%
of  the  issued  and  outstanding  common  shares  of  Innova,  which  it  subsequently  disposed  of  in  August  2017  for  net  cash  proceeds  of  $16.1  million  when
Pollard Banknote Ltd. acquired Innova.

NYX Gaming Group Limited

In  connection  with  The  Stars  Group’s  December  2014  sale  of  Ongame  to  what  was  then  known  as  NYX  Gaming  Group  Limited  (“NYX  Gaming
Group”), The Stars Group and NYX Gaming Group entered into a strategic investment transaction pursuant to which The Stars Group purchased from NYX
Gaming Group CDN$9 million unsecured convertible debentures (initially CDN$10 million but The Stars Group subsequently sold and assigned an aggregate
of CDN$1 million to four individuals), which were later amended to, among other things, adjust the repayment terms such that they would be repayable solely
in cash. The debentures were redeemed in full in July 2017 in conjunction with a refinancing at NYX Gaming Group.

In  July  2015,  The  Stars  Group  announced  that  it  completed  the  disposition  of  Cryptologic  to  NYX  Gaming  Group  and  Chartwell  to  NYX  Digital
Gaming  (Canada)  ULC,  a  subsidiary  of  NYX  Gaming  Group  (the  “NYX  Sub”)  (together,  the  “Chartwell/Cryptologic  Sale”)  for  gross  proceeds  of
approximately CDN$150 million, subject to adjustment, of which CDN$110 million was paid in cash and CDN$40 million was paid by the NYX Sub through
the  issuance  of  exchangeable  preferred  shares  (the  “NYX  Sub  Preferred  Shares”).  The  Corporation  used  the  majority  of  the  cash  net  proceeds  from  the
Chartwell/Cryptologic  Sale  for  deleveraging,  including  the  2015  refinancing  of  the  debt  incurred  as  part  of  the  financing  for  the  Stars  Interactive  Group
Acquisition.

In November 2017, The Stars Group completed the disposition of all its securities of NYX Gaming Group, including NYX Gaming Group ordinary
shares,  NYX  Gaming  Group  ordinary  share  purchase  warrants,  and  the  NYX  Sub  Preferred  Shares,  representing  approximately  13.7%  of  NYX  Gaming
Group’s  ordinary  shares  on  a  partially  diluted  basis,  for  net  cash  proceeds  of  $26.3  million  when  Scientific  Games  Corporation  (NYSE:  SGMS)  acquired
NYX Gaming Group.

In  connection  with  the  Chartwell/Cryptologic  Sale,  a  subsidiary  of  The  Stars  Group  and  NYX  Gaming  Group  entered  into  a  supplier  licensing
agreement (the “Licensing Agreement”) for a term of six years, under which NYX Gaming Group is expected to provide certain casino gaming content to The
Stars  Group’s  real-money  online  casino  offering.  Pursuant  to  the  Licensing  Agreement,  a  subsidiary  of  The  Stars  Group  will  pay  NYX  Gaming  Group  a
minimum license commitment in the amount of CDN$12 million per year for each of the first three years of the Licensing Agreement, ending in October
2018.

- 30 -

 
Jackpotjoy plc

In connection with the January 2017 London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) listing of Jackpotjoy plc (LSE: JPJ) (“Jackpotjoy”), parent company of The
Intertain Group Ltd. (“Intertain”) and WagerLogic Malta Holdings Ltd. (“WagerLogic”), a former subsidiary of The Stars Group which it sold in February
2014, and in exchange for its 4,920,000 Intertain common shares (which The Stars Group acquired between 2014 and 2015, including through open market
purchases, the exercise of common share purchase warrants and an exchange for shares it acquired from the purchaser of WagerLogic) and the conversion of
certain  CDN$3.85  million  5.0%  Intertain  convertible  debentures,  The  Stars  Group,  after  exchanging  certain  exchangeable  shares,  received  5,561,666
Jackpotjoy ordinary shares. In December 2017, The Stars Group completed the sale of its ordinary shares in Jackpotjoy, representing approximately 7.5% of
Jackpotjoy’s then issued and outstanding ordinary shares, for net cash proceeds of $59.5 million.

RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Certain  factors  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  Current  and
prospective investors should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to other risks and information included in this annual
information form, the 2017 Annual Financial Statements and 2017 Annual MD&A, as well as in other filings The Stars Group has made and may make in the
future with the applicable securities authorities. Additional risks and uncertainties that The Stars Group is currently unaware of, or that it currently believes
are not material, may also become important factors that should consider. If any of the following or other risks actually occur, The Stars Group’s business,
financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of its securities could
decline, and investors could lose part or all of their investment.

Risks Related to the Corporation’s Substantial Indebtedness

The Corporation’s substantial indebtedness requires that it use a significant portion of its cash flow to make debt service payments, which could have
significant adverse consequences on the Corporation and its business.

As  at  December  31,  2017,  the  Corporation  had  approximately  $2.45  billion  of  outstanding  long-term  indebtedness,  and  the  Corporation  currently
estimates that its fiscal year 2018 debt service will be approximately $150 million, including both required principal and interest payments. The Corporation’s
substantial indebtedness could have significant adverse consequences on the Corporation and its business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

requiring  a  substantial  portion  of  cash  flow  from  operations  to  be  dedicated  to  the  payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  its  indebtedness,
therefore  reducing  its  ability  to  use  cash  flow  to  fund  its  operations,  growth  strategy,  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  potential  future
business opportunities, and other general corporate purposes;

making it more difficult for the Corporation to make payments on its indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of its
debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing
its indebtedness;

limiting its ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, R&D, acquisitions and
general corporate or other purposes;

reducing the Corporation’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its operations, business or industry;

prohibiting the Corporation from making strategic acquisitions, developing new products and product features, introducing new technologies,
exploiting  business  opportunities,  expanding  within  existing  or  into  new  verticals  or  geographies,  or  causing  the  Corporation  to  make  non-
strategic divestitures;

placing the Corporation at a competitive disadvantage as compared to its less-leveraged competitors;

making the Corporation more vulnerable to downturns in its business, industry or the economy;

negatively affecting the Corporation’s ability to renew gaming and other licenses; and

exposing the Corporation to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of its borrowings are at variable rates of interest.

For  additional  information  on  the  Corporation’s  outstanding  long-term  debt,  including,  without  limitation,  amounts  outstanding,  interest,  certain
restrictions and excess cash flow sweep requirements, see the 2017 Annual MD&A under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Long-Term Debt”
and the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.

- 31 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s secured credit facilities and terms governing the Preferred Shares contain covenants and other restrictions that may limit its flexibility
in operating its business.

The  Corporation’s  secured  credit  facilities  and  terms  governing  the  Preferred  Shares,  as  applicable,  contain  various  provisions  that  may  limit  the

Corporation’s ability to, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred shares;

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock, redeem or repurchase subordinated debt or make other restricted payments;

make  investments,  engage  in  acquisitions,  create  liens,  or  consolidate,  merge,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the
Corporation’s assets;

plan for, or react to, changes in the Corporation’s business and the industries in which it operates;

engage in certain transactions or take certain actions if maximum leverage ratios are exceeded;

enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from its restricted subsidiaries to the Corporation;

engage in transactions with affiliates;

enter into hedging contracts;

create unrestricted subsidiaries; and

enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

A breach of any of the covenants or undertakings in the agreements governing the secured credit facilities could result in an event of default under the
same. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Corporation’s secured credit facilities, if the Corporation does not cure such default, the lenders
could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the
Corporation  were  unable  to  repay  those  amounts,  then  the  lenders  under  such  facility  could  proceed  against  the  collateral  granted  to  them  to  secure  that
indebtedness. If any of the Corporation’s lenders accelerate the repayment of respective borrowings, the Corporation cannot assure that it will have sufficient
assets  to  repay  the  amounts  outstanding,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operation.  In addition, if the Corporation fails to comply with certain undertakings required by the terms of the Preferred Shares, the applicable Conversion
Ratio (as defined below) may be increased between a range of 2% and 6% per annum, depending on which undertaking is breached, for each year in which
the breach occurs, which would result in, among other things, dilution to the Corporation’s shareholders and increased share ownership by the holders of the
Preferred Shares.

The Corporation may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to meet its debt service obligations.

The Corporation’s ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance its debt obligations and to make distributions to enable it to service its debt
obligations depends on a number of variables that may affect its and its subsidiaries’ financial and operating performance and the ability to generate cash
from their operations. These variables are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legal, regulatory and
other factors beyond the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ control, including fluctuations in interest rates, market liquidity conditions, operating costs and
trends in the industries in which they operate. If the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund its debt service
obligations, then the Corporation may be forced to reduce, delay or cease business activities, investments, expansion or capital expenditures, sell assets, seek
additional  capital,  including  through  additional  indebtedness  or  through  dilutive  financings,  or  restructure  or  refinance  its  indebtedness.  Depending  on  the
capital markets at the time of any such restructuring or refinancing, it is possible that such restructuring or refinancing could be available only on unattractive
terms, if at all, leading to potentially significant increases in debt service costs and interest expenses and could potentially result in additional restrictions on
the Corporation’s operations. Any required refinancing, restructuring or capital raise may not be successful and may not permit the Corporation to meet its
scheduled debt service obligations. In such circumstances, the Corporation could face inadequate liquidity and might be required to dispose of material assets
or operations, or reduce, delay or cease business activities, investments, expansion or capital expenditures to meet debt service and other obligations. Any
default by the Corporation in meeting its debt service obligations in a timely manner would have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results
and financial condition.

Although the Corporation has entered into, and from time to time in the future may enter into additional, cross-currency swap agreements, forward
contracts and other hedging instruments, which it anticipates will result in lower interest payments on existing debt and potentially mitigate the impact of
fluctuations in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate with respect to such debt, there can be no assurance that the anticipated benefits will be realized and as
such, the Corporation remains subject to the risk of increased interest rates described herein.

- 32 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2017, a significant portion of the Corporation’s total debt was subject to variable rates of interest, which exposes the Corporation
to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, the Corporation’s debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though
the  amount  borrowed  remained  the  same,  and  as  a  result,  the  Corporation’s  net  income  and  cash  flows,  including  cash  available  for  debt  service,  would
correspondingly  decrease.  In  the  future,  the  Corporation  may  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  that  involve  the  exchange  of  floating  for  fixed  rate  interest
payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, the Corporation may decide to not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to some or all its
variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps the Corporation enters into may not fully mitigate its interest rate risk.

Risks Related to the Corporation’s Business

If the Corporation fails to retain existing customers or add new customers, or if its customers decrease their level of engagement with its products, the
Corporation’s revenue, financial results, and business may be significantly harmed.

The size of the Corporation’s active customer base, specifically of net depositing customers, and the level of engagement of such customers are critical
to its success. The financial performance of the Corporation has been and will continue to be significantly determined by its success in adding, retaining, and
engaging active customers of its products and services, in particular high-value, net-depositing customers (primarily recreational players). If people do not
perceive  the  Corporation’s  products  to  be  enjoyable,  reliable,  relevant  and  trustworthy,  the  Corporation  may  not  be  able  to  attract  or  retain  customers  or
otherwise maintain or increase the frequency and duration of their engagement. A number of other online gaming and interactive entertainment companies
that  achieved  early  popularity  have  since  seen  their  active  customer  bases  or  levels  of  engagement  decline.  The  Corporation’s  strategy  is  to  increase
engagement and retention of customers, particular those it deems of higher value, but there is no guarantee that the Corporation will not experience an erosion
of its active customer base or engagement levels among such customers in the future. The Corporation’s customer engagement patterns have changed over
time,  and  customer  engagement  can  be  difficult  to  measure,  particularly  as  customers  continue  to  engage  increasingly  via  mobile  devices  and  as  the
Corporation introduces new and different products and services. Any number of factors could potentially negatively affect customer retention, growth, and
engagement, including if:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

customers increasingly engage with the products or services of the Corporation’s competitors;

the  Corporation  fails  to  introduce,  or  delays  the  introduction  of,  new  products  or  services  (whether  developed  internally,  or  licensed  or
otherwise obtained or developed in conjunction with third parties) that users find engaging or that work with a variety of operating systems or
networks, or if it introduces new products or services, including using technologies with which it has little or no prior development or operating
experience, or changes to its existing products or services, that are not favorably received by customers;

customers have difficulty installing, updating or otherwise accessing the Corporation’s products on desktops or mobile devices as a result of
actions by the Corporation or third parties that it relies on to distribute its products and deliver its services;

there are decreases in customer sentiment about the quality of the Corporation’s products or concerns related to privacy, safety, security or other
factors;

new industry standards are adopted or customers adopt new technologies where the Corporation’s products may be displaced in favor of other
products or services, may not be featured or otherwise available, or may otherwise be rendered obsolete and unmarketable;

there  are  adverse  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  products  that  are  mandated  by  legislation,  regulatory  authorities,  or  litigation,  including
settlements;

the  Corporation  does  not  obtain  applicable  regulatory  or  other  approvals  or  renewals  of  such  approvals  to  offer,  directly  or  indirectly,  its
products in new or existing jurisdictions;

technical or other problems prevent the Corporation from delivering its products in a rapid and reliable manner or otherwise affect the customer
experience, such as security breaches or failure to prevent or limit spam or similar content;

the  Corporation  adopts  policies  or  procedures  related  to  areas  such  as  customer  data  and  information  that  are  perceived  negatively  by  its
customers or the general public;

the Corporation elects to focus its customer growth and engagement efforts more on longer-term initiatives, or if initiatives designed to attract
and  retain  customers  and  engagement  are  unsuccessful  or  discontinued,  whether  as  a  result  of  actions  by  the  Corporation,  third  parties,  or
otherwise;

the Corporation fails to price its products and services competitively or provide adequate customer service;

the Corporation or other companies in the industries in which it operates are the subject of adverse media reports or other negative publicity; or

- 33 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

the Corporation fails to effectively anticipate or respond to customers’ continuously changing and dynamic needs, demands and preferences,
such as new poker variants or casino games, or innovative types of sports betting or betting related to new or popular sporting events, as well as
emerging technological trends, or the Corporation’s competitors more effectively anticipate or respond to the same.

If the Corporation is unable to maintain or increase its customer base or engagement, or effectively monetize its customer base’s use of its products
and  offerings,  its  revenue  and  financial  results  may  be  adversely  affected.  Any  decrease  in  customer  retention,  growth,  or  engagement,  including  player
liquidity,  could  render  the  products  of  the  Corporation  less  attractive  to  customers,  which  is  likely  to  have  a  material  and  adverse  impact  on  its  revenue,
business,  financial  condition,  and  results  of  operations.  If  the  Corporation’s  active  customer  growth  rate  slows,  it  becomes  increasingly  dependent  on  its
ability to maintain or increase levels of customer engagement and monetization in order to drive revenue growth, particularly with respect to high-value, net-
depositing customers (primarily recreational players).

The  online  gaming  and  interactive  entertainment  industries  are  intensely  competitive  and  the  Corporation’s  potential  inability  to  compete  successfully
could adversely impact the Corporation.

There  is  intense  competition  among  online  gaming  and  interactive  entertainment  providers,  and  the  online  gaming  and  interactive  entertainment
industries  are  characterized  by  dynamic  customer  demand  and  technological  advances.    There  are  a  number  of  established,  well-financed  companies
producing online gaming and/or interactive entertainment products and services that compete with the Corporation’s products and services. Such competitors
may spend more money and time on developing and testing products and services, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive
pricing or promotional policies or otherwise develop more commercially successful products or services than the Corporation, which could negatively impact
the  Corporation’s  business.  Furthermore,  new  competitors,  whether  licensed  or  unlicensed,  may  enter  the  Corporation’s  key  product  and/or  geographic
markets. Moreover, there has also been considerable consolidation among the Corporation’s competitors in the gaming industry. Such consolidation could
result in the formation of larger competitors with increased financial resources and altered cost structures, which may enable them to offer more competitive
products, gain a larger market share of customers, expand product offerings and broaden their geographic scope of operations.

As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  among  other  factors,  the  Corporation  must  continually  introduce  and  successfully  market  new  and  innovative
technologies, products and product enhancements to remain competitive and effectively stimulate customer demand, acceptance and engagement. The process
of developing new products and systems is inherently complex and uncertain. Even if the Corporation’s new products attain market acceptance, those new
products could cannibalize the Corporation’s current products’ market share or share of its customers’ wallets in a manner that could negatively impact such
products’ ecosystem. Although the Corporation intends to continue investing resources in its R&D efforts, there can be no assurance that such investments
will  lead  to  successful  new  technologies  or  timely  new  products  or  enhanced  existing  products,  in  each  case  with  product  life  cycles  long  enough  for  the
product to be successful. Additionally, if the Corporation cannot efficiently adapt its processes and infrastructure to meet the needs of its product innovations,
its business could be negatively impacted.  For example, although the Corporation has and continues to be a significant market leader in online poker, and is
seeing meaningful growth and revenue from its online casino, it is still in the relatively early stages of its entry into casino and sportsbook, where competition
is significant and formidable. The Corporation currently monetizes certain of these offerings in a limited fashion and may not be successful in its efforts to
generate consistently meaningful revenue from certain of these offerings in either the short or long terms.

The Stars Group’s online offerings are part of new and evolving industries, which presents significant uncertainty and business risks.

The online gaming and interactive entertainment industries are relatively new and continue to evolve. Whether these industries grow and whether The
Stars Group’s online business will ultimately succeed, will be affected by, among other things, developments in social networks, mobile platforms, legal and
regulatory  developments  (such  as  the  passage  of  new  laws  or  regulations  or  the  extension  of  existing  laws  or  regulations  to  online  gaming  and  related
activities), taxation of gaming activities, data and information privacy and payment processing laws and regulations, and other factors that the Corporation is
unable to predict and which are beyond the Corporation’s control. Given the dynamic evolution of these industries, it can be difficult to plan strategically,
including as it relates to product launches in new or existing jurisdictions which may be delayed or denied, and it is possible that competitors will be more
successful than the Corporation at adapting to change and pursuing business opportunities. Additionally, as the online gaming industry advances, including
with respect to regulation in new and existing jurisdictions, the Corporation may become subject to additional compliance-related costs, including as it relates
to licensing and taxes. Consequently, the Corporation cannot provide assurance that its online and interactive offerings will grow at the rates expected, or be
successful in the long term. If The Stars Group’s products do not obtain popularity or maintain popularity, or if they fail to grow in a manner that meets its
expectations, or if it cannot offer its products and services in particular jurisdictions that may be material to its business, The Stars Group’s business, results of
operations and financial condition could be harmed.

- 34 -

 
 
The Corporation may prioritize customer growth and engagement and the customer experience over short-term financial results.

The Corporation has made and may in the future make product and investment decisions that may not prioritize its short-term financial results if it
believes that the decisions are consistent with its mission and long-term goals to benefit the aggregate customer experience, improve its financial performance
and maximize shareholder value. For example, beginning in late-2015 and throughout 2016 and 2017, the Corporation implemented changes to, including
certain  reductions  in,  its  loyalty  programs  to  ensure  that  the  distribution  of  rebates,  rewards  and  incentives  is  aligned  with  the  Corporation’s  goal  of
incentivizing customers for loyalty and behavior that is positive to the overall customer experience and the particular product’s ecosystem, and introduced
other changes, such as adjustments to poker rake and other pricing. Among other things, the Corporation currently expects to continue implementing certain
changes to such programs, particularly as it relates to Stars Rewards. See also above under “Business of the Corporation” and the 2017 Annual MD&A under
the  heading  “Overview  and  Outlook”.  The  Corporation  also  may  introduce  changes  to  existing  products,  or  introduce  new  products,  that  direct  customers
away  from  products  or  services  where  it  has  a  proven  means  of  monetization  and  which  may  reduce  engagement  with  its  core  product  offerings,  such  as
through the introduction of online casino, sportsbook or new variants of online poker. The Corporation also may take steps that result in limiting distribution
of certain products and services, such as on mobile devices, in the short term in order to attempt to ensure the availability of such products and services to its
customers over the long term. These decisions may not produce the benefits that the Corporation expects, in which case its customer growth and engagement,
its relationships with third parties, and its business and results of operations could be harmed.

If the Corporation is not able to build, maintain and enhance its brands, or if events occur that damage its reputation and brands, its ability to expand its
customer base may be impaired, and its business and financial results may be harmed.

The Corporation believes that its brands, particularly PokerStars and related brands, have significantly contributed to the success of its business. The
Corporation  also  believes  that  building,  maintaining  and  enhancing  its  brands,  including  its  newer  brands  is  critical  to  expanding  its  customer  base  and
generating revenue.  Building, maintaining and enhancing the brands of the Corporation will depend largely on its ability to continue to successfully provide
enjoyable, reliable, trustworthy, and innovative products with adequate customer service. It will also depend on its ability to successfully maintain or advance
its internal marketing and branding functions and its ability to establish and develop new relationships and build on existing relationships with ambassadors
and service providers on which it relies to promote its products and services. The Corporation may introduce new products, programs, terms of service or
policies, including those related to loyalty programs, pricing and security, make decisions regarding regulation, user privacy, payments and other issues, and
continue to experience media, legislative and regulatory scrutiny as it relates to the Corporation, its directors, employees, contractors, vendors, joint venture
partners or any of the foregoing that were previously associated with the Corporation, or the online gaming industry in general, that customers do not like, all
of which may negatively affect its brands. The brands of the Corporation may also be negatively affected by the actions of customers, employees, contractors
or vendors that are deemed to be hostile or inappropriate to other customers, including through the use of certain software to gain an advantage over other
customers (see “Business of the Corporation—Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development”), or by the use of the products or services of the
Corporation  or  companies  that  provide  similar  products  and  services,  for  illicit,  objectionable,  or  illegal  ends.  In  addition,  the  Corporation  cannot  provide
assurance that its current or former directors, officers, employees, ambassadors or service providers will act in a manner that will promote the success of the
Corporation or its products and services. Maintaining and enhancing the brands of the Corporation may require it to make substantial investments and these
investments may not be successful. If the Corporation fails to successfully promote and maintain its brands or if it incurs excessive expenses in this effort, it
could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement, and loyalty of the Corporation’s customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely
affect its business and financial results.

The  Corporation’s  customer  growth,  engagement,  and  monetization  on  mobile  devices  each  depend  upon  effective  operation  with  mobile  operating
systems, networks, and standards that it does not control.

A growing portion of the Corporation’s revenue is generated from customers using the Corporation’s products or services on mobile devices. There is
no guarantee that popular mobile devices will start or continue to support or feature the products of the Corporation, or that mobile device users will continue
to use the products of the Corporation rather than competing products. As it relates to the Corporation’s mobile platforms, the Corporation is dependent on the
interoperability of such products with popular mobile operating systems, technologies, networks and standards that it does not control, such as the Android
and  iOS  operating  systems,  and  any  changes,  bugs,  technical  or  regulatory  issues  in  such  systems,  the  Corporation’s  relationships  with  mobile  partners,
manufacturers  and  carriers,  or  in  their  terms  of  service  or  policies  that  degrade  the  Corporation’s  products’  functionality,  reduce  or  eliminate  its  ability  to
distribute its products, give preferential treatment to competitive products, limit its ability to deliver high quality products, or impose fees or other charges
related  to  its  delivery  of  products,  could  adversely  affect  its  product  usage  and  monetization  on  mobile  devices.  If  it  is  difficult  or  unfavorable  for  the
Corporation’s customers to access and use its products on their mobile devices, or if the customers of the Corporation choose not to access or use its products
on their mobile devices or use mobile products that do not offer access to its products, its customer growth and engagement could be harmed, which could
adversely affect its business, results of operations and financial condition.

- 35 -

 
The Corporation’s financial results will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to predict.

The Corporation’s quarterly financial results have fluctuated in the past and will fluctuate in the future. Additionally, The Stars Group has a limited
operating history with the current scale of its business, particularly with respect to its newer product offerings, such as online casino and sportsbook, which
makes it difficult to forecast its future results. For example, The Stars Group may not be able to accurately predict the anticipated margin variances on such
newer products. As a result, investors should not rely upon the Corporation’s past quarterly financial results as indicators of future performance. Investors
should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving and highly competitive markets. The financial
results of the Corporation in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which it is unable to predict or are outside of its control,
including  without  limitation,  the  impact  of  seasonality  and  the  Corporation’s  gross  win  margin,  as  described  above  under  “Business  of  the  Corporation—
Seasonality and Other Factors Impacting the Business”, and the other risks and uncertainties set forth in this annual information form and the 2017 Annual
MD&A, including under the headings “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” hereunder and thereunder.

The Corporation’s quarterly financial results may also fluctuate based on whether it pays out any jackpots to its customers during the relevant quarter.
The  Corporation  does  not  participate  in  a  network  progressive  jackpot  program,  and  instead  offers  an  equivalent  system  in  which  only  its  own  customers
participate. This means that the Corporation does not make contributions to a central fund as the progressive jackpot builds up (because it is the only operator
in the program, this would serve no purpose), and that if a customer wins the progressive jackpot there is no central fund to cover the payout. Accordingly, the
cost of the progressive jackpot payout would flow directly to the income statement in the period in which it is won with a potentially significant adverse effect
on  the  Corporation’s  financial  condition  and  cash  flows.  Statistically,  the  likelihood  of  significant  jackpot  wins,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  is
extremely low and the algorithms of the slots games are such that the number of high winners overall is low, but because the winning is underpinned by a
random mechanism, the Corporation cannot predict with absolute certainty when a jackpot will be won.

The Corporation is subject to foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect its operations, and the Corporation’s ability to mitigate its
foreign exchange risk through hedging transactions may be limited.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Corporation  derived  approximately  80%  of  its  revenues  in  currencies  other  than  the  Canadian  or  U.S.
dollar; however, a significant portion of the Corporation’s expenses are incurred in Canadian and U.S. dollars, Euro and Great Britain Pound and the primary
currency  of  customer  game  play  is  in  U.S.  dollars.  Fluctuations  in  the  exchange  rate  between  the  U.S.  dollar,  the  Euro  and  other  currencies  may  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  The  Corporation’s  consolidated  financial  results  are
significantly  affected  by  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  Foreign  currency  exchange  rate  exposure  arises  from  current  transactions  and
anticipated transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and from the translation of foreign-currency-denominated balance sheet accounts
into U.S. dollar-denominated balance sheet accounts. Exchange rate fluctuations could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s operating results and cash
flows and the value of its foreign assets. If a foreign currency is devalued in a jurisdiction in which the Corporation accepts deposits in such currency, then the
Corporation’s customers may be unable or unwilling to deposit and spend the same or similar amounts that they may otherwise deposit or spend.

While the Corporation has certain natural expense hedges and has entered and may in the future enter into cross-currency swap agreements, forward
contracts and other derivative and hedging instruments intended to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk, there can be no assurance the Corporation will do
so or that any instruments that the Corporation enters into will successfully mitigate such risk. If the Corporation enters into foreign currency forward or other
hedging contracts, the Corporation would be subject to the risk that a counterparty to one or more of these contracts defaults on its performance under the
contracts.  During  an  economic  downturn,  a  counterparty’s  financial  condition  may  deteriorate  rapidly  and  with  little  notice,  and  the  Corporation  may  be
unable to take action to protect its exposure. In the event of a counterparty default, the Corporation could lose the benefit of its hedging contract, which may
harm its business and financial condition. In the event that one or more of the Corporation’s counterparties becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy, the
Corporation’s ability to eventually recover any benefit lost as a result of that counterparty's default may be limited by the liquidity of the counterparty. The
Corporation expects that it will not be able to hedge all of its exposure to any particular foreign currency, and it may not hedge its exposure at all with respect
to certain foreign currencies. Changes in exchange rates and the Corporation’s limited ability or inability to successfully hedge exchange rate risk could have
an adverse impact on the Corporation’s liquidity and results of operations. For additional information regarding the Corporation’s hedging activity and foreign
exchange risk, as well as an analysis of certain constant currency measures, see the 2017 Annual MD&A.

The Corporation may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities.

The tax obligations of the Corporation are varied and include taxes on gaming income (VAT, gaming duty and, in some cases, corporate tax) and taxes

on profits and transactions of its group entities (corporate tax, VAT and withholding taxes).  

- 36 -

 
The  Corporation’s  tax  obligations  are  based  in  part  on  its  corporate  operating  structure  and  intercompany  arrangements,  including  the  manner  in  which  it
develops, values, and uses its intellectual property and the valuations of its intercompany transactions, as well as its operations in online gaming. For instance,
much  of  the  Corporation’s  tax  treatment  is  dependent,  among  other  things,  on  the  jurisdiction  of  its  tax  residence,  including  the  tax  residences  of  its
subsidiaries. The Corporation attempts to manage it business such that it and its subsidiaries are resident for tax purposes solely in certain jurisdictions, such
as their respective jurisdictions of formation, and that it does not unintentionally create a taxable permanent establishment or other taxable presence in any
other jurisdiction.  The tax laws applicable to the Corporation’s business are subject to interpretation, and certain jurisdictions are seeking to introduce new, or
aggressively interpret existing, laws to tax online gaming operators on their activity with local customers in an effort to raise additional tax revenue from
companies  such  as  the  Corporation.  The  taxing  authorities  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Corporation  operates  or  has  customers  may  challenge  its
methodologies  for  determining  tax  residence,  the  existence  of  a  permanent  establishment  and/or  the  taxes  payable,  which  could  increase  its  worldwide
effective tax rate and harm its financial position and results of operations. The Corporation is subject to periodic review and audit by domestic and foreign tax
authorities. Tax authorities may disagree with certain positions the Corporation has taken and any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a
negative effect on its financial position and results of operations. In addition, the determination of the Corporation’s worldwide provision for income taxes
and  other  tax  liabilities  requires  significant  judgment  by  management,  and  there  are  many  transactions  where  the  ultimate  tax  determination  is  uncertain.
Although the Corporation believes that its provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities is reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the
amounts recorded in its financial statements and may materially affect its financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. For
example, the Corporation has previously incurred tax liabilities for past tax years as a result of the positions taken by tax authorities in certain jurisdictions,
including in certain European jurisdictions. Furthermore, the Corporation has included in the income tax expense for its 2017 fiscal year a tax provision of
$26.5 million relating to an ongoing transfer pricing dispute in Canada for one of its subsidiaries. The issue in dispute relates to the subsidiary’s operations for
its 2003 to 2007 fiscal years, prior to its acquisition by The Stars Group. The Corporation’s advice is that it has strong arguments to defend the adjustments
proposed  by  the  Canadian  tax  authorities  and  the  subsidiary  intends  to  vigorously  defend  its  position.    However,  as  the  subsidiary  has  to  go  through  the
process of appealing the upcoming reassessments and it is uncertain what the final outcome will be, a tax provision has been recorded to cover the potential
tax adjustment and interest thereon. See the 2017 Annual Financial Statements and 2017 Annual MD&A for additional information. This could continue to
happen in the future in various jurisdictions where the Corporation offers or has offered its products and services.

Moreover,  the  application  of  indirect  taxes,  such  as  sales  and  use  tax,  VAT,  provincial  sales  taxes,  goods  and  services  tax,  business  tax  and  gross
receipt tax, to the businesses of the Corporation and its subsidiaries is a complex and evolving issue. For example, as of January 1, 2015, the European Union
imposed  an  obligation  on  marketplaces  to  collect  and  remit  VAT  on  the  provision  of  electronically  supplied  services,  and  similar  regimes  have  been
implemented in a number of other jurisdictions across the world. Gaming activities have typically been exempt from VAT where there is a local regulatory
framework; however, such activities potentially fall within the rules applying local VAT on electronically supplied services, both in the European Union and
elsewhere.    Given  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the  application  of  VAT  to  gaming  activities  under  these  constantly  changing  and  developing  rules,  the
Corporation is complying with certain VAT collection and remittance procedures in certain European Union and other countries, and the VAT cost is deducted
from net gaming revenue. Significant judgment is required to evaluate applicable tax obligations and as a result amounts recorded are estimates and could
change. These changes may result in the Corporation paying VAT on a greater number of transactions, which could increase its worldwide effective tax rate
and harm its financial position and results of operations. Additionally, tax authorities may raise questions about the Corporation’s calculation, reporting and
collection of taxes and may ask it to remit additional taxes, as well as the proper calculation of such taxes. Where necessary the Corporation seeks external
advice on the application of new taxes and changes to existing law, and should any new taxes become applicable or if the taxes the Corporation pay are found
to be deficient, including as a result of differing interpretations of ambiguous laws, the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations
could be harmed.

In addition, the Corporation’s future income taxes could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions that have lower
statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions that have higher statutory tax rates, by changes in the valuation of the Corporation’s deferred tax
assets and liabilities, by changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting principles, by the introduction of new tax laws in jurisdictions where it operates or
derives revenue from customers, or as a result of taxes in new jurisdictions where it does not currently operate but may in the future as a result of licensure,
approval or otherwise.

In  the  event  that  the  Corporation  increases  the  percentage  of  its  total  revenues  that  are  derived  from  operations  in  nationally  or  locally  regulated
jurisdictions, it may result in an increase in operating costs (including increased gaming taxes such as gaming duty and VAT) as well as in the effective tax
rate  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries,  which  could  have  adverse  consequences  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  or
liquidity.

With  respect  to  transfer  pricing,  The  Stars  Group  and  its  subsidiaries  transact  with  each  other  as  part  of  their  operations.  The  tax  laws  of  many
countries where The Stars Group or its subsidiaries operate have detailed transfer pricing rules which require that all transactions with non-resident related
parties be priced using arm’s length pricing principles. The taxation authorities in these

- 37 -

 
countries  could  disagree  with  the  Corporation’s  arm’s  length  related  party  transfer  pricing  policies.  International  transfer  pricing  is  a  subjective  area  of
taxation and generally involves a significant degree of judgment. If any of these taxation authorities were to successfully challenge the Corporation’s transfer
pricing policies, this could result in a higher worldwide effective tax rate and harm the financial position and results of operations of the Corporation.

Changes in tax laws or administrative policies related to tax could materially affect the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations.

The tax regimes the Corporation is subject to or operates under may be unsettled and may be subject to significant change. Changes in tax laws or
administrative policies related to tax could materially affect the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations. As noted above, many countries in
the European Union in which the Corporation offers its products and services to customers, as well as a number of other countries, have recently adopted or
are actively considering changes to existing tax laws as they relate to online gaming or are changing the manner in which they interpret such tax laws. Such
changes  have  resulted  and  could  result  in  significant  increases  to  the  tax  obligations  of  the  Corporation  in  many  countries  where  it  does  business  or  has
customers, and may include new or additional taxes (such as VAT, gaming duties and local corporate tax).

Since  2012,  the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Development  (“OECD”)  has  been  working  on  its  Base  Erosion  and  Profit  Sharing
(“BEPS”) project to address gaps and mismatches in tax rules that it believes facilitated the artificial shifting of profits across the world.  The BEPS project
resulted in certain minimum standards being agreed to by many countries to counteract base erosion and profit shifting changing the taxation framework for
multinational  groups  (such  as  the  Corporation).    In  2017,  a  multilateral  instrument  was  signed  to  efficiently  implement  these  changes  as  relevant  to
international double tax treaties. The BEPS project has changed the global approach and attitude for addressing tax avoidance, and while collective actions
are  currently  being  taken,  there  is  a  risk  that  tax  authorities  may  take  additional  unilateral  actions  as  has  already  occurred  in  the  United  Kingdom  (i.e.,
diverted profits tax) and other countries.  In addition, the OECD, European Commission and certain other countries are considering whether further changes
are required to address specific issues in relation to the taxation of the digital economy/digital transactions. Any developments that arise in this area could
have a significant impact on the Corporation and its tax costs.

The European Commission has conducted investigations in multiple countries focusing on whether local country tax rulings or tax legislation provides
preferential tax treatment that violates European Union state aid rules and concluded that certain countries, including Ireland, have provided illegal state aid in
certain cases. These investigations may result in changes to the tax treatment of the Corporation’s foreign operations. Due to the large and expanding scale of
the Corporation’s international business activities, any changes in the taxation of such activities may increase its worldwide effective tax rate and harm its
financial position and results of operations.

Furthermore, certain jurisdictions in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries operate either tax or have proposed to tax players’ gaming winnings or
impose  a  withholding  obligation  on  foreign  online  gaming  operators  with  respect  to  gaming  winnings,  which  could  make  the  Corporation’s  offerings  less
attractive to players in those jurisdictions.

The U.S. government has recently enacted the most comprehensive tax reform in a number of years, but due to the Corporation’s profile and current
operations in the United States, the tax reform is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Corporation’s current tax position. However, there can be no
assurance that the Corporation’s profile and current operations in the United States will not change or that the United States will not enact further tax reform
or changes to current tax laws, which could have a material adverse impact on the Corporation’s current or future tax position and an adverse effect on the
Corporation’s results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The  Corporation  has  significant  international  operations  and  plans  to  continue  expanding  its  operations  abroad,  which  may  subject  it  to  increased
business and economic risks that could affect its financial results.

The Corporation has significant international operations and plans to continue the international expansion of its business operations and products. The
products of the Corporation are available in numerous jurisdictions and nearly two dozen languages, and it operates from offices, data centers or transit points
of presence throughout the world. Nearly all the Corporation’s current operations are conducted from offices in foreign jurisdictions, particularly in the Isle of
Man,  Malta,  and  in  certain  member  states  of  the  European  Union,  and  it  derives  revenue  from  customers  in  various  countries  worldwide.  As  such,  the
Corporation’s operations and revenues may be adversely affected by changes in foreign government policies and legislation or social, economic or political
instability and other factors which are not within the control of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, recessions in foreign economies, expropriation,
nationalization and limitation or restriction on repatriation of funds, assets or earnings, changes in consumer tastes and trends, renegotiation or nullification of
existing contracts or licenses, changes in online gaming policies, regulatory requirements or the personnel administering them, exchange controls, economic
sanctions, risk of terrorist activities, revolution, border disputes, implementation of tariffs and other trade and investment barriers and protectionist practices,
withdrawals from economic or political unions, such as “Brexit”, taxation policies, including royalty and tax increases (such as additional corporate tax, VAT
and gaming

- 38 -

 
duties)  and  retroactive  tax  claims,  volatility  of  financial  markets  and  fluctuations  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  difficulties  in  the  protection  of  intellectual
property,  evolving  regulations  regarding  data  and  information  privacy  and  payment  processing,  labor  disputes  and  other  risks  arising  out  of  foreign
governmental sovereignty over the areas in which the Corporation’s operations are conducted. If the Corporation’s operations or revenues are disrupted or
threatened for unexpected reasons, its business may be materially harmed.

The  Corporation’s  international  activities  may  require  protracted  negotiations  with  host  governments  and  regulators,  national  companies  and  third
parties.  Foreign  government  regulations  may  require  foreign  product  and  service  providers  to,  among  other  things,  be  located  in  or  employ  citizens  or
residents of a particular jurisdiction and otherwise comply with numerous and extensive procedures and formalities.  These procedures and formalities may
result in unexpected or lengthy delays in commencing important business activities, and, in some cases, failure to follow such formalities or obtain relevant
evidence may call into question the validity of the entity or the actions taken. Management of the Corporation is unable to predict the effect of additional
corporate  and  regulatory  formalities  which  may  be  adopted  in  the  future  including  whether  any  such  laws  or  regulations  would  materially  increase  the
Corporation’s  cost  of  doing  business  or  affect  its  operations  in  any  jurisdiction.  In  addition,  the  Corporation  may  in  the  future  enter  into  agreements  and
directly or indirectly conduct activities outside of the jurisdictions where it currently carries on business, which expansion may present challenges and risks
that the Corporation has not faced in the past, any of which could adversely affect the results of operations and/or financial condition of the Corporation.

Moreover, in the event of a dispute arising in connection with the Corporation’s operations with respect to a foreign jurisdiction where it conducts its
business  or  has  customers,  the  Corporation  may  be  subject  to  the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  foreign  courts  or  may  not  be  successful  in  subjecting  foreign
persons to the jurisdiction of domestic courts or enforcing domestic judgments in such other jurisdictions. The Corporation may also be hindered or prevented
from enforcing its rights with respect to a governmental instrumentality because of the doctrine of sovereign immunity.

Although the Corporation believes that management’s experience to date in numerous foreign jurisdictions may be of assistance in helping to reduce
these risks, the Corporation’s direct and indirect activities in foreign jurisdictions could be substantially affected by factors beyond the Corporation’s control,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on it.

Real or perceived inaccuracies in the Corporation’s customer metrics may harm its reputation and negatively affect its business.

The numbers for the Corporation’s key metrics, which include quarterly real-money active uniques, quarterly net yield and net deposits, as well as
certain  other  metrics,  are  calculated  using  internal  company  data  based  on  the  activity  of  customer  accounts.  While  these  numbers  are  based  on  what  the
Corporation believes to be reasonable judgments and estimates of its customer base for the applicable period of measurement, there are certain challenges and
limitations in measuring the usage of its products and services across its customer base. Such challenges and limitations may also affect the Corporation’s
understanding of certain details of its business. In addition, the Corporation’s key metrics and related estimates may differ from estimates published by third
parties or from similarly-titled metrics of its competitors due to differences in methodology and access to information.  The Corporation continually seeks to
improve its estimates of its active customer base, and such estimates may change due to improvements or changes in the Corporation’s methodology.

For example, the methodologies used to measure the Corporation’s customer metrics are based on significant internal judgments and estimates, and
may be susceptible to algorithm, calculation or other technical errors, including, without limitation, how certain metrics may be defined (and the assumptions
and considerations made and included in, or excluded from, such definitions). Moreover, the Corporation’s business intelligence tools may fail on a particular
data backup or upload, which could lead to certain customer activity not being properly recorded or accurately included, in the calculation of a particular key
metric.  In  addition,  as  it  relates  to  certain  of  the  Corporation’s  product  and  service  offerings,  customers  are  required  to  provide  certain  information  when
registering and establishing real-money accounts, which could lead to the creation of multiple accounts for the same customer (in nearly all instances such
account creation would violate the Corporation’s applicable terms and conditions of use) and customers could take advantage of certain customer acquisition
incentives to register and interact with the Corporation’s products and services, but not actually deposit or transfer funds into their real-money accounts with
the Corporation. Although the Corporation typically addresses and corrects any such failures, duplications and inaccuracies relatively quickly, its metrics are
still susceptible to the same and its estimations of such metrics may be lower or higher than the actual numbers.

The Corporation regularly reviews its processes for calculating and defining these metrics, and from time to time it may discover inaccuracies in its
metrics  or  make  adjustments  to  improve  their  accuracy  that  may  result  in  the  recalculation  or  replacement  of  historical  metrics  or  introduction  of  new
metrics.  These  changes  may  also  include  adjustments  to  underlying  data,  such  as  changes  to  historical  revenue  amounts  as  a  result  of  certain  accounting
reallocations made in later periods and adjustments to definitions in an effort to provide what management believes may be the most helpful and relevant data.
The Corporation also continuously seeks to improve its ability to identify irregularities and inaccuracies (and suspend any customer accounts that violate its
terms and conditions

- 39 -

 
of  use  and  limit  or  eliminate  promotional  incentives  that  are  susceptible  to  abuse),  and  its  key  metrics  or  estimates  of  key  metrics  may  change  due  to
improvements or changes in its methodology. Additionally, all the Corporation’s metrics are subject to software bugs, inconsistencies in the Corporation’s
systems and human error. Notwithstanding, the Corporation believes that any such irregularities, inaccuracies or adjustments are immaterial unless otherwise
stated.

If  the  public  or  investors  do  not  perceive  the  Corporation’s  customer  metrics  to  accurately  represent  its  customer  base,  or  if  it  discovers  material
inaccuracies in its customer metrics, the Corporation may be subject to certain liability and its reputation may be harmed, which could negatively affect its
business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Corporation’s sportsbook business may experience significant losses with respect to individual events or betting outcomes

The Corporation’s fixed-odds betting products involve betting where winnings are paid on the basis of the stake placed and the odds quoted, rather than
derived from a pool of stake money received from all customers. A bookmaker’s odds are determined with the objective of providing an average return to the
bookmaker  over  a  large  number  of  events  and  therefore,  over  the  long  term,  the  gross  win  percentage  for  the  Corporation  has  remained  fairly  constant.
However, there can be a high level of variation in gross win percentage event-by-event and day-by-day. The Corporation has systems and controls in place
that seek to reduce the risk of daily losses occurring on a gross-win basis, but there can be no assurance that these will be effective in reducing their exposure,
and consequently the exposure of the Corporation to this risk in the future. As a result, in the short term, there is less certainty of generating a positive gross-
win, and the Corporation may experience (and it has from time to time experienced) significant losses with respect to individual events or betting outcomes,
in particular if large individual bets are placed on an individual event or betting outcome or series of events or betting outcomes. In circumstances where odds
compilers and risk managers are capable of human error, then even allowing for the fact that a number of sports betting products are subject to capped pay-
outs, significant volatility can occur. Also, there may be such a volume of trading at any particular period of time that even automated systems would not be
able to address and eradicate all risks. Any significant losses on a gross-win basis could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation and its cash flows
and therefore a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if a jurisdiction where it holds or wishes to
apply for a license imposes a high turnover tax for betting (as opposed to a gross-win tax), this too would impact profitability, particularly with high value/low
margin bets, and likewise have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

The sports betting operations of the Corporation are subject to the seasonal variations dictated by the various sports calendars, which will have an effect
on  its  financial  performance.  For  additional  information,  see  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Seasonality  and  Other  Factors  Impacting  the  Business”.  A
significant proportion of the Corporation’s current sports betting revenue is generated from bets placed on European football, which has an off-season in the
summer that can cause a corresponding temporary decrease in its respective revenues. The Corporation’s ability to generate revenues is also affected by the
scheduling of major sporting events that do not occur annually, such as the FIFA World Cup and UEFA European Championships. In addition, the ability to
generate revenue will be dependent on the progression and results of certain teams within specific tournaments and the failure of such team to progress, or
adverse results of such teams, may have adverse consequences on the financial performance of the Corporation.

In  online  casino,  operator  losses  are  limited  per  stake  to  a  maximum  return.  When  looking  at  bets  across  a  period  of  time,  operator  losses  can
potentially be larger in the short term, although in practice, this does not happen quickly and thus mitigating action can be taken by the Corporation. Given the
high volume of the business and the statistical gross win margin embedded within all casino games, major operator losses are infrequent over long periods.

While  the  Corporation  has  implemented  systems  and  controls  to  monitor  and  manage  such  risk,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  these  systems  and
controls will be effective in reducing the exposure to this risk. The effect of future fluctuations and single event losses could have a material adverse effect on
the cash flows and therefore a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects of the Corporation.

The  Corporation  plans  to  continue  to  make  acquisitions  if  opportunities  arise  in  the  future.  Investigating,  completing,  implementing  and  integrating
acquisitions involve risks that could negatively affect the Corporation’s business, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity.

As  part  of  its  business  strategy,  the  Corporation  has  made  and  intends  to  continue  to  make  acquisitions  if  opportunities  arise  in  the  future  to  add
specialized employees and new or complementary companies, products, or technologies. In some cases, the costs of such acquisitions may be substantial,
including, without limitation, as a result of professional adviser fees and due diligence efforts; and there is no assurance that the time and resources expended
on  pursuing  a  particular  acquisition  will  result  in  a  completed  transaction,  or  that  any  completed  transaction  will  ultimately  be  successful.  Currently,  the
Corporation anticipates that it may continue to make strategic acquisitions if opportunities arise in the future, some of which may be significant; however, the
Corporation may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or strategic investment opportunities, or may be unable to obtain any required financing, consent
from its lenders or holders of the Preferred Shares, as applicable, or regulatory approvals, and therefore may not be able to

- 40 -

 
complete  such  acquisitions  or  strategic  investments  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all.  The  Corporation  may  decide  to  pursue  acquisitions  with  which  the
Corporation’s investors may not agree and the Corporation cannot assure investors that any acquisition or investment will be successful or otherwise provide
a favorable return on investment. In addition, acquisitions and the integration thereof require significant time and resources and place significant demands on
the Corporation’s management, as well as on its operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, acquisitions may expose the Corporation to operational
challenges and risks, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the ability to profitably manage acquired businesses or successfully integrate the acquired businesses’ operations, personnel, financial reporting,
accounting and internal controls, technologies and products and services into the Corporation’s business;

the expense of integrating acquired businesses, including significant administrative, operational, economic, geographic or cultural challenges in
managing and integrating the expanded or combined operations;

entry into markets or acquisition of products or technologies with which The Stars Group has limited or no prior experience;

increased indebtedness;

the  ability  to  fund  cash  flow  shortages  that  may  occur  if  anticipated  revenue  is  not  realized  or  is  delayed,  whether  by  general  economic  or
market conditions, or unforeseen internal difficulties;

the availability of funding sufficient to meet increased capital needs;

diversion of management’s attention; and

the ability to retain or hire qualified personnel required for expanded operations.

If the Corporation does not successfully integrate future acquisitions, such as its previously announced acquisition of CrownBet and its agreement to
acquire  an  additional  interest  in  CrownBet  and  for  CrownBet  to  acquire  William  Hill  Australia,  it  may  not  realize  the  expected  benefits  and  its  business,
liquidity and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

The Corporation may pay substantial amounts of cash or incur debt, including convertible debt, to pay for acquisitions, which could adversely affect
its liquidity and its ability to service its debt. The incurrence of indebtedness would also result in increased fixed obligations, increased interest expense, and
could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede the Corporation’s ability to manage its operations. The Corporation may also issue equity
securities to pay for acquisitions and may grant a significant amount of equity-based incentive awards to retain the employees of acquired companies, which
could  increase  its  expenses,  adversely  affect  its  financial  results,  and  result  in  dilution  to  its  shareholders.  In  addition,  any  acquisitions  the  Corporation
announces could be viewed negatively by customers or investors, which may adversely affect its business or the price of its Common Shares.

In  addition,  acquired  companies  may  have  liabilities  that  the  Corporation  failed,  or  was  unable,  to  discover  or  sufficiently  assess  in  the  course  of
performing  due  diligence  investigations.    The  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  due  diligence  review  and  its  ability  to  evaluate  the  results  of  such  due
diligence are dependent in part upon the accuracy and completeness of statements and disclosures made or actions taken by the companies it acquires or their
representatives,  as  well  as  the  limited  amount  of  time  in  which  acquisitions  are  executed.  In  addition,  the  Corporation  may  fail  to  accurately  forecast  the
financial impact of an acquisition transaction, including tax and accounting charges, such as impairments of acquired assets. The Corporation cannot be sure
that the remedies available to it at law or under contract, or the indemnification granted to it by sellers of acquired companies, will be sufficient in amount,
scope or duration to fully or partially offset the possible liabilities associated with businesses or properties the Corporation assumes upon consummation of an
acquisition.  The  Corporation  may  learn  additional  information  about  its  acquired  businesses  that  could  materially  adversely  affect  it,  such  as  unknown  or
contingent  liabilities,  unprofitable  products,  and  liabilities  related  to  compliance  with  applicable  laws.  Acquisitions  may  also  result  in  the  Corporation’s
recording of significant additional expenses to its results of operations and recording of substantial finite-lived intangible assets on its balance sheet upon
closing.  Any of these factors, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, cash
flows or liquidity. For a description of the Kentucky Proceeding (as defined below), see “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions”.

The Corporation cannot assure investors that it will effectively manage its growth.

The  growth  and  expansion  of  the  Corporation’s  business,  headcount,  products  and  services  could  create  significant  challenges  for  its  management,
operational, and financial resources, including managing its relationships with customers, investors and other third parties. In the event of continued growth of
the Corporation’s operations or in the number of its third-party relationships, the Corporation may not have adequate resources, operationally, technologically
or otherwise, to support such growth. In addition, some members of management of the Corporation do not have significant experience managing a large,
public global business operation, so its management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. To effectively manage the Corporation’s growth, the
Corporation

- 41 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
must continue to improve its operational, financial, and management processes and systems and to effectively expand, train, and manage its employee base.
As the Corporation’s organization continues to grow, and the Corporation is required to implement more complex organizational management structures, it
may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the benefits of its corporate culture and efficiencies, including its ability to quickly develop and launch new and
innovative products. This could negatively affect the Corporation’s business performance.

Failure  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  key  employees  may  adversely  affect  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  compete  and  the  loss  of  the  services  of  key
personnel could have a material adverse effect on its business.

The Corporation depends on the services of its executive officers as well as its key technical, operational, marketing and management personnel. The
loss  of  any  of  these  key  persons  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  The
Corporation’s  success  is  also  highly  dependent  on  its  continuing  ability  to  identify,  hire,  train,  motivate  and  retain  highly  qualified  technical,  operational,
marketing and management personnel. Competition for such personnel can be intense, and the Corporation cannot provide assurance that it will be able to
attract  or  retain  such  highly  qualified  personnel  in  the  future.  Equity-based  awards  comprise  a  key  component  of  management  compensation,  and  if  the
Corporation’s  Common  Share  price  declines  or  is  volatile,  it  may  be  difficult  to  retain  such  individuals.    In  addition,  as  the  Corporation  matures,  the
incentives to attract, retain, and motivate employees provided by the Corporation’s equity-based awards or by future arrangements may not be as effective as
in  the  past,  and  if  it  issues  significant  equity  to  attract  additional  employees,  the  ownership  of  its  existing  shareholders  may  be  further  diluted.    The
Corporation’s  potential  inability  to  attract  and  retain  the  necessary  personnel  may  adversely  affect  its  future  growth  and  profitability.  The  Corporation’s
retention and recruiting may require significant increases in compensation expense, which would adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operation.

The  leadership  of  the  Corporation’s  current  executive  officers  has  been  a  critical  element  of  the  Corporation’s  success.  The  departure,  death  or
disability of any such officers or other extended or permanent loss of any of their services, or any negative market or industry perception with respect to any
of them or their loss, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business. Certain of the Corporation’s other senior management have made
significant  contributions  to  its  growth  and  success.  The  unexpected  loss  of  services  of  one  or  more  of  these  individuals  could  also  adversely  affect  the
Corporation. The Corporation is not protected by key man or similar life insurance covering its executive officers or members of senior management.

Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

From time to time, The Stars Group may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of its business operations or otherwise, regarding,
among  other  things,  employment  matters,  tax  matters,  security  of  customer  and  employee  personal  information,  contracts  with  third  parties,  marketing,
infringement  of  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property  rights,  its  current  and  former  operations  and  the  operations  of  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  or
CrownBet businesses prior to their respective acquisitions. Litigation to defend The Stars Group against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that
The  Stars  Group  may  have  against  third  parties,  may  be  necessary,  which  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  The  Stars  Group’s  resources,
causing a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. Given the nature of the Corporation’s business, it is, and may
from time to time in the future be, party to various, and at times numerous, legal, administrative and regulatory inquiries, investigations, proceedings and
claims  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  as  well  as  potential  class  action  lawsuits.  Because  the  outcome  of  such  legal  matters  is  inherently
uncertain,  if  one  or  more  of  such  legal  matters  were  to  be  resolved  against  the  Corporation  for  amounts  in  excess  of  management’s  expectations  or  any
applicable  insurance  coverage  or  indemnification  right,  the  Corporation’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially  adversely
affected.  Any litigation to which the Corporation is a party may result in an onerous or unfavorable judgment that may not be reversed upon appeal, or in
payments  of  substantial  monetary  damages  or  fines,  the  posting  of  bonds  requiring  significant  collateral,  letters  of  credit  or  similar  instruments,  or  the
Corporation may decide to settle lawsuits on similarly unfavorable terms.  Moreover, the Corporation cannot be sure that the remedies available to it at law or
under contract, or the indemnification granted to it by sellers of acquired companies, will be sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully or partially offset
any such possible liabilities. Any of these factors, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results
of operations, cash flows or liquidity. For a description of certain currently pending legal and regulatory proceedings, including the Kentucky Proceeding and
certain class action lawsuits, see “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions”.

If the Corporation’s goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, the Corporation may be required to record a significant charge to earnings. 

The  Corporation  reviews  its  intangible  assets  for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  value  may  not  be
recoverable, such as a decline in stock price and market capitalization. The Corporation tests goodwill for impairment at least annually. If such goodwill or
intangible assets are deemed to be impaired, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets would
be recognized. The Corporation may be required to record a

- 42 -

 
significant  charge  in  its  financial  statements  during  the  period  in  which  any  impairment  of  its  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  is  determined,  which  would
negatively affect its results of operations.

New products may be subject to complex revenue recognition standards, which could materially affect the Corporation’s financial results.

As the Corporation introduces new products and as transactions become increasingly complex, additional analysis and judgment is required to account
for  and  recognize  revenues  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards.  Transactions  may  include  unique  new  product  offerings,  and  applicable
accounting principles or regulatory product approval delays could further impact the timing of revenue recognition, which could adversely affect The Stars
Group’s financial results for any given period.

If the Corporation’s internal controls are ineffective, its operating results and market confidence in its reported financial information could be adversely
affected.

The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the
possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with
respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If the Corporation fails to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, including any
failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if it experiences difficulties in their implementation, its business and operating results and market
confidence in its reported financial information could be harmed and it could fail to meet its financial reporting obligations.

As at the fiscal year end December 31, 2016, the Corporation had identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting, which
led management to conclude that its internal control over financial reporting as of such date was not effective. The material weaknesses identified related to
controls  over  derivative  valuation  and  hedge  accounting,  and  foreign  exchange  rate  information.  For  additional  information,  see  the  2017  Annual  MD&A
under the heading “Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting”.  As of the date of this annual information form, the
Corporation  has  implemented  certain  measures,  which  successfully  remediated  these  material  weaknesses  as  at  December  31,  2017,  and  enhanced  the
Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Although  these  material  weaknesses  have  been  remediated,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting will be sufficient to prevent these or other material weaknesses in the future.

The  existence  of  any  material  weaknesses  in  the  future  may  preclude  management  from  concluding  that  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting is effective and may further preclude the Corporation’s independent auditors from issuing an unqualified opinion that the Corporation’s
internal controls are effective. In addition, any material weaknesses could cause investors to lose confidence in the Corporation’s financial reporting and may
negatively affect the price of the Common Shares. The Corporation can make no assurances that it will be able to timely and cost effectively remediate any
internal  control  deficiencies.  Moreover,  effective  internal  controls  are  necessary  to  produce  reliable  financial  reports.  If  the  Corporation  is  unable  to
satisfactorily  remediate  any  or  if  it  discovers  other  deficiencies  in  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  then  such  deficiencies  could  lead  to
misstatements in its financial statements or otherwise negatively impact its financial statements, business, results of operations, and reputation.

The Corporation’s business is vulnerable to changing economic conditions and to other factors that adversely affect the industries in which it operates.

The  Corporation  believes  that  demand  for  entertainment  and  leisure  activities,  including  gaming,  can  be  highly  sensitive  to  changes  in  consumers’
disposable income, and thus can be affected by changes in the economy and consumer tastes, both of which are difficult to predict and beyond the control of
the Corporation. Unfavorable changes in general economic conditions, including recessions, economic slowdown, sustained high levels of unemployment,
and  increasing  fuel  or  transportation  costs,  may  reduce  customers’  disposable  income  or  result  in  fewer  individuals  engaging  in  entertainment  and  leisure
activities,  including  online  gaming.  As  a  result,  the  Corporation  cannot  ensure  that  demand  for  its  products  or  services  will  remain  constant.  Adverse
developments  affecting  economies  throughout  the  world,  including  a  general  tightening  of  availability  of  credit,  decreased  liquidity  in  certain  financial
markets, increased interest rates, foreign exchange fluctuations, increased energy costs, acts of war or terrorism, transportation disruptions, natural disasters,
declining consumer confidence, sustained high levels of unemployment or significant declines in stock markets, as well as concerns regarding epidemics and
the  spread  of  contagious  diseases,  could  lead  to  a  further  reduction  in  discretionary  spending  on  leisure  activities,  such  as  gaming.  Any  significant  or
prolonged decrease in consumer spending on entertainment or leisure activities could adversely affect the demand for the Corporation’s product offerings,
reducing its cash flows and revenues. If the Corporation experiences a significant unexpected decrease in demand for its products, it could incur losses.

- 43 -

 
The Corporation may require additional capital to support its business growth, and this capital may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

The  Corporation  may  require  additional  capital  to  support  its  business  growth  or  to  respond  to  business  opportunities,  challenges  or  unforeseen
circumstances. The Corporation’s ability to obtain additional capital, if and when required, will depend on its business plans, investor demand, its operating
performance, the condition of the capital markets, and other factors. If the Corporation raises additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or
debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to the rights of the Corporation’s currently issued and outstanding equity,
and its existing shareholders may experience dilution. If the Corporation is unable to obtain additional capital when required, or is unable to obtain additional
capital  on  satisfactory  terms,  its  ability  to  continue  to  support  its  business  growth  or  to  respond  to  business  opportunities,  challenges  or  unforeseen
circumstances could be adversely affected, and its business may be harmed.

The Corporation is subject to various laws relating to trade, export controls, and foreign corrupt practices, the violation of which could adversely affect its
operations, reputation, business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

The Corporation must comply with all applicable international trade, export and import laws and regulations of Canada, the United States and other
countries, and it is subject to export controls and economic sanctions laws and embargoes imposed by the U.S. and Canadian governments. Changes in trade
sanctions laws may restrict the Corporation’s business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned entities,
and may result in modifications to the Corporation’s compliance programs. The Corporation is also subject to the CFPOA, the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act,
the  IOM  Bribery  Act  and  other  anti-bribery  laws  that  generally  prohibit  the  offering,  promising,  giving,  agreeing  to  give,  or  authorizing  others  to  give
anything  of  value,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  to  a  government  official  in  order  to  influence  official  action,  or  otherwise  obtain  or  retain  a  business
advantage.  Certain of such laws also require public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the
company and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls.

The  Corporation’s  business  is  heavily  regulated  and  therefore  involves  significant  direct  and  indirect  interaction  with  public  officials,  including
officials  of  various  governments  worldwide.  The  Corporation  has  implemented  safeguards  and  policies  to  discourage  practices  by  its  directors,  officers,
employees and agents that would violate applicable laws. See “Directors and Officers—Ethical Business Conduct” below. However, The Stars Group cannot
ensure  that  its  compliance  controls,  policies,  and  procedures  will  in  every  instance  protect  the  Corporation  from  acts  committed  by  its  directors,  officers,
employees, agents, contractors or collaborators that would violate the laws or regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Corporation operates.

Violations  of  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  significant  fines,  criminal  sanctions  against  the  Corporation,  its  officers  or  its  employees,
requirements to obtain export licenses, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries, implementation of new or enhanced
compliance programs, exclusion from government contracts or programs, prohibitions on the conduct of its business and its inability to market and sell its
products  in  one  or  more  countries.  Additionally,  any  such  violations  could  materially  damage  the  Corporation’s  reputation,  brand,  international  expansion
efforts,  ability  to  attract  and  retain  employees  and  customers,  and  the  Corporation’s  business,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  For  information
regarding a certain previously disclosed foreign payments matter and the Corporation’s review of the same, see “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions”
below.  In  particular,  as  a  result  of  this  matter,  the  Corporation  and  one  or  more  subsidiaries  could  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties,  administrative  sanctions,
convictions  or  settlements  arising  from  civil  proceedings  or  criminal  charges.    This  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation,  including  its
reputation  and  ability  to  conduct  business,  its  holding  of  gaming  regulatory  licenses,  the  listing  of  its  securities  on  an  exchange,  its  financial  position,
profitability or liquidity or the market price of its publicly traded shares.  In addition, it is difficult for the Corporation to estimate the time or resources that
will be needed for the investigation of this matter or its final resolution because, in part, the time and resources needed are dependent on the nature and extent
of the information requested by the authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.

The Corporation’s insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses it may suffer, and, in the future, its insurance costs may increase
significantly or it may be unable to obtain the same level of insurance coverage.

The Corporation may suffer damage to its property due to a casualty loss (such as fire, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism) or other losses,
such as those related to labor, professional liability or certain actions or inactions by its management, directors or employees, that could severely disrupt its
business or subject it to claims by third parties who are injured or harmed. Although The Stars Group maintains insurance that it believes is adequate, that
insurance  may  be  inadequate  or  unavailable  to  cover  all  the  risks  to  which  the  Corporation’s  business  and  assets  may  be  exposed,  including,  without
limitation, risks related to certain litigation. Should an uninsured loss (including a loss that is less than the applicable deductible) or loss in excess of insured
limits occur, it could have a significant adverse impact on The Stars Group’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

The Stars Group generally renews its insurance policies on an annual basis. If the cost of coverage becomes too high or if The Stars Group believes

certain coverage becomes inapplicable, The Stars Group may need to reduce its policy limits or agree to certain

- 44 -

 
exclusions from its coverage in order to reduce the premiums to an acceptable amount or to otherwise reduce its coverage for certain occurrences. On the
other hand, The Stars Group may determine that it either does not have certain coverage that would be prudent for its business and the risks associated with its
business and/or its current coverages are too low to adequately cover such risks.  In either event, The Stars Group may incur additional or higher premiums
for such coverage than it had in prior years.  

Among  other  factors,  national  security  concerns,  catastrophic  events  or  any  change  in  the  current  applicable  statutory  requirement  that  insurance
carriers  offer  coverage  for  certain  acts  of  terrorism  could  also  adversely  affect  available  insurance  coverage  and  result  in,  among  other  things,  increased
premiums on available coverage (which may cause the Corporation to elect to reduce its policy limits or not renew its coverage) and additional exclusions
from coverage. As cyber incidents and threats continue to evolve, the Corporation may be required to expend additional, perhaps significant, resources to
continue to update, modify or enhance its protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cyber incidents. Although the Corporation
maintains and monitors its information technology systems and has insurance coverage for protecting against cyber security risks, such systems and insurance
coverage may not be sufficient to protect against or cover all the losses it may experience as a result of any cyber attacks.

The  Corporation’s  results  of  operations  could  be  affected  by  natural  events  in  the  locations  in  which  it  operates  or  where  its  customers  or  suppliers
operate.

The  Stars  Group,  its  customers,  and  its  suppliers  have  operations  in  locations  subject  to  natural  occurrences  such  as  severe  weather  and  other
geological events, including hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or tsunamis that could disrupt operations. Any serious disruption at any of The Stars Group’s
facilities  or  the  facilities  of  its  customers  or  suppliers  due  to  a  natural  disaster  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  The  Stars  Group’s  revenues  and
increase its costs and expenses. If there is a natural disaster or other serious disruption at any of The Stars Group’s facilities, it could impair its ability to
adequately supply its customers, cause a significant disruption to its operations, cause The Stars Group to incur significant costs to relocate or re-establish
these  functions  and  negatively  impact  its  operating  results.  While  The  Stars  Group  insures  against  certain  risks,  such  insurance  may  not  adequately
compensate  The  Stars  Group  for  any  losses  incurred  as  a  result  of  natural  or  other  disasters.  In  addition,  any  natural  disaster  that  results  in  a  prolonged
disruption to the operations of The Stars Group’s customers or suppliers may adversely affect its business, results of operations or financial condition. With
respect to The Stars Group’s sportsbook business, cancellation or curtailment of significant sporting events, for example due to adverse weather, traffic or
transport disruption or civil disturbances, terrorist attacks or the outbreak of infectious diseases may adversely impact The Stars Group’s business, results of
operations or financial condition for the relevant period. In addition, the failure of certain sporting teams to qualify for sporting events may also adversely
impact The Stars Group’s business, results of operations or financial condition for the relevant period.

Risks Related to Regulation

The  online  gaming  industry  is  heavily  regulated  and  failure  by  the  Corporation  to  obtain  or  maintain  applicable  licensure  or  approvals,  or  otherwise
comply with applicable requirements, could be disruptive to its business and could adversely affect its operations.

The Corporation and its officers, directors, major shareholders, key employees and business partners are generally subject to the laws and regulations
relating to online gaming of the jurisdictions to which the Corporation’s gaming business is subject as well as the general laws and regulations that apply to
all e-commerce businesses, such as those related to privacy and personal information, tax and consumer protection. These laws and regulations vary from one
jurisdiction to another and future legislative and regulatory action, court decisions or other governmental action may have a material impact on the operations
and financial results of the Corporation. In particular, some jurisdictions have introduced regulations attempting to restrict or prohibit online gaming, while
others have taken the position that online gaming should be licensed and regulated and have adopted or are in the process of considering legislation to enable
that to happen. Even where a jurisdiction purports to license and regulate online gaming, the licensing and regulatory regimes can vary considerably in terms
of  their  business-friendliness  and  at  times  may  be  intended  to  provide  incumbent  operators  with  advantages  over  incoming  new  licensees.  As  such,  some
“liberalized” regulatory regimes are considerably more commercially attractive than others.

The regulatory regime imposed upon providers of gaming varies by jurisdiction. Typically, however, most regulatory regimes include the following

elements:

•

•

the opportunity to apply for one or more gaming licenses for one or more categories of products, whether as part of a general round of license
issuance (for example, Spain) or as and when the applicant chooses to apply;

a requirement for gaming license applicants to make detailed and extensive disclosures as to their beneficial ownership, their source of funds,
the probity and integrity of all persons associated with the applicant, the applicant’s management competence and structure and business plans,
the applicant’s proposed geographical territories of operation and the applicant’s ability to operate a gaming business in a socially responsible
manner in compliance with regulation;

- 45 -

 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

interviews and assessments by the relevant gaming authority, intended to inform a regulatory determination of the suitability of applicants for
gaming licenses;

ongoing reporting and disclosure obligations, both on a set periodic basis and on an ad hoc basis in response to material issues affecting the
business;

the testing and certification of software and systems, generally designed to confirm such things as the fairness of the gaming products offered
by the business, their genuine randomness and ability accurately to generate settlement instructions and recover from outages;

the need to account for applicable gaming duties and other taxes and levies, such as fees or contributions to bodies that organize the sports on
which bets are offered, as well as contributions to the prevention and treatment of problem gaming; and

social responsibility obligations.

Any  license,  permit,  approval  or  determination  of  suitability  may  be  revoked,  suspended  or  conditioned  at  any  time.  The  loss  of  a  license  or  a
determination of unsuitability in one jurisdiction could trigger the loss of a license or affect the Corporation’s eligibility for a license in another jurisdiction.
The Corporation may be unable to obtain or maintain all necessary registrations, licenses, permits or approvals, and could incur fines or experience delays
related to the licensing process, which could adversely affect its operations. The determination of suitability process may be expensive and time-consuming.
The Corporation’s delay or failure to obtain licenses and approvals in any jurisdiction may prevent it from distributing its products and services, increasing its
customer base and/or generating revenues. A gaming regulatory body may refuse to issue or renew a license or registration if the Corporation, or one of its
directors, officers, employees, major shareholders or business partners: (i) is considered to be a detriment to the integrity or lawful conduct or management of
gaming,  (ii)  no  longer  meets  a  licensing  or  registration  requirement,  (iii)  has  breached  or  is  in  breach  of  a  condition  of  licensure  or  registration  or  an
operational  agreement  with  a  regulatory  authority,  (iv)  has  made  a  material  misrepresentation,  omission  or  misstatement  in  an  application  for  licensure  or
registration or in reply to an enquiry by a person conducting an audit, investigation or inspection for a gaming regulatory authority, (v) has been refused a
similar license or registration in another jurisdiction, (vi) has held a similar license or registration in that province, state or another jurisdiction which has been
suspended,  revoked  or  cancelled,  or  (vii)  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence,  inside  or  outside  of  Canada  or  the  United  States  that  calls  into  question  the
Corporation’s  honesty  or  integrity  or  the  honesty  or  integrity  of  any  of  its  directors,  officers,  employees  or  associates.  For  additional  information,  see
“Business  of  the  Corporation—Regulatory  Environment”.  Additionally,  a  gaming  regulatory  body  may  refuse  to  issue  or  renew  a  license  or  approval,  or
restrict  or  condition  a  license  or  approval,  based  on  the  historic  activities  of  the  Corporation  or  its  current  or  former  directors,  officers,  employees,  major
shareholders or business partners, which could adversely affect its operations or financial condition.

On June 23, 2016, a referendum was held to determine whether the United Kingdom will remain in the European Union. In light of the decision to
leave the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”), in addition to the increase in the volatility of both the global currency and financial markets, it
may reduce the Corporation’s ability to operate on an unfettered basis in certain European markets that have tried to restrict competition in their domestic
market from online gaming companies based overseas.

Additionally, the Corporation’s products and services must be approved in most regulated jurisdictions in which they are offered; this process cannot
be assured or guaranteed. Obtaining these approvals is a time-consuming process that can be extremely costly. A developer and provider of online gaming
products may pursue corporate regulatory approval with regulators of a particular jurisdiction while it pursues technical regulatory approval for its products
and services by that same jurisdiction. It is possible that after incurring significant expenses and dedicating substantial time and effort towards such regulatory
approvals,  the  Corporation  may  not  obtain  either  of  them.  If  the  Corporation  fails  to  obtain  the  necessary  certification,  registration,  license,  approval  or
determination of suitability in a given jurisdiction, it would likely be prohibited from distributing and providing its products and services in that particular
jurisdiction altogether. If the Corporation fails to seek, does not receive, or receives a suspension or revocation of a license in a particular jurisdiction for its
products and services (including any related technology and software) then it cannot offer the same in that jurisdiction and its licenses or approvals in other
jurisdictions may be impacted. Furthermore, some jurisdictions require license holders to obtain government approval before engaging in some transactions,
such  as  business  combinations,  reorganizations,  stock  offerings  and  repurchases.  The  Corporation  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  all  necessary  registrations,
licenses, permits, approvals or findings of suitability in a timely manner, or at all. Delays in regulatory approvals or failure to obtain such approvals may also
serve as a barrier to entry to the market for the Corporation’s products and services. If the Corporation is unable to overcome the barriers to entry, it will
materially affect its results of operations and future prospects. To the extent new online gaming jurisdictions are established or expanded, the Corporation
cannot guarantee it will be successful in penetrating such new jurisdictions or expanding its business or customer base in line with the growth of existing
jurisdictions.  As  the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  enters  into  new  markets,  it  may  encounter  legal  and  regulatory  challenges  that  are  difficult  or
impossible to foresee and which could result in an unforeseen adverse impact on planned revenues or costs associated with the new market opportunity. If the
Corporation is unable to effectively develop and operate directly or indirectly within these new markets or if its competitors are able to successfully penetrate

- 46 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
geographic markets that it cannot access or where it faces other restrictions, then its business, operating results and financial condition could be impaired. The
Corporation’s  failure  to  obtain  or  maintain  the  necessary  regulatory  approvals  in  jurisdictions,  whether  individually or collectively, would have a material
adverse effect on its business. See “Business of the Corporation – Regulatory Environment”.

To  expand  into  new  jurisdictions,  the  Corporation  may  need  to  be  licensed,  obtain  approvals  of  its  products  and/or  seek  licensure  of  its  officers,
directors, major shareholders, key employees or business partners. This is a time-consuming process that can be extremely costly. Any delays in obtaining or
difficulty in maintaining regulatory approvals needed for expansion within existing markets or into new jurisdictions can negatively affect the Corporation’s
opportunities  for  growth,  including  the  growth  of  its  customer  base,  or  delay  its  ability  to  recognize  revenue  from  its  products  and  services  in  any  such
jurisdictions.

Future legislative and regulatory action, and court decisions or other governmental action, may have a material impact on the operations and financial
results of the Corporation. There is a risk that governmental authorities may view the Corporation or its officers, directors, major shareholders, key employees
or business partners as having violated their local laws, despite the Corporation’s efforts to obtain all applicable licenses or approvals. Therefore, there is a
risk  that  civil  and  criminal  proceedings,  including  class  actions,  could  be  initiated  against  the  Corporation,  its  officers,  directors,  major  shareholders,  key
employees or business partners and others involved in the online gaming industry. Such potential proceedings could involve substantial litigation expense,
penalties, fines, seizure of assets, injunctions, payment blocking, Internet service provider blocking or other restrictions being imposed upon the Corporation
or  third  parties,  while  diverting  the  attention  of  key  executives.  Such  proceedings  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,
revenues,  operating  results  and  financial  condition  as  well  as  impact  upon  the  Corporation’s  reputation,  even  in  instances  where  such  proceedings  are
concluded successfully in favor of the Corporation.  

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  legally  enforceable  prohibiting  legislation  will  not  be  proposed  and  passed  in  jurisdictions  relevant  or  potentially
relevant to the Corporation’s business to prohibit, legislate or regulate various aspects of the Internet, e-commerce, payment processing, or the online gaming
and interactive entertainment industries (or that existing laws in those jurisdictions will not be interpreted negatively). Compliance with any such legislation
may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  either  as  a  result  of  the  Corporation’s
determining  that  a  jurisdiction  should  be  blocked,  or  because  a  local  license  or  approval  may  be  costly  for  the  Corporation  or  business  partners  to  obtain
and/or  such  licenses  or  approvals  may  contain  other  commercially  undesirable  conditions.  See “Business  of  the  Corporation—Regulatory  Environment”,
including for additional information regarding the recently passed Financial Blocking Bill in Russia.

Public opinion can also exert a significant influence over the regulation of the online gaming industry. A negative shift in the public’s perception of
online gaming could affect future legislation or regulation in different jurisdictions. Among other things, such a shift could cause jurisdictions to abandon
proposals to legalize online gaming, thereby limiting the number of new jurisdictions into which the Corporation could expand. Negative public perception
could also lead to new restrictions on or to the prohibition of online gaming in jurisdictions in which the Corporation currently operates.

The Corporation may not be able to capitalize on the expansion of online gaming or other trends and changes in the online gaming industry, including
due to laws and regulations governing this industry.

The Corporation directly and indirectly participates in the new and evolving online gaming industry through its online (including mobile) and social
products. The Corporation intends to take advantage of the liberalization of online gaming, both within North America, Europe and elsewhere internationally;
however, expansion of online gaming involves significant risks and uncertainties, including legal, business and financial risks. The success of online gaming
and the Corporation’s products and services may be affected by future developments in social networks, mobile platforms, regulatory developments, payment
processing laws, data and information privacy laws and other factors that the Corporation is unable to predict and are beyond its control. Consequently, the
Corporation’s  future  operating  results  relating  to  its  online  gaming  products  are  difficult  to  predict,  and  the  Corporation  cannot  provide  assurance  that  its
products and services will grow at expected rates or be successful in the long term.

Additionally,  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  successfully  pursue  its  online  gaming  strategy  depends  on  the  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  wagering
through interactive channels. There is considerable debate over, and opposition to, online and interactive real-money gaming. There can be no assurance that
this opposition will not succeed in preventing the legalization of online gaming in jurisdictions where it is presently prohibited, prohibiting or limiting the
expansion of online gaming where it is currently permitted or causing the repeal of legalized online gaming in any jurisdiction. Any successful effort to curtail
the expansion of, or limit or prohibit, legalized online gaming could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition. Combatting such efforts to curtail expansion of, or limit or prohibit, legalized online gaming can be time-consuming and can be extremely costly.

- 47 -

 
For example, there was uncertainty as to whether the U.S. Federal Wire Act prohibited U.S. states from conducting intrastate lottery transactions via
the Internet if the transmissions over the Internet during the transaction crossed state lines. In late 2011, the Office of Legal Counsel of the DOJ issued an
opinion to the effect that state lottery ticket sales over the Internet to in-state adults do not violate the U.S. Federal Wire Act. The opinion provided an impetus
for states to authorize forms of online lottery or gaming in order to generate additional revenue. However, to the extent states wish to pursue online gaming,
such states may be required or otherwise deem it advisable to enact enabling legislation or new regulations addressing the sale of lottery tickets or the offering
of other forms of gaming through online channels, such as the actions taken by Delaware, Nevada, New Jersey and Pennsylvania to authorize various forms
of online gaming.

Despite the 2011 DOJ opinion, there are still significant forces working to limit or prohibit online gaming in the United States. On February 4, 2015,
Representative Jason Chaffetz introduced the Restoration of America’s Wire Act (“RAWA”) in the U.S. House of Representatives and on June 24, 2015 and
September  21,  2016,  Senator  Lindsey  Graham  and  Senator  Tom  Cotton,  respectively,  introduced  similar  legislation  in  the  U.S.  Senate.  RAWA  and  its
counterparts in the Senate failed to pass Congress in the 114th Session of Congress and therefore the legislation expired. As of early March 2018, RAWA had
not been reintroduced in the current 115th Session of Congress. In January 2017, U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions also vowed to review the 2011 DOJ
opinion. As proposed, RAWA would revise the Federal Wire Act to ban most forms of online gambling, including sports betting, online poker, online casino
games, fantasy sports and other activities. The enactment of online gaming legislation that federalizes significant aspects of the regulation of online gaming
and/or limits the forms of online wagering that are permissible could have an adverse impact on the Corporation’s ability to pursue its interactive strategy in
the United States.

Further,  as  detailed  above,  the  Supreme  Court  recently  heard  arguments  in  Murphy  v.  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  related  to  the
constitutionality of PASPA.  There is a risk that the Supreme Court rules against the State of New Jersey and determines that PASPA is constitutional.  Such a
result would impact the Corporation’s ability to expand its sports betting offering within the United States for the foreseeable future.  

Internationally, laws relating to online gaming are evolving, particularly in Europe. To varying degrees, a number of European governments have taken
steps  to  change  the  regulation  of  online  wagering  through  the  implementation  of  new  or  revised  licensing  and  taxation  regimes,  including  the  possible
imposition of sanctions on unlicensed providers. The Corporation cannot predict the timing, scope or terms of any such state, federal or foreign laws and
regulations, or the extent to which any such laws and regulations will facilitate or hinder its interactive strategy.

Moreover, new gaming laws or regulations, changes in existing gaming laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing gaming laws or regulations
or changes in the manner in which existing laws and regulations are enforced, may hinder or prevent the Corporation from continuing to operate in those
jurisdictions where it currently conducts business, including in jurisdictions where the Corporation’s products and services are available through its multi-
jurisdictional  licenses,  which  would  harm  its  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  For  example,  in  2017  the  Company  ceased  offering  its  real-money
online  products  to  customers  physically  located  in  Australia,  Colombia  and  Slovenia  due  to  changes  in  the  regulatory  environment  in  those  jurisdictions.
Additionally,  if  new  or  existing  gaming  laws  or  regulations  instituting  a  legal  regime  for  online  gaming  in  jurisdictions  where  the  Corporation  does  not
currently operate are implemented in a manner that could prevent the Corporation from taking advantage of such new or existing laws or regulations due to
historic  actions  of  the  Corporation  or  of  its  directors,  officers,  employees  or  other  stakeholders,  this  could  harm  the  Corporation’s  business,  results  of
operations and financial condition.

If the Corporation fails to comply with any existing or future laws or requirements, regulators may take action against the Corporation, which could
ultimately  include  fines,  the  conditioning,  suspension  or  revocation  of  approvals,  registrations,  permits  or  licenses,  and  other  disciplinary  action.  If  the
Corporation fails to adequately adjust to any such potential changes, its business, results of operations or financial condition could be harmed.

The Corporation’s business is subject to complex and evolving domestic and foreign laws and regulations regarding the Internet, privacy, data protection,
competition, consumer protection and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and could
result  in  claims,  changes  to  the  Corporation’s  business  practices,  monetary  penalties,  increased  cost  of  operations,  or  declines  in  customer  growth  or
engagement, or otherwise harm its business.

In addition to regulations governing online gaming, the Corporation is subject to a variety of laws and regulations domestically and abroad that involve
the Internet, e-commerce, privacy, and protection of data and personal information, rights of publicity, acceptable content, intellectual property, advertising,
marketing,  distribution,  data  and  information  security,  electronic  contracts  and  electronic  communications,  competition,  protection  of  minors,  consumer
protection, unfair commercial practices, product liability, taxation, economic or other trade prohibitions or sanctions, securities law compliance, and online
payment and payment processing services. The introduction of new products, expansion of the Corporation’s activities in certain jurisdictions, or other actions
that the Corporation may take may subject it to additional laws, regulations or other government scrutiny. For example, when the Corporation

- 48 -

 
began  offering  sports  betting  in  Great  Britain,  it  became  subject  to  certain  financing  arrangements  intended  to  support  industries  from  which  it  profits,
including  the  statutorily  imposed  Horserace  Betting  Levy,  which  is  intended  to  support  the  British  horse  racing  industry.  In  addition,  foreign  data  and
information protection, privacy, competition and other laws and regulations can impose different obligations or be more restrictive than those in the United
States  or  Canada.    For  example,  the  Corporation  handles,  collects,  stores,  retrieves,  transmits  and  uses  confidential,  personal  information  relating  to  its
customers and employees for various business purposes, including marketing and financial purposes, and credit card information for processing payments.
The  Corporation  may  share  this  personal  or  confidential  information  with  vendors  or  other  third  parties  in  connection  with  processing  of  transactions,
operating certain aspects of its business, combating fraud or for marketing purposes.  

These laws, regulations and legislation, along with other applicable laws and regulations, which in some cases can be enforced by private parties or
government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. As a result, the application, interpretation, and enforcement of these
laws  and  regulations,  including  pre-existing  laws  regulating  communications  and  commerce  in  the  context  of  the  Internet  and  e-commerce,  are  often
uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industries in which the Corporation operates, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from
jurisdiction to jurisdiction and inconsistently with its current policies and practices. Any regulatory or legislative action affecting the manner in which the
Corporation  displays  content  or  provides  its  products  to  its  customers  or  obtains  consent  to  various  practices  could  adversely  affect  customer  growth  and
engagement,  including  by  restricting  or  prohibiting  the  use  of  the  Internet.  In  addition,  foreign  court  judgments  or  regulatory  actions  could  impact  the
Corporation’s ability to transfer, process and/or receive information that is critical to its operations, including information relating to suppliers, partners or
customers. Such judgments or actions could affect the manner in which the Corporation provides its products or services and adversely affect its financial
results.

Proposed or new legislation and regulations relating to the above matters could also significantly affect the business of the Corporation. For example,
the European Commission has approved the GDPR, a single framework for data protection regulation in the European Union, which is due to come into force
on May 25, 2018. The GDPR will include operational requirements for companies that receive or process personal data of residents of the European Union
that  are  different  and  generally  more  stringent  than  those  currently  in  place  in  the  European  Union,  and  that  will  include  significant  penalties  for  non-
compliance. Similarly, there are a number of legislative proposals in the United States, at both the federal and state level, that could impose new obligations in
areas affecting the Corporation’s business, such as liability for copyright infringement by third parties. In addition, some jurisdictions are considering or have
passed legislation implementing data and information protection requirements or requiring local storage and processing of data and information or similar
requirements that could increase the cost and complexity of delivering the Corporation’s services, and to the extent the Corporation is subject to data and/or
information protection laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that does not adopt the GDPR, the Corporation may experience increased costs and expenses
as a result of having to comply with multiple, and potentially conflicting, data and/or information protection laws and regulations.

Legislators and regulators also look beyond online gaming regulations specifically in order to implement restrictive measures on online gaming. In
certain  jurisdictions,  this  has  included  restrictions  on  payment  processing,  internet  blocking,  account  and  identity  verification  requirements,  and  similar
measures. For example, in June 2010, Norway enacted a law prohibiting the remittance of monies from Norwegian bank accounts to gaming operators and in
November 2017, Russian President Putin signed a bill into law that would require certain banks and payment processors within Russia to block transactions
between Russian-based customers and off-shore online gaming operators. Such regulations, if not appropriately mitigated, could materially adversely affect
the  Corporation’s  business,  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition.  For  additional  information  regarding  the  bill,  see  “Business  of  the  Corporation—
Regulatory Environment”.

In addition, such restrictive measures may impact the ability or desire of third-party suppliers, including, without limitation, payment processors, to
provide services to the Corporation globally or in certain jurisdictions. A supplier could require that as a condition of the Corporation’s continued use of its
products the Corporation restrict access from customers in certain jurisdictions.  Such restrictions from third-party suppliers could affect the manner in which
the  Corporation  provides  its  products  or  services  in  certain  jurisdictions  and  adversely  affect  its  financial  results  due  to  the  potential  need  to  make  a
determination to change suppliers, which may not be on as favorable terms, or comply with the supplier’s request to cease making our products and services
available in one or more jurisdictions.

The Corporation is also vulnerable to the ongoing development of intellectual property laws and/or political, legislative, regulatory developments that
may seek further liability to pay royalties or other types of levy to the organizers of sporting events or data right owners, which arise from the concept of the
so-called “right-to-bet”, where the organizers of sporting events and competitions and those claiming to have data rights in relation to such events seek to
obtain a share of the revenue gaming operators generate on such events and competitions. In all such cases, the level of any such levy, fee or royalty will be
outside the control of the Corporation. The Corporation cannot predict with any certainty what further payments may be required in the future and what other
additional  resources  may  need  to  be  made  available  to  address  the  conditions  on  which  fees,  royalties  or  other  levies  may  be  imposed,  as  well  as  sports
integrity issues.

- 49 -

 
These laws and regulations, as well as any changes to such laws and any related inquiries, investigations, or any other government actions, may be
costly to comply with and may delay or impede the development of new products, result in negative publicity, increase the Corporation’s operating costs,
require significant management time and attention, and subject the Corporation to remedies that may harm its business, including fines or demands or orders
that the Corporation modifies or ceases certain or all existing business practices, such as limiting its use of personal information to add value for customers, or
implement costly and burdensome compliance measures.  Any such consequences could adversely affect the Corporation’s business, results of operations or
financial condition.

The Corporation has been subject to regulatory investigations and settlements and it expects to continue to be subject to such proceedings in the future,
which could cause it to incur substantial costs or require it to change its business practices in a manner materially adverse to its business.

From time to time, the Corporation receives formal and informal inquiries from government authorities and regulators, including securities authorities,
tax  authorities  and  gaming  regulators,  regarding  its  compliance  with  laws  and  other  matters.  The  Corporation  expects  to  continue  to  be  the  subject  of
investigations and audits in the future as it continues to grow and expand its operations. Violation of existing or future regulatory orders or consent decrees
could subject the Corporation to substantial monetary fines and other penalties that could negatively affect its financial condition and results of operations. In
addition,  it  is  possible  that  future  orders  issued  by,  or  inquiries  or  enforcement  actions  initiated  by,  government  or  regulatory  authorities  could  cause  the
Corporation to incur substantial costs, expose it to unanticipated civil and criminal liability or penalties, or require it to change its business practices in a
manner materially adverse to its business. See also “—The Corporation may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities” and “Legal Proceedings
and Regulatory Actions”.

The Stars Group’s shareholders are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and if a shareholder is found unsuitable by a gaming authority, that
shareholder may not be able to beneficially own certain of the Corporation’s securities either directly or indirectly.

In many jurisdictions, gaming laws can require any of the Corporation’s shareholders to file an application, be investigated, and qualify or have his,
her or its suitability determined by gaming authorities. Gaming authorities have very broad discretion in determining whether an applicant should be deemed
suitable.  Subject  to  certain  administrative  proceeding  requirements,  the  gaming  regulators  have  the  authority  to  deny  any  application  or  limit,  condition,
restrict, revoke or suspend any license, registration, finding of suitability or approval, or fine any person licensed, registered or found suitable or approved, for
any cause deemed reasonable by the gaming authorities.

Furthermore, any person found unsuitable by a gaming authority may not hold directly or indirectly ownership of any voting security or the beneficial
or record ownership of any nonvoting security or any debt security of any public corporation which is registered with the relevant gaming authority beyond
the time prescribed by the relevant gaming authority. A violation of the foregoing may constitute a criminal offense. A finding of unsuitability by a particular
gaming  authority  impacts  that  person’s  ability  to  associate  or  affiliate  with  gaming  licensees  in  that  particular  jurisdiction  and  could  impact  the  person’s
ability to associate or affiliate with gaming licensees in other jurisdictions.

Many  jurisdictions  also  require  any  person  who  acquires  beneficial  ownership  of  more  than  a  certain  percentage  of  voting  securities  of  a  gaming
company and, in some jurisdictions, non-voting securities, sometimes 5%, to report the acquisition to gaming authorities, and gaming authorities may require
such  holders  to  apply  for  qualification  or  a  finding  of  suitability,  subject  to  limited  exceptions  for  “institutional  investors”  that  hold  a  company’s  voting
securities for investment purposes only.  Some jurisdictions may also limit the number of gaming licenses with which a person may be associated.

The  Corporation’s  articles  include  certain  provisions  to  ensure  that  the  Corporation  complies  with  applicable  gaming  regulations.  These  provisions
provide,  among  other  things,  that  the  Corporation  shall  have  the  right,  subject  to  the  conditions  set  out  in  the  gaming  provisions  share  terms,  to  redeem
Common Shares held by an unsuitable person. Such redemption rights may negatively affect the trading price of the Common Shares and may negatively
affect the liquidity of the Common Shares.

Risks Related to the Corporation’s Intellectual Property and Technology

The Stars Group’s intellectual property may be insufficient to properly safeguard its technology and brands.

The Corporation holds patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights. The Corporation has also applied for patent protection in the United
States, Canada, Europe and other countries relating to certain existing and proposed processes, designs and methods and other product innovations. Patent
applications can, however, take many years to issue and the Corporation can provide no assurance that any of these patents will be granted at all, particularly
in light of a global shift towards not granting patents involving computer related inventions. If the Corporation is denied any or all of these patents, it may not
be able to successfully prevent its competitors from imitating its products and services or using some or all of the processes that are the subject of such patent

- 50 -

 
applications. Such imitation may lead to increased competition within the finite market for the Corporation’s products and services. Even if pending patents
are  granted  to  the  Corporation,  its  intellectual  property  rights  may  not  be  sufficiently  comprehensive  to  prevent  its  competitors  from  developing  similar
competitive  products  and  technologies  or  may  be  vulnerable  to  challenge  due  to  it  changing  case  law  regarding  the  patentability  of  computer  related
inventions.  If  the  granted  patents  are  challenged,  protection  may  be  lost.  The  Corporation’s  success  may  also  depend  on  its  ability  to  obtain  trademark
protection for the names or symbols under which it markets its products and to obtain copyright protection of its proprietary technologies and other game
innovations. The Corporation may not be able to build and maintain goodwill in its trademarks or obtain trademark protection. There can be no assurance that
any trademark, copyright or granted patent will provide competitive advantages for The Stars Group or that The Stars Group’s intellectual property will not be
successfully challenged or circumvented by competitors.

Source  codes  for  The  Stars  Group’s  technology  may  receive  protection  under  international  copyright  laws.    However,  for  many  third  parties  who
intend to use The Stars Group source codes without The Stars Group’s consent, the presence of copyright protection in the source codes alone may not be
enough of a deterrent to prevent such use. As such, The Stars Group may need to initiate legal proceedings following such use to obtain orders to prevent
further use of the source code.

The Corporation also relies on trade secrets and proprietary know-how. Although the Corporation generally requires its employees and independent
contractors to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements, it cannot be assured that the obligations therein will be maintained
and honored. If these agreements are breached, it is unlikely that the remedies available to the Corporation will be sufficient to compensate it for the damages
suffered even if the Corporation promptly applies for injunctive relief. In spite of confidentiality agreements and other methods of protecting trade secrets, the
Corporation’s proprietary information could become known to or independently developed by competitors. If the Corporation fails to adequately protect its
intellectual  property  and  confidential  information,  its  business  may  be  harmed  and  its  liquidity  and  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  adversely
impacted.

The Corporation may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement or invalidity and adverse outcomes of litigation could unfavorably affect
its operating results.

The Corporation monitors for infringement and misappropriation of intellectual property by, among other thing, using brand enforcement software that
searches the Internet for potential infringements upon the Corporation’s intellectual property rights, and the Corporation also has a standardized process for
enforcing  its  intellectual  property  rights  in  the  event  of  a  potential  infringement.  However,  monitoring  for  such  infringement  and  misappropriation  can  be
difficult and expensive, and the Corporation may not be able to detect infringement or misappropriation of its proprietary rights. Although the Corporation
intends to aggressively pursue anyone who is reasonably believed to be infringing upon its intellectual property rights and who poses a significant commercial
risk to the business, to protect and enforce its intellectual property rights, initiating and maintaining suits against such third parties will require substantial
financial resources. The Corporation may not have the financial resources to bring such suits, and, if it does bring such suits, it may not prevail. Regardless of
the Corporation’s success in any such actions, the expenses and management distraction involved may have a material adverse effect on its financial position.
A  significant  portion  of  the  Corporation’s  revenues  is  generated  from  products  using  certain  intellectual  property  rights,  and  The  Stars  Group’s  operating
results would be negatively impacted if it was unsuccessful in licensing certain of those rights and/or protecting those rights from infringement, including
losses of proprietary information from breaches of the Corporation’s cybersecurity efforts.

If  the  registration  and  enforcement  policies  regarding  the  Corporation’s  intellectual  property  portfolios  are  inadequate  to  deter  unauthorized  use  or
appropriation  by  third  parties,  the  value  of  the  Corporation’s  brands  and  other  intangible  assets  may  be  diminished  and  competitors  may  be  able  to  more
effectively  mimic  its  brands,  products,  services,  and  methods  of  operations.  Such  events  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business  and
financial results.  At the same time, the Corporation has to be mindful of how it will be perceived by its customers and potential customers if it deploys an
unduly strict enforcement policy; an overly aggressive position may deter its customers from supporting the brands and therefore damage not only the brands’
reputation in the market place but also negatively impact financial results.

Further,  the  Corporation’s  competitors  have  been  granted  patents  protecting  various  gaming  products  and  services  features,  including  systems,
methods and designs. If the Corporation’s products and services employ these processes, or other subject matter that is claimed under its competitors’ patents,
or  if  other  companies  obtain  patents  claiming  subject  matter  that  the  Corporation  uses,  those  companies  may  bring  infringement  actions  against  it.  The
question of whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. In addition, because
patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which the Corporation is unaware, which might later result in
granted patents that the Corporation’s products and services may infringe. There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s products, including those with
currently pending patent applications, will not be determined to have infringed upon an existing third-party patent. If any of the Corporation’s products and
services infringes a valid patent, the Corporation may be required to discontinue offering certain products or systems, pay damages, purchase a license to use
the intellectual property in question from its owner, or redesign the product in

- 51 -

 
question to avoid infringement. A license may not be available or may require The Stars Group to pay substantial royalties, which could in turn force The
Stars Group to attempt to redesign the infringing product or to develop alternative technologies at a considerable expense. Additionally, the Corporation may
not be successful in any attempt to redesign the infringing product or to develop alternative technologies, which could force the Corporation to withdraw its
product or services from the market.

The  Corporation  may  also  infringe  other  intellectual  property  rights  belonging  to  third  parties,  such  as  trademarks,  copyrights  and  confidential
information. As with patent litigation, the infringement of trademarks, copyrights and confidential information involve complex legal and factual issues and
the  Corporation’s  products,  branding  or  associated  marketing  materials  may  be  found  to  have  infringed  existing  third-party  rights.   When  any  third-party
infringement occurs, the Corporation may be required to stop using the infringing intellectual property rights, pay damages and, if it wishes to keep using the
third  party  intellectual  property,  purchase  a  license  or  otherwise  redesign  the  product,  branding  or  associated  marketing  materials  to  avoid  further
infringement. Such a license may not be available or may require The Stars Group to pay substantial royalties.

It  is  also  possible  that  the  validity  of  any  of  The  Stars  Group’s  intellectual  property  rights  might  be  challenged  or  an  attempt  to  reduce  the
Corporation’s  intellectual  property  rights  or  protections  may  be  made  either  in  standalone  proceedings  or  as  part  of  infringement  claims.  There  can  be  no
assurance that The Stars Group’s intellectual property rights will withstand an invalidity claim and, if declared invalid, the protection afforded to the product,
branding or marketing material will be lost.

Moreover, the future interpretation of intellectual property law regarding the validity of intellectual property by governmental agencies or courts in
Canada,  Europe,  the  United  States  or  other  jurisdictions  in  which  The  Stars  Group  has  rights  could  negatively  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the
Corporation’s  current  or  future  intellectual  property.  This  could  have  multiple  negative  impacts  including,  without  limitation,  the  marketability  of,  or
anticipated revenue from, certain of The Stars Group’s products. Additionally, due to the differences in foreign patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright and
other laws concerning proprietary rights, the Corporation’s intellectual property may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as it would
in Canada, Europe or the United States. The Corporation’s failure to possess, obtain or maintain adequate protection of its intellectual property rights for any
reason in these jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

Furthermore,  infringement  and  other  intellectual  property  claims,  with  or  without  merit,  can  be  expensive  and  time-consuming  to  litigate,  and  the
Corporation may not have the financial and human resources to defend itself against any infringement suits that may be brought against The Stars Group.
Litigation can also distract management from day-to-day operations of the business.

In  addition,  the  Corporation’s  business  is  dependent  in  part  on  the  intellectual  property  of  third  parties.  For  example,  the  Corporation  licenses
trademarks and other intellectual property from third parties for use in its gaming products. The future success of the Corporation may depend upon its ability
to obtain licenses to use new marks and its ability to retain or expand existing licenses for certain products. If the Corporation is unable to obtain new licenses
or renew or expand existing licenses, it may be required to discontinue or limit its use of such products that use the licensed marks and its financial condition,
operating results or prospects may be harmed.

Compromises of the Corporation’s systems, manipulation of its products or services, or unauthorized access to its confidential information or data, or its
customers’ personal information or data, could materially harm The Stars Group’s reputation and business.

The Stars Group assesses and monitors the security of its systems as well as the collection, storage and transmission of customer information on an
ongoing basis. See also “Business of the Corporation—Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development”. However, The Stars Group’s business is
prone  to  cyber-attacks.  Cyber-attacks  may  be  carried  out  by  third  parties  or  insiders  using  techniques  that  range  from  highly  sophisticated  efforts  to
electronically  circumvent  network  security  or  overwhelm  websites  to  more  traditional  intelligence  gathering  and  social  engineering  aimed  at  obtaining
information necessary to gain access. These third parties often seek unauthorized access to the Corporation’s confidential information or data or its customers’
or employees’ personal information or data, or to maliciously overwhelm the Corporation’s services, which could result in prolonged outages during which
customers  would  be  unable  to  use  the  Corporation’s  products  or  services.   Any  failure  to  prevent  or  mitigate  security  breaches  and  improper  access  to  or
disclosure  of  the  Corporation’s  data  or  user  information  could  result  in  the  loss,  corruption  or  misuse,  including  fraudulent  manipulation  of  or  “ransom”
demands  with  respect  to,  such  data  or  information,  which  could  harm  the  Corporation’s  business  and  reputation  and  diminish  its  competitive  position.  In
addition, computer malware, viruses, denial-of-service, social engineering (predominantly spear phishing attacks) and general hacking and similar attacks by
third  parties  have  become  more  prevalent  in  the  Corporation’s  industries.  Although  the  Corporation  has  not  experienced  attacks  that  have  resulted  in  a
material adverse effect on the Corporation, such as a materially prolonged service outage or the compromise of a material amount of company or personal
data, attacks have occurred on its systems in the past, most commonly distributed denial-of-service attacks, and will occur on its systems in the future. As a
result of the Corporation’s prominence in the industries in which it operates, particularly in online

- 52 -

 
gaming, and large customer base who provide personal information to create real-money accounts, as well as the ever increasing sophistication of individual
and  organized  hacking  attempts,  which  in  recent  years  have  resulted  in  massive  breaches  of  data  from  other  Internet-facing  companies,  including  online
gaming  companies,  and  customers’  tendencies  to  share  password  and  email  information  across  different  websites,  the  Corporation  believes  that  it  is  a
particularly  attractive  target  for  such  breaches  and  attacks.  Such  attacks  may  cause,  among  other  things,  (i)  interruptions  to  the  products and services the
Corporation  provides,  which  could  lead  to  lost  revenues,  confidence  and  trust,  (ii)  compromises  of  confidential  customer  or  employee  information,  (iii)
unauthorized access to proprietary or sensitive information, (iv) devaluation of the Corporation’s intellectual property, (v) increased expenditures on data and
information security and remediation costs, (vi) destruction or corruption of data, (vii) theft of financial assets, (viii) litigation, fines, liability, disciplinary
action or investigations by customers (for lost deposits, wagers, personal information, or otherwise) or applicable regulatory authorities, as applicable, (ix)
other regulatory scrutiny, (x) increased insurance premiums, (xi) reputational and competitive harm as a result of negative customer experiences, including as
a result of the foregoing, and (xii) a negative impact on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. The Corporation’s efforts to protect its
products  and  services,  and  company  and  customer  data  and  information  may  also  be  unsuccessful  due  to  software  bugs  or  other  technical  malfunctions,
employee, contractor or vendor error or malfeasance, government surveillance, break-ins or theft, third-party security breaches, or other factors or threats that
evolve,  such  as  casualty  loss.  In  addition,  third  parties  may  attempt  to  fraudulently  induce  employees  or  customers  to,  or  the  Corporation’s  employees  or
customers themselves may, disclose information in order to gain access to the Corporation’s data or its customers’ information and potentially use such data
or  information  improperly.   Although  the  Corporation  believes  it  and  its  internal  information  security  group  are  adequately  prepared  and  have  developed
systems and processes that are designed to prevent or hinder cyber-attacks and protect its systems, data and customer information and to prevent outages, data
or  information  loss,  fraud  and  to  prevent  or  detect  security  breaches,  including,  without  limitation,  a  disaster  recovery  strategy  for  server  and  equipment
failure and back office systems and the use of third parties for certain cyber security services, the Corporation cannot assure investors that such measures will
provide absolute security.  Disruptions from unauthorized access to, fraudulent manipulation of, or tampering with the Corporation’s computer systems and
technological infrastructure, or those of third parties The Stars Group utilizes, in any such event could result in a wide range of negative outcomes, including
those outcomes listed above, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, operating results and financial condition.

The Corporation also provides limited information to certain third parties based on the scope of services provided to it. However, if these third parties
or  developers  fail  to  adopt  or  adhere  to  adequate  data  and  information  security  practices,  or  in  the  event  of  a  breach  of  their  networks,  the  Corporation’s
customers’ information may be improperly accessed, used, or disclosed.  

Any loss, disclosure or misappropriation of, or access to, customers’ or other proprietary information or other breach of The Stars Group’s information
security could result in legal claims or legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, or liability for failure to comply with privacy and
information security laws, including for failure to protect personal information or for misusing personal information, which could disrupt The Stars Group’s
operations,  force  it  to  modify  its  business  practices,  damage  its  reputation  and  expose  it  to  claims  from  its  customers,  financial  institutions,  regulators,
payment card associations, employees and other persons, any of which could have an adverse effect on The Stars Group’s business, financial condition and
operations.

In addition, The Stars Group’s customers may attempt or commit fraud, or cheat or use impermissible methods in violation of the Corporation’s terms
and conditions of use, such as the use of artificial intelligence or bots with respect to online poker offerings, to create an artificial competitive advantage in
order to increase winnings. Acts of fraud or cheating may involve various tactics, possibly in collusion with employees or other customers of the Corporation.
Internal  acts  of  cheating  could  also  be  conducted  by  employees  through  collusion  with  programmers  and  other  personnel.  See  also  “Business  of  the
Corporation—Technology Infrastructure and Research and Development”.  Failure to discover such acts or schemes in a timely manner could result in losses
in  The  Stars  Group’s  operations.  In  addition,  negative  publicity  related  to  such  schemes  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  The  Stars  Group’s  reputation,
potentially causing a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The  Corporation’s  business  is  dependent  on  its  ability  to  maintain  and  scale  its  technical  infrastructure,  and  any  significant  disruption  in  its  service,
including service interruptions of Internet and other technology service providers, could damage its reputation, result in a potential loss of customers and
engagement, and adversely affect its financial results.

The Corporation’s reputation and ability to attract, retain and serve its customers is dependent upon the reliable performance of its products and its
underlying  technical  infrastructure.  The  Corporation’s  systems  may  not  be  adequately  designed  with  the  necessary  reliability  and  redundancy  to  avoid
performance  delays  or  outages  that  could  be  harmful  to  its  business.  If  the  products  of  the  Corporation  are  unavailable  when  customers  attempt  to  access
them, or if they do not load as quickly as expected, customers may not use such products as often in the future, or at all. If the Corporation’s customer base
and engagement continue to grow, and the amount and types of products and services continue to grow and evolve, the Corporation will need an increasing
amount of technical infrastructure, including network capacity and computing power, to continue to satisfy the needs of its customers. Such infrastructure
expansion may be complex, and unanticipated delays in the completion of these projects or availability of components may lead to increased project costs,
operational inefficiencies, or interruptions in the delivery or degradation of the quality of the Corporation’s

- 53 -

 
products. In addition, there may be issues related to this infrastructure that are not identified during the testing phases of design and implementation, which
may  only  become  evident  after  the  Corporation  has  started  to  fully  utilize  the  underlying  equipment  or  software,  that  could  further  degrade  the  customer
experience or increase the Corporation’s costs. As such, it is possible that the Corporation may fail to continue to effectively scale and grow its technical
infrastructure to accommodate increased demands. In addition, the business of the Corporation may be subject to interruptions, delays, or failures resulting
from earthquakes, adverse weather conditions, other natural disasters, power loss, terrorism, cyber-attacks or other catastrophic events. If such an event were
to occur, customers may be subject to service disruptions or outages and the Corporation may not be able to recover its technical infrastructure and customer
information in a timely manner to restart or provide its products or services, which may adversely affect its financial results.

A  substantial  portion  of  the  Corporation’s  network  infrastructure  is  provided  by  third  parties,  including  Internet  service  providers  and  other
technology-based service providers.  If Internet service providers experience service interruptions, including as a result of cyber-attacks, communications over
the  Internet  may  be  interrupted  and  impair  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  carry  on  business.  In  addition,  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  process  e-commerce
transactions depends on bank processing and credit card systems. In order to prepare for system problems, the Corporation continuously seeks to strengthen
and  enhance  its  current  facilities  and  the  capability  of  its  system  infrastructure  and  support.  Nevertheless,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Internet
infrastructure or the Corporation’s own network systems will continue to be able to meet the demand placed on it by the continued growth of the Internet, the
overall online gaming and interactive entertainment industries and the Corporation’s customers.  Any difficulties these providers face may adversely affect the
Corporation’s business, and the Corporation exercises little control over these providers, which increases its vulnerability to problems with the services they
provide. Any system failure as a result of reliance on third parties, such as network, software or hardware failure, which causes a delay or interruption in the
Corporation’s online services and products and e-commerce services, including its ability to handle existing or increased traffic, could have a material adverse
effect on the Corporation’s business, revenues, operating results and financial condition.

The Corporation may experience losses due to technical problems with its products, services or internal systems.

The Corporation’s products and internal systems rely on software, including software developed or maintained internally and/or by third parties, that is
highly technical and complex. In addition, the Corporation’s products and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process,
and  manage  immense  amounts  of  data  and  information.  The  software  on  which  the  Corporation  relies  has  contained,  and  may  currently  or  in  the  future
contain, undetected errors, bugs, or vulnerabilities. Some errors may only be discovered after the code has been released for external or internal use. Errors or
other design defects within the software on which the Corporation relies may result in a negative experience for its customers, delay product introductions or
enhancements, result in targeting, measurement, or processing errors, such as incorrectly determining game outcomes or customer winnings, or compromise
its  ability  to  protect  the  information  of  its  customers  and/or  its  intellectual  property.  Any  errors,  bugs,  or  defects  discovered  in  the  software  on  which  the
Corporation  relies  could  result  in  damage  to  its  reputation,  loss  of  customers,  loss  of  revenue,  liability  for  damages,  impairment  of  its  ability  to  offer  its
products in the future, and/or delays in releases of its products or product enhancements, any of which could adversely affect its business and financial results.

Furthermore, the costs incurred in correcting any product or service defects or errors may be substantial and could adversely affect the Corporation’s
operating margins. There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s efforts to monitor, develop, modify and implement appropriate test and processes for the
Corporation’s  products  or  services  will  be  sufficient  to  permit  it  to  avoid  a  rate  of  failure  in  its  products  or  services  that  results  in  substantial  delays,
significant  repair  or  replacement  costs  or  potential  damage  to  its  reputation,  any  of  which  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s
business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Corporation may also be subject to claims that its products or services are defective or that some function or malfunction of its products caused or
contributed to damages. The Corporation attempts to minimize this risk by incorporating provisions into its standard agreements and terms and conditions of
use  that  are  designed  to  limit  the  Corporation’s  exposure  to  potential  claims  of  liability,  in  addition  to  maintaining  applicable  liability  insurance  policies.
However, there can be no assurance that all claims will be barred by the contractual provisions and terms and conditions of use limiting liability or that the
provisions  will  be  enforceable.  The  Corporation  may  be  liable  for  any  unforeseen  failures  or  damages  regarding  the  use  of  its  products  or  services.  A
significant liability claim against the Corporation could have a materially adverse effect on its operating results and financial position.

- 54 -

 
Risks Related to the Corporation’s Common Shares

The price and trading volume of the Common Shares has been and will likely continue to be volatile.

The  market  price  of  the  Common  Shares  has  been  and  will  likely  continue  to  be  highly  volatile  and  subject  to  wide  fluctuations.  In  addition,  the
trading volume of the Common Shares will likely continue to fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. Volatility in the market price of the
Common Shares may prevent a holder of Common Shares from being able to sell their shares. In addition to the factors discussed in this annual information
form,  the  market  price  for  the  Common  Shares  could  fluctuate  significantly  for  various  reasons,  many  of  which  are  beyond  the  Corporation’s  control,
including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the Corporation’s operating and financial performance;

the Corporation’s quarterly or annual earnings and key operational, financial and customer measures and metrics or those of other companies in
the Corporation’s industries;

conditions that impact demand for the Corporation’s products and services;

the public’s reaction to the Corporation’s press releases, other public announcements and filings with securities authorities;

changes in earnings estimates, recommendations or expectations by securities analysts who track the Common Shares, or failure to meet such
estimates, recommendations or expectations;

market and industry perception of the Corporation’s success, or lack thereof, in pursuing its growth strategy;

additional  Common  Shares  being  sold  into  the  market  by  the  Corporation,  its  existing  shareholders,  or  in  connection  with  acquisitions,
including Common Shares sold by the Corporation’s employees to cover tax liabilities in connection with equity-based compensation vesting
events, or the anticipation of such sales;

investor sentiment with respect to the Corporation’s competitors, business partners and its industries in general;

changes in stock market valuations of companies in the industries in which the Corporation operates;

substantial “short” positions in the Corporation’s Common Shares and other hedging activities by investors from which they would benefit from
declines in the market price of its Common Shares;

inclusion, exclusion or removal of the Corporation’s Common Shares from any trading indices;

strategic  actions  by  the  Corporation  or  its  competitors,  such  as  significant  products,  services  or  features,  technical  innovations,  strategic
partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, acquisitions or restructurings, or the announcement of any of the foregoing;

changes in government regulation, including the regulation of online gaming and additional or increased taxes or duties;

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

announcements  by  the  Corporation  or  estimates  by  third  parties  of  actual  or  anticipated  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  reported  key  metrics,
including the size of the Corporation’s customer base or customer activity, engagement or monetization;

lawsuits threatened or filed and regulatory investigations or actions threatened or taken against the Corporation;

changes and other developments in anticipated or new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings
by tax, judicial or regulatory bodies;

arrival and departure of key personnel;

changes in the Corporation’s capital structure;

sale of Common Shares by the Corporation or by members of the management team or the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”);

changes in general market, economic and political conditions in domestic and foreign economies or financial markets, including fluctuation in
stock markets resulting from, among other things, trends in the economy as whole; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, natural disasters or incidents of terrorism, or responses to those events.

- 55 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Common Shares are currently listed on both the NASDAQ (as defined below) and the TSX and volatility in the market prices of the Common
Shares may increase as a result thereof because trading is split between the two markets, resulting in less liquidity on both exchanges. In addition, different
liquidity levels, volume of trading, currencies and market conditions on the two exchanges may result in different prevailing trading prices.

In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on
the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in the gaming industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard
to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of the Common Shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with the Corporation, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the Common Share price.

The Corporation’s Common Shares rank junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to amounts payable in the event of a liquidation.

The Common Shares rank junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to amounts payable in the event of its liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. If
the Corporation voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds-up, no distribution of its assets may be made to holders of Common Shares until the
Corporation has paid to holders of the Preferred Shares a liquidation preference. For additional information regarding the Preferred Shares, see “Description
of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares” below.

Certain provisions of the Preferred Shares could delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover attempt of The Stars Group and, therefore, the ability
of holders to exercise their rights associated with a potential fundamental change.

Certain provisions of the Preferred Shares could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire the Corporation. For example, if
a fundamental change were to occur, holders of the Preferred Shares may have the right to convert their Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at an increased
conversion rate and will also be entitled to receive a fundamental change make-whole amount. These features of the Preferred Shares could increase the cost
of  acquiring  the  Corporation  or  otherwise  discourage  a  third  party  from  acquiring  it.  For  additional  information  regarding  the  Preferred  Shares,  see
“Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares” below.

The Corporation’s advance notice bylaws may prevent attempts by its shareholders to replace or remove its current management.

Provisions  in  the  Corporation’s  bylaws  may  frustrate  or  prevent  any  attempts  by  the  Corporation’s  shareholders  to  replace  or  remove  current
management  by  making  it  more  difficult  for  shareholders  to  remove  The  Stars  Group’s  directors.  These  charter  provisions  could  make  the  removal  of
management more difficult. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for
Common Shares. They could also deter potential acquisitions of the Corporation, thereby reducing the likelihood that shareholders could receive a premium
for Common Shares in an acquisition.

Future sales, the possibility of future sales, or “short” positions in a substantial amount of the Corporation’s Common Shares may depress the price of its
Common Shares.

Future  sales,  the  possibility  of  future  sales,  or  “short”  positions  in  a  substantial  amount  of  the  Corporation’s  Common  Shares  in  the  public  market
could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Common Shares and could impair The Stars Group’s ability to raise capital through future sales of
equity securities. The Corporation cannot predict future sales, the possibility of future sales, or “short” positions, or the effect, if any, that any of the same may
have on the market price of its Common Shares.  Sales of substantial amounts of Common Shares (including Common Shares issued in connection with an
acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, and substantial “short” positions may adversely affect prevailing market prices for Common Share.

The Corporation does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Corporation has never declared or paid cash dividends and has no present plans to pay cash dividends to its shareholders and, for the foreseeable
future, intends to retain all of its earnings for use in its business. The declaration of any future dividends by the Corporation is within the discretion of the
Board and will depend on the Corporation’s earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, as well as any other factors deemed relevant by the Board.

Based on publicly available information as of the date hereof, certain shareholders, each individually and collectively, own a significant amount of the
Corporation’s shares on a fully diluted basis and may be able to exert influence over matters requiring shareholder approval.

As of early March 2018 and based on publicly available information, GSO Capital Partners LP (“GSO”), Caledonia (Private) Investments Pty Limited,
Tang Hao (through certain affiliated entities), and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BlackRock”) (including through their respective affiliated funds
or  accounts  managed  or  advised  by  them  or  their  affiliates,  as  applicable),  beneficially  owned  or  had  control  over  15.4%,  13.6%,  12.2%  and  9.1%,
respectively, of The Stars Group’s outstanding shares on a

- 56 -

 
fully-diluted basis. As a result, each individually and collectively (in the case of GSO and BlackRock, following the conversion of its Preferred Shares into
Common Shares) may be able to exercise significant influence over any matter requiring shareholder approval in the future.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Corporation has never declared or paid any dividend or any other distribution. The Corporation currently intends to retain any future earnings to
fund the development and growth of its business and does not currently anticipate paying any dividend or distribution in the foreseeable future. Any future
determination to pay dividends or distributions will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend upon many factors, including, without limitation, the
Corporation’s results of operations, capital requirements and other factors as the Board may deem relevant, as well as any restrictions under its articles or
applicable law.

As of March 12, 2018, The Stars Group’s authorized share capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of

Preferred Shares. As of the same date, the Corporation had a total of the following issued and outstanding equity securities:

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Common Shares issued and outstanding
Common Shares issuable upon conversion of 1,138,978 Preferred Shares
Common Shares issuable upon exercise of options
Common Shares issuable upon exercise of warrants
Common Shares issuable upon settlement of other equity-based awards
Total Common Shares on a fully-diluted basis

As at March 12, 2018

148,270,626 
58,763,272 
6,496,451 
4,000,000 
739,543 
218,269,892

For more information on The Stars Group’s issued and outstanding warrants, see the 2017 Annual MD&A and the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.
For more information on The Stars Group’s issued and outstanding stock options, equity-based awards (including restricted share units, performance share
units and deferred share units) and its stock option and equity incentive plans, see “Market for Securities—Issuances of Securities”, the 2017 Annual MD&A,
the  2017  Annual  Financial  Statements,  and  the  Corporation’s  management  information  circular  for  the  most  recent  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  of  the
Corporation, each of which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and Edgar at www.sec.gov.

Common Shares

Each Common Share entitles its holder to notice of, and to one vote on, all matters submitted to The Stars Group’s shareholders for their consideration.
The holders of Common Shares are entitled to receive, after payment of the full dividend on any Preferred Shares, non-cumulative annual dividends if, as and
when declared by the Board. There are no fixed dates or time limits on payment of dividends on Common Shares of the Corporation. Holders of Common
Shares do not have any pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, or any conversion rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders will be distributed ratably among the holders of
the Common Shares, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of the Corporation’s then issued and outstanding Preferred Shares.

Certain  gaming  provisions  in  the  Corporation’s  articles  facilitate  compliance  with  applicable  gaming  regulations  (the  “Gaming  Provisions”).  The
Gaming Provisions protect the Corporation from the consequences of having a shareholder whose ownership of Common Shares or whose failure to make an
application to seek licensure or suitability review from, or otherwise comply with the requirements of, a gaming regulatory authority (an “Unsuitable Person”)
may result in the loss, suspension or revocation (or similar action) of any license, permit, authorization, waiver or other gaming regulatory approval held by
the  Corporation,  or  the  denial  of  any  license,  permit,  authorization,  waiver  or  other  gaming  regulatory  approval  sought  by  the  Corporation.  The  Gaming
Provisions provide the Corporation with a right to redeem all Common Shares held by an Unsuitable Person at a redemption price determined pursuant to a
written  valuation  and  fairness  opinion  from  an  investment  banking  firm  of  nationally  recognized  standing  in  the  United  States.  The  Gaming  Provisions
require individuals who plan, either on their own or as part of a group acting in concert, to acquire or dispose of 5% or more of Common Shares to provide
advance written notice to the Corporation prior to effecting such an acquisition or disposition. Notwithstanding the Gaming Provisions, the Corporation may
not  be  able  to  exercise  its  redemption  rights  in  full  or  at  all.  Under  the  OBCA,  a  corporation  may  not  make  any  payment  to  redeem  shares  if  there  are
reasonable grounds for believing that (a) the corporation is or, after the payment, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (b) after the
payment, the realizable value of the corporation’s assets would be less than the aggregate of: (i) its liabilities, and (ii) the amount that would be required to

- 57 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
pay the holders of shares that have a right to be paid, on a redemption or in a liquidation, ratably with or before the holders of the Common Shares being
purchased or redeemed, to the extent that amount has not been included in its liabilities. Furthermore, The Stars Group may become subject to contractual
restrictions on its ability to redeem its shares by, for example, entering into a secured credit facility subject to such restrictions.

The  foregoing  description  of  the  terms  of  the  Common  Shares  does  not  purport  to  be  complete  and  is  subject  to  and  qualified  in  its  entirety  by
reference to the currently effective articles and general by-laws of the Corporation, each of which is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and Edgar at
www.sec.gov.

Preferred Shares

In connection with the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, the Corporation issued $1.05 billion of Preferred Shares on August 1, 2014. The Preferred
Shares were issued at an offering price of CDN$1,000.00 per Preferred Share. Each Preferred Share is convertible at the holder’s option at any time in whole
or in part, initially into 41.67 Common Shares (the “Conversion Ratio”), based on an initial conversion price of CDN$24.00 per Common Share (the “Initial
Conversion  Price”),  subject  to  adjustments.  The  Preferred  Shares  rank  senior  to  the  Common  Shares  in  receiving  payment  of  their  liquidation  preference
(which is initially CDN$1,000.00 per Preferred Share, subject to adjustments to the Conversion Ratio) upon the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the
Corporation or in any other distribution of substantially all of its assets (a “Liquidation”).  The Preferred Shares are not entitled to receive dividends and have
no  voting  rights  (or  any  related  notice  rights,  including  notice  of  shareholder  meetings)  except  with  respect  to  amendments  to  the  terms  of  the  Preferred
Shares or as otherwise required under applicable laws.  The Conversion Ratio, representing the number of Common Shares that will be issued to a holder of
Preferred Shares for each Preferred Share upon exercise of the conversion right, will be adjusted each February 1 and August 1 by multiplying the Conversion
Ratio then in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by 1.03. Based on the Initial Conversion Price and Conversion Ratio, as adjusted through the date
hereof such that the current Conversion Ratio is equal to 51.5930, approximately 58,763,272 Common Shares would be issuable upon the conversion of all of
the Preferred Shares as of the date hereof.

As of August 1, 2017, The Stars Group may force a mandatory conversion of the Preferred Shares by giving notice to holders of Preferred Shares to
force conversion (in whole or in part under certain circumstances) but only if the following two conditions are satisfied: (i) the closing share price of the
Common Shares has been in excess of 175% of the Initial Conversion Price on any 20 trading days within a 30 consecutive day period, and (ii) except in
certain  circumstances,  the  average  daily  volume  on  any  20  trading  days  within  the  30  consecutive  day  period  referred  to  above  was  at  least  1.75  million
Common Shares. Any mandatory conversion will also be subject to specified regulatory and consent conditions.

The Preferred Shares also contain anti-dilution Conversion Ratio adjustments for certain dividends or distributions (cash, shares or otherwise), share
splits, share combinations, below market equity issuances or rights, options or warrant issuance, tender offer or exchange offer payments, and reorganization
events. In addition, upon a “fundamental change”, additional Common Shares may be issuable to holders of Preferred Shares as a premium. Fundamental
change events include:

•

•

•

•

a person or group (other than The Stars Group, its subsidiaries, GSO, BlackRock or any owner of 10% or more of the Common Shares as of
August 1, 2014) becoming the beneficial owner of more than 50% of voting power for the election of The Stars Group’s directors;

the consummation of a (i) recapitalization in which Common Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities or assets; (ii) share
exchange  or  merger  in  which  Common  Shares  convert  into  cash,  securities,  other  property;  or  (iii)  sale,  lease  or  other  transfer  of  all  or
substantially all of The Stars Group’s assets to a third party (other than a subsidiary of The Stars Group);

the  Common  Shares  being  delisted  from  any  of  the  TSX,  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”),  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (“NASDAQ”)  or
LSE, if then listed on any such exchange; or

The Stars Group’s shareholders approving a Liquidation.

Under  the  terms  of  the  Preferred  Shares,  for  so  long  as  each  of  GSO  and  BlackRock  holds  50%  or  more  of  the  Preferred  Shares  issued  to  it  on

August 1, 2014, The Stars Group undertakes:

•

•

not to incur indebtedness unless (i) the ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to LTM EBITDA (as each term is defined in the Preferred Share terms)
would be 6.7 to 1 or less on a pro forma basis, or (ii) such indebtedness is Permitted Debt (as defined in the Preferred Share terms);

not to issue equity securities ranking equal or superior to the Preferred Shares;

- 58 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

not to make acquisitions that (i) individually exceed $250 million, or (ii) from August 1, 2014, total $500 million or more (subject to specified
ordinary course of business and consent exceptions);

(i) not to require a mandatory conversion of Preferred Shares if such mandatory conversion would require a regulatory filing or waiver for any
holder of Preferred Shares in excess of that required for an institutional investor waiver in the State of New Jersey, and (ii) to notify GSO and
BlackRock in writing at least 60 days prior to any action that will require a regulatory filing or waiver for any holder of Preferred Shares in
excess of that required for an institutional investor waiver in New Jersey;

to cooperate with holders of Preferred Shares in connection with anti-trust or competition filings relating to their investment in The Stars Group
and/or conversion of Preferred Shares;

to maintain the listing of the Common Shares on the NASDAQ; and

to comply with The Stars Group’s continuous disclosure requirements and provisions of the Registration Rights Agreements.

If  The  Stars  Group  fails  to  comply  with  these  undertakings,  the  Conversion  Ratio  may  be  increased  between  a  range  of  2%  and  6%  per  annum,

depending on which undertaking is breached, for each year in which the breach occurs.

To create any additional class or series of preferred shares, the Corporation must, among other things, comply with the terms of the Preferred Shares

and amend its articles, and such amendment will be subject to shareholder approval.

The  foregoing  description  of  the  terms  of  the  Preferred  Shares  does  not  purport  to  be  complete  and  is  subject  to  and  qualified  in  its  entirety  by

reference to the currently effective articles of the Corporation, which are available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and Edgar at www.sec.gov.

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

Trading Price and Volume

On  October  1,  2013,  The  Stars  Group’s  Common  Shares  began  trading  on  the  TSX.  On  September  22,  2014,  The  Stars  Group  was  added  to  the
S&P/TSX Composite Index, and on June 8, 2015, the Common Shares began trading on NASDAQ. The Common Shares currently trade on the TSX and
NASDAQ under the symbols “TSGI” and “TSG”, respectively. As of the date of this annual information form, only the Common Shares are publicly traded.

The following table sets out the high and low prices and total trading volume of the Common Shares as reported by the TSX and NASDAQ for each

month of the year ended December 31, 2017.

Month
December 2017
November 2017
October 2017
September 2017
August 2017
July 2017
June 2017
May 2017
April 2017
March 2017
February 2017
January 2017

Issuances of Securities

Common Shares - TSX

Common Shares – NASDAQ

Price Range
(CDN$)

Price Range
(US$)

High

Low

Total Volume

High

Low

  Total Volume

30.65 
29.58 
26.01 
25.50 
24.03 
22.73 
23.97 
26.51 
24.25 
22.89 
19.39 
19.42 

29.25 
25.90 
25.28 
19.98 
19.98 
21.88 
22.73 
23.43 
22.00 
18.97 
18.22 
17.70 

13,689,017 
29,106,671 
17,624,630 
19,617,706 
19,617,706 
18,559,428 
25,399,295 
12,589,339 
11,882,276 
39,398,561 
  7,493,551 
  6,714,156 

23.90 
22.80 
20.55 
20.50 
18.90 
18.00 
18.10 
19.35 
17.80 
17.15 
14.85 
14.60 

23.10 
20.15 
19.90 
16.10 
16.10 
17.10 
17.35 
17.35 
16.40 
14.15 
14.05 
13.30 

4,411,080
7,301,320
4,093,571
4,034,915
4,034,915
2,376,742
3,842,105
3,925,389
2,388,673
4,607,292
2,727,948
1,453,358

For  information  regarding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  Common  Shares  and  other  equity-based  securities  (including  restricted  share  units,
performance share units and deferred share units) that can be settled in Common Shares, and Common Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of options
and warrants or settlement of other equity-based securities, see the notes to the 2017

- 59 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Financial Statements. The Stars Group did not otherwise issue any class of securities of The Stars Group that is not listed or quoted on a marketplace
during the year ended December 31, 2017.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Senior Officers

The following table sets forth, for each of the Corporation’s directors and executive officers and other key senior officers as of the date hereof, the
person’s  name,  place  of  residence,  positions  within  the  Corporation,  principal  occupation  and,  if  a  director,  the  day,  month  and  year  on  which  the  person
became a director. Directors are elected at each annual shareholders meeting for a term that expires on the date of the Corporation’s next annual shareholders
meeting  or  until  his  or  her  successor  is  duly  elected,  unless  prior  thereto  the  director  resigns  or  otherwise  vacates  office.  As  of  the  date  of  this  annual
information form, all directors are “independent” under applicable securities laws and exchange rules.

Position in the Corporation

Principal Occupation

Director Since

Common Shares,
Directly or Indirectly,
Beneficially Owned(1)

Name of Directors and
Executive Officers
Divyesh (Dave) Gadhia
Burnaby, British Columbia,
Canada
Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi,
Onchan, Isle of Man

Brian Kyle
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
David Lazzarato,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Alfred F. Hurley, Jr.,
New York, New York, USA

Harlan Goodson
Sacramento, California, USA

Chairman of the Board(2)

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Director and Chairman of the
Audit Committee(3)
Director and Chairman of the
Corporate Governance,
Nominating and
Compensation Committee(2)
Director(2)

Peter E. Murphy
Los Angeles, California, USA

Director(3)

Mary Turner
Beamsville, Ontario, Canada  
Marlon D. Goldstein
Miami, Florida, USA

Jerry Bowskill
Onchan, Isle of Man
Robin Chhabra
London, England, UK
Guy Nigel Templer
Onchan, Isle of Man

Director(3)

Executive Vice-President,
Chief Legal Officer and
Secretary

Chief Technology Officer

Chief Corporate Development
Officer
Chief Operating Officer, Stars
Interactive Group

President of Atiga
Investments Inc. (investment
firm)
Chief Executive Officer of
The Stars Group Inc. and
Stars Interactive Group
Chief Financial Officer, The
Stars Group Inc.
Media and broadcast industry
consultant
Sole member of Alfred F.
Hurley, Jr. & Company, LLC
(consulting firm)

Attorney,
The Law Office of
Harlan W. Goodson
(law firm)
Founder and chairman of
Wentworth Capital
Management
(investment and venture
capital firm)
Corporate director

May 11, 2010 (Chairman
since June 28, 2016)

n/a

n/a

June 28, 2016

June 28, 2016

May 11, 2010

June 21, 2017

June 21, 2017

Executive Vice-President,
Chief Legal Officer and
Secretary, The Stars Group
Inc.
Chief Technology Officer,
The Stars Group Inc.
Chief Corporate Development
Officer, The Stars Group Inc.
Chief Operating Officer, Stars
Interactive Group

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

56,500

29,360

nil

4,000

2,182

7,690

nil

nil

18,100

nil

nil

nil

(1)

The information as to the number of Common Shares beneficially owned or over which control is exercised is provided to the best of the knowledge of
the Corporation based on publicly available information, as of March 14, 2018.

- 60 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) Member of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee.  Mr. Hurley serves as the Chairman of the Corporate Governance,

Nominating and Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Audit Committee.  Mr. Lazzarato serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Divyesh (Dave) Gadhia, CPA, C.A., ICD.D

Mr.  Divyesh  (Dave)  Gadhia,  55,  is  the  Chairman  of  The  Stars  Group’s  Board  and  is  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance,  Nominating  and
Compensation Committee. Mr. Gadhia is and has been the President of Atiga Investments Inc., an investment firm focused on consumer products, since 2010.
He served as the Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice Chairman of Gateway Casinos & Entertainment Limited from 1992 until 2010, where he was
responsible  for  strategic  initiatives,  regulatory  matters  and  governmental  relations.  He  has  served  as  a  director  of  a  number  of  other  private  and  public
companies, as well as charities, including a director of the Canadian Gaming Association from 2005 to 2010, a director of Gateway Casinos & Entertainment
Limited from 1999 to 2007, and a director of Trian Equities from 1994 to 1999. In 2009, Mr. Gadhia was awarded the Canadian Gaming News Outstanding
Achievement  Award  and  was  previously  awarded  the  Business  in  Vancouver’s  Top  40  Under  40  Award.  Mr.  Gadhia  is  a  Chartered  Public  Accountant,  a
member of the Institute of Corporate Directors and holds a business degree from Simon Fraser University.

Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi

Mr. Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi, 43, currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of The Stars Group and is responsible for devising and implementing
its business plan and strategies. Mr. Ashkenazi is also the Chief Executive Officer for The Stars Group’s primary operating business, Stars Interactive Group,
and  is  responsible  for  the  performance  and  strategy  of  its  offerings,  including  PokerStars  and  related  brands.    Mr.  Ashkenazi,  who  initially  joined  Stars
Interactive Group in January 2013 as Chief Operating Officer, is an experienced gaming industry executive who previously served as Chief Operating Officer
of Playtech plc (LSE: PTEC), a global gaming software development company (“Playtech”), from January 2006 to January 2010 and then from September
2011 to January 2013, and as a member of the board of directors of Playtech from March 2006 to January 2010. From January 2010 to September 2011, Mr.
Ashkenazi served as Vice President of Business Operations of Playtech. He was appointed Senior Vice President of Strategy for The Stars Group in April
2015, Chief Executive Officer of Stars Interactive Group in November 2015, Interim Chief Executive Officer of The Stars Group in March 2016 and then
permanent Chief Executive Officer of The Stars Group in November 2016. Mr. Ashkenazi graduated with honors from Shenkar College in Israel where he
earned a B.A. in Industrial Engineering.

Brian Kyle

Mr. Brian Kyle, 53, joined The Stars Group in June 2017 and currently serves as its Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Kyle is accountable for all financial
matters  across  The  Stars  Group  and  plays  a  key  leadership  role  in  advancing  the  company’s  strategic  initiatives.  He  has  more  than  25  years  of  financial
management  experience  with  leading  multinational  technology  companies.  Prior  to  joining  The  Stars  Group,  Mr.  Kyle  held  a  number  of  senior  executive
financial  roles,  including  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  Pivot  Technology  Solutions  Inc.  (TSX:  PTG),  a  leading  information  technology  infrastructure  and
services  provider,  from  August  2016  to  June  2017,  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  D+H  Corporation  (TSX:  DH),  a  global  payments  and  lending  technology
provider, from June 2009 to August 2014, and Teranet Inc., a provider of integrated land-based information systems and software services, from May 2002 to
May  2009.  Following  his  role  at  D+H  and  prior  to  joining  Pivot,  Mr.  Kyle  was  a  partner  and  co-founder  of  ALSA  Capital  Ltd,  a  specialized  asset
management  firm,  from  August  2014  to  August  2016.  Mr.  Kyle  is  a  member  of  the  Chartered  Professional  Accountants  of  Ontario,  holds  an  MBA  from
Queen’s University School of Business and has an Honorary Doctorate in Laws from Assumption University.

David Lazzarato, FCA, C.A., ICD.D

Mr. David Lazzarato, 62, is a current director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, and is a media and broadcast industry consultant who assists
companies in the areas of strategy development, mergers and acquisitions and financing. He has served as a member of the board of directors and chair of the
audit committee of Yellow Pages Limited (TSX: Y) since December 2012 and was Senior Vice President, Finance at Bell Canada in 2010 and 2011. From
2009 until 2013, Mr. Lazzarato served on the board of directors and was the chair of the audit committee of LED Roadway Lighting and from 2004 to 2013,
he was vice chair of the Trillium Health Centre Foundation. In 2008, Mr. Lazzarato was Chief Executive Officer of Craig Wireless Systems. Prior to joining
Craig  Wireless  Systems,  Mr.  Lazzarato  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Alliance  Atlantis  Communications  Inc.  and
Chairman  of  Motion  Picture  Distribution  from  2005  to  2007.  From  1999  to  2004,  Mr.  Lazzarato  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial
Officer of Allstream Inc. (formerly, AT&T Canada Inc.) and was Chief Corporate Officer of MTS Allstream Inc. in 2004. Mr. Lazzarato is past Chair of the
McMaster University Board of Governors and of the Council of Chairs of Ontario Universities. Mr. Lazzarato earned a Bachelor of Commerce degree from
McMaster University and is a Chartered Accountant, having received the FCA designation from the Ontario Institute of Chartered Accountants in 2006. Mr.
Lazzarato  received  the  ICD.D  certification  from  the  Institute  of  Corporate  Directors  in  2008  and  has  also  completed  the  Senior  Executive  Program  at  the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

- 61 -

 
Alfred F. Hurley, Jr.

Mr. Alfred F. Hurley, Jr., 63, is a current director and Chairman of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee, and has
been  a  director  of  New  Mountain  Finance  Corporation,  a  NYSE-listed  business  development  company  (“NMFC”),  since  2010.  He  is  the  Chairman  of
NMFC’s  Nomination  and  Governance  and  Compensation  Committees  and  a  member  of  its  Audit  and  Valuation  Committees.  Mr.  Hurley  has  also  been  a
director  of  Merrill  Corporation,  which  is  a  privately  held  company  that  provides  outsourced  solutions  for  complex,  regulated  and  confidential  business
information since 2013. He serves as Chairman of Merrill’s Compensation and Governance and Human Resources Committee and as a member of the Audit
Committee. He has also been the Fortress Voting Proxy to, a member of the Board of Managers, and a member of the Audit Committee of Ligado Networks
Corporation,  a  privately  held  company  (“Ligado”),  since  December  2017.  Ligado  is  a  satellite  communications  company  that  is  developing  a  satellite-
terrestrial  network.  Mr.  Hurley  is  also  the  sole  member  of  a  consulting  business,  Alfred  F.  Hurley,  Jr.  &  Company,  LLC,  which  he  started  in  2014.  He
previously was Vice Chairman of Emigrant Bank and Emigrant Bancorp (collectively, the “Bank”) from 2007 and 2009, respectively, to December 2012, and
was  a  consultant  at  the  Bank  during  2013.  His  responsibilities  at  the  Bank  included  advising  the  Bank’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  strategic  planning,
acquisitions  and  divestitures,  asset/liability  management,  on-line  banking  and  new  products.  In  addition,  he  was  Chairman  of  the  Bank’s  Credit  and  Risk
Management  Committee  from  November  2008  to  January  2012  and  the  Bank’s  acting  Chief  Risk  Officer  from  January  2009  until  January  2012.  Before
joining the Bank, Mr. Hurley was the Chief Executive Officer of M. Safra & Co., a private money management firm, from 2004 to 2007. Prior to joining M.
Safra & Co., Mr. Hurley worked at Merrill Lynch (“ML”) from 1976 to 2004. His latest management positions prior to his departure included serving as
Senior Vice President of ML & Co. and Head of Global Private Equity Investing, Managing Director and Head of Japan Investment Banking and Capital
Markets, Managing Director and Co-Head of the Global Manufacturing and Services Group, and Managing Director and Head of the Global Automotive,
Aerospace,  and  Transportation  Group.  As  part  of  his  management  duties,  he  was  a  member  of  the  Corporate  and  Institutional  Client  Group  (“CICG”)
Executive Committee which had global responsibility for ML’s equity, debt, investment banking and private equity businesses, a member of the Japan CICG
Executive  Committee,  and  a  member  of  the  Global  Investment  Banking  Management  and  Operating  Group  Committees.  Mr.  Hurley  graduated  from
Princeton University with an A.B. in History, cum laude.

Harlan Goodson

Mr. Harlan Goodson, 70, is a current director and member of the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee, and served as the
Director  of  California’s  Division  of  Gambling  Control  from  1999  to  2003,  during  which  he  led  the  implementation  of  California’s  Tribal-State  Class  III
gaming  compacts.  Prior  to  forming  his  own  law  practice,  The  Law  Office  of  Harlan  W.  Goodson,  in  Sacramento,  California,  Mr.  Goodson  was  with  the
national law firm of Holland and Knight, LLP for four years where his practice concentrated on Gaming Law and Gaming Regulation and Governmental
Affairs.  Mr.  Goodson’s  biography  was  published  in  the  2000  edition  of  Who’s  Who  in  American  Law  and  in  2002,  his  work  gained  him  international
distinction when he was the recipient of the International Masters of Gaming Law inaugural Regulator of the Year award in 2001. Prior to being appointed to
the  position  of  Director  of  California’s  Division  of  Gambling  Control,  Mr.  Goodson  worked  in  the  California  State  Senate  as  a  legislative  consultant  for
Senator Bill Lockyer from 1994 to 1999. While serving as a consultant in the state legislature, Mr. Goodson drafted legislation in the areas of criminal law,
correctional law, juvenile law and insurance law. Since 1996, Mr. Goodson has been an adjunct law professor teaching classes on the legislative process and
statutory  interpretation  at  John  F.  Kennedy  University,  School  of  Law.  He  has  been  a  national  speaker  at  conferences,  symposia,  law  schools  and  before
governmental bodies on the subjects of gaming regulation, Tribal government gaming and Tribal-State relations. Mr. Goodson is a member of the California
State Bar, the International Masters of Gaming Law and the International Association of Gaming Advisors. In 2007, Mr. Goodson also served as a Judge Pro
Tempore for the Superior Court in Sacramento, California. Mr. Goodson has also been listed in America’s Best Lawyers annually since 2005 and was selected
by  his  peers  as  the  Northern  California  2012  Attorney  of  the  Year  for  Gaming  Law.  Mr.  Goodson  graduated  with  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  from  Golden  Gate
University and a Juris Doctor from the John F. Kennedy School of Law.

Peter E. Murphy

Mr.  Peter  E.  Murphy,  55,  is  a  current  director  and  member  of  the  Audit  Committee.  Mr.  Murphy  is  also  the  Founder  and  Chairman  of  Wentworth
Capital Management, LLC (“Wentworth”), a private investment and venture capital firm focused on media, technology, and branded consumer businesses.
Wentworth advises and invests in early and later stage growth businesses in digital media, television, and entertainment. Mr. Murphy currently serves on the
boards of directors of various public media and consumer-facing companies including Tribune Media Company (NYSE: TRCO), where he is Chairman of the
Audit Committee and serves on the Transaction and Nominating & Governance Committees, and Malibu Boats, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBUU), where he is Chairman
of  the  Compensation  Committee  and  serves  on  the  Nominating  &  Governance  Committee.  Mr.  Murphy’s  extensive  board  experience  includes  previously
serving as the Chairman of the Board of Revel Entertainment Group, LLC and board member of Fisher Communications, Inc. and Dial Global, Inc. (now
Westwood One, Inc.), where he served as the Chairman of a Special Committee for restructuring and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Murphy previously served
as President, Strategy & Development of Caesars Entertainment Corporation (“Caesars Entertainment”), one of the world’s largest gaming companies. During
his time at Caesars

- 62 -

 
Entertainment he was responsible for corporate strategy and growth, mergers and acquisitions, corporate development and real estate development around the
world.  Prior  to  joining  Caesars  Entertainment,  Mr.  Murphy  was  an  operating  partner  at  Apollo  Global  Management,  LLC,  focused  on  media  and
entertainment. Mr. Murphy spent over 18 years at The Walt Disney Company (“Disney”) in senior executive roles, serving as Disney’s Senior Executive Vice
President, Chief Strategic Officer, Senior Advisor to the CEO, a member of Disney’s executive management committee and the Chief Financial Officer of
ABC, Inc. He was responsible for strategy, new business development, mergers and acquisitions, technology, brand management, research and development
and long-term planning for the growth of Disney’s global businesses. During his tenure, Disney grew from approximately $5 billion in revenue to over $35
billion. Mr. Murphy holds a bachelor’s degree from Dartmouth College where he graduated Phi Beta Kappa and Magna Cum Laude, and an MBA from the
University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business.

Mary Turner, FCPA, FCA, C. Dir

Ms. Mary Turner, 64, is a current director and member of the Audit Committee. Ms. Turner served as President and Chief Executive Officer and board
member of Canadian Tire Bank, a subsidiary of Canadian Tire Corporation (TSX: CTC), from 2012 until her retirement in 2016. She has over 25 years of
experience  in  financial  services,  payments,  customer  service,  credit  risk  management,  enterprise  risk  management,  operations,  finance  and  information
technology at Canadian Tire. Prior to joining Canadian Tire, Ms. Turner was a partner at Deloitte & Touche (now Deloitte LLP) in Toronto from 1985 to
1992. Throughout her career, Ms. Turner has been a member of several boards of directors, including Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a subsidiary of IGM
Financial Inc. (TSX: IGM), where she is a member of the Fund Oversight Committee. She also currently serves on the boards of directors of YMCA Canada,
where she is a member of its Governance Committee, Niagara College, where she chairs its New Member Search Committee and is a member of its Audit
Committee, Canadian Tire Jumpstart Charities, where she chairs its Audit Committee, and the 2021 Canada Games Host Society. Ms. Turner has an honors
B.Sc and is a graduate of the Chartered Director Program at McMaster University. She is a Chartered Accountant and received the FCA designation from the
Ontario Institute of Chartered Accountants in 2003.

Marlon D. Goldstein

Mr. Marlon Goldstein, 44, joined The Stars Group in January 2014 and serves as its Executive Vice-President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Prior
to  joining  The  Stars  Group,  Mr.  Goldstein  was  a  principal  shareholder  in  the  corporate  and  securities  practice  at  the  international  law  firm  of  Greenberg
Traurig P.A., where he practiced as a lawyer from 2002 until 2014 (since 2006 as a shareholder). Mr. Goldstein’s practice focused on corporate and securities
matters,  including  mergers  and  acquisitions,  securities  offerings,  and  financing  transactions.  Mr.  Goldstein  was  also  the  co-chair  of  the  firm’s  Gaming
Practice, a multi-disciplinary team of attorneys representing owners, operators and developers of gaming facilities, manufacturers and suppliers of gaming
devices, investment banks and lenders in financing transactions, and Indian tribes in the development and financing of gaming facilities. Mr. Goldstein earned
a B.B.A. with a concentration in accounting from Emory University in Atlanta, Georgia in 1996 and a J.D. from the University of Florida, Levin College of
Law in Gainesville, Florida in 1999.

Jerry Bowskill

Dr. Jerry Bowskill, 52, joined The Stars Group in June 2017 and currently serves as its Chief Technology Officer. Dr. Bowskill is responsible for the
overall technology performance and strategy of the business. Immediately prior to joining The Stars Group, Dr. Bowskill was a technology consultant for
Partis Solutions, a global leader in the provision of corporate services to the interactive gaming industry from January 2017 to June 2017. Prior to that, Dr.
Bowskill  was  the  Chief  Technology  Officer  of  TouchTunes  Interactive  Networks,  the  largest  in-venue  interactive  music  and  entertainment  platform,  from
September 2015 to November 2016. From May 2012 to September 2015, Dr. Bowskill served in a variety of roles at Scientific Games, a leading developer of
technology-based products and services and associated content for worldwide gaming and lottery markets, including as its Chief Architect and as a founding
stakeholder and the Chief Technology Officer of SG Interactive, the Internet product division of Scientific Games. Prior to Scientific Games, Dr. Bowskill
was the Technology and Solutions Director at Playtech following its acquisition of Gaming Technology Solutions in 2009, where he was a co-founder and
served  as  the  Director  of  Technology  and  Division  Chief  Executive  Officer  while  the  company  created  a  leading  open-platform  based  online  gaming
development  ecosystem.  Dr.  Bowskill  began  his  professional  career  as  a  research  scientist,  holding  several  roles  within  British  Telecom’s  advanced
applications & technology research group. As a researcher, he authored over 40 academic publications and was a research associate, investigating wearable
and contextual computing, at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s “Media Lab”. Dr. Bowskill has a BSc (Honours) degree in Microelectronics and
Information Processing and a Ph.D in image processing, each from the University of Brighton in the United Kingdom.

Robin Chhabra

Mr.  Robin  Chhabra,  47,  joined  The  Stars  Group  in  September  2017  and  currently  serves  as  its  Chief  Corporate  Development  Officer,  where  he  is
responsible  for  leading  and  overseeing  The  Stars  Group’s  corporate  development  function.    Mr.  Chhabra  is  an  experienced  online  gaming  executive,  who
most recently served as Group Director of Strategy and Corporate Development for

- 63 -

 
William  Hill  since  May  2010,  and  as  Director  of  Corporate  Development  for  Inspired  Gaming  Group  plc  (later  merged  with  Inspired  Entertainment,  Inc.
(Nasdaq: INSE)) from 2006 to 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Chhabra spent 12 years in various executive roles at major financial, consultancy and auditing firms,
including Evolution Securities (later acquired by Investec plc (LSE: INVP)), Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein Securities LLC (now part of Commerzbank),
Andersen  Business  Consulting  and  PricewaterhouseCoopers.  Mr.  Chhabra  earned  a  BSc  (Econ.)  degree  from  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political
Science in 1993.

Guy Nigel Templer

Mr. Guy Nigel Templer, 49, has been Chief Operating Officer of Stars Interactive Group since December 21, 2016. Guy joined Stars Interactive Group
in 2011 and held various senior positions within Stars Interactive Group, being appointed Chief Strategy Officer in March 2016 prior to his appointment as
COO. Prior to working with Stars Interactive Group, Mr. Templer served as Chief Operating Officer and Board Director of NetPlay TV plc from April 23,
2010 to March 31, 2011.  Mr. Templer served as Commercial Director of Two Way Media Limited since 2003 and Managing Director of its subsidiary Two
Way Gaming Limited (since 2008). He has over ten years of experience in the gaming industry. Prior to working with Two Way, he ran an internet company
after starting his career in management consultancy in the public sector.  Mr. Templer joined PokerStars in 2011 as Director of Business Development and has
directed key initiatives including PokerStars’ re-entry into the U.S. market; the launches of the Casino and Sportsbook verticals; and the local licensing of the
company's brands across Europe. The regulatory work has established the company as the leading advocate for online poker regulation and the most-licensed
online gaming operator in the world. He has an MBA from Cranfield School of Management, an MSc from Bath University and a degree in Psychology from
Bristol University.

Appointment of Observer to the Board

As previously disclosed, in January 2018 the Corporation entered into an agreement (the “Nominee Agreement”) with Mr. Tang Hao and his affiliated
entity Discovery Key Investments Limited, which based on publicly available information collectively hold approximately 17.9% of the outstanding Common
Shares of the Corporation, pursuant to which Mr. Tang appointed Mr. Melvin Zhang as his nominee to be an observer to the Board. Mr. Zhang will serve as an
observer to the Board until such time as he and Mr. Tang have received certain licenses and approvals from certain of the Corporation’s gaming regulatory
authorities, at which point Mr. Zhang will serve on the Board as a director.

Pursuant to the Nominee Agreement, Mr. Tang will continue to hold the right to nominate a director to the Board, subject to certain conditions, until
the earlier of the day following the 2020 annual general meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders and the date on which his direct and indirect ownership of
the Corporation’s issued and outstanding Common Shares falls below 10 percent (on a non-diluted basis). The Nominee Agreement also provides for certain
standstill restrictions that will remain in effect until January 1, 2019, and provides as well that Mr. Tang will not acquire greater than 20% of the outstanding
Common Shares prior to the 2020 annual general meeting of shareholders other than by way of a negotiated transaction approved by Board or by way of
formal takeover bid for all of the outstanding Common Shares.

Mr.  Yan  Min  “Melvin”  Zhang,  62,  is  a  current  observer  to  the  Board.  Mr.  Zhang  has  over  30  years  of  management  experience  across  a  range  of
industries, including commercial development and investment, and is currently an Executive Director of International Entertainment Corp. (HKG: 1009), a
Hong Kong-based real estate developer with interests in hotel and entertainment properties across Asia, since May 2017.  Mr. Zhang also served as the Chief
Operations  Officer  of  Goldenway  Capital  Management  Hong  Kong  Ltd.,  a  Hong  Kong-based  capital  management  firm  and  a  member  of  Goldenway
Investments Holdings Limited, from June 2016 to May 2017.  Prior to that, Mr. Zhang served as the General Manager of Lloyd’s Register Industrial Technical
Services Shanghai Co., an engineering and technology professional services company, from 2011 to 2016. From 2002 to 2010, Mr. Zhang was the Country
Manager  and  Investment  Director  of  China  at  Saudi  Basic  Industries  Corporation,  a  global  petrochemical  company.    Mr.  Zhang  served  as  the  General
Manager  of  Amylum  Asia  Ltd.  from  1995  to  2002,  and  oversaw  business  development  and  operations  in  the  United  States  and  China  at  Safer  Industrial
Group from 1989 to 1995.  Mr. Zhang has a bachelor degree in Foreign Language & International Trade from Zhongshan University in Guangzhou, China,
and a masters degree in Marketing & Business Administration from Oklahoma State University.

Interests in Common Shares

The Corporation’s current directors, executive officers and other key senior officers own, or have the right to exercise direction or control over, a total
of 117,832 Common Shares, representing approximately 0.08% of the total issued and outstanding Common Shares as of the date of this annual information
form. Additionally, as of the date of this annual information form, a total of 836,500 options, of which 677,500 are currently exercisable, and 401,855 other
equity-based awards, the settlement of which is subject to conditions, have been granted to the Corporation’s directors, executive officers and other key senior
officers to purchase or settle in an equal amount of Common Shares under the Corporation’s stock option and/or equity incentive plan. With respect to any
performance share units included in the foregoing amount of other equity-based awards, the number of performance share units is calculated based on the
target  performance  level  for  each  metric  being  met,  which  would  result  in  100%  of  the  granted  performance  share  units  vesting  during  the  relevant
periods.  See the 2017 Annual Financial Statements and the Corporation’s management information circular for the

- 64 -

 
most  recent  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  of  the  Corporation,  each  of  which  is  available  on  SEDAR  at  www.sedar.com  and  Edgar  at  www.sec.gov,  for
additional information about performance share units.

Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

Except  as  disclosed  below  and  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Corporation,  none  of  the  directors  or  executive  officers  of  the  Corporation  is,  or  within

ten years before the date hereof, has been:

(a)

a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company (including the Corporation) that

(i)

(ii)

was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption
under securities legislation, that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days issued while the proposed director was acting in the
capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer, or

was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption
under securities legislation that was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days issued after the proposed director ceased to be a
director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the
capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer;

a director or executive officer of any company (including the Corporation) that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that
person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or
instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or

has become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings,
arrangement or compromises with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the proposed director.

(b)

(c)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Murphy was a director of Revel Entertainment Group, LLC during its filing for Chapter 11 reorganization under

applicable U.S. bankruptcy laws in June 2014 until its sale in April 2015.

To the knowledge of the Corporation, none of the directors or executive officers of the Corporation have been subject to:

(a)

(b)

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement
agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an
investment decision.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, see below under “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions”.

Conflicts of Interest

The directors and officers of the Corporation are required by law to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the Corporation
and to disclose any interests which they may have in any transaction, project or opportunity of the Corporation. However, the Corporation’s directors and
officers may serve on the boards and/or as officers of other companies that may compete in the same industries as the Corporation, giving rise to potential
conflicts of interest, including, without limitation, with respect to negotiating terms of and consummating certain transactions in which such companies and
the Corporation may participate. Conflicts of interest that arise at a meeting of the Board must be disclosed at such meeting, and the conflicted director must
recuse himself or herself from the meeting and abstain from participating and voting for or against the approval of any transaction, project or opportunity in
which such director has an interest. The remaining directors will determine whether or not the Corporation will participate in any such transaction, project or
opportunity.  Subject  to  such  disclosure  and  recusal  and  any  limitations  in  the  Corporation’s  organizational  documents,  a  transaction  would  not  be  void  or
voidable because it was made between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers who have a conflict of interest or by reason of such director
or officer being present at the meeting at which such transaction, project or opportunity was approved.

To  the  best  of  the  Corporation’s  knowledge  and  other  than  as  disclosed  in  this  annual  information  form,  as  of  the  date  hereof  there  is  no  known
existing or potential material conflict of interest among the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation and the current directors, officers or other members
of management of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation as a result of their respective outside business interests.

- 65 -

 
 
 
The  directors  and  officers  of  the  Corporation  are  aware  of  the  existence  of  laws  governing  accountability  of  directors  and  officers  for  usurping
corporate opportunities and requiring disclosures by directors or officers of conflicts of interest, and the Corporation will rely upon such laws in respect of
any conflict of interest or breach of duty.

For additional information, see also “Interest of Management and Others in Material Transactions” below.

Ethical Business Conduct

The Corporation has adopted the Code of Conduct for its directors, officers and employees. The Corporation is committed to operating in accordance
with  the  highest  ethical  standards  and  conducting  business  in  an  honest  and  transparent  manner  that  is  in  compliance  with  applicable  law,  the  Code  of
Conduct and applicable internal policies. The Code of Conduct constitutes written standards that are designed to deter wrongdoing and promote, among other
things: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii)
avoidance of conflicts of interest, including disclosure to the Corporation of any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give
rise  to  a  conflict  of  interest,  (iii)  safeguarding  of  the  Corporation’s  confidential  information  and  integrity  and  protection  of  business  information,  (iv)
maintaining a healthy and safe work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment, (v) protection of employee privacy and personal information,
(vi) dealing responsibly with persons outside the Corporation, including compliance with anti-corruption laws and lobbying legislation, (vii) compliance with
other applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (viii) the prompt reporting to a supervisor, director or officer (or if appropriate, to the appropriate
authorities) of violations of the Code of Conduct, and (ix) accountability and responsibility by all directors, officers and employees for adherence to the Code
of Conduct.

The Corporation monitors compliance with the Code of Conduct and recommends disclosures as and when appropriate and required in accordance
therewith. In addition, the Corporation reviews the Code of Conduct with a view of complying with all applicable rules and regulations, receiving reports
from  management  with  respect  to  compliance  with  the  Code  of  Conduct  when  necessary  and  appropriate,  and  satisfying  itself  that  management  has
established a system to disclose the Code of Conduct (and any amendments thereto) to the extent required. The Corporation monitors compliance with the
Code of Conduct by, among other things, reserving the right to audit such compliance and through the Corporation’s existing “whistleblower” policy, which
provides a procedure for the submission of information by persons relating to, among other things, possible violations of the Code of Conduct. In addition to
the  Code  of  Conduct,  the  Corporation  has  adopted  a  number  of  other  policies  and  practices  related  to  appropriate  business  conduct,  including,  without
limitation, an Anti-Bribery Policy and Anti-Fraud Policy for all employees, directors and officers of the Corporation.

On April 28, 2017, the Corporation amended its Code of Conduct. The substantive amendments made to the Code of Conduct: (i) clarify that it is The
Stars  Group’s  policy  to  operate  in  compliance  with  all  laws  including  anti-corruption  laws,  and  that  compliance  with  laws  always  take  precedence  over
customs or social requirements, (ii) more explicitly caution employees, officers and directors that there are special legal and ethical considerations that apply
to  the  provision  of  gifts,  benefits  and  entertainment  to  public  officials,  (iii)  provide  that  gifts  shall  not  be  made  to  public  officials  without  express
authorization from the Corporation’s legal department and that such legal department shall be consulted prior to hiring family members of current or former
public officials, (iv) caution that certain jurisdictions strictly prohibit gaming companies and their employees from engaging in political activities, and (v)
provide that reports of violations or possible violations of the Code of Conduct can be made anonymously through the Corporation’s whistleblower hotline.
The  Code  of  Conduct,  as  amended,  is  available  on  SEDAR  at  www.sedar.com,  EDGAR  at  www.sec.gov  and  the  Corporation’s  website  at
www.starsgroup.com.

Moreover,  The  Stars  Group  has  a  formal  compliance  committee  (the  “Compliance  Committee”)  comprised  of  current  and/or  former  independent
directors and external advisors, including formal law enforcement and regulatory professionals. The Compliance Committee is charged with overseeing all
aspects  of  compliance  with  gaming  regulatory  and  other  corporate  compliance  matters.  The  Compliance  Committee  strives  to  ensure  the  good  character,
honesty and integrity of The Stars Group, its subsidiaries and employees, and that it conducts its business affairs in an honest, moral and ethical fashion and in
compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and other conditions imposed by applicable gaming and related regulatory authorities. The Compliance
Committee also strives to protect The Stars Group’s reputation and prevent it from taking any action that could jeopardize its existing licenses and approvals
or  its  ability  to  obtain  any  additional  licenses  or  approvals.  The  members  of  the  Compliance  Committee  are  listed  on  the  Corporation’s  website  at
www.starsgroup.com.

- 66 -

 
Audit Committee

Audit Committee Charter

The current Audit Committee Charter was adopted on February 2, 2018.  The full text of the charter is attached hereto as Schedule A.  The disclosure

provided under this section of this annual information form is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the charter.

Purpose

The Audit Committee is established to fulfil applicable public company obligations respecting audit committees and to assist the Board in discharging
its oversight responsibilities with respect to financial reporting to ensure the transparency and integrity of the Corporation’s published financial information.
The  Audit  Committee’s  responsibilities  include  overseeing:  (i)  the  integrity  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  statements  and  financial  reporting  process,
including the audit process and the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and compliance with other
related  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  (ii)  the  qualifications,  independence,  retention,  compensation  and  work  of  the  Corporation’s  external  auditors,
(iii)  the  work  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  management,  internal  auditors  and  external  auditors,  (iv)  enterprise  risk  management,  privacy  and  data  and
information  security,  and  to  monitor  the  same,  and  (v)  the  auditing,  accounting  and  financial  reporting  process  generally.  The  Audit  Committee  is  also
responsible for pre-approving all non-audit services to be provided by the Corporation’s independent external auditor, procedures for the receipt, retention and
treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential anonymous
submission by employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters and for any additional
matters delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board.

The Audit Committee has the right, for the purposes of performing its duties, to maintain direct communication with the Corporation’s external auditor
and  the  Board,  to  inspect  all  books  and  records  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries,  to  seek  any  information  it  requires  from  any  employee  of  the
Corporation and its subsidiaries or the chairperson or other designated member of the Compliance Committee, and to retain independent outside counsel or
other advisors.

The Audit Committee is required to be comprised of a minimum of three directors, each of whom must be “independent”, “financially literate” (within
the  meaning  of  the  applicable  Canadian  securities  laws)  and  otherwise  qualified  within  the  meaning  of  applicable  securities  law  and  the  rules  of  any
applicable stock exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee must be financially sophisticated (within the meaning of the applicable NASDAQ
Rules) and at least one member must qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” (within the meaning of the applicable rules of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission). A member who is an “audit committee financial expert” is presumed to qualify as “financially sophisticated”. The Audit Committee
meets regularly and as often as it deems necessary to perform the duties and discharge its responsibilities in a timely manner, but is required to meet at least
four times a year. The Audit Committee also conducts a self-evaluation at least annually to determine whether it and its members are functioning effectively,
and reports its conclusion to the Board.

Composition

The  Audit  Committee  is  currently  composed  of  Messrs.  Lazzarato  and  Murphy  and  Ms.  Turner,  each  of  whom  is  “independent”  and  “financially

literate”. Mr. Lazzarato is the “audit committee financial expert” and is “financially sophisticated”.

Relevant Education and Experience

Each  member  of  the  Corporation’s  Audit  Committee  has  an  understanding  of  the  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applicable  to  the
Corporation, i.e., International Financial Reporting Standards (as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board), and has the ability to read and
understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and
complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Corporation’s financial statements. All three members of the Corporation’s Audit
Committee serve or have served on a number of other boards of directors and have acquired financial education and/or experience that would result in them
being qualified as set forth above.

- 67 -

 
Name of Director
David Lazzarato

Peter E. Murphy

Relevant Financial Education and Experience

•See biography above
•Chair of Yellow Pages Limited’s audit committee
•Former chair of LED Roadway Lighting’s audit committee
•Former Chief Financial Officer of Allstream Inc. (formerly,

AT&T Canada Inc.) and Alliance Atlantis Communications
Inc.

•Chartered Accountant and FCA

•See biography above
•Founder and Chairman of a private investment and venture

capital firm

•Current audit committee chairman of an NYSE-listed company

and former audit committee member of a public company

•MBA

Other Current Public Company Directorships
•     Yellow Pages Limited (TSX: Y)

•     Tribune Media Company (NYSE:

TRCO)

•Malibu Boats, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBUU)

Mary Turner

•See biography above
•Former President and CEO of a subsidiary of Canadian Tire

None

Corporation (TSX: CTC)

•Former partner at Deloitte & Touche (now Deloitte LLP)
•Chartered Accountant and FCA

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

The  Audit  Committee  has  established  a  practice  of  pre-approving  all  audit,  audit-related,  non-audit,  tax  and  certain  other  services  provided  by  the
external auditor, in each case in compliance with applicable rules and guidance on the qualification and independence of external auditors. This practice is
also set forth in a pre-approval policy adopted by the Audit Committee. In accordance with the Audit Committee’s pre-approval practice and policy, before
the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  engages  the  external  auditor  to  render  a  service,  the  engagement  must  be  either  (i)  specifically  approved  by  the
Audit Committee, or (ii) entered into pursuant to the pre-approval policy. This is intended to ensure, among other things, that the provision of such services
does  not  impair  the  external  auditor’s  independence.  The  Audit  Committee  has  delegated  to  its  Chairman,  Mr.  Lazzarato,  the  authority,  between  regularly
scheduled  meetings  of  the  Audit  Committee,  to  pre-approve  such  services  to  the  extent  they  were  not  previously  presented  at  a  meeting  of  the  Audit
Committee. All such pre-approvals by the Chairman of the Audit Committee are reported by him at the next meeting of the Audit Committee following the
pre-approval.  The  Audit  Committee  may  not  delegate  to  management  the  Audit  Committee’s  responsibilities  to  pre-approve  services  performed  by  the
external auditor.

External Auditor Service Fees

The Corporation’s current independent external auditor is Deloitte LLP, London, United Kingdom (“Deloitte”).

The aggregate fees billed by Deloitte and all its affiliates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were as follows:

Description
Audit Fees(a)
Audit – Related Fees(b)
Tax Fees and Tax Compliance and Advisory Services(c)
All Other Fees(d)

2017
$4,908,000
$149,000
$358,000
$15,000

2016
$2,894,000
$377,000
$229,000
$835,000

(a)

“Audit Fees”  means  the  aggregate  fees  billed  by  the  Corporation’s  independent  external  auditor  for  audit  services  related  to  the  annual  financial
statements of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, and for services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or similar
engagements. In addition, audit fees include the aggregate fees billed by the Corporation’s independent external auditor for review services related to
the interim financial statements of the Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, as well as the cost of translation of various continuous disclosure
documents of the Corporation.

- 68 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)

(c)

(d)

“Audit-Related Fees” means the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services by the Corporation’s independent external auditor that are
reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Corporation’s financial statements and are not reported as “Audit Fees”, including,
without limitation, other attest services not required by statute or regulation.
“Tax Fees” and “Tax Compliance and Advisory Services” means the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by the Corporation’s
external auditor for tax compliance, tax advice, tax planning and assistance with various other tax related questions.
“All Other Fees” means the aggregate fees billed in the applicable fiscal year for products and services provided by the Corporation’s independent
external auditor other than the services reported under clauses (a), (b) and (c), above.

Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee

The Board established the Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee to assist the Board in overseeing corporate governance
and  nominations  matters  and  to  take  the  principal  role  in  establishing  the  Corporation’s  executive  compensation  plans  and  policies.    In  addition  to  the
corporate  governance  and  nominations  duties  of  the  Corporate  Governance,  Nominating  and  Compensation  Committee,  the  committee  is  responsible  for,
among  other  things,  assisting  the  Board  in  discharging  its  oversight  responsibilities  relating  to  the  compensation  and  retention  of  key  senior  management
employees with the skills and expertise needed to enable the Corporation to achieve its goals and strategies at a fair and competitive compensation, including
appropriate performance incentives. For more information on the Corporation’s Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committee, please see
the Corporation’s management information circular for the most recent annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, which is available on SEDAR at
www.sedar.com and Edgar at www.sec.gov.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

Other than as set forth herein, the Corporation is currently not, and was not during the year ended December 31, 2017, a party to any material legal
proceedings, and its property and assets are not currently, and were not during the same period, the subject of material legal proceedings. The Corporation is
not aware of any other material legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, outstanding, threatened or pending as of the date hereof by or against the
Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, given the nature of its business, the Corporation is, and may from time to time in the future be, party to various,
and  at  times  numerous,  legal,  administrative  and  regulatory  inquiries,  investigations,  proceedings  and  claims  that  arise  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,
including,  without  limitation,  various  tax  audits  by  domestic  and  foreign  tax  authorities,  and  gaming  regulatory  reviews  and  inquiries.  The  outcome  of
litigation, legal proceedings and regulatory actions is inherently uncertain. See “Risk Factors and Uncertainties”.

In  addition,  and  except  as  set  forth  herein,  the  Corporation  is  not  currently,  and  was  not  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  subject  to:
(i)  penalties  or  sanctions  imposed  by  a  court  relating  to  Canadian  securities  legislation  or  by  a  Canadian  securities  regulatory  authority;  (ii)    any  other
penalties  or  sanctions  imposed  by  a  court  or  regulatory  body  that  would  likely  be  considered  important  to  a  reasonable  investor  in  making  an  investment
decision;  or  (iii)  settlement  agreements  entered  into  before  a  court  relating  to  Canadian  securities  legislation  or  with  a  Canadian  securities  regulatory
authority.

In the normal course of business, to facilitate transactions of services and products, the Corporation has agreed to indemnify certain parties with respect to
certain  matters.  The  Corporation  has  agreed  to  hold  certain  parties  harmless  against  losses  arising  from  a  breach  of  representations  or  covenants,  or  out  of
intellectual property infringement or other claims made by third parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made
and  the  amount  of  the  claim.  In  addition,  the  Corporation  is  a  party  to  certain  indemnification  agreements  with  its  current  and  certain  former  officers  and
directors, and certain employees, and its constituting documents contain similar indemnification obligations. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential
amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each
particular agreement.

Kentucky Proceeding

Prior to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, the Commonwealth of Kentucky, ex. rel. J. Michael Brown, Secretary of the Justice and Public Safety
Cabinet,  filed  a  legal  proceeding  against  Oldford  Group  and  certain  affiliates  thereof  (the  “Oldford  Parties”)  and  various  other  defendants  (the  “Kentucky
Proceeding”), pursuant to which the Commonwealth sought to recover alleged gambling losses on behalf of Kentucky residents who played real-money poker
on the PokerStars website during the period between October 12, 2006 and April 15, 2011. On August 12, 2015, the trial court in the Kentucky Proceeding
entered a default judgment against the Oldford Parties following certain alleged discovery failures, including by certain former owners of Oldford Group, and
partial summary judgment on liability in favor of the Commonwealth. On December 23, 2015, the trial court entered an order for damages in the amount of
approximately $290 million, which the trial court trebled to approximately $870 million.  The Stars Group believes the action is frivolous and will vigorously
dispute the liability. The Stars Group, through certain subsidiaries, has filed a notice of appeal to the Kentucky Court of Appeals and posted a $100 million
supersedeas bond to stay enforcement of the order for damages during the

- 69 -

 
pendency of the appeals process, which The Stars Group continues to pursue.  The posting of the bond required the delivery of cash collateral in the amount
of $40 million and letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $30 million.  To the extent the Oldford Parties may be ultimately obligated to pay any amounts
pursuant  to  a  final  adjudication  following  exhaustion  of  all  appeals  and  other  legal  options,  The  Stars  Group  intends  to  seek  recovery  against  the  former
owners of Oldford Group.

In  late-January  2016,  pursuant  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  procedures  set  forth  in  the  merger  agreement  governing  the  Stars  Interactive  Group
Acquisition, a subsidiary of The Stars Group submitted a notice of claim to the sellers’ representative and escrow agent seeking indemnification for losses and
potential losses caused by breaches under the merger agreement and requesting, among other things, that the escrow agent retain the then-remaining balance of
the escrow fund established under the merger agreement in an aggregate amount equal to approximately $300 million. All such claims have since been settled,
with the exception of the claim relating to the Kentucky Proceeding, and the Corporation received approximately $5.77 million from the escrow fund for such
claims. The escrow fund was reduced accordingly and continues to be held by the escrow agent. The remaining disputed claim and release of the outstanding
escrow funds will be resolved in accordance with the provisions of the merger and escrow agreements related to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, and there
can be no assurance that such claim will result in any amounts in the escrow fund being remitted to the Corporation or that any of the Corporation’s estimates of
potential losses will reimbursed by the sellers or otherwise.

AMF Investigation and Related Matters

As announced on December 11, 2014, the Autorité des marchés financiers, the securities regulatory authority in the Province of Quebec (the “AMF”),
is investigating trading activities in The Stars Group’s securities surrounding its announcement of the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition (the “2014 AMF
Investigation”). Related to the 2014 AMF Investigation, on March 23, 2016, the AMF charged Mr. David Baazov, along with a former financial advisor to
The Stars Group and a former employee of The Stars Group, with various violations of Quebec securities laws, including insider trading, insider tipping and
market manipulation. The AMF has not made any allegation of wrongdoing by The Stars Group or any of its subsidiaries or other directors or officers in these
charges.  

On March 23, 2016, the Board also became aware of a decision of the Tribunal administratif des marchés financiers (formerly known as the Bureau de
décision  et  de  révision)  (the  “TMF”),  the  administrative  tribunal  in  Quebec  that  hears  certain  AMF  applications,  which  disclosed  additional  AMF
investigations into the alleged conduct of Mr. Baazov and 12 individuals which are beyond the scope of the charges and of the internal investigation referred
to in The Stars Group’s March 23, 2016 and prior press releases and public disclosure.  None of these individuals targeted by the TMF decision are currently
employees, officers or directors of The Stars Group.    

Also in connection with the AMF investigation and related matters, in October 2017 the Corporation became aware of an AMF search of certain third-
party premises that occurred in September 2017. To the Corporation’s knowledge, the AMF is now also investigating whether Mr. David Baazov and certain
third parties entered into a nominee agreement in January 2007 that provided for such third parties to be the beneficial owners of a substantial portion of the
Corporation’s  common  shares  that  Mr.  Baazov  previously  disclosed  he  personally  owned  and  whether  certain  other  third  parties  were  trading  the
Corporation’s securities during a period between 2010 and 2012 for the benefit of Mr. Baazov.  The affidavit supporting the September 2017 search asserts
that Mr. Baazov, the third parties to the alleged nominee agreement, and the Corporation committed certain offenses under the Securities Act (Quebec) by not
disclosing the existence of such agreement. Prior to learning of the September 2017 search, none of the Corporation’s current executive officers or directors
were aware of the existence of the alleged nominee agreement and a copy of such agreement, if it exists, has not been provided to the Corporation. The Board,
with its outside counsel, continues to closely monitor developments of the AMF investigation and related matters.

The Stars Group continues to cooperate with the AMF as it has done since 2014, which is consistent with the Corporation’s practice.

Foreign Payments Matter

During its internal investigation with respect to the AMF matters described above, the Board became aware in 2016 of certain information which led it
to  undertake  a  review  of  whether  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  personnel  had  made  improper  payments,  directly  or  through  external
consultants, to governmental officials in certain jurisdictions outside of Canada and the United States.  The information which came to light as a result of the
investigation into the AMF matters related to some of the Corporation’s historic business activities that primarily occurred prior to the Stars Interactive Group
Acquisition.

The  Board,  with  the  involvement  of  external  counsel,  is  continuing  to  review  these  matters.    This  review  includes  reviewing  historic  and  current
operations, reviewing the Corporation’s use of external consultants in foreign markets, and revising internal policies and procedures.  As previously disclosed,
as a result of this review, the Corporation voluntarily contacted the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (“RCMP”) in Canada and the Department of Justice and
Securities Exchange Commission in the United States in 2016.  These authorities are investigating these matters and the Corporation continues to cooperate
with the same, including, without

- 70 -

 
limitation,  by  cooperating  with  the  RCMP  regarding  matters  related  to  the  search  warrant  previously  executed  at  the  Corporation’s  former  Pointe-Claire,
Quebec  office,  responding  to  information  requests,  and  voluntarily  providing  records  and  information.   As  a  result  of  this  continuing  review,  additional
information could become known in the future.

Class Actions

U.S. Class Action

On August 31, 2016, the lead plaintiffs in Carmack v. Amaya Inc., et. al. (Case No. 1:16-cv-01884-JHR-JS) filed an amended class action complaint
(the “Amended Complaint”) in the United States District Court, District of New Jersey (the “U.S. Class Action”) (three putative class actions were filed in the
Southern  District  of  New  York,  but  the  respective  plaintiffs  subsequently  filed  requests  for  voluntary  dismissal,  leaving  the  U.S.  Class  Action  as  the
remaining class action against the Corporation in the United States). The Amended Complaint names as defendants the Corporation, the Corporation’s former
Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Baazov, the Corporation’s former Chief Financial Officer, Daniel Sebag, and two directors, Divyesh (Dave) Gadhia and Harlan
Goodson, and alleges a class period beginning on May 26, 2015 and ending on March 22, 2016 (the day prior to the announcement of the filing of charges
brought by the AMF against Mr. Baazov).

The Amended Complaint generally alleges that the defendants violated certain U.S. securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose that Mr.
Baazov allegedly was engaged in an insider trading scheme as charged by the AMF.  The U.S. Class Action seeks damages stemming from losses that the
plaintiffs and the alleged class claim to have suffered as a result of the foregoing.

The  Corporation  believes  that  the  U.S.  Class  Action  is  without  merit  and  intends  to  vigorously  defend  itself  against  it;  however,  there  can  be  no

assurance that the Corporation will be successful in its defense.

Quebec Class Action

On July 22, 2016, a re-amended motion for authorization of a class action and for authorization to bring an action pursuant to Quebec securities law
(the “Re-Amended Lemelin Class Action”), Lemelin and Derome v. Amaya Inc. et al. (Case No. 500-06-000785), was filed in the Superior Court of Quebec,
Province of Quebec, Canada, District of Montreal, naming the Corporation, Mr. Baazov, Mr. Sebag, certain of the Corporation’s current directors, Mr. Gadhia
and  Mr.  Goodson,  and  a  former  director,  General  Wesley  K.  Clark,  as  defendants.  The  Re-Amended  Lemelin  Class  Action  was  filed  by  two  individual
shareholders  on  behalf  of  themselves  and  a  class  of  persons,  composed  of  a  sub-class  of  primary  market  purchasers  and  a  sub-class  of  secondary  market
purchasers,  who  purchased  the  Corporation’s  securities  between  March  31,  2014  and  March  22,  2016  (the  day  before  the  announcement  of  the  filing  of
charges brought by the AMF against Mr. Baazov). The plaintiffs generally allege that throughout the class period the defendants violated certain Canadian
securities  laws  by  misrepresenting  or  failing  to  disclose  (or  acquiescing  in  the  same),  among  other  things,  that  Mr.  Baazov  allegedly  was  engaged  in  an
insider-trading scheme as charged by the AMF. The plaintiffs also allege that the Corporation did not properly disclose that it had inadequate or ineffective
internal controls and that one or more of its directors and Mr. Baazov were in breach of its Code of Business Conduct.

The Re-Amended Lemelin Class Action seeks damages stemming from losses the plaintiffs claim to have suffered as a result of the foregoing. The
Corporation believes that the Re-Amended Lemelin Class Action is without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against it; however, there can be no
assurance that the Corporation will be successful in its defense.

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

To the Corporation’s knowledge and other than as set forth herein, there are no material interests, direct or indirect, of directors, executive officers, any
shareholder who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class or series of voting securities of the Corporation, or any associate or
affiliate of such persons, in any transaction within the last three most recently completed fiscal years or in any proposed transaction which has materially
affected or would reasonably be expected to materially affect the Corporation. See also “Directors and Officers – Conflicts of Interest” above.

The  transfer  agent  and  registrar  for  the  Common  Shares  in  Canada  is  Computershare  Investor  Services  Inc.  at  its  offices  in  Montréal,  Québec  and

Toronto, Ontario and in the United States is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. at its offices in Canton,

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

- 71 -

 
Massachusetts, Jersey City, New Jersey and Louisville, Kentucky. The transfer agent and registrar for the Preferred Shares is Computershare Trust Company
of Canada Inc. at its offices in Montréal, Québec and Toronto, Ontario.

- 72 -

 
MATERIAL CONTRACTS

The following is a list of the Corporation’s material contracts required to be listed under applicable Canadian securities laws that the Corporation or

the subsidiaries of the Corporation have entered into since January 1, 2017 or prior thereto but which are still in effect:

•

•

•

•

the  registration  rights  agreements,  dated  August  1,  2014,  entered  into  among  the  Corporation  and  each  of  GSO  Capital  Partners  L.P  and
BlackRock  Financial  Management,  Inc.  and  their  respective  affiliated  funds  managed  or  advised  by  them  in  connection  with  the  Stars
Interactive Group Acquisition;

the  first  lien  credit  agreement,  dated  August  1,  2014,  entered  into  among  the  Corporation,  Amaya  Holdings  Coöperatieve  U.A.,  Amaya
Holdings B.V., Amaya (US) Co-Borrower, LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and
Macquarie  Capital  (USA)  Inc.  in  connection  with  the  debt  financing  component  of  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  Acquisition,  as  amended  on
August 12, 2015 and March 3, 2017;

the  second  lien  credit  agreement,  dated  August  1,  2014,  entered  into  among  the  Corporation,  Amaya  Holdings  Coöperatieve  U.A.,  Amaya
Holdings  B.V.,  Amaya  (US)  Co-Borrower,  LLC,  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  Deutsche  Bank  Securities  Inc.  and  Macquarie  Capital  (USA)  Inc.  in
connection with the debt financing component of the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, as amended on August 12, 2015; and

the  deed  and  scheme  of  merger  agreement,  dated  June  12,  2014,  entered  into  among  the  Corporation,  Amaya  Holdings  B.V.,  Titan  IOM
Mergerco  Ltd.,  Oldford  Group  Limited  and  each  of  the  selling  securityholders  of  Oldford  Group  Limited,  in  connection  with  the  Stars
Interactive Group Acquisition.

Copies of these agreements may be inspected at the Corporation’s headquarters located at 200 Bay Street, South Tower, Suite 3205, Toronto, Ontario,

M5J 2J3, Canada during normal business hours and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and Edgar at www.sec.gov.

INTEREST OF EXPERTS

The  Corporation’s  independent  external  auditor  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016  was  Deloitte.    Deloitte  reports  that  for  the  years
ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016  and  throughout  the  period  covered  by  the  financial  statements  of  the  Corporation  on  which  they  reported,  they  were
independent with respect to the Corporation within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB).

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to The Stars Group and its business including, without limitation, the 2017 Annual Financial Statements, 2017 Annual
MD&A  and  other  filings  that  The  Stars  Group  has  made  and  may  make  in  the  future  with  applicable  securities  authorities,  may  be  found  on  SEDAR  at
www.sedar.com, Edgar at www.sec.gov and on The Stars Group’s website at www.starsgroup.com.  Additional information, including directors’ and officers’
remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of The Stars Group securities and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, is
contained in the Corporation’s management information circular for the most recent annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation. Additional financial
information is provided in the 2017 Annual Financial Statements and the 2017 Annual MD&A.

In addition to press releases, securities filings and public conference calls and webcasts, The Stars Group intends to use its investor relations page on
its  website  as  a  means  of  disclosing  material  information  to  its  investors  and  others  and  for  complying  with  its  disclosure  obligations  under  applicable
securities laws. Accordingly, investors and others should monitor the website in addition to following The Stars Group’s press releases, securities filings and
public conference calls and webcasts. This list may be updated from time to time.

- 73 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE A

THE STARS GROUP INC.

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

PURPOSE

1.

2.

3.

4.

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is a standing committee appointed by the board of directors (the “Board”) of The Stars Group Inc. (the
“Company”).  The Committee is established to fulfill applicable public company obligations respecting audit committees and to assist the Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to financial reporting including responsibility to, among other things as may be delegated by the
Board from time to time, oversee:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

the  integrity  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  and  financial  reporting  process,  including  the  audit  process  and  the  Company’s
internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  and  compliance  with  other  related  legal  and  regulatory
requirements;

the qualifications and independence of the external auditors;

the work of the Company’s financial management, internal auditors and external auditors;

enterprise risk management, privacy and data security and to monitor the same; and

the auditing, accounting and financial reporting process generally.

In addition, the Committee shall prepare, if required, an audit committee report for inclusion in the Company’s annual management information
circular, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

The function of the Committee is oversight. It is not the duty or responsibility of the Committee or its members to: (a) plan or conduct audits; (b)
determine that the Company’s financial statements are complete and accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
or  (c)  conduct  other  types  of  auditing  or  accounting  reviews  or  similar  procedures  or  investigations.  The  Committee,  its  Chair  and  its  audit
committee  financial  expert  are  members  of  the  Board,  appointed  to  the  Committee  to  provide  broad  oversight  of  the  financial,  risk  and  control
related  activities  of  the  Company,  and  are  specifically  not  accountable  or  responsible  for  the  day-to-day  operation  or  performance  of  such
activities.  

Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the Company’s financial statements. Management is also responsible
for  maintaining  appropriate  accounting  and  financial  reporting  principles  and  policies  and  systems  of  risk  assessment  and  internal  controls  and
procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are properly authorized, recorded and reported
and  to  assure  the  effectiveness  and  efficiency  of  operations,  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  compliance  with  accounting  standards  and
applicable laws and regulations.  Management is also responsible for monitoring and reporting on the adequacy and effectiveness of the system of
internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.  The external auditors are responsible for planning and carrying
out  an  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  to  provide  reasonable
assurance that, among other things, such financial statements are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

PROCEDURES OF THE COMMITTEE

1.

2.

Number of Members – The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board. The Committee will be composed of not less than three (3)
Board members.

Independence  –  The  Committee  shall  be  constituted  at  all  times  of  “independent  directors”  who  either  meet  or  exceed  the  independence
requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) and who are “independent” within the meaning of National Instrument 58-101 –
Disclosure  of  Corporate  Governance  Practices  (“NI  58-101”).  The  Board  will  consider  all  relevant  facts  and  circumstances  in  making  a
determination of independence for each director and, as appropriate, impose independence requirements more stringent than those provided for by
NASDAQ and/or NI 58-101 to the extent required by Canadian or U.S. securities laws, including rules and policies promulgated by the Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”). In particular, each member shall be “independent” in

- A1 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

accordance with National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”) and Rule 10A-3(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Financial  Literacy  and  Other  -Related  Experience  –  Each  member  shall  be  able  to  read  and  understand  fundamental  financial  statements,  in
accordance  with  NASDAQ  audit  committee  requirements,  and  shall  otherwise  be  “financially  literate”  within  the  meaning  of  other  applicable
requirements or guidelines for audit committee service under securities laws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, including NI 52-110. At
least  one  member  will  have  past  employment  experience  in  finance  or  accounting,  requisite  professional  certification  in  accounting,  or  other
comparable  experience  or  background,  including  a  current  or  past  position  as  a  principal  financial  officer  or  other  senior  officer  with  financial
oversight responsibilities and will otherwise qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable rules of the SEC.  Further,
each  member  should  have  reasonably  sufficient  experience  in  such  other  economic,  financial,  investment  or  business  matters  as  the  Board  may
deem appropriate.

Appointment and Replacement of Committee Members – Any member of the Committee may be removed or replaced at any time by the Board and
shall automatically cease to be a member of the Committee upon ceasing to be a director.  The Board shall fill any vacancy if the membership of
the Committee is less than three directors.  Whenever there is a vacancy on the Committee, the remaining members may exercise all its power as
long as a quorum remains in office.  Subject to the foregoing, the members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board annually and each
member of the Committee shall remain on the Committee until the next annual meeting of shareholders after his or her appointment or until his or
her successor shall be duly appointed and qualified.

Committee Chair – Unless a Committee Chair is designated by the full Board, the members of the Committee may designate a Chair by majority
vote of the full Committee.  The Committee Chair shall be responsible for leadership of the Committee assignments and reporting to the Board. If
the Committee Chair is not present at any meeting of the Committee, one of the other members of the Committee who is present shall be chosen by
the  Committee  to  preside  at  the  meeting.  The  Committee  will  report  through  the  Committee  Chair  to  the  Board  following  meetings  of  the
Committee on matters considered by the Committee, its activities and compliance with this Charter.

Conflicts of Interest – If a Committee member faces a potential or actual conflict of interest relating to a matter before the Committee, other than
matters relating to the compensation of directors, that member shall be responsible for alerting the Committee Chair. If the Committee Chair faces a
potential or actual conflict of interest, the Committee Chair shall advise the Chair of the Board.  If the Committee Chair, or the Chair of the Board,
as the case may be, concurs that a potential or actual conflict of interest exists, the member faced with such conflict shall disclose to the Committee
the member’s interest and shall not participate in consideration of the matter and shall not vote on the matter.

Meetings – The Committee shall meet regularly and as often as it deems necessary to perform the duties and discharge its responsibilities described
herein in a timely manner, but not less than four (4) times a year and any time the Company proposes to issue a press release with its quarterly or
annual earnings information or any other material financial information of the Company.  The Committee Chair will approve the agenda for such
meetings and any member may suggest items for consideration. Briefing materials will be provided to the Committee as far in advance of meetings
as practicable.  The Committee shall maintain written minutes of its meetings, which will be filed with the meeting minutes of the Board.

Separate Executive Meetings – The Committee shall meet periodically, but no less than quarterly, with the Chief Financial Officer, the head of the
internal audit function and the external auditors in separate executive sessions to discuss any matters that the Committee or any of these groups
believes  should  be  discussed  privately  and  such  persons  shall  have  access  to  the  Committee  to  bring  forward  matters  requiring  its
attention.  However, the Committee shall also meet periodically without management present.

Reliance  –  Absent  actual  knowledge  to  the  contrary  (which  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Board),  each  member  of  the  Committee  shall  be
entitled to rely on: (a) the integrity of those persons or organizations within and outside the Company from which it receives information; (b) the
accuracy  of  the  financial  and  other  information  provided  to  the  Committee  by  such  persons  or  organizations;  and  (c)  representations  made  by
management  and  the  external  auditors  as  to  any  permissible  non-audit  services  provided  by  the  external  auditors  to  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries.

10.

Self-Evaluation  –  The  Committee  shall  conduct  a  self-evaluation  at  least  annually  to  determine  whether  it  and  its  members  are  functioning
effectively, and report its conclusion to the Board.

- A2 -

 
AUDIT RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE

Selection and Oversight of the External Auditors

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

The external auditors are ultimately accountable to the Committee and the Board as the representatives of the shareholders of the Company and
shall report directly to the Committee and the Committee shall so instruct the external auditors. The Committee shall evaluate the performance of
the external auditors and make recommendations to the Board on the reappointment or appointment of the external auditors of the Company to be
proposed in the Company’s management information circular for shareholder approval and shall have authority to terminate the external auditors. If
a  change  in  external  auditors  is  proposed,  the  Committee  shall  review  the  reasons  for  the  change  and  any  other  significant  issues  related  to  the
change,  including  the  response  of  the  incumbent  auditors,  and  enquire  on  the  qualifications  of  the  proposed  auditors  before  making  its
recommendation to the Board.

The  Committee  shall  be  directly  responsible  for  the  appointment,  compensation,  retention  and  oversight  of  the  work  of  any  registered  public
accounting firm engaged (including resolution of disagreements between management and the external auditor regarding financial reporting) for
the purposes of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services of the Company, and each such registered
public accounting firm must report directly to the Committee.  

The Committee will approve policies and procedures for the pre-approval of services to be rendered by the external auditors, which policies and
procedures shall include reasonable detail with respect to the services covered.  All permissible non-audit services to be provided to the Company
or any of its affiliates by the external auditors or any of their affiliates that are not covered by pre-approval policies and procedures approved by the
Committee  shall  be  subject  to  pre-approval  by  the  Committee.  The  Committee  shall  have  the  sole  discretion  regarding  the  prohibition  of  the
external auditor providing certain non-audit services to the Company and its affiliates. The Committee shall also review and approve disclosures
with respect to permissible non-audit services.

The Committee shall review the independence of the external auditors and shall make recommendations to the Board on appropriate actions to be
taken that the Committee deems necessary to protect and enhance the independence of the external auditors.  In connection with such review, the
Committee shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

actively  engage  in  a  dialogue  with  the  external  auditors  about  all  relationships  or  services  that  may  impact  the  objectivity  and
independence of the external auditors;

require  that  the  external  auditors  submit  to  it  on  a  periodic  basis,  and  at  least  annually,  a  formal  written  statement  delineating  all
relationships between the Company and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the external auditors and their affiliates on the other hand
and to the extent there are relationships, monitor and investigate them;

ensure the rotation of the lead (and concurring) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible
for reviewing the audit as required by applicable law;

consider whether there should be a regular rotation of the external audit firm itself; and

consider the auditor independence standards promulgated by applicable auditing regulatory and professional bodies.

The Committee shall establish and monitor clear policies for the hiring by the Company of employees or former employees of the external auditors.

The  Committee  shall  require  the  external  auditors  to  provide  to  the  Committee,  and  the  Committee  shall  review  and  discuss  with  the  external
auditors,  all  reports  which  the  external  auditors  are  required  to  provide  to  the  Committee  or  the  Board  under  rules,  policies  or  practices  of
professional or regulatory bodies applicable to the external auditors, and any other reports which the Committee may require.  Such reports shall
include:

(a)

a description of the external auditors’ internal quality-control procedures, any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-
control review, or peer review, or Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) review, of the external auditors, or by any
inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent
audits carried out by the external auditors and any steps taken to deal with any such issues; and

- A3 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)

a report describing: (i) the proposed audit scope, approach and independence of all critical accounting policies and practices to be used in
the annual audit; (ii) all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles related to material
items  that  have  been  discussed  with  management,  ramifications  of  the  use  of  such  alternative  disclosures  and  treatments,  and  the
treatment  preferred  by  the  external  auditors;  and  (iii)  other  material  written  communication  between  the  external  auditors  and
management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.

7.

The  Committee  shall  (i)  annually  review  the  experience  and  qualifications  of  the  independent  audit  team  and  review  the  performance  of  the
independent auditors, including assessing their professional skepticism, effectiveness and quality of service, and (ii) every five (5) years perform a
comprehensive  review  of  the  performance  of  the  independent  auditors  over  multiple  years  to  provide  further  insight  on  the  audit  firm,  its
independence and application of professional standards.

Appointment and Oversight of Internal Auditors

8.

9.

10.

11.

The  appointment,  terms  of  engagement,  compensation,  replacement  or  dismissal  of  the  internal  auditors  shall  be  subject  to  prior  review  and
approval  by  the  Committee.  When  the  internal  audit  function  is  performed  by  employees  of  the  Company,  the  Committee  may  delegate
responsibility for approving the employment, term of employment, compensation and termination of employees engaged in such function (other
than with respect to the head of the Company’s internal audit function).

The  Committee  shall  obtain  from  the  internal  auditors,  and  shall  review,  summaries  of  the  significant  reports  to  management  prepared  by  the
internal auditors, or the actual reports if requested by the Committee, and management’s responses to such reports.

The  Committee  shall,  as  it  deems  necessary  or  appropriate,  communicate  with  the  internal  auditors  with  respect  to  their  reports  and
recommendations, the extent to which prior recommendations have been implemented and any other matters that the internal auditor brings to the
attention of the Committee.  The head of the internal audit function shall have unrestricted access to the Committee.

The Committee shall, annually or more frequently as it deems necessary or appropriate, evaluate the internal auditors, including their activities,
organizational structure, independence, objectivity, qualifications and effectiveness.

Oversight and Monitoring of Audits

12.

13.

14.

15.

The Committee shall review with the external auditors, the internal auditors and management the audit function generally, the objectives, staffing,
locations,  coordination  (reduction  of  redundant  efforts)  and  effective  use  of  audit  resources,  reliance  upon  management  and  internal  audit  and
general audit approach and scope of proposed audits  of the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, the overall audit plans, the
responsibilities of management, the internal auditors and the external auditors, the audit procedures to be used and the timing and estimated budgets
and staffing of the audits.

The Committee shall meet periodically with the internal auditors to discuss the progress of their activities, any significant findings stemming from
internal  audits,  any  changes  required  in  the  planned  scope  of  their  audit  plan  and  any  difficulties  or  disputes  that  arise  with  management  in  the
course of their audits, including any restrictions on the scope of their work or access to required information, and the adequacy of management’s
responses in correcting audit-related deficiencies.

The Committee shall review with management the results of internal and external audits.

The Committee shall provide an open avenue of communication between the external auditors, the internal auditors, the Board and management
and  take  such  other  reasonable  steps  as  it  may  deem  necessary  to  satisfy  itself  that  the  audit  was  conducted  in  a  manner  consistent  with  all
applicable legal requirements and auditing standards of applicable professional or regulatory bodies.

Oversight and Review of Accounting Principles and Practices

16.

The Committee shall, as it deems necessary or appropriate, oversee, review and discuss with management, the external auditors and the internal
auditors (together and separately as it deems necessary), among other items and matters:

- A4 -

 
 
(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

the  quality,  appropriateness  and  acceptability  of  the  Company’s  accounting  principles,  practices  and  policies  used  in  its  financial
reporting,  its  consistency  from  period  to  period,  changes  in  the  Company’s  accounting  principles  or  practices  and  the  application  of
particular accounting principles and disclosure practices by management to new or unusual transactions or events;

all significant financial reporting issues, estimations and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements,
including the effects of alternative methods within generally accepted accounting principles on the financial statements and any “second
opinions” sought by management from an independent auditor with respect to the accounting treatment of a particular item;

any material change to the Company’s auditing and accounting principles and practices as recommended by management, the external
auditors or the internal auditors or which may result from proposed changes to applicable generally accepted accounting principles;

the  extent  to  which  any  changes  or  improvements  in  accounting  or  financial  practices,  as  approved  by  the  Committee,  have  been
implemented; and

the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives on the Company’s financial statements and other financial disclosures.

17.

The  Committee  will  review  and  resolve  disagreements  between  management  and  the  external  auditors  regarding  financial  reporting  or  the
application of any accounting principles or practices.

Oversight and Monitoring of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

18.

The Committee shall, as it deems necessary or appropriate, exercise oversight of, review and discuss with management, the external auditors and
the internal auditors (together and separately, as it deems necessary):

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

the  adequacy  and  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  and  disclosure  controls  and  procedures
designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures;

the risk of management’s ability to override the Company’s internal controls;

any fraud, of any amount or type, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls over
financial reporting;

the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls and any related significant findings and recommendations of the external auditor and
internal auditors together with management’s responses thereto; and

management’s compliance with the Company’s processes, procedures and internal controls.

19.

The  Committee  shall  establish  procedures  for:  (a)  the  receipt,  retention,  and  treatment  of  complaints  received  by  the  Company  regarding
accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (b) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of
concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Oversight and Monitoring of the Company’s Financial Reporting and Disclosures

20.

The Committee shall:

(a)

review with the external auditors and management and recommend to the Board for approval the audited financial statements and the
notes  and  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  accompanying  such  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  annual  report  and  any
financial information of the Company contained in any registration statement, prospectus, information circular or any other disclosure
document or regulatory filing of the Company;

- A5 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)

(c)

review with the external auditors and management each set of interim financial statements and the notes and Managements’ Discussion
and  Analysis  accompanying  such  financial  statements  and  any  other  disclosure  documents  or  regulatory  filings  of  the  Company
containing or accompanying financial information of the Company; and

review  the  disclosure  regarding  the  Committee  required  to  be  included  in  any  publicly  filed  or  available  document  by  applicable
securities laws or regulations or stock exchange rules or requirements.

Such reviews shall be conducted prior to the release of any summary of the financial results or the filing of such reports with applicable regulators.

21.

22.

23.

24.

Prior to their distribution or public disclosure, the Committee shall discuss earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings
guidance,  it  being  understood  that  such  discussions  may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Committee,  be  done  generally  (i.e.,  by  discussing  the  types  of
information to be disclosed and the type of presentation to be made) and that the Committee need not discuss in advance each earnings release or
each instance in which the Company gives earning guidance.

The Committee shall oversee compliance with the requirements of the SEC and other applicable securities laws or rules for disclosure of auditors’
services, engagements and independence of external auditors and audit committee member qualifications and activities.

The Committee shall receive and review the financial statements and other financial information of material subsidiaries of the Company and any
auditor recommendations concerning such subsidiaries.

The Committee shall meet with management to review the process and systems in place for ensuring the reliability of public disclosure documents
that contain audited and unaudited financial information and their effectiveness.

Oversight of Finance Matters

25.

The Committee shall:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

review periodically the capital structure of the Company, and, when necessary, recommend to the Board transactions or alterations to the
Company’s capital structure;

review  and  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  concerning  the  financial  structure,  condition  and  strategy  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries,  including  with  respect  to  annual  budgets,  long-term  financial  plans,  corporate  borrowings,  investments,  capital
expenditures, long-term commitments and the issuance and/or repurchase of securities;

review and discuss with management, and ultimately approve and oversee, as applicable, the Company’s investment and asset allocation
policies  and  guidelines,  as  well  as  the  Company’s  compliance  with  any  such  investment  and  asset  allocation  policies  and  guidelines,
including past and expected future performance, both in the context of financial returns (i.e., capital appreciation or preservation) and
risk mitigation;

periodically  review  matters  pertaining  to  the  Company’s  material  policies  and  practices  respecting  cash  management  and  material
financing strategies or policies or proposed financing arrangements and objectives of the Company;

periodically  review  the  Company’s  major  financial  risk  exposures  (including  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rate)  and  management’s
initiatives to control such exposures, including the use of financial derivatives and hedging activities;

review and approve special transactions or expenditures as specifically delegated by the Board to a committee thereof or to one or more
Company directors, officers or other employees;

review  and  discuss  with  management  all  material  off-balance  sheet  transactions,  arrangements,  obligations  (including  contingent
obligations),  leases  and  other  relationships  of  the  Company  with  unconsolidated  entities,  other  persons,  or  related  parties  (subject  to
subsection 33 below), that may have a material current or future effect on financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of
operations, liquidity, capital resources, capital reserves, or significant components of revenues or expenses;

- A6 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(h)

(i)

(j)

review and discuss with management any equity investments, acquisitions and divestitures that may have a material current or future
effect  on  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital  resources,  capital  reserves,  or
significant components of revenues or expenses;

review  and  discuss  policies,  procedures  and  practices  with  respect  to  risk  identification,  assessment  and  management,  including
appropriate  guidelines  and  policies  to  govern  the  process,  as  well  as  the  Company’s  major  enterprise  risk  exposures  and  the  steps
management has undertaken to control them;

review  and  discuss  with  management  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate,  adequacy  of  tax  reserves,  tax  payments  and  reporting  of  any
pending tax audits or assessments, and material tax policies and tax planning initiatives; and

(k)

review the Company’s pension or similar retirement arrangements, management and obligations, as applicable.

Risk Oversight, Privacy and Data Security

26.

The Committee shall annually (or as more frequently as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate):

(a)

(b)

(c)

review and discuss with management and as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate, the chairperson or other designated member
of the Company’s Compliance Committee or such other similar committee, if any (including Board recommendations, as necessary), and
monitor the adequacy and effectiveness of: (i) management’s program, including policies and guidelines, to identify, assess, manage, and
monitor  major  enterprise  risks  of  the  Company,  including  financial,  operational,  privacy,  security,  business  continuity,  legal  and
regulatory, and reputational risks, as well as those risks that would threaten the Company’s business, current or potential future licenses,
future  performance,  solvency  or  liquidity;  (ii)  management’s  risk  management  decisions,  practices  and  activities;  (iii)  reports  from
management and others, including without limitation, internal audit and the Compliance Committee, regarding compliance with item (i)
above; and (iv) the adequacy and appropriateness of management’s response to, including the implementation thereof, the matters and
findings, if any, in the reports referenced in item (iii) above; and

review and discuss with management (including Board recommendations, as necessary) the Company’s privacy and data security risk
exposures,  including,  but  not  limited  to:  (i)  the  potential  impact  of  those  exposures  on  the  Company’s  business,  operations  and
reputation;  (ii)  the  steps  management  has  taken  to  monitor  and  mitigate  such  exposures;  (iii)  the  Company’s  information  governance
policies and programs; and (iv) major legislative and regulatory developments that could materially impact the Company’s privacy and
data security risk exposure; and

review  and  discuss  with  management  (including  Board  recommendations,  as  necessary)  the  adequacy  of  the  Company’s  insurance
coverage.

Committee Reporting

27.

If  required  by  applicable  laws  or  regulations  or  stock  exchange  requirements,  the  Committee  shall  prepare,  review  and  approve  a  report  to
shareholders and others (the “Report”).  In the Report, the Committee shall state, among other things, whether it has:

(a)

(b)

(c)

reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management, the external auditors and the internal auditors;

received from the external auditors all reports and disclosures required under legal, listing and regulatory requirements and this Charter
and have discussed such reports with the external auditors, including reports with respect to the independence of the external auditors;
and

based  on  the  reviews  and  discussions  referred  to  in  clauses  (a)  and  (b)  above,  recommended  to  the  Board  that  the  audited  financial
statements be included in the Company’s annual report.

28.

The Committee shall otherwise report regularly to the Board regarding the execution of the Committee’s duties, responsibilities and activities, as
well as any issues encountered and related recommendations and recommend to the Board that the audited financial statements be included in the
Company’s applicable annual report.

- A7 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29.

The Committee shall also report to the Board annually regarding the oversight and receipt of certifications from applicable management confirming
compliance with certain applicable laws, regulations or rules and certain Company policies and practices, in each case as the Committee deems
necessary or appropriate.

Additional Authority and Responsibilities

30.

31.

32.

33.

The Committee shall have the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers, hire and terminate special legal, accounting, financial or
other consultants to advise the Committee at the Company’s expense, in each case, as it determines necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties
and  without  consulting  with,  or  obtaining  prior  approval  from,  any  officer  of  the  Company  or  the  Board.  The  Committee  may  ask  members  of
management,  including,  without  limitation,  the  applicable  member  of  management  responsible  for  enterprise  risk  management,  or  others,
including, without limitation, Company employees or the chairperson or other designated member of the Company’s Compliance Committee or
any other committee, to attend meetings or provide information as necessary. The Committee shall also have the authority to ask the Company’s
independent auditors to attend meetings or provide information as necessary, and the Company’s independent auditors will have direct access to the
Committee at their own initiative.

The Committee shall provide for appropriate funding for payment: of (a) compensation to any registered public accounting firm engaged for the
purpose  of  preparing  or  issuing  an  audit  report  or  performing  other  audit,  review  or  attest  services  for  the  Company;  (b)  compensation  to  any
advisers engaged or employed by the Committee under subsection 30 above; and (c) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are
necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

The Committee shall review and/or approve any other matter specifically delegated to the Committee by the Board and undertake on behalf of the
Board such other activities as may be necessary or desirable to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to financial
reporting and perform such other functions as assigned by law or the Company’s constating documents.

The Committee shall review and approve in advance any proposed related-party transactions and required disclosures of such in accordance with
applicable securities laws and regulations and consistent with any related-party transaction policy of the Company, to the extent such policy exists,
and report to the Board on any approved transactions.

THIS CHARTER

The Committee shall review and reassess annually the adequacy of this Charter as required by applicable laws or by the applicable rules of NASDAQ, the
TSX or the SEC. This Charter shall be posted on the Company’s website.

DATED  February 2, 2018

- A8 -

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 99.2

AUDITED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 2017

March 14, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of business

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

3. Recent accounting pronouncements

4. Change in accounting estimate

5. Segmental information

6. Expenses classified by nature

7. Gain (loss) from investments

8. Income taxes

9. Earnings per share

10. Goodwill and intangible assets

11. Property and equipment

12. Investments in associates

13. Investments

14. Accounts receivable

15. Cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash advances and collateral

16. Prepaid expenses and deposits

17. Assets held for sale

18. Credit facility

19. Long-term debt

20. Capital management

21. Derivatives

22. Commitments

23. Other payables

24. Provisions

25. Customer deposits

26. Share capital

27. Reserves

28. Fair value

29. Statement of cash flows

30. Contingent liabilities

31. Financial instruments

32. Related party transactions

33. Subsequent events

2

6

6

7

8

10

11

12

12

12

27

29

30

32

33

34

36

36

38

39

40

41

42

42

42

43

43

45

45

48

48

48

49

50

51

55

59

59

60

63

63

 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Phone: +44 (0)20 7936 3000
Fax: +44 (0)20 7583 1198
www.deloitte.co.uk

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Stars Group Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  The  Stars  Group  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”),  which  comprise  the
consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  as  at  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016,  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings,  consolidated
statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended, and
the  related  notes,  including  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  other  explanatory  information  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial
statements”).

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2017 and December
31, 2016, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  and  our  report  dated  March  14,  2018  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  these  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting
Standards  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board,  and  for  such  internal  control  as  management  determines  is  necessary  to  enable  the
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted auditing standards and the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. Those standards also require that we comply with ethical
requirements.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. Further, we are required to be
independent of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada and to fulfill our
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

An  audit  includes  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  our  judgment,  including  the  assessment  of  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial
statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error.  In  making  those  risk  assessments,  we  consider  internal  control  relevant  to  the  Company’s  preparation  and  fair
presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit also includes evaluating the
appropriateness of accounting policies and principles used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a reasonable basis for our audit opinion.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 14, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Phone: +44 (0)20 7936 3000
Fax: +44 (0)20 7583 1198
www.deloitte.co.uk

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Stars Group Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Stars Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based
on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  Canadian
generally accepted auditing standards, the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our report
dated March 14, 2018, expressed an unmodified/unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the
International  Accounting  Standards  Board,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 14, 2018

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

U.S. dollars
Revenues
Expenses
Selling
General and administrative
Financial
Gaming duty
Acquisition-related costs
Total expenses
Gain (loss) from investments
Net (loss) earnings from associates
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Net earnings before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings

Net earnings (loss) attributable to
Shareholders of The Stars Group Inc.
Non-controlling interest
Net earnings
Basic earnings per Common Share
Diluted earnings per Common Share

* See notes 5 and 6 for further details on reclassifications.

See accompanying notes.

Note
5
5,6  

7
12
24

8

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s
(except per share amounts)

2016
$000’s
(except per share
amounts)                            
(As reclassified*)

1,312,315 

1,155,247 

192,709 
571,258 
163,039 
130,771 
— 
1,057,777 
34,524 
(2,569)
— 
286,493 
27,208 
259,285 

259,231 
54 
259,285 
1.77 
1.27 

 $
 $

162,785 
585,123 
138,299 
113,102 
199 
999,508 
(19,278)
623 
2,466 
139,550 
4,000 
135,550 

136,144 
(594)
135,550 
0.96 
0.70

9
9

  $
  $

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

U.S. dollars

Net earnings

Items that are or may be reclassified to net earnings

Available-for-sale investments – gain (loss) in fair value *
Available-for-sale investments – reclassified to net earnings
Foreign operations – unrealized foreign currency
  translation differences
Cash flow hedges – effective portion of changes in fair value  †
Cash flow hedges – reclassified to net earnings  †

Other comprehensive (loss) income
Total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to

Shareholders of The Stars Group Inc.
Non-controlling interest
Total comprehensive income

Note

27
27

27

27
27

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

259,285   

135,550 

32,474   
(37,090)  

(189,012)  
(151,311)  
160,069   
(184,870)  
74,415   

74,361   
54   
74,415   

(2,095)
4,394 

22,969 
50,865 
(42,263)
33,870 
169,420 

170,014 
(594)
169,420

* Net of income tax recovery of $160,380 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016 – net of income tax expense of $146,000)
† Net of income tax of $nil for the year ended December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016 - $nil)

See accompanying notes.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

U.S. dollars
ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents - operational
     Cash and cash equivalents - customer deposits
Total cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash advances and collateral
     Current investments
     Current investments - customer deposits
Total current investments
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Assets held for sale
Income tax receivable
Derivatives
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Restricted cash advances and collateral
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Investments in associates
Long-term accounts receivable
Long-term investments
Promissory note
Property and equipment
Investment tax credits receivable
Income tax receivable
Deferred income taxes
Derivatives
Goodwill and intangible assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other payables
Provisions
Customer deposits
Income tax payable
Current maturity of long-term debt
Derivatives
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Long-term debt
Provisions
Derivatives
Income tax payable
Deferred income taxes
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
EQUITY
Share capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to the Shareholders of The Stars Group Inc.
Non-controlling interest
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

Note  

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

As at December 31,

15
25

15

25
13
14

16
17

21

15
16
12

13

11

8
21
10

23
24
25

19
21

19
24
21

8

26
27

8

283,225   
227,098   
510,323   
7,862   
—   
122,668   
122,668   
100,409   
302   
29,393   
—   
16,540   
2,037   
789,534   

45,834   
16,514   
—   
11,818   
6,981   
—   
44,837   
3,056   
14,061   
5,141   
—   
4,477,350   
4,625,592   
5,415,126   

151,473   
42,714   
17,590   
349,766   
35,941   
4,990   
—   
602,474   

2,353,579   
3,093   
111,762   
24,277   
16,510   
2,509,221   
3,111,695   

1,884,219   
(142,340)  
561,519   
2,303,398   
33   
2,303,431   
5,415,126 

129,459 
138,225 
267,684 
5,767 
59,977 
228,510 
288,487 
81,557 
515 
22,567 
6,972 
16,838 
— 
690,387 

45,728 
20,798 
— 
9,458 
6,921 
4,827 
40,800 
1,892 
— 
1,054 
52,038 
4,588,572 
4,772,088 
5,462,475 

135,777 
56,588 
212,780 
366,735 
23,616 
47,750 
4,922 
848,168 

2,380,829 
8,942 
5,594 
— 
17,214 
2,412,579 
3,260,747 

1,862,789 
35,847 
302,288 
2,200,924 
804 
2,201,728 
5,462,475  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
See accompanying notes.
Approved and authorized for issue on behalf of the Board on March 14, 2018.
(Signed) “Divyesh (Dave) Gadhia”, Director

Divyesh (Dave) Gadhia, Chairman of the Board  

(Signed) “David Lazzarato”, Director

David Lazzarato, Chairman of the Audit Committee

9

 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

U.S. dollars
Balance – January 1, 2016
Net earnings (loss)
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Issue of Common Shares in
   relation to exercised warrants
Issue of Common Shares in relation
   to exercised employee stock options
Stock-based compensation
Balance – December 31, 2016
Net earnings
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss) income
Issue of Common Shares in relation
   to Equity awards
Share cancellation
Stock-based compensation
Deferred tax on stock-based compensation
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
Balance – December 31, 2017

See accompanying notes.

Common
Shares
number

Share Capital

  Convertible
Preferred
Shares
number

  Common

Shares
amount
$000’s

  Reserves
(note 27)
$000’s

  Retained
Earnings
$000’s

  Convertible
Preferred
Shares
amount
$000’s

Note

    133,426,193 
— 
— 
— 

    1,139,249 
— 
— 
— 

887,015 
— 
— 
— 

684,385 
— 
— 
— 

280,964 
— 
33,870 
33,870 

166,144 
136,144 
— 
136,144 

Equity
attributable
to the
Shareholders
of The Stars
Group Inc.
$000's
2,018,508 
136,144 
33,870 
170,014 

  26,27 

11,266,575 

— 

290,174 

— 

(288,982)   

— 

1,192 

— 
— 
684,385 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
684,385 

(294)   

10,289 
35,847 
— 

(184,870)    
(184,870)   

(5,258)   
493 
10,622 
359 
467 
(142,340)    

— 
— 
302,288 
259,231 
— 
259,231 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
561,519 

921 
10,289 
2,200,924 
259,231 
(184,870)    
74,361 

16,665 
— 
10,622 
359 
467 
2,303,398 

  26,27 

  27

408,359 
— 
    145,101,127 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
    1,139,249 
— 
— 
— 

1,215 
— 
    1,178,404 
— 
— 
— 

  26,27 

2,923,184 

  26,27   
  27

(76,437)   
— 
— 
— 
    147,947,874 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
    1,139,249 

21,923 

(493)   
— 
— 
— 
    1,199,834 

10

Non-
controlling
interest
$000’s

Total
equity
$000’s

1,398 
(594)   
— 
(594)    

    2,019,906 
135,550 
33,870 
169,420 

— 

— 
— 
804 
54 
— 
54 

1,192 

921 
10,289 
    2,201,728 
259,285 
(184,870)
74,415 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(825)   
33 

16,665 
— 
10,622 
359 
(358)
    2,303,431  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars
Operating activities
Net earnings
Dormant accounts recognized as income
Stock-based compensation
Interest accretion
Interest expense
Income tax expense recognized in net earnings
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of deferred development costs
Unrealized gain on foreign exchange
Unrealized (gain) loss on investments
(Reversal of) Impairment of assets held for sale, associates and intangible assets
Net loss (earnings) from associates
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Realized (gain) loss on current investments, promissory note and other
Income taxes paid
Changes in non-cash operating elements of working capital
Customer deposit liability movement
Other
Net cash inflows from operating activities

Financing activities
Issuance of common shares in relation to exercised warrants
Issuance of common shares in relation to exercised employee stock options
Settlement of brokerage margin account
Payment of deferred consideration
Repayment of long-term debt
Transaction costs on repricing of long-term debt
Interest paid
Gain on settlement of derivative
Net cash outflows from financing activities

Investing activities
Additions in deferred development costs
Purchase of property and equipment
Acquired intangible assets
Sale (purchase) of investments
Cash movement (into) from restricted cash advances and collateral
Settlement of minimum revenue guarantee
Settlement of promissory note
Net sale of investments utilizing customer deposits
Acquisition of further interests in subsidiary
Investment in associate
Proceeds on disposal of interest in associate classified as held for sale
Net cash inflows from investing activities

Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period
Unrealized foreign exchange difference on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period

See accompanying notes.

11

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

Note

259,285   
1,596   
10,622   
40,373   
116,469   
27,208   
8,925   
127,986   
10,275   
(10,324)  
(170)  
(6,799)  
2,569   
(44)  
(50,038)  
(9,357)  
(3,801)  
(30,924)  
749   
494,600   

—   
16,665   
(7,602)  
(197,510)  
(139,913)  
(4,719)  
(124,627)  
13,904   
(443,802)  

(23,212)  
(10,997)  
(1,893)  
88,760   
(1,298)  
(9,311)  
8,084   
117,106   
(6,516)  
(2,000)  
16,127   
174,850   

225,648   
267,684   
16,991   
510,323   

135,550 
(9,160)
10,289 
36,433 
130,848 
4,000 
8,181 
125,760 
5,942 
(17,571)
6,703 
16,931 
(623)
(2,466)
2,906 
(1,699)
(32,019)
(70,992)
923 
349,936 

1,192 
921 
— 
(200,000)
(46,353)
— 
(131,346)
— 
(375,586)

(20,961)
(6,806)
(7,669)
(5,722)
66,969 
(16,070)
— 
22,679 
(3,549)
— 
— 
28,871 

3,221 
274,359 
(9,896)
267,684

29

29
29
29
29

7

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

NATURE OF BUSINESS

The Stars Group Inc. (“The Stars Group” or the “Corporation”), is a leading provider of technology-based products and services in the global gaming and
interactive entertainment industries. As at December 31, 2017, The Stars Group had two major lines of operations within its gaming business, real-money
online  poker  (“Poker”)  and  real-money  online  casino  and  sportsbook  (“Casino  &  Sportsbook”). As  it  relates  to  these  two  business  lines,  online  revenues
include revenues generated through the Corporation’s real-money online, mobile and desktop client platforms.

Through  Stars  Interactive  Holdings  (IOM)  Limited  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  (collectively,  “Stars  Interactive  Group”),  The  Stars  Group’s  gaming
business  operates  globally  and  conducts  its  principal  activities  from  its  headquarters  in  the  Isle  of  Man.  Through  its  Stars  Interactive  Group  division,  the
Corporation  ultimately  owns  and  operates  gaming  and  related  interactive  entertainment  businesses,  which  it  offers  under  several  owned  brands  including,
among  others,  PokerStars,  PokerStars  Casino,  BetStars,  Full  Tilt,  and  the  PokerStars  Players  No  Limit  Hold’em  Championship,  European  Poker  Tour,
PokerStars Caribbean Adventure, Latin American Poker Tour, Asia Pacific Poker Tour, PokerStars Festival, and PokerStars MEGASTACK live poker tour
and event brands.

The Stars Group was incorporated on January 30, 2004 under the Companies Act (Quebec) and continued under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on
August 1, 2017. The registered head office is located at 200 Bay Street, South Tower, Suite 3205, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5J 2J3 and its common shares
(“Common  Shares”)  are  listed  on  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  (the  “TSX”)  under  the  symbol  “TSGI”,  and  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  (“Nasdaq”)
under the symbol “TSG”.

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting

The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except derivative financial instruments and financial
instruments at fair value through profit or loss which are each measured at fair value.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to a specific “note” refer to these notes to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

Going Concern

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) have, at the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, a reasonable expectation that
the Corporation has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. As such, the Corporation continues to adopt the going
concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Corporation. As such, the Corporation is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with such
entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its current ability to direct such entity’s relevant activities (i.e., control over the entity).

The  existence  and  effect  of  substantive  voting  rights  that  the  Corporation  potentially  has  the  practical  ability  to  exercise  (i.e.,  substantive  rights)  are
considered when assessing whether the Corporation controls another entity.

The  Corporation’s  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries.  Upon  consolidation,  all  inter-entity
transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Non-controlling  interests  in  subsidiaries  are  identified  separately  from  the  Corporation’s  equity  therein.  Those  non-controlling  interests  that  are  present
ownership  interests  entitling  their  holders  to  a  proportionate  share  of  net  assets  upon  liquidation  may  initially  be  measured  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interests’ proportionate share of the fair value of the subsidiary’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on an acquisition-by-
acquisition  basis.  Other  non-controlling  interests  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  Subsequent  to  acquisition,  the  carrying  amount  of  non-controlling
interests is the amount of those interests at

12

 
 
 
 
initial recognition plus the non-controlling interests’ share of subsequent changes in equity. “Total comprehensive income” is attributed to non-controlling
interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

Upon  the  loss  of  control  of  a  subsidiary,  the  Corporation’s  profit  or  loss  on  disposal  is  calculated  as  the  difference  between  (i)  the  fair  value  of  the
consideration received and of any investment retained in the former subsidiary and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including any goodwill)
and liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests.

Revenue Recognition

Gaming revenue

Revenue from the gaming business consists primarily of Poker and Casino & Sportsbook revenue and is recognized when it is probable that the economic
benefits will flow to the Corporation and the amount of revenue can be reliably measured.  Revenue is recognized in the accounting periods in which the
transactions  occurred  after  deduction  of  certain  offsets,  such  as  promotional  bonuses  and  rewards  granted  to  customers  through  the  Stars  Rewards  cross
vertical loyalty program, and is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Poker revenue represents primarily the commission charged at the conclusion of each poker hand in cash games (i.e., rake) and entry fees for participation in
poker tournaments, and is net of certain promotional expenses. In poker tournaments, entry fee revenue is recognized when the tournament has concluded.
Revenues are presented gross of gaming duties, which are presented within expenses.

Casino revenue represents primarily the difference between the amounts of bets placed by the customer less amounts won (i.e., net house win) and is net of
certain promotional expenses. Casino revenues are presented gross of gaming duties, which are presented within expenses.

Sportsbook revenue represents primarily bets placed less payouts to customers and is net of certain promotional expenses. Open betting positions are carried
at fair value and gains and losses arising on these positions are recognized in revenue. Sportsbook revenues are presented gross of gaming duties, which are
presented within expenses.

The gaming business operates loyalty programs for its customers that award customer rewards based on a number of factors, including volume of play, player
impact on the overall ecosystem, whether the player is a net withdrawing versus net depositing player, and product and game selection. The value of customer
rewards is estimated with reference to the redemption value of the applicable reward through the Corporation’s product offerings, including in an online store
operated  by  the  Corporation  and  accessible  through  such  product  offerings,  and  the  probability  of  use  of  such  rewards  by  customers.  In  accordance  with
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee 13, Customer loyalty programmes, the fair value attributed to the awarded customer reward is
deferred as a liability and recognized as either a customer deposit or offset against the cost of merchandise bought in the online store upon redemption of the
reward.

Revenue from conversion margins

Revenue  from  conversion  margins  is  the  revenue  earned  on  the  processing  of  real-money  deposits  and  cash  outs  in  specified  currencies.  Revenue  from
customer cross currency deposits and withdrawals is recognized when the transaction is complete. Revenue is recognized with reference to the underlying
arrangement and agreement with the players.

Income from player funds

A portion of customer deposits is held as current investments. Any realized income on these current investments is recognized as income.

Other income

Play-money gaming revenue

Customers can participate in online poker tournaments and social casino games using play-money, or virtual currency. Customers can purchase additional
play-money chips online to participate in the poker tournaments and social casino games. The revenue is recognized when the customer has purchased such
chips as all risks and rewards have been transferred to the customer. Once a customer has purchased such chips they are non-refundable and non-cancellable.

13

 
 
Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other
leases are classified as operating leases. The Stars Group considers all its leases to be operating leases.  

The group as lessor

Rental income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and
arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The group as lessee

Rents  payable  under  operating  leases  are  recognized  as  an  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  relevant  lease  except  where  another  more
systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under
operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. The aggregate benefit of any such
incentive  is  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  rental  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term,  except  where  another  systematic  basis  is  more
representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

Translation of Foreign Operations and Foreign Currency Transactions

Functional and presentation currency

IFRS  requires  entities  to  consider  primary  and  secondary  indicators  when  determining  functional  currency.  Primary  indicators  are  closely  linked  to  the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates and are given more weight. Secondary indicators provide supporting evidence to determine an
entity’s functional currency. Once the functional currency of an entity is determined, it should be used consistently, unless significant changes in economic
factors, events and conditions indicate that the functional currency has changed.

A change in functional currency is accounted for prospectively from the date of the change by translating all items into the new functional currency using the
exchange rate at the date of the change.

Based on an analysis of the primary and secondary indicators, the functional currency of each of the Corporation and its subsidiaries have been determined.
The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the applicable functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing on the dates of the transactions or
valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-
end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized within expenses.

Group companies

The results and financial position of the Corporation’s subsidiaries that have a functional currency different from the Corporation’s presentation currency are
translated into the presentation currency as follows:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing exchange rate on the date of that statement of
financial position;

income  and  expenses  for  each  statement  of  net  earnings  (loss)  and  statement  of  other  comprehensive  income  are  translated  at  the  rates  of
exchange  prevailing on the dates of the transactions; and

all resulting exchange rate differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and are transferred to net earnings (loss) as part of
gain (loss) on sale of subsidiaries.

14

 
 
 
 
The following foreign currencies are referred to herein:

Currency Symbol
USD, USD $, $
CDN, CDN $
EUR, €
GBP

Business Combination

Currency Description
United States Dollar
Canadian Dollar
European Euro
Great Britain Pound Sterling

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Under this method, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including
contingent  liabilities,  are  recognized,  regardless  of  whether  they  have  been  previously  recognized  in  the  acquiree’s  financial  statements  prior  to  the
acquisition.  On  initial  recognition,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  acquired  entity  are  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  at  their
respective  fair  values.  Goodwill  is  recorded  based  on  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  over  the  fair  value  of  the  Corporation’s
interest in the acquiree’s net identifiable assets on the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the identifiable net assets over the consideration transferred is
immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

The  consideration  transferred  by  the  Corporation  to  acquire  control  of  an  entity  is  calculated  as  the  sum  of  the  acquisition-date  fair  values  of  the  assets
transferred, liabilities incurred and equity interests issued by the Corporation, including the fair value of all the assets and liabilities resulting from a deferred
payment arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

Operating Segments

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation had one reportable and operating segment, gaming, which for the purposes of the financial statements
is further divided into the Poker and Casino & Sportsbook product lines. All products are played on one gaming platform using one wallet.

The Stars Group’s gaming business, which it operates primarily through its two business lines, Poker and Casino & Sportsbook, was acquired through the
Corporation’s acquisition of Stars Interactive Group on August 1, 2014 (the “Stars Interactive Group Acquisition”). The Corporation’s segments are organized
around  the  markets  they  serve  and  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting  provided  to  the  Corporation’s  key  management.  An
operating  segment  is  a  component  of  the  Corporation  that  engages  in  business  activities  from  which  it  may  earn  revenues  and  incur  expenses,  including
revenues and expenses relating to transactions with other components of the Corporation.  

The Corporation presents separate information on an operating segment when any of the following criteria are met:
reported revenue of the segment is 10% or more of the consolidated revenue; or
the absolute amount of reported profit or loss of the segment is 10% or more of consolidated profit or loss; or
assets of the segment are 10% or more of consolidated assets.

(i)
(ii)
(iii)

Financial Instruments

Financial assets

Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value and are classified as one of the following: “fair value through profit or loss”; “available-for-sale”; or
“loans  and  receivables”.  The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  financial  instruments  were  acquired  and  their  respective  characteristics.
Except in very limited circumstances, the classification may not be changed subsequent to initial recognition.

Fair value through profit or loss

Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  financial  assets  held-for-trading  and  derivatives.  A  financial  asset  is  classified  in  this  category  if
acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term or as otherwise determined by management to be in this category. Financial assets classified at
fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  measured  at  fair  value  with  the  realized  and  unrealized  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  each  reporting  period  in  the
consolidated statements of earnings. The Corporation has current investments and derivatives classified as fair value through profit or loss.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale

Available-for-sale assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. Such
assets  are  included  in  other  non-current  financial  assets  unless  management  intends  to  dispose  of  them  within  12  months  of  the  date  of  the  consolidated
statements of financial position. Financial assets classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated
statements  of  comprehensive  income.  Interest  on  available-for-sale  assets  is  calculated  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method  and  is  recognized  in  the
consolidated statements of earnings. When a decline in fair value is determined to be significant and prolonged, the cumulative loss included in accumulated
other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  is  removed  as  such  and  then  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  realized  on  the
disposal  of  available-for-sale  assets  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  The  Corporation  has  current  and  non-current  investments
classified as available-for-sale.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments but which are not quoted in an active market. All such assets
with maturities equal to or less than 12 months from the date of the consolidated statements of financial position are classified as current assets, while those
with  maturities  greater  than  12  months  from  such  date  are  classified  as  non-current  assets.  Financial  instruments  classified  as  loans  and  receivables  are
initially recorded at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and
promissory notes are classified as loans and receivables.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, bank deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less, which
are generally used by the Corporation to meet short-term liquidity requirements.

Impairment

At the end of each reporting period, the Corporation assesses whether a financial asset or a group of financial assets, other than those classified as fair value
through profit or loss, is impaired. If there is objective evidence that impairment exists, the loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings. The
impairment  loss  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  acquisition  cost  and  the  current  fair  value,  less  any  impairment  loss  on  that  financial  asset
previously recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss” or “other financial liabilities”.

At fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities are classified as “at fair value through profit or loss” when the financial liability is designated as such.

A financial liability is designated as “at fair value through profit or loss” upon initial recognition if:

•

•

such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or

the financial liability is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis.

Financial liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss”, such as certain derivatives, are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement
recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings.

Other financial liabilities

Other  financial  liabilities,  including  borrowings,  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs.  Other  financial  liabilities  are  subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period.
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability (or a shorter
period where appropriate) to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

16

 
 
Debt modification

From time to time, the Corporation pursues amendments to its credit agreements based on prevailing market conditions. Such amendments, when completed,
are  considered  by  the  Corporation  to  be  debt  modifications.  The  accounting  treatment  of  a  debt  modification  depends  on  whether  the  modified  terms  are
substantially different than the previous terms. Terms of an amended debt agreement are considered to be substantially different when the discounted present
value of the cash flows under the new terms discounted using the original effective interest rate, is at least ten percent different from the discounted present
value of the remaining cash flows of the original debt. If the modification is not substantially different, it will be considered as a modification with any costs
or  fees  incurred  adjusting  the  carrying  amount  of  the  liability  and  amortized  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  liability.  If  the  modification  is  substantially
different then the transaction is accounted for as an extinguishment of the old debt instrument with an adjustment to the carrying amount of the liability being
recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings immediately.

Transaction costs

Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial
liabilities  that  are  classified  as  through  profit  or  loss)  are  added  to  or  deducted  from,  as  applicable,  the  fair  value  of  the  financial  instrument  on  initial
recognition. These costs are expensed to financial expenses on the consolidated statements of earnings over the term of the related financial asset or financial
liability  using  the  effective  interest  method.  When  a  debt  facility  is  retired  by  the  Corporation,  any  remaining  balance  of  related  debt  transaction  costs  is
expensed to financial expenses on the consolidated statements of earnings in the period that the debt facility is retired. Transaction costs related to financial
instruments at fair value through profit or loss are expensed when incurred.

Compound financial instruments

Debt  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  are  classified  as  either  financial  liabilities  or  as  equity  in  accordance  with  the
substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. The Corporation has issued, and in the future
may  issue,  compound  financial  instruments  comprising  both  financial  liability  and  equity  components.  The  financial  liability  component  is  initially
recognized at the fair value of a similar liability. The proceeds are then allocated between the financial liability and the equity components using the residual
method.    Any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs  are  allocated  to  the  financial  liability  and  equity  components  in  proportion  to  their  initial  carrying
amounts.  The  financial  liability  component  of  a  compound  financial  instrument  is  subsequently  re-measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest
method. The equity components are not re-measured subsequent to their initial recognition.

Embedded derivatives

Derivatives  may  be  embedded  in  other  financial  and  non-financial  instruments  (i.e.,  the  host  instrument).  Embedded  derivatives  are  treated  as  separate
derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host instrument, the terms of the embedded derivative are the
same  as  those  of  a  stand-alone  derivative  and  the  combined  instrument  (i.e.,  the  embedded  derivative  plus  the  host  instrument)  is  not  held-for-trading  or
designated  at  fair  value.  These  embedded  derivatives  are  measured  at  fair  value  with  subsequent  changes  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of
earnings.

Derivatives

The  Corporation  uses  derivative  instruments  for  risk  management  purposes.  The  Corporation  does  not  use  derivative  instruments  for  speculative  trading
purposes. All derivatives are recorded at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial position. The resulting gain or loss is immediately recognized
in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings  unless  the  derivative  is  designated  and  effective  as  a  hedging  instrument,  in  which  event  the  timing  of  the
recognition in the consolidated statements of earnings depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

Derivatives  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  pricing  and  valuation  models  whenever  possible,  including  market-based  inputs  to  models,  broker  or  dealer
quotations or alternative pricing sources. To qualify for hedge accounting, the relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument must meet
several strict conditions on documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement.  If these conditions are not met,
then the relationship does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and both the hedged item and the hedging instrument are reported independently, as if
there was no hedging relationship.

Cash flow hedges

The  Corporation  uses  derivatives  for  cash  flow  hedges.  The  effective  portion  of  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  hedging  instrument  is  recorded  in  other
comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading derivative reserve, while the ineffective portion is

17

 
recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of earnings. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges accumulated in other comprehensive income are
reclassified  to  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings  in  the  same  period  the  hedged  item  affects  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  If  the  forecast
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated
or exercised, or the designation is revoked, the hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively.  If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then
the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to the consolidated statements of earnings.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging item relating to the effective
portion of the hedge is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading cumulative translation adjustments reserve. The gain or
loss  relating  to  the  ineffective  portion  is  recognized  immediately  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  Gains  and  losses  accumulated  in  other
comprehensive income are reclassified to the consolidated statements of earnings when the foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold.

Determination of fair value

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the
applicable measurement date. When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Corporation uses market observable data to the extent possible. If
the  fair  value  of  an  asset  or  a  liability  is  not  directly  observable,  it  is  estimated  by  the  Corporation  using  valuation  techniques  that  maximize  the  use  of
relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs (e.g., by the use of the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction
prices for similar items, discounted cash flow analysis, or option pricing models refined to reflect the Corporation’s specific circumstances). Inputs used are
consistent with the characteristics of the asset or liability that market participants would take into account.

For  the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  which  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  at  fair  value,  the  fair  value
measurements  are  categorized  based  on  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety  and  the  degree  to  which  the
inputs are observable. The significance levels are classified as follows in the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized by the Corporation at the end of the reporting period during which the transfer occurred.

Prepaid Expenses and Deposits

Prepaid expenses and deposits consist of amounts paid in advance or deposits made for which the Corporation will receive goods or services.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment which have finite lives are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is expensed from the
month the particular asset is available for use, over the estimated useful life of such asset at the following rates, which in each case are intended to reduce the
carrying value of the asset to the estimated residual value:

Furniture and fixtures
Computer equipment
Building

Straight-line
Straight-line
Straight-line

5 years
5 years
25 years

18

 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets

Intangible assets which have finite lives are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Amortization is expensed from the month
the  particular  asset  is  available  for  use,  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  such  asset  at  the  following  rates,  which  in  each  case  are  intended  to  reduce  the
carrying value of the asset to the estimated residual value:

Software technology
Software technology (Defensive
intangible asset)
Customer relationships
Brands

Straight-line
Straight-line

Straight-line
N/A

5 years
2 years

15 years
Indefinite useful life

The  amortization  method,  useful  life  and  residual  values  are  assessed  annually  and  the  assets  are  tested  for  impairment,  whenever  events  or  changes  in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Upon  retirement  or  disposal,  the  cost  of  the  asset  disposed  of  and  the  related  accumulated  amortization  are  removed  from  the  consolidated  statement  of
financial  position  and  any  gain  or  loss  is  reflected  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  Expenditures  for  repairs  and  maintenance  are  expensed
as incurred.

The  Corporation  determined  that  its  owned  brands  have  indefinite  useful  lives  as  they  have  no  foreseeable  limit  to  the  period  over  which  such  assets  are
expected to contribute to the Corporation’s cash flows. In addition, the Corporation expects to continue to support its brands with ongoing marketing efforts.

The Corporation tests its owned brands for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if circumstances such as significant declines in expected sales, net
earnings or cash flows indicate that the cash-generating units (“CGUs”) to which such brands relate might be impaired.

Goodwill

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  acquisition.  After  initial
recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if circumstances such as significant declines in expected sales, net earnings or cash
flows indicate that that the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated might be impaired.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed except in cases where development costs meet certain identifiable criteria for deferral. Deferred development
costs,  which  have  probable  future  economic  benefits,  can  be  clearly  defined  and  measured,  and  are  incurred  for  the  development  of  new  products  or
technologies, are capitalized. These development costs, net of related research and development investment tax credits, are not amortized until the products or
technologies are commercialized or when the asset is available for use, at which time, they are amortized over the estimated life of the commercial production
of such products or technologies.

The amortization method and the life of the commercial production are assessed annually and the assets are tested for impairment whenever an indication
exists that an asset might be impaired.

The  Corporation  claims  research  and  development  investment  tax  credits  as  a  result  of  incurring  scientific  research  and  experimental  development
expenditures. Research and development investment tax credits are recognized when the related expenditures are incurred and there is reasonable assurance of
their realization. Investment tax credits are accounted for by the cost reduction method whereby the amounts of tax credits are applied as a reduction of the
expense or deferred development costs.

Investments

Investments are stated at the lower of cost and fair market value. Cost is determined on a weighted average basis at a consolidated level.

19

 
 
 
Investments in Associates

An associate is an entity over which the Corporation has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant
influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the associate but is not the control or joint control over those policy
decisions.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except
when  the  investment  is  classified  as  held  for  sale,  in  which  case  it  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  IFRS  5  Non-current  Assets  Held  for  Sale  and
Discontinued Operations.

Under  the  equity  method,  an  investment  in  an  associate  is  initially  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  at  cost  and  adjusted
thereafter to recognize the Corporation’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate. When the Corporation's share of losses
of an associate exceeds the Corporation's interest in that associate (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Corporation's
net investment in the associate), the Corporation discontinues recognizing its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognized only to the extent that
the Corporation has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

An investment in an associate is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes an associate.  On acquisition of the
investment in an associate, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Corporation's share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of
the associate is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Corporation's share of the net fair
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of
earnings in the period in which the investment is acquired.

The requirements of International Accounting Standard (“IAS”) 36, Impairment of Assets are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognize any
impairment  loss  with  respect  to  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  an  associate.  When  necessary,  the  entire  carrying  amount  of  the  investment  (including
goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of Assets as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in
use and fair value less costs of disposal) with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognized forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any
reversal of that impairment loss is recognized in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment of Assets to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment
subsequently increases.

Assets Held For Sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather
than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition
subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such asset (or disposal group) and its sale is highly probable. Management must be committed
to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When the Corporation is committed to a sale plan involving disposal of an investment, or a portion of an investment, in an associate or joint venture, the
investment  or  the  portion  of  the  investment  that  will  be  disposed  of  is  classified  as  held  for  sale  when  the  criteria  described  above  are  met,  and  the
Corporation discontinues the use of the equity method in relation to the portion that is classified as held for sale. Any retained portion of an investment in an
associate or a joint venture that has not been classified as held for sale continues to be accounted for using the equity method. The Corporation discontinues
the  use  of  the  equity  method  at  the  time  of  disposal  when  the  disposal  results  in  the  Corporation  losing  significant  influence  over  the  associate  or  joint
venture.

After  the  disposal  takes  place,  the  Corporation  accounts  for  any  retained  interest  in  the  associate  or  joint  venture  in  accordance  with  IAS  39,  Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement unless the retained interest continues to be an associate or a joint venture, in which case the Corporation uses the
equity method.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Impairment of Non-Current Assets

Management assesses, at the end of the reporting period, whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, or when annual
impairment testing for an asset is required, the Corporation estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount is the higher of
the asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. When the

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In  assessing  value  in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken
into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples,
quoted share prices for publicly traded companies or other available fair value indicators.

The Corporation bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared for the Corporation’s assets or CGU to
which such assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover a period of three to five years. A long-term growth rate is calculated
and applied to project future cash flows after the final year included in the forecast.

Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings in expense categories consistent with the function of the
impaired asset. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill may not be reversed. At the end of the reporting period, the Corporation assesses if there is an
indication that impairment losses recognized in previous periods for other assets have decreased or no longer exist. Where an impairment loss is subsequently
reversed, the carrying amount of the asset or CGU is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount provided that the increased carrying amount
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. A reversal of an impairment
loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is
treated as a revaluation increase.

Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred taxes. Current and deferred taxes are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings,
except to the extent they relate to items recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or directly in the statements of changes in equity.

Current tax

Current  tax  payable  is  based  on  taxable  income  for  the  year.  Taxable  income  differs  from  earnings  as  reported  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings
because of items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Corporation’s liability
for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the particular reporting period.

Deferred tax

Deferred  tax  is  recognized  on  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  Corporation’s  consolidated  financial
statements  and  the  corresponding  tax  bases  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  income.  Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable
temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable income will be
available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary
difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in
a transaction that affects neither the taxable income nor the accounting earnings.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments and interests in subsidiaries and associates, except where
the Corporation is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable
future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that
it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable income against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in
the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient
taxable income will be available to allow all or part of any such asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset is realized, in
each case based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax
liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the

21

 
manner in which the Corporation expects, at the end of the particular reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Corporation intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Current and deferred tax are recognized  in the consolidated statements of earnings, except when they relate to
items  that  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  or  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case,  the  current  and  deferred  tax  are  also  recognized  in  other
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.  Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the
tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Corporation maintains an equity-based long-term incentive award program to align interests of its management team with those of its Shareholders by
focusing the management team on long-term objectives over a multi-year period, with the value of the award fluctuating based on stock price appreciation.
The Corporation has two equity-based award plans and accounts for grants under these plans in accordance with the fair value-based method of accounting
for stock-based compensation for the applicable period. The Corporation currently makes its equity grants under its Equity Incentive Plan dated June 22, 2015
(the “2015 Equity Incentive Plan”), which provides for grants of stock options (“Options”), Restricted Share Units (“RSU”), Deferred Share Units (“DSU”),
Performance Share Units (“PSU”), Restricted Shares (“RS”), and other Common Share-based awards as the Board may determine. Prior to the Corporation’s
2015 annual shareholder meeting (the “2015 Annual Meeting”), equity-based awards were granted solely under the Corporation’s 2010 stock option plan, as
amended from time to time (the “2010 Stock Option Plan” and together with the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, the “Plans”) and consisted only of Options. The
Corporation no longer grants Options under the 2010 Stock Option Plan, but it remains in effect only to govern the terms of outstanding Options granted prior
to the date of the 2015 Annual Meeting.

Stock Options

Compensation expense for equity-settled stock options awarded to participants under the plans is measured at the fair value at the grant date using the Black-
Scholes  valuation  model  and  is  recognized  using  the  graded  vesting  method  over  the  vesting  period  of  the  options  granted.  Stock-based  compensation
expense  recognized  is  adjusted  to  reflect  the  number  of  options  that  has  been  estimated  by  management  for  which  conditions  attaching  to  service  will  be
fulfilled as of the grant date until the vesting date so that the recognized expense corresponds to the options that have vested. The stock-based compensation
expense  credit  is  attributed  to  reserves  when  the  expense  is  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  When  options  are  exercised,  any
consideration received from participants as well as the related compensation cost recorded as reserves are credited to share capital.

Non-employee equity-settled share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the goods and services received, except where that fair value cannot be
estimated  reliably.  If  the  fair  value  cannot  be  measured  reliably,  non-employee  equity-settled  share-based  payments  are  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the
equity  instrument  granted  as  measured  at  the  date  the  entity  obtains  the  goods  or  the  counterparty  renders  the  service.  The  Corporation  subsequently  re-
measures  non-employee  equity-settled  share-based  payments  at  each  vesting  period  and  settlement  date  with  any  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  in  the
consolidated  statements  of  earnings.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized  over  the  contract  life  of  the  options  or  the  option  settlement  date,
whichever is earlier.

Other Equity-Based Awards Under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

The Corporation’s equity-based long-term incentive award program historically consisted solely of stock option grants on an irregular, discretionary schedule.
Effective for 2017, the Corporation replaced the stock option component of the long-term incentive program for its management team with a regular, annual
grant program to be comprised of 67% PSUs and 33% RSUs.  The RSUs and the PSUs are subject to service, market and non-market vesting conditions and
no  dividends  are  expected  to  be  paid  during  the  vesting  period.  Therefore,  the  fair  market  value  of  an  RSU  and  PSU  is  equal  to  the  market  price  of  the
underlying Common Share at the grant date. The Corporation also offers DSUs, RSUs and RS for members of its Board of Directors, in addition to the cash
retainers paid.

On the grant date, the fair value of the awards is measured using the closing TSX stock price, or the closing Nasdaq stock price if the Common Shares are not
traded on the TSX. Share-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period in the consolidated statements of earnings at the end of every
reporting period with a corresponding increase to reserves.  Once the awards are exercised and transferred to the counterparty, the related amount recorded as
reserves is credited to share capital.

22

 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Share Units

An RSU is a unit equivalent in value to a Common Share which entitles the holder to receive Common Shares after a specified vesting period determined by
the Plan Administrator of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan Administrator”), in its sole discretion. Upon settlement, holders will receive one fully
paid Common Share in respect of each vested RSU. The RSUs vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period (graded vesting method), generally
subject to continued employment through each vesting date.

Performance Share Units

A PSU is a unit equivalent in value to a Common Share which entitles the holder to receive Common Shares based on the achievement of performance goals
established by the Plan Administrator, including in consultation with management, over a performance period. The PSUs vest on the third anniversary of the
date  of  the  grant  (cliff  vesting),  and  based  on  a  weighted  mix  of  revenue  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  targets  of  the  Corporation  for  the  applicable  three-year
performance period and subject to an additional total shareholder return condition (the “TSR Condition”) as well as the individual remaining employed by, or
continuing to provide services to, the Corporation. The grantee is eligible for additional PSUs up to 50% of the PSUs granted on the grant date to the extent
the TSR Condition and other performance conditions are met. The additional PSUs have a service, non-market and market (i.e., the TSR Condition) vesting
conditions, all of which need to be satisfied to vest.  The fair market value is based on a valuation to reflect the probability of the market condition to be met.
The  service  and  non-market  condition,  will  not  affect  the  fair  value  at  grant  date.  Market  conditions,  such  as  the  TSR  Condition  upon  which  vesting  is
conditioned, is considered when estimating the fair value of the equity instruments granted.  Market conditions are reflected as an adjustment (discount) to the
initial estimate of fair value at grant date of the instrument to be received and there is no true-up for differences between estimated and actual vesting due to
market conditions.  

Upon settlement, holders will receive fully paid Common Shares in proportion to the number of vested PSUs held and the level of performance achieved. Any
unearned PSUs will be forfeited.

For  the  PSUs,  the  grant  date  for  calculating  the  compensation  expense  is  considered  to  occur  only  when  the  non-market  conditions  are  determined  and
communicated to employees.

Deferred Share Units

The  Corporation  offers  DSU  grants  to  the  members  of  the  Board.  Upon  settlement,  holders  will  receive  one  fully  paid  Common  Share  in  respect  of  each
vested  DSU.  The  Corporation  recognizes  services  received  in  a  share-based  payment  transaction  as  an  expense  over  the  requisite  service  period  and
recognizes a corresponding increase in equity as the services are received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. Vesting for the DSU grants
begins on the accounting grant date and will vest over either a one-, two- or three-year period.  The accounting grant date is the date on which the Corporation
and  the  Directors  have  a  shared  understanding  of  all  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  arrangement.  If  the  accounting  grant  date  occurs  after  the  service
commencement  date,  then  the  Corporation  estimates  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  DSUs  for  the  purpose  of  recognizing  the  expense  from  the  service
commencement date until the accounting grant date. All grants are subject to forfeiture if the director ceases to serve as a director prior to vesting and vested
DSUs can only be settled at such time. DSU’s are only subject to service conditions and because no dividends are expected to be paid during the vesting
period, the fair market value of a DSU is equal to the market price of the underlying Common Share at the grant date.

Restricted Shares

An RS is a fully paid Common Share that is subject to restrictions on transfer and a risk of forfeiture for a period of time, and which shall be held by the
Corporation or its designee in escrow until such time as the restricted period lapses. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to determine at the time
of grant, the duration of the restricted period and other restrictions applicable to the restricted Common Shares. Except for the restrictions applicable to the
restricted Common Shares, during the restricted period, the holder shall have all the rights and privileges of a holder of Common Shares as to the restricted
Common Shares, including the right to vote.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Equivalents

RSUs, PSUs and DSUs may be credited with dividend equivalents in the form of additional RSUs, PSUs, DSUs and other share-based awards, as applicable.
Dividend equivalents shall vest in proportion to the awards to which they relate. Such dividend equivalents shall be computed by dividing: (i) the amount
obtained by multiplying the amount of the dividend declared and paid per Common Share by the number of RSUs, PSUs, DSUs or other share-based awards,
as applicable, held by the participant on the record date for the payment of such dividend, by (ii) the highest closing price of the Common Shares on any stock
exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed on the date of grant, at the close of the first business day immediately following the dividend record-
date.

Provisions

Provisions represent liabilities of the Corporation for which the amount or timing of payment is uncertain. Provisions are recognized when the Corporation
has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and
the  amount  can  be  reliably  estimated.  Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  the  expected  expenditures  required  to  settle  the  obligation  using  a
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in provisions due to the
passage of time is recognized in financial expenses on the consolidated statements of earnings.

Provision for jackpots

The  Corporation  offers  progressive  jackpot  games.  Each  time  a  progressive  jackpot  game  is  played,  a  portion  of  the  amount  wagered  by  the  player  is
contributed to the jackpot for that specific game or group of games. Once a jackpot is won, the progressive jackpot is reset with a predetermined base amount.
The  Corporation  maintains  a  provision  for  the  reset  of  each  jackpot  and  the  progressive  element  added  as  the  jackpot  game  is  played.  The  provision  for
jackpots at the reporting date is included in provisions. The Corporation believes that its provisions are sufficient to cover the full amount of any required
payout.

Deferred consideration

The acquisition-date fair value of any deferred consideration is recognized as part of the consideration transferred by the Corporation in exchange for the
acquiree. Changes in the fair value of deferred consideration that result from additional information obtained during the measurement period (i.e., a maximum
of one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date are adjusted retrospectively against goodwill. The
Corporation estimates, based on expected future cash flows, the amount that would be required to settle the applicable obligation and recognizes the present
value of the same.

Provision for minimum revenue guarantee

A  provision  for  minimum  revenue  guarantee  is  recognized  pursuant  to  an  agreement  with  the  vendor  in  connection  with  the  terms  of  certain  of  the
Corporation’s past divestitures. The Corporation estimates, based on expected future cash flows, the amount that would be required to settle the applicable
obligation and recognizes the present value of the same.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated statements of financial position but are reported in the notes. They may arise from uncertainty as
to the existence of a liability or represent a liability in respect of which the amount cannot be reliably measured.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
can have a significant effect on the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Estimates and judgments are significant when:

•
•

the outcome is highly uncertain at the time the estimates are made; or
different  estimates  or  judgments  could  reasonably  have  been  used  that  would  have  had  a  material  impact  on  the  consolidated  financial
statements.

24

 
 
 
The consolidated financial statements include estimates based on currently available information and management’s judgment as to the outcome of future
conditions and circumstances. Management uses historical experience, general economic conditions and trends, and assumptions regarding probable future
outcomes as the basis for determining estimates.

Estimates and their underlying assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis and the effects of any changes are recognized immediately. Changes in the status
of certain facts or circumstances could result in material changes to the estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and actual
results could differ from the estimates and assumptions.

Set forth below are descriptions of items that management believes require its most critical estimates and judgments.

Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

Goodwill impairment

Goodwill impairment exists when the carrying value of a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Management uses estimates in determining the value in use or
fair value less costs of disposal of the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated. The estimates include but are not limited to the control premium, the
implied trading multiple, costs of disposal, expected cash flows, growth rates and discount rates. A change in future earnings or any other assumptions may
have a material impact on the fair value of the CGU, and could result in an impairment loss. Refer to note 10 for further details.

Tax provision in respect of prior years

Determining  the  Corporation’s  income  tax  and  its  provisions  for  income  taxes  involves  a  significant  degree  of  estimation  and  judgement,  particularly  in
respect  of  open  tax  returns  relating  to  prior  years  where  the  liabilities  remain  to  be  agreed  with  the  local  tax  authorities.  Provisions  for  income  taxes  are
recognized based on management’s best estimate of the outcome after taking into consideration all available evidence, and where appropriate, after taking
external  advice.  The  tax  provision  recorded  in  the  Corporation’s  2017  consolidated  financial  statements  in  respect  of  prior  years  relate  to  intercompany
trading arrangements entered into in the normal course of business.  Due to the uncertainty associated with such tax items it is possible that at a future date, on
resolution of the open tax matters, the final outcome may vary significantly and there is the potential for a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the
liability recorded as a result of this estimation and uncertainty.

Fair value measurement and valuation process

The Corporation measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value for financial reporting purposes (see note 28). Management has a review process
which is designed to ensure that fair values are calculated in a consistent manner. The valuation techniques and inputs are reviewed by management to ensure
consistency and any changes are analyzed and approved. Valuations for financial assets and liabilities are performed and reviewed on a quarterly basis, and
are reviewed and approved by key management.

In  estimating  the  fair  value,  management  uses  market  observable  data  to  the  extent  it  is  available.  Where  observable  market  data  does  not  exist  for  non-
derivative financial assets and liabilities, the Corporation internally calculates the fair value using valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable
inputs. These inputs are reviewed and approved by management.

Deferred consideration

The Corporation has made and may make acquisitions which include deferred payments as part of the consideration for the acquiree. The  Corporation  re-
evaluates the fair value of any deferred consideration, including an “earn out”, on its business acquisitions at the end of each reporting period. Significant
estimates are required to determine the fair value of the deferred consideration. The Corporation considers the key inputs of the particular arrangement and
market participant assumptions when developing the projected cash flows that are used to determine the fair value of the deferred consideration. This includes
the need to estimate the likelihood and timing of achieving the relevant milestones of such deferred consideration or “earn out”. The Corporation exercises
judgment when applying a probability assessment for each of the potential outcomes. In addition, the Corporation must consider the time value of money. In
determining the discount rate applied to the estimated cash outflows, the Corporation considers the risks inherent to the payment of the particular deferred
consideration, such as projection risks, credit risks and liquidity risks.

25

 
Judgments

Useful lives of long-lived assets

Judgment is used to estimate each component of an asset’s useful life and is based on an analysis of all pertinent factors including, but not limited to, the
expected use of the asset and, in the case of an intangible asset, contractual provisions that enable the renewal or extension of the asset’s legal or contractual
life without substantial cost, as well as renewal history. Incorrect estimates of useful lives could result in an increase or decrease in the annual amortization
expense and future impairment charges.

Functional currency

The Corporation’s worldwide operations expose the Corporation to transactions denominated in a number of different currencies, which are required to be
translated  into  one  currency  for  consolidated  financial  statement  reporting  purposes.  The  Corporation’s  foreign  currency  translation  policy  is  designed  to
reflect the economic exposure of the Corporation’s operations to various currencies.

The  Corporation’s  foreign  operations  (including  subsidiaries,  joint  ventures,  associates  and  branches)  based  mainly  outside  Canada  may  have  different
functional  currencies.  The  functional  currency  of  an  operation  is  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic  environment  to  which  it  is  exposed.  In  order  to
determine  the  functional  currency,  management  will  first  consider  the  currency  that  influences  sales  prices  of  the  goods  and  services  provided  by  the
operations and the currency that influences the costs incurred by the operations. Then, if based on these two primary factors, the functional currency is not
obvious, management will examine secondary factors such as the currency in which funds from financing are obtained, the currency in which cash receipts
are retained and the levels of interactions with the parent company. In determining the functional currency of an operation, management uses its judgment to
determine the functional currency that most faithfully represents the economic effects of the underlying transactions, events and conditions.

Investments in associates

Management  assesses  the  relationship  with  investees  to  determine  if  the  Corporation  has  control  or  significant  influence  over  such  investee.  Management
determines that it has control over an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its investment in an entity and has the ability to affect
those returns through its power over the investee.

When the Corporation does not have control over an investee but has the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee,
management determines that it has significant influence over the investee.

Impairment of investments

The  Corporation  needs  to  use  judgment  when  assessing  whether  the  investments  held  are  impaired.  The  Corporation  determines  whether  the  investment’s
decline is significant or prolonged by analyzing the historical volatility of the investment as well as the period of time over which the investment value has
been  depressed.  Generally,  the  Corporation  will  judge  that  a  decrease  of  25%  in  the  value  of  the  investment  or  a  decline  for  a  period  of  12  months  to  be
significant and prolonged respectively.

Contingent liabilities

The Corporation reviews outstanding legal cases following developments in legal proceedings at each balance sheet date, considering, among other things:
the  nature  of  the  litigation,  claim  or  assessment;  the  legal  processes  and  potential  level  of  damages  in  the  jurisdiction  in  which  the  litigation,  claim  or
assessment has been brought; the progress of the case (including progress after the date of the financial statements but before those statements are issued); the
opinions  or  views  of  legal  counsel  and  other  advisors;  experience  of  similar  cases;  and  any  decision  of  the  Corporation’s  management  as  to  how  it  will
respond to the litigation, claim or assessment. The Corporation assesses the probability of an outflow of resources to settle the obligation as well as if the
outflow  can  be  reliably  measured.  If  these  conditions  are  not  met,  no  provision  will  be  recorded  and  the  relevant  facts  will  be  disclosed  as  a  contingent
liability. To the extent that the Corporation’s assessments at any time do not reflect subsequent developments or the eventual outcome of any claim, its future
financial  statements  may  be  materially  affected,  with  a  favourable  or  adverse  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.

26

 
 
 
 
 
3.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

New Accounting Pronouncements – Not Yet Effective

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the Corporation has not applied the following new and revised standards that have been issued but
are not yet effective:

IFRS 9 

IFRS 15

IFRS 16 

IFRS 17 

Financial instruments

Revenue from contracts with customers

Leases

Insurance contracts

IFRS 2 (amendments)

Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions

IFRS 4 (amendments)

Applying IFRS 9 financial instruments with IFRS 4 insurance contracts

IFRS 9 (amendments) 

Prepayment features with negative compensation

IFRS 10 & 28 (amendments)

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture

IAS 7 (amendments)

Disclosure initiative

IAS 12 (amendments) 

Recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealized losses

IAS 28 (amendments)

Long-term interests in associates and joint ventures

IAS 40 (amendments) 

Transfers of investment property

IFRS 15 (clarifications)

Clarifications to IFRS 15 revenue from contracts with customers

IFRIC 22 

IFRIC 23

Foreign currency transactions and advance considerations

Uncertainty over income tax treatments

Annual improvements

Annual improvements to IFRS: 2014 – 16 cycle – IFRS 12 amendments

Annual improvements 

Annual improvements to IFRS: 2014 – 16 cycle – IFRS 1 and IAS 28 amendments

Subject to full analysis the Corporation does not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements
of The Stars Group in future periods, except as noted below:

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments

The  IASB  issued  IFRS  9  relating  to  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  instruments.  IFRS  9  uses  a  single  approach  to  determine  whether  a
financial  asset  is  measured  at  amortized  cost  or  fair  value,  and  this  approach  replaces  the  previous  requirements  of  IAS  39,  Financial  Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial assets (i.e., its business model) and the contractual
cash  flow  characteristics  of  those  financial  assets.  IFRS  9  also  amends  the  impairment  criteria  by  introducing  a  new  expected  credit  losses  model  for
calculating impairment on financial assets and commitments to extend credit. The standard also introduces minor changes applicable to financial liabilities.
Further, IFRS 9 includes new hedge accounting requirements that align hedge accounting more closely with risk management. These new requirements do not
fundamentally change the types of hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness, but do allow more hedging strategies
that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and for more judgment by management in assessing the effectiveness of those hedging
relationships, replacing the rules-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness under IAS 39. Extended disclosures in respect of risk management activity
will also be required under the new standard.

Based on the analysis undertaken to date, the Corporation expects the following impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures as a result of
the adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018:  

Certain equity investments that are currently classified as available-for-sale ($7.0 million as at December 31, 2017) will be reclassified to financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss on January 1, 2018. Related fair value gains of $nil will be transferred from the available-for-sale financial assets reserve to
retained earnings on January 1, 2018 and fair value gains related to these investments amounting to $nil were recognized in profit or loss in the 2017 financial
year as these investments are currently held at cost.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment  in  debt  instruments  held  by  the  Corporation  (i.e.,  bonds)  that  are  currently  classified  as  available-for-sale  will  satisfy  the  conditions  for
classification as at fair value through other comprehensive income and hence there will be no change to the accounting for these assets. Related fair value
gains of $nil will be transferred from the available-for-sale financial assets reserve to the financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
reserve on January 1, 2018.

The other financial assets held by the Corporation include debt instruments currently measured at amortized cost which continue to meet the conditions for
classification at amortized cost under IFRS 9. Accordingly, the Corporation does not expect the new guidance to affect the classification and measurement of
these financial assets.

The new impairment model requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit losses rather than only incurred credit losses as is the
case under IAS 39. It applies to financial assets classified at amortized cost, debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
contract assets under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, lease receivables, loan commitments and certain financial guarantee contracts. Based
on the assessments undertaken to date, the Corporation does not expect a material increase in the loss allowance against these assets.

The impact of historic modifications arising on the Corporation’s existing long-term debt are required to be recognized on transition to the new standard. This
will result in an adjustment to the carrying amount of long-term debt and a corresponding adjustment in the opening balance of retained earnings on January
1, 2018. The de-recognition rules remain unchanged from IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

As permitted by IFRS 9, the Corporation intends to elect to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 to all of its hedging relationships,
rather than apply the new requirements of IFRS 9 upon adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018.

The new standard also introduces requirements for expanded disclosure and changes in presentation. These requirements are expected to change the nature
and extent of the Corporation’s disclosures about its financial instruments, particularly in the year of adoption.

The  Corporation  will  apply  the  new  rules  retrospectively  from  January  1,  2018,  with  the  practical  expedients  permitted  under  the  standard.  Comparative
information for 2017 will not be restated.

IFRS 15, Revenues from Contracts with Customers

The Financial Accounting Standards Board and IASB issued converged standards in respect of revenue recognition. IFRS 15 affects any entity entering into
contracts with customers, unless those contracts fall within the scope of other standards such as insurance contracts, financial instruments or lease contracts.
IFRS 15 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in IAS 18, Revenue, IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programs, and the majority of other industry-
specific guidance.

The standard contains a single model that applies to contracts with customers and two approaches to recognizing revenue, i.e., at a point in time or over time.
The model features a contract-based five-step analysis of transactions to determine whether, how much and when revenue is recognized. New estimates and
judgmental thresholds have been introduced, which may affect the amount or timing of revenue recognized.

The  Corporation  has  completed  its  analysis  and  expects  the  following  impact  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements  and  disclosures  as  a  result  of  the
adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018:  

The timing and amount of revenue recognized is not expected to be materially affected as a result of adoption, but the Corporation does expect an impact on
presentation and disclosure due to the requirement to present revenue from contracts with customers separately from other sources of income.

The  Corporation  does  not  believe  contract  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  January  1,  2018  will  be  material  such  that  they  require  separate  disclosure  in  the
consolidated statement of financial position or in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The  new  standard  will  be  applied  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach,  whereby  the  cumulative  impact  of  adoption  will  be  recognized  in  retained
earnings as of January 1, 2018 and comparative information for 2017 will not be restated. The Corporation does not believe this approach will result in an
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on adoption.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRS 16, Leases

The IASB recently issued IFRS 16 to replace IAS 17, Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize
assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-
use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors.

The Corporation intends to adopt IFRS 16 from its effective date of January 1, 2019. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact of this standard, and
does not anticipate applying it prior to its effective date.

4.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATE

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation determined that it was necessary to accelerate the amortization of the Full Tilt software no longer
used as a result of the previously announced migration of the Full Tilt brand and players to the PokerStars platform reducing the remaining life from 39 to 24
months.  Although  the  software  will  no  longer  be  used,  the  Corporation  determined  that  there  is  value  in  preventing  its  use  by  others.  This  change  in
accounting estimate results in an increase in amortization of intangibles expense from approximately $11.28 million to approximately $18.10 million annually
from May 2016 through April 2018.

In  connection  with  the  Innova  Offering  (as  defined  below  in  note  12)  the  Corporation  entered  into  an  EBITDA  support  agreement  with  Innova  Gaming
Group Inc. (TSX: IGG) (“Innova”) pursuant to which the Corporation agreed to pay Innova each year until June 30, 2020 a maximum of CDN$2 million per
year based on any applicable EBITDA shortfall recognized by Innova in each such year. During the year ended December 31, 2016, Innova informed the
Corporation that its EBITDA expectations would result in a shortfall in each of the remaining four years and as a result, the Corporation recorded a provision
of  $5.33  million,  representing  the  present  value  of  the  expected  remaining  EBITDA  support  payments.  For  information  regarding  the  disposition  of  the
Corporation’s ownership in Innova and the corresponding reclassification, see notes 12 and 17.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.

SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Corporation had one reportable segment, primarily related to online gaming, which for the purposes of
the  financial  statements  is  further  divided  into  the  Poker  and  Casino  &  Sportsbook  product  lines.  The  Corporation’s  “Chief  Operating  Decision  Makers”
receive product revenue information throughout the year for the purposes of assessing their respective performance. Other gaming related sources of revenue
are aggregated into “Other Gaming”, while certain other nominal sources of revenue and corporate costs are included in “Corporate”.

Segmental net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017:

Revenue
Selling
General and administrative
Financial
Gaming duty
Gain from investments
Net loss from associates
Net earnings (loss) before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings (loss)

Other segmental information
Depreciation & amortization
Bad debt
Total Assets
Total Liabilities

Poker
$000’s

Casino &
Sportsbook
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

  Total Gaming  
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Year Ended December 31, 2017

877,296     

384,012     

685     
50,322      1,311,630     
(192,271)    
(438)    
(523,011)     (48,247)    
(1,249)    
(161,790)    
(130,771)    
—     
4,605     
29,919     
—     
(2,569)    
331,137      (44,644)    
927     
304,856      (45,571)    

26,281     

Total
$000’s
1,312,315 
(192,709)
(571,258)
(163,039)
(130,771)
34,524 
(2,569)
286,493 
27,208 
259,285 

147,027     
7,171     

159     
—     
       5,398,310      16,816     
       3,089,732      21,963     

147,186 
7,171 
5,415,126 
3,111,695

Segmental net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016:

Year ended December 31, 2016 (As reclassified * )

Poker
$000’s

Casino &
Sportsbook
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

Total
Gaming
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Revenue
Selling
General and administrative
Financial
Gaming duty
Acquisition-related costs
Gain (loss) from investments
Net earnings from associates
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Net earnings (loss) before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings (loss)

Other segmental information
Depreciation & amortization
Bad debt
Total Assets
Total Liabilities

846,059     

264,114     

108     
44,966      1,155,139     
(162,642)    
(143)    
(514,105)     (71,018)    
4,264     
(142,563)    
—     
(113,102)    
(199)    
—     
879      (20,157)    
623     
—     
—     
2,466     
225,873      (86,323)    
(27)    
221,846      (86,296)    

4,027     

Total
$000’s
1,155,247 
(162,785)
(585,123)
(138,299)
(113,102)
(199)
(19,278)
623 
2,466 
139,550 
4,000 
135,550 

139,301     
4,142     

582     
1,938     
       5,412,449      50,026     
       3,230,806      29,941     

139,883 
6,080 
5,462,475 
3,260,747

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
(*) The Corporation reclassified interest revenue previously included within “Revenue”, to “Gain (loss) from investments” totaling $0.65 million for the year
ended December 31, 2016. The Corporation has determined that the impact of these corrections is immaterial.

The Corporation also evaluates revenue performance by geographic region based on the primary jurisdiction where the Corporation is licensed or approved to
offer, or offers through third party licenses or approvals, its products and services. The following tables set out the proportion of revenue attributable to each
gaming  license  or  approval  (as  opposed  to  the  jurisdiction  where  the  customer  was  located)  that  either  generated  a  minimum  of  5%  of  total  consolidated
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 or 2016, or that the Corporation otherwise deems relevant based on its historical reporting of the same or
otherwise:           

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

  Total Gaming

$000’s

Corporate
$000’s

Total
$000’s

Year Ended December 31, 2017

349,375     
210,742     
82,106     
56,155     
47,912     
50,214     

80,792     
877,296     

29,338     
224,101     
52,284     
15,140     
34,842     
10,410     

17,897     
384,012     

1     
2     
575     
258     
669     
508     

378,714     
434,845     
134,965     
71,553     
83,423     
61,132     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

378,714 
434,845 
134,965 
71,553 
83,423 
61,132 

48,309     
50,322     

146,998     
1,311,630     

685     
685     

147,683 
1,312,315

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

  Total Gaming

$000’s

Corporate
$000’s

Total
$000’s

Year ended December 31, 2016 (As reclassified)

3 
4 
624 
387 
653 
573 

358,703 
392,176 
109,963 
70,663 
67,349 
54,918 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

358,703 
392,176 
109,963 
70,663 
67,349 
54,918 

42,722     
44,966     

101,367     
1,155,139     

108     
108     

101,475 
1,155,247

339,513 
225,974 
77,646 
56,837 
42,326 
51,989 

51,774 
846,059     

19,187     
166,198     
31,693     
13,439     
24,370     
2,356     

6,871     
264,114     

31

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
The distribution of some of the Corporation’s non-current assets (goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment) by geographic region is as follows:

Geographic Area

Canada
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
France
Other licensed or approved jurisdictions

6.

EXPENSES CLASSIFIED BY NATURE

Financial
Interest and bank charges
Foreign exchange loss (gain)

General and administrative
Processor costs
Office
Salaries and fringe benefits
Research and development salaries
Stock-based compensation
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of deferred development costs
Amortization of intangible assets
Professional fees
(Reversal of) Impairment of assets held for sale, associates and intangible assets
Bad debt
Loss on disposal of assets

27
11
10
10

Selling
Marketing
Royalties

Gaming duty

Acquisition-related costs
Professional fees

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

53,394   
4,446,503   
—   
35   
6,511   
—   
15,744   
4,522,187   

39,993   
4,567,314   
—   
47   
6,380   
—   
15,638   

4,629,372 

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

Note

2016
$000’s
(As reclassified)

160,201   
2,838   
163,039   

69,518   
81,174   
170,422   
25,180 
10,622   
8,925   
10,275   
127,986   
66,185   
(6,799)  
7,171   
599   
571,258   

162,437   
30,272   
192,709   

130,771   

—   
—   

167,945 
(29,646)
138,299 

56,555 
73,713 
182,080 
27,661 
10,289 
8,181 
5,942 
125,760 
71,008 
16,931 
6,080 
923 
585,123 

142,205 
20,580 
162,785 

113,102 

199 
199  

The Corporation changed the presentation of certain items within its consolidated statements of earnings for the comparative period to conform to the current
year’s  presentation.  The  Corporation  reclassified  $7.71  million  travel  and  entertainment  costs  previously  included  within  “Selling”  expenses  to  “Office”
expenses. The Corporation has determined that the impact of this correction is

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
immaterial. The Corporation also segregated Selling expenses into “Marketing” and “Royalties” in order to provide a better understanding to the readers of
the distribution of expenses within Selling expenses. None of these reclassifications had a net earnings impact on the consolidated statements of earnings.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation received $5.77 million in indemnification proceeds from the sellers of Stars Interactive Group for
gaming  duty,  professional  fees  and  taxes  owed  for  periods  prior  to  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  Acquisition.  The  amounts  received  from  the  sellers  were
classified as Gaming duty, Professional fees and Income taxes. In addition, the Corporation received a refund of $2.85 million in taxes and penalties from the
Belgian tax authorities, and insurance indemnification proceeds of $2.91 million in respect of Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF) and other investigation
professional fees.  The amount received from the Belgian tax authorities was classified as Income taxes and the insurance indemnification was classified as
Professional fees.

7.

GAIN (LOSS) FROM INVESTMENTS

NYX Gaming Group Limited

In connection with the Corporation’s December 2014 sale of Ongame Network Ltd. to what was then known as NYX Gaming Group Limited (“NYX Gaming
Group”), the Corporation and NYX Gaming Group entered into a strategic investment transaction pursuant to which the Corporation purchased from NYX
Gaming Group CDN$9 million unsecured convertible debentures (initially CDN$10 million but the Corporation subsequently sold and assigned an aggregate
of CDN$1 million to four individuals), which were later amended to, among other things, adjust the repayment terms such that they would be repayable solely
in cash. The debenture was redeemed in full during the year ended December 31, 2017 (see note 13).

In July 2015, the Corporation announced that it completed the sale of CryptoLogic Ltd. (“CryptoLogic”) to NYX Gaming Group and Amaya (Alberta) Inc.
(formerly Chartwell Technology Inc.) (“Chartwell”) to NYX Digital Gaming (Canada) ULC, a subsidiary of NYX Gaming Group (the “NYX Sub”) (together,
the “Chartwell/Cryptologic Sale”) for gross proceeds of approximately CDN$150 million, subject to adjustment, of which CDN$110 million was paid in cash
and CDN$40 million was paid by the NYX Sub through the issuance of exchangeable preferred shares (the “NYX Sub Preferred Shares”). The Corporation
used the majority of the cash net proceeds from the Chartwell/Cryptologic Sale for deleveraging, including the 2015 refinancing of the debt incurred as part of
the financing for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition.

In November 2017, the Corporation completed the disposition of all its securities of NYX Gaming Group, including NYX Gaming Group ordinary shares,
NYX  Gaming  Group  ordinary  share  purchase  warrants,  and  the  NYX  Sub  Preferred  Shares,  representing  approximately  13.7%  of  NYX  Gaming  Group’s
ordinary shares on a partially diluted basis, for net cash proceeds of $27.9 million and a gain of $14.0 million, when Scientific Games Corporation (NYSE:
SGMS) acquired NYX Gaming Group.

Jackpotjoy plc

In connection with the January 2017 London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) listing of Jackpotjoy plc (LSE: JPJ) (“Jackpotjoy”), parent company of The Intertain
Group Ltd. (“Intertain”) and WagerLogic Malta Holdings Ltd. (“WagerLogic”), a former subsidiary of the Corporation which it sold in February 2014, and in
exchange for its 4,920,000 Intertain common shares (which the Corporation acquired between 2014 and 2015, including through open market purchases, the
exercise  of  common  share  purchase  warrants  and  an  exchange  for  shares  it  acquired  from  the  purchaser  of  WagerLogic)  and  the  conversion  of  certain
CDN$3.85  million  5.0%  Intertain  convertible  debentures,  the  Corporation,  after  exchanging  certain  exchangeable  shares,  received  5,561,666  Jackpotjoy
ordinary shares. In December 2017, the Corporation completed the sale of its ordinary shares in Jackpotjoy, representing approximately 7.5% of Jackpotjoy’s
then issued and outstanding ordinary shares, for net cash proceeds of $59.8 million and a gain of $15.0 million.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.

INCOME TAXES

Details of income tax expense were as follows:

Current income tax expense
Current income tax expense (recovery) - prior year adjustment
Deferred income tax recovery relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences
Deferred income tax (recovery) expense - prior year adjustment
Income tax expense

Year Ended December 31,

2017

$000’s

2016

$000’S

9,391   
21,923   
(3,568)  
(538)  
27,208   

8,521 
(137)
(4,386)
2 
4,000  

The Corporation’s applicable Canadian statutory tax rate is equal to the Federal and Provincial combined tax rate for the period applicable in the jurisdiction
within Canada where the Corporation’s head office is registered (i.e., Ontario, previously Quebec). Income taxes reported differ from the amount computed
by applying the statutory rates to earnings before income taxes. The reconciliation is as follows:

Net earnings before income taxes
Canadian statutory tax rate
Statutory income taxes
Non-taxable income
Non-deductible expenses
Differences in effective income tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
Deferred tax assets not recognized
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Income tax expense

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

286,493 

26.7%  

76,494 

(143)  
3,590 
(117,153)  
43,035 
21,385 
27,208 

139,550 

26.9%

37,539 
(99)
4,710 
(102,206)
64,191 
(135)
4,000  

The Corporation operates in and earns revenues from many jurisdictions and is therefore subject to a variety of taxes, duties and levies including, without
limitation,  gaming  duties,  value  added  taxes  (“VAT”),  corporate  income  taxes,  employment  related  taxes,  withholding  taxes  and  business  rate  taxes.  As  a
result, the Corporation pays significant levels of tax globally with its total tax contribution for the year ended December 31, 2017 being in excess of $190
million (December 31, 2016 – in excess of $160 million).

The  Corporation’s  effective  income  tax  rate  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  excluding  prior  year  adjustments,  was  2.03%  (December  31,  2016  –
2.96%), significantly lower than the main Canadian corporate income tax rate. The main driver of this is that the Corporation primarily operates from the Isle
of Man and Malta, which are jurisdictions with low corporate income tax rates.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation received notification of a proposed tax assessment from the Canadian tax authorities relating to
transfer pricing. The proposed assessment covers periods prior to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition covering the 2003 to 2007 tax years. For the year
ended December 31, 2017 the Corporation has recorded a tax provision based on the proposed assessment for both Federal and Provincial tax of $26.5 million
including interest. The Corporation received the Federal tax assessment after the balance sheet date, but has not yet received a Provincial tax assessment. The
Corporation intends to vigorously defend its position against the assessment and any future related assessments.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax

Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Significant components of the Corporation’s deferred income tax balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

At January 1, 2016
(Charged) / credited to net earnings
Reclassification
(Charged) / credited to other
   comprehensive income
Impairment
At December 31, 2016
Credited to net earnings
Reclassification
Credited to other comprehensive income
Charge direct to equity - share-based payment transactions    
Acquisition of subsidiary
Foreign exchange on translation
At December 31, 2017

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Property &
Equipment
$000’s

Transaction
Costs
$000’s

  Intangibles 
$000’s

Tax Losses
$000’s

Other
$000’s

Total
$000’s

38 
(10)   
— 

(3)   
— 
25 
131 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
156 

4,284 
— 
(4,284)   

   (19,112)   
1,808 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
4 

   (17,300)   

426 
— 
14 
— 
(72)   
253 

   (16,679)   

301 
(174)   
— 

12 
— 
139 
170 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(1)   

308 

(5,987)   
2,760 
4,284 

(81)   
— 
976 
3,379 
— 
146 
359 
— 
(14)   

4,846 

(20,476)
4,384 
— 

(72)
4 
(16,160)
4,106 
— 
160 
359 
(72)
238 
(11,369)

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the items shown below.  The amounts shown are the gross temporary differences and to calculate
the potential deferred asset it is necessary to multiply the amounts by the tax rates in each case.

Tax losses
Other temporary differences
Total deferred tax asset unrecognized

As at December 31,

2017

$000’s

1,293,846   
19,567   
1,313,413   

2016

$000’S

687,620 
34,150 
721,770  

Deferred  tax  assets  have  not  been  recognized  in  respect  of  these  items  because  it  is  not  probable  that  future  taxable  profits  will  be  available  in  these
jurisdictions against which the Corporation can utilize the benefit from them.

Included in tax losses not recognized as at December 31, 2017 are Canadian non-capital tax losses of $100.22 million (December 31, 2016 - $77.56 million)
that may be applied against earnings for up to 20 years from the end of the year the losses were generated.  Tax losses also include foreign subsidiary non-
capital losses of $1,193.62 million (December 31, 2016 - $610.06 million) that may be applied against future years. The majority of those losses ($1,170.09
million; December 31, 2016 - $582.64 million) can be carried forward for up to 9 years from the end of the year the tax losses were generated.

No  deferred  tax  liability  has  been  recognized  for  unremitted  earnings  totaling  $1,127.1  million  (December  31,  2016  -  $695.9  million),  as  the  Corporation
controls the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
9.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per Common Share for the following periods:

Numerator
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per Common Share - net earnings
Denominator
Denominator for basic earnings per Common Share – weighted
   average number of Common Shares

Effect of dilutive securities
Stock options
Performance share units
Restricted share units
Warrants
Convertible Preferred Shares
Effect of dilutive securities
Dilutive potential for diluted earnings per Common Share
Basic earnings per Common Share
Diluted earnings per Common Share

10.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

For the year ended December 31, 2017:

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

  $

259,231,000    $

136,144,000 

146,818,764   

141,463,244 

558,996   
18,748   
17,076   
717,792   
55,576,213   
56,888,825   
203,707,589   

  $
  $

1.77    $
1.27    $

1,585,173 
— 
— 
— 
52,384,503 
53,969,676 
195,432,920 
0.96 
0.70

  Other Software
Technology
$000’s

  Customer

Relationships
$000’s

Brands
$000’s

  Deferred

  Goodwill

Development
Costs
$000’s

$000’s

Total
$000’s

Software
Technology
Acquired
through
Business
Combinations
$000’s

Cost
Balance – January 1, 2017
Additions
Additions through business
   combination
Reclassification
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2017

Accumulated amortization and
   impairments
Balance – January 1, 2017
Amortization
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2017

Net carrying amount
At January 1, 2017
At December 31, 2017

116,079 
— 

1,413 

— 
— 
117,492     

15,673 
1,893 

   1,423,719 
— 

485,253 
— 

48,808 
23,212 

   2,810,681      4,900,213 
25,105 
—     

— 

— 

— 
1,146 
18,712      1,423,719     

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

485,253     

— 

— 

1,413 

(201)   
— 

(201)
1,146 
71,819      2,810,681      4,927,676 

—     
—     

61,163 
29,909 
— 
91,072     

5,798 
3,162 
424 
9,384     

229,377 
94,915 
— 

324,292     

— 
— 
— 
—     

9,832 
10,275 
— 
20,107     

5,471     
—     
—     
5,471     

311,641 
138,261 
424 
450,326 

54,916     
26,420     

9,875      1,194,342     
9,328      1,099,427     

485,253     
485,253     

38,976      2,805,210      4,588,572 
51,712      2,805,210      4,477,350  

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
For the year ended December 31, 2016:

Cost
Balance – January 1, 2016
Additions
Additions through business
   combination
Disposals
Reclassification
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2016

Accumulated amortization and
   impairments
Balance – January 1, 2016
Amortization
Disposals
Impairment
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2016

Net carrying amount
At January 1, 2016
At December 31, 2016

  Other Software
Technology
$000’s

  Customer

Relationships
$000’s

Brands
$000’s

  Deferred

  Goodwill

Development
Costs
$000’s

$000’s

Total
$000’s

Software
Technology
Acquired
through
Business
Combinations
$000’s

115,283 
— 

824 

— 
— 
(28)   
116,079     

19,992 
7,669 

   1,423,719 
— 

485,253 
— 

30,309 
20,961 

   2,810,470      4,885,026 
28,630 
—     

— 

(11,646)   
— 
(342)   

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

15,673      1,423,719     

485,253     

— 

200 

1,024 

(1,784)   
(678)   
— 

(13,430)
(678)
(359)
48,808      2,810,681      4,900,213 

—     
—     
11     

32,122 
27,478 
— 
1,563 
— 
61,163     

13,966 
3,367 
(11,634)   
155 
(56)   
5,798     

134,462 
94,915 
— 
— 
— 

229,377     

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—     

3,122 
5,942 
(1,784)   
2,552 
— 
9,832     

—     
—     
—     

5,471 

—     
5,471     

183,672 
131,702 
(13,418)
9,741 
(56)
311,641 

83,161     
54,916     

6,026      1,289,257     
9,875      1,194,342     

485,253     
485,253     

27,187      2,810,470      4,701,354 
38,976      2,805,210      4,588,572  

The  Corporation  recognized  impairment  losses  (classified  in  general  and  administrative  expenses)  related  to  goodwill  and  software  technology  acquired
through business combinations of $7.19 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.  The Corporation recognized impairment losses of $2.55 million
during the year ended December 31, 2016 related to deferred development costs. The primary factors leading to the recognition of the impairment losses in
2016 were as follows:

•

•

$4.7 million of goodwill and $1.0 million in software technology acquired through business combinations that was recognized on the acquisition
of a subsidiary was derecognized due to the lack of positive revenue and cashflow forecasts in the subsidiary.
The Corporation determined that a capitalized research and development cost which had not met certain identifiable criteria was to be terminated
during the development stage. As a result, the Corporation recognized an impairment loss of $2.55 million in 2016 in deferred development costs.

Impairment Testing

The Corporation performed an annual impairment test for its gaming operations in connection with the preparation of its financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 2017. The Corporation identified the gaming operations as a single CGU for impairment testing purposes.

The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding
the discount rate, growth rate, cash flows and Adjusted EBITDA forecasts. Adjusted EBITDA is defined by the Corporation as net earnings (loss) before
interest and financing costs (net of interest income), income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, restructuring and certain other
items.  These  assumptions  have  been  revised  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  Management  estimates  discount  rates  using  pre-tax  rates  that  reflect
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU.

The Corporation prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management for the next three to five years and
extrapolates cash flows based on an estimated growth rate of 1.9% and a discount rate of 9.7% (December 31,

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
2016 – 1.9% and 11.7%, respectively). The estimated growth rate is based on the inflation rates of many of the European markets in which the Corporation is
operating.

The Corporation believes that any reasonable change to these principal assumptions is unlikely to cause the CGU’s carrying value to exceed its recoverable
amount. This fair value measurement is a level 3 measurement in the fair value hierarchy.

Goodwill

Based  on  the  goodwill  impairment  test  performed,  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  CGU  was  in  excess  of  its  carrying  amount  and  accordingly,  there  is  no
impairment of the carrying value of the goodwill.

Brand

Based on the indefinite life intangible asset impairment test performed, the fair value of the asset was in excess of its carrying amount and accordingly, there
is no impairment of the carrying value of the intangible asset.

11.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

For the year ended December 31, 2017:

Cost
Balance – January 1, 2017
Additions
Disposals
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2017

Accumulated depreciation
Balance – January 1, 2017
Depreciation
Disposals
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2017

Net carrying amount
At January 1, 2017
At December 31 2017

Revenue-
Producing
Assets
$000’s

Furniture
and Fixtures
$000’s

Computer
Equipment
$000’s

Building
$000’s

Total
$000’s

84   
— 
(84)
— 
—   

24   
— 
(24)
— 
—   

60   
—   

9,356   
2,724 
(571)
988 
12,497   

2,017   
3,198 
(301)
410 
5,324   

7,339   
7,173   

38

18,627   
8,273 
(1,251)
506 
26,155   

5,239   
4,764 
(860)
259 
9,402   

21,605   

— 
— 
2,323 
23,928   

1,592   
963 
— 
462 
3,017   

13,388   
16,753   

20,013   
20,911   

49,672 
10,997 
(1,906)
3,817 
62,580 

8,872 
8,925 
(1,185)
1,131 
17,743 

40,800 
44,837

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2016:

Cost
Balance – January 1, 2016
Additions
Disposals
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2016

Accumulated depreciation
Balance – January 1, 2016
Depreciation
Disposals
Translation
Balance – December 31, 2016

Net carrying amount
At January 1, 2016
At December 31 2016

Revenue-
Producing
Assets
$000’s

Furniture
and Fixtures
$000’s

Computer
Equipment
$000’s

Building
$000’s

Total
$000’s

117 
3 
(40)
4 
84   

29 
16 
(22)
1 
24   

88   
60   

11,099 
1,536 
(2,762)
(517)
9,356   

1,536 
3,023 
(1,971)
(571)
2,017   

9,563   
7,339   

14,589 
5,267 
(965)
(264)
18,627   

2,143 
4,144 
(742)
(306)
5,239   

26,351   

— 
— 
(4,746)
21,605   

1,356   
998 
— 
(762)
1,592   

12,446   
13,388   

24,995   
20,013   

52,156 
6,806 
(3,767)
(5,523)
49,672 

5,064 
8,181 
(2,735)
(1,638)
8,872 

47,092 
40,800

12.

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

In May 2015, the Corporation completed the spin-off of Diamond Game Enterprises, which it had purchased in February 2014 for approximately $25 million,
through  the  initial  public  offering  (the  “Innova  Offering”)  of  common  shares  of  what  was  then  known  as  Innova.  The  Innova  Offering  resulted  in  the
Corporation  receiving  aggregate  net  proceeds  of  approximately  CDN$34.1  million  and  maintaining  ownership  of  approximately  40%  of  the  issued  and
outstanding common shares of Innova.    

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Corporation  recognized  an  impairment  loss  (classified  in  general  and  administrative  expenses)  of  $4.21
million  as  a  result  of  the  significant  and  prolonged  decline  in  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Innova  common  shares  before  the  shares  were  reclassified.  On
October 28, 2016, the Corporation decided to pursue a potential disposition of its ownership in Innova. The investment was therefore reclassified to assets
held for sale as of that date (see note 17).    

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation acquired a 21.13% ownership interest in the fully diluted share capital of Mediarex Enterprises
Limited  (“Mediarex”).  The  Corporation  recognized  an  impairment  loss  of  $2.57million  in  respect  of  the  Mediarex  investment  as  a  result  of  a  significant
decline in earnings and expected cash flows. The following table shows a reconciliation from the opening balance to the closing balance for investment in
associates:

Balance – January 1, 2016
Income included in net earnings from associates
Reclassified to long-term investments
Impairment loss included in general and administrative expenses
Translation
Reclassified to assets held for sale
Balance – December 31, 2016

Acquired during the year
Impairment loss included in net loss from associates
Balance – December 31, 2017

Note

$000’s

6

17

10,734 
623 
(501)
(4,206)
487 
(7,137)
— 

2,569 
(2,569)
—  

All associates are accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated financial statements as described in note 2.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.

INVESTMENTS

The Corporation held the following investments:

Funds – Available-for-sale
Bonds – Available-for-sale
Debentures – Fair value through profit/loss1
Equity in quoted companies – Available-for-sale
Equity in private companies – Available-for-sale
Total investments

Current portion
Non-current portion

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s
Carrying value &
fair value

2016
$000’s
Carrying value &
fair value

7,045   
115,343   
—   
280   
6,981   
129,649   

122,668   
6,981   

65,427   
91,696   
7,556   
123,808   
6,921   
295,408   

288,487   
6,921 

1

A financial asset is designated as fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition if it is part of a contract containing one or more embedded
derivatives and the entire contract is designated as such.

Investments  relate  primarily  to  customer  deposits  held  in  accounts  segregated  from  investments  held  for  operational  purposes.  As  of  December  31,  2017,
Customer deposits were covered by $122.7 million in investments and $227.1 million in cash.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation entered into a support agreement (the “Support Agreement”) with
Scientific Games relating to the proposed acquisition by Scientific Games of all outstanding ordinary shares of NYX Gaming Group. After entering into the
Support  Agreement,  the  Corporation  completed  the  disposition  of  all  its  NYX  Gaming  Group  investments  to  Scientific  Games  (note  7).    The  gains  are
presented in income from investments in the consolidated statements of earnings.

The  Corporation  also  completed  the  sale  of  its  investments  in  Jackpotjoy  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  (note  7). The  gains  are  presented  in
income from investments in the consolidated statements of earnings.

There were no impairments recognized on investments during the year ended December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016: $3.19 million).  See note 31 for details
on credit risk.

The following table provides information about the carrying value of bonds and debentures held by the Corporation that are due over the current and non-
current terms:

Bonds
Total

1 year or less
$000’s

1 to 5 years
$000’s

Greater than
5 years
$000’s

38,014   
38,014   

72,645   
72,645   

4,684 
4,684  

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation recognized a gain from current investments as follows:

Investment income earned
Realized gains
Unrealized losses
Changes in fair value through profit/loss
Total

Funds
$000’s

Bonds
$000’s

  Debentures

$000’s

Equity in
quoted
companies
$000’s

Equity in
private
companies
$000’s

Total
$000’s

473     
3,657     
(4,299)    
—     
(169)    

2,647     
2,330     
(1,969)    
—     
3,008     

253     
—     
—     
—     
253     

1,182     
35,096     
(78)    
—     
36,200     

186      4,741 
—      41,083 
—      (6,346)
13     
13 
199      39,491

Investment  income  from  bonds  and  debentures  includes  interest  income  and  premium  and  discount  amortization.  Income  from  funds  and  equity  includes
dividends and distributions from quoted companies.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Debentures – Fair value through profit or loss

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  the  Corporation  acquired  then-convertible  debentures  for  a  total  cost  of  CDN$9  million  from  NYX  Gaming
Group, which bear interest at 6.00% per annum (the Corporation originally acquired CDN$10 million of such debentures but subsequently sold and assigned
CDN$1 million of the same soon thereafter). The debentures previously had a maturity date of November 17, 2016 and were convertible at the Corporation’s
option into fully paid common shares of NYX Gaming Group at any time prior to the maturity date at a conversion price of CDN$3.20 per common share.
However, pursuant to an amendment to the debentures, the Corporation and NYX Gaming Group extended the maturity date of the debentures and agreed that
they would be repaid solely in cash monthly payments of CDN$1 million beginning on May 17, 2017 until the balance due date of April 17, 2018, subject to
certain  automatic  set-off  rights  against  a  supplier  licensing  agreement  the  Corporation  had  entered  into  with  NYX  Gaming  Group  (the  “Licensing
Agreement”) (see note 24 where this commitment is presented as the minimum revenue guarantee related to the Chartwell/Cryptologic Sale).  The debentures
were fully repaid during the year ended December 31, 2017.

As at January 1, 2016
Realized gain on investment
Unrealized loss on investment
Converted to equity
Translation
As at December 31, 2016
Realized gain on investment
Redemption of debenture
Translation
As at December 31, 2017

Subsidiaries

Debentures
$000’s

12,260 
1,035 
(909)
(5,310)
480 
7,556 
253 
(8,365)
556 
—  

As at December 31, 2017, the Corporation had the following significant subsidiaries:

Name of principal subsidiary
Stars Group Holdings B.V.
Stars Interactive Holdings (IOM) Limited
Worldwide Independent Trust Limited
REEL Italy Limited
Rational Entertainment Enterprises Limited
Naris Limited
Stars Interactive Limited
RG Cash Plus Limited
Rational Gaming Europe Limited
REEL Spain Plc

14.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Country of
incorporation

Principal
business

Percentage of

ownership  

Netherlands 
Isle of Man 
Isle of Man 
Malta 
Isle of Man 
Isle of Man 
Isle of Man 
Isle of Man 
Malta 
Malta 

Intermediate holding company and investment vehicle 
Intermediate holding company 
Treasury 
Various 
Gaming services 
Treasury 
Intermediate holding company 
Treasury 
Various 
Gaming services 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

The Corporation’s accounts receivable balances at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 consist of the following;

Balances held with processors
Balances due from live events
VAT receivable
Other receivables
Total accounts receivable balance

41

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

75,147   
10,260   
6,684   
8,318   
100,409   

62,002 
5,910 
6,292 
7,353 
81,557 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
15.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, RESTRICTED CASH ADVANCES AND COLLATERAL

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents – operational includes an amount of $24.7 million held by a subsidiary of the Corporation that is subject to exchange controls in
the country of operation. This balance is not available for general use by the Corporation or any of its other subsidiaries.

Restricted cash advances and collateral

Restricted cash held by the Corporation consists of the following components:

Guarantees in connection with licenses held
Funds in connection with hedging contracts
Segregated funds in respect of payment processors
Guarantee in connection with acquisition of a subsidiary
Cash portion of Kentucky Bond Collateral *
Other
Restricted cash advances and collateral – total

Restricted cash advances and collateral – current portion
Restricted cash advances and collateral – non-current portion

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

4,333   
5,113   
2,749   
1,201   
40,000   
300   
53,696   

7,862   
45,834   

5,728   
2,879   
2,625   
—   
40,000   
263   
51,495   

5,767   
45,728 

*

During the year ended December 31, 2016, $40 million of restricted cash was collateralized as part of the Kentucky Bond Collateral (as defined in note
18  below)  and  currently  appears  in  Cash  portion  of  the  Kentucky  Bond  Collateral.  The  Kentucky  Bond  Collateral  will  be  held  until  there  is  legal
evidence  conclusively  showing  final  discharge  or  release  from  the  bond,  a  final  appellate  ruling  reversing  the  applicable  judgment  or  court  order
releasing the bond.  

16.

PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS

Prepaid royalties
Prepaid expenses
Vendor deposits
Total current portion of prepaid expenses and deposits

Prepaid royalties
Vendor deposits
Total non-current portion of prepaid expenses and deposits

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

5,704   
22,281   
1,408   
29,393   

16,444   
70   
16,514   

6,184 
14,888 
1,495 
22,567 

20,698 
100 
20,798

Prepaid  royalties  include  prepaid  revenue  share  paid  to  business  partners.  Prepaid  expenses  are  included  within  selling  and  general  and  administrative
expenses.

17.

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

In  connection  with  the  Corporation’s  ownership  of  approximately  40%  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  common  shares  of  Innova,  senior  management
committed to a plan to dispose of its ownership in Innova and classified the investment as assets held for sale during the three months ended December 31,
2016 (see note 12). During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation completed the disposition of all of its ownership of the issued and outstanding
common shares in Innova for an amount of CDN $20.5 million (USD $16.1 million). Nil gain (loss) was recognized on sale.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.

CREDIT FACILITY

The Corporation obtained a first lien revolving credit facility of $100 million on August 1, 2014 in connection with the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition
(the “Credit Facility”). Maturing on August 1, 2019, the Credit Facility can be used to fund working capital needs and for general corporate purposes.  The
interest rate under the Credit Facility is, at the Corporation's option, either LIBOR plus 4.00% or ABR plus 3.00%.  The applicable commitment fee on the
Credit Facility is based on a first lien leverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00 and could range from 0.375% to 0.50%.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject
to  the  satisfaction  of  customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  a  default  or  an  event  of  default  and  compliance  with  certain  representations  and
warranties.

As at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 there were no amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility. However, in connection with the Kentucky
Proceeding (as defined in note 30 below) on February 22, 2016, the Corporation filed a notice of appeal to the Kentucky Court of Appeals and posted a $100
million supersedeas bond to stay enforcement of the order for damages during the pendency of the appeals process. The posting of the bond required the
delivery  of  cash  collateral  in  the  amount  of  $40  million  and  letters  of  credit  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $30  million  (collectively,  the  “Kentucky  Bond
Collateral”), thereby reducing the availability under the Credit Facility to $70 million as of the date hereof.  

19.

LONG-TERM DEBT

The following is a summary of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (all capitalized terms used in the table below relating to
such long-term debt are defined below in this note):

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
CDN 2013 Debentures
Total long-term debt

Current portion
Non-current portion

Interest rate

4.83%
3.75%
8.33%
7.50%

December 31,
2017,
Principal
outstanding
balance in
local
denominated
currency
000’s

December 31,
2016,
Principal
outstanding
balance in
local
denominated
currency
000’s

December 31,
2017
Carrying
amount
$000’s
      1,895,654      1,848,397      2,021,097     
286,143     
210,000     
—     

382,222     
95,000     
—     

453,540     
56,632     
—     
       2,358,569     
4,990     
       2,353,579     

December
31,
2015
Carrying
amount
$000’s

December 31,
2015,
Principal
outstanding
December 31,
balance in
2016
local
Carrying
denominated
amount
currency
$000’s
000’s
1,965,928      2,041,616      1,978,763 
307,584 
161,524 
21,556 
       2,469,427 
32,889 
       2,436,538  

296,198     
166,453     
—     
2,428,579     
47,750     
2,380,829     

289,048     
210,000     
30,000     

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation incurred the following interest on its then-outstanding long-term debt:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total

Effective interest rate

Interest
$000's

Interest
Accretion
$000's

  Total Interest

$000's

5.54%
4.37%
16.05%

76,851     
16,824     
14,340     
108,015     

11,817     
1,271     
5,179     
18,267     

88,668 
18,095 
19,519 
126,282

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation incurred the following interest on its then-outstanding long-term debt:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
CDN 2013 Debentures
Total

Effective interest rate

Interest
$000's

5.71%    
5.68%    
13.26%    
7.50%    

95,356 
16,950     
17,082     
—     
129,388     

Interest
Accretion
$000's

  Total Interest

$000's

7,721     
1,241     
4,929     
125     
14,016     

103,077 
18,191 
22,011 
125 
143,404

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
   
 
     
      
   
 
     
      
      
      
   
 
     
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
   
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
 
 
The Corporation’s debt balance for the year ended December 31, 2017 was as follows:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total

    Accretion

    Principal
Movements
$000's

Opening
Balance
$000's
1,965,928      (125,442)    
296,198      100,529     
166,453      (115,000)    
2,428,579      (139,913)    

    Transaction
costs
$000's
(3,906)     11,817     
1,271     
5,179     
(4,735)     18,267     

(829)    
—     

$000's

  Translation

$000's

Total
$000's

  Current
$000's

  Long-term

$000's

—      1,848,397     
453,540     
56,632     
56,371      2,358,569     

56,371     
—     

7,042      1,841,355 
450,241 
3,299     
(5,351)    
61,983 
4,990      2,353,579  

The Corporation’s debt balance for the year ended December 31, 2016 was as follows:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
CDN 2013 Debentures
Total

Transaction
costs
$000's

Principal
Movements
$000's

Opening
Balance
$000's
1,978,763      (20,587)    
(3,204)    
—     
21,556      (22,561)    
2,469,427      (46,352)    

307,584     
161,524     

Accretion
$000's

Translation
$000's

Total
$000's

Current
$000's

Long-term
$000's

—     
7,752     
1,241     
—     
4,929     
—     
—     
—     
—      13,922     

—      1,965,928      45,848      1,920,080 
288,686 
(9,423)    
172,063 
—     
1,005     
— 
(8,418)     2,428,579      47,750      2,380,829  

296,198     
166,453     
—     

7,512     
(5,610)    
—     

The principal repayments of the Corporation’s currently outstanding long-term debt over the next five years, as adjusted for revised estimates of excess cash
flow allocations to the principal repayment of the First Lien Term Loans, amount to the following:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total

(a)

First and Second Lien Term Loans

1 Year
$000's

2 Years
$000's

3 Years
$000's

19,443 
4,709 
— 
24,152 

19,443 
4,709 
— 
24,152 

19,443 
4,709 
— 
24,152 

4 Years
$000's
1,837,326 
444,960 
— 
2,282,286 

5 Years
$000's

— 
— 
95,000 
95,000

On August 1, 2014, the Corporation completed the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, which was partly financed through the issuance of long-term debt,
allocated into first and second lien term loans. Giving effect to a previously disclosed refinancing in August 2015 (the “Refinancing”), and the Repricing (as
defined below), as at December 31, 2017, the first lien term loans consisted of a $1.85 billion first lien term loan priced at LIBOR plus 3.50% (the “USD First
Lien Term Loan”) and a €378 million seven-year first lien term loan priced at EURIBOR plus 3.75% (the “EUR First Lien Term Loan” and, together with the
USD First Lien Term Loan, the “First Lien Term Loans”), with 1.00% LIBOR and 0% EURIBOR floors respectively, and each repayable on August 22, 2021.
Also without giving effect to the Refinancing, Repricing and Prepayments (as defined below), as at December 31, 2017, the second lien term loan consisted
of a $95 million loan priced at LIBOR plus 7.00%, with a 1.00% LIBOR floor and repayable on August 1, 2022 (the “USD Second Lien Term Loan”).

On  March  3,  2017,  the  Corporation  completed  the  repricing  and  retranching  of  the  First  Lien  Term  Loans  and  amended  the  applicable  credit  agreement
(collectively, the “Repricing”). The Repricing included reducing the applicable interest rate margin on the First Lien Term Loans by 0.5%  to LIBOR plus
3.5% with a LIBOR floor of 1% to EURIBOR plus 3.75% with a 0% EURIBOR floor, respectively, and retranching such loans by raising €100 million of
incremental debt on the EUR First Lien Term Loan and using the proceeds to reduce the USD First Lien Term Loan by $106 million. The Corporation and the
lenders also amended the credit agreement for the First Lien Term Loans to, among other things, reflect the Repricing and waive the required 2016 and 2017
excess cash flow repayments (as defined and described in the credit agreement) previously due on March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

The Repricing has been accounted for as a debt modification as the terms of the amended credit agreement were not considered to be substantially different
than the previous terms and as a result there was no significant impact on the carrying amount.

On  August  8,  2017,  and  September  20,  2017,  the  Corporation  made  principal  prepayments  without  penalty  (the  “Prepayments”)  of  $40  million  and  $75
million, respectively, under the USD Second Lien Term Loan using cash on its balance sheet, cash flow from operations, or a combination thereof.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
First Lien Term Loans

Except as set forth above, the Corporation is required to allocate up to 50% of the excess cash flow of the Corporation to the principal repayment of the First
Lien Term Loans. Excess cash flow is referred to as EBITDA of Stars Group Holdings B.V. on a consolidated basis for such excess cash flow period (i.e.,
each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015), minus, without duplication, debt service, capital expenditures, permitted
business acquisitions and investments, taxes paid in cash, increases in working capital, cash expenditures in respect of swap agreements, any extraordinary,
unusual  or  nonrecurring  loss,  income  or  gain  on  asset  dispositions,  and  plus,  without  any  duplication,  decreases  in  working  capital,  capital  expenditures
funded with the proceeds of the issuance of debt or the issuance of equity, cash payments received in respect of swap agreements, any extraordinary, unusual
or nonrecurring gain realized in cash and cash interest income to the extent deducted in the computation of EBITDA.

The percentage allocated to the principal repayment can fluctuate based on the following:

•

•

If the total secured leverage ratio at the end of the applicable excess cash flow period is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 but is greater than 4.00
to 1.00, the repayments will be 25% of the excess cash flow.

If the total secured leverage ratio at the end of the applicable excess cash flow period is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00, the repayment will be
0% of the excess cash flow.

The agreement for the First Lien Term Loans restricts Stars Group Holdings B.V. and its subsidiaries from, among other things, incurring additional debt or
granting additional liens on its assets and equity, distributing equity interests and distributing any assets to third parties.

Second Lien Term Loan

Giving effect to the Refinancing and Prepayments, the principal balance of the USD Second Lien Term Loan decreased during the year, with $95 million
outstanding at December 31, 2017. The applicable and effective interest rates are noted in the tables above.

(b)

2013 Debentures

On February 7, 2013, the Corporation closed a private placement of units, issuing and selling 30,000 units at a price of CDN $1,000 per unit for aggregate
gross  proceeds  of  CDN  $30  million.  Each  unit  consisted  of  certain  non-convertible  subordinated  debentures  (the  “CDN  2013  Debentures”)  and  non-
transferable Common Share purchase warrants. The CDN 2013 Debentures matured on January 31, 2016 and CDN $30 million was repaid on February 1,
2016 and the then-remaining outstanding warrants expired on January 31, 2016.  As of such date, the Corporation had no further obligations under or with
respect to the same.

20. 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Corporation’s objective in managing capital is to ensure a sufficient liquidity position to manage its business and growth objectives while maximizing
return to shareholders through the optimization of debt and equity. On an ongoing basis, liquidity is necessary to finance its marketing activities, research and
development activities, general and administrative expenses, working capital and overall capital expenditures.

The Corporation has historically financed its liquidity needs, primarily through borrowings, hybrid instruments and issuance of capital stock. Since the Stars
Interactive Group Acquisition, the Corporation has met all its current liquidity requirements from the cash flow generated from operations.

The  capital  structure  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  consists  of  net  debt,  which  includes  long-term  debt,  and  is  offset  by  cash  balances,  and  total
equity  attributable  to  shareholders.  The  Corporation’s  capital  management  objectives  are  to  optimize  its  capital  structure  with  a  view  to  both  deleverage
existing  operations  and  minimize  dilution  by  focusing  on,  among  other  things,  improving  profitability,  repaying  debt  and  undertaking  stock  buy-back
programs.

For additional information regarding the Corporation’s liquidity risk, see note 31.

21.

DERIVATIVES

The  Corporation  is  exposed  to  interest  rate  and  currency  risk.  The  Corporation  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  for  risk  management  purposes  and
anticipates  that  such  instruments  will  mitigate  interest  rate  and  currency  risk,  as  applicable.  As  such,  any  change  in  cash  flows  associated  with  derivative
instruments is expected to be offset by changes in cash flows related to the hedged position. 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedge accounting

On March 2, 2015, a subsidiary of the Corporation entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (the “March 2015 Swap Agreements”). A USD
notional amount of $1.74 billion was designated in cash flow hedge relationships to hedge the interest rate and foreign exchange risk of the USD First Lien
Term Loan bearing a minimum floating interest rate of 5.0% (USD three-month LIBOR plus a 4.0% margin, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%). The March 2015
Swap Agreements, which mature in August 2019, fixed the Euro to USD exchange rate at 1.1102 and fixed the Euro interest payments at an average rate of
4.6016%.

In connection with the Refinancing (see note 19), a subsidiary of the Corporation entered into two additional cross-currency interest rate swap agreements to
hedge  the  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risk,  effective  August  12,  2015,  for  a  USD  notional  amount  of  $325  million  (the  “August  2015  Swap
Agreements” and together with the March 2015 Swap Agreements, the “Swap Agreements” or “CCIRS”). A portion of the August 2015 Swap Agreements
(USD notional amount of $302 million) was designated in cash flow hedge relationships to hedge the interest rate and foreign exchange risk of the USD First
Lien Term Loan bearing a minimum floating interest rate of 5.0% (USD three-month LIBOR plus a 4.0% margin, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%). The August
2015 Swap Agreements, which mature in August 2019, fixed the Euro to USD exchange rate of 1.094 and fixed the Euro interest payments at an average rate
of 4.657%. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation unwound and settled a notional principal amount of $616.54 million of the CCIRS for
a gain of $13.9 million.

As part of the Repricing (see note 19), the Corporation reduced the applicable interest rate margin on the First Lien Term Loans by 50 basis points to LIBOR
plus 350 basis points with a LIBOR floor of 100 basis points. As a result, the Corporation de-designated and re-designated the applicable hedging instruments
in new hedge accounting relationships. An amount of $17.53 million was recognized as Financial expenses during the year ended December 31, 2017 relating
to the amortization of the Other comprehensive income balance brought forward from the previous hedge accounting relationship.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, there was no ineffectiveness with respect to the cash flow hedge  (December 31, 2016 – ineffectiveness gain of
$470,000) recognized in financial expenses. At the end of 2017, there were forward contracts to sell USD and purchase a notional amount of GBP67.5 million
to hedge the Corporation’s exposure to GBP expenses in 2018. These contracts have been designated as cashflow hedges. There were no equivalent contracts
outstanding at the end of 2016.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  $16.58  million  (December  31,  2016  -  $7.75  million)  was  reclassified  from  “Reserves”    to  the  consolidated
statements  of  earnings  as  Financial  expenses.  The  fair  value  of  the  Swap  Agreements  in  hedging  relationships  included  in  the  derivative  liabilities  of  the
Corporation as at December 31, 2017 was $111.76 million (December 31, 2016 – derivative asset of $52.04 million).

Net investment hedge accounting

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and during a portion of the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation designated a portion of the USD First
Lien Term Loan, its entire principal amount of the USD Second Lien Term Loan and its then-outstanding deferred consideration (i.e., the deferred purchase
price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition) as a foreign exchange hedge of its net investment in its foreign operations.   Accordingly, the portion of the
losses arising from the translation of the USD-denominated liabilities (net of transaction costs) that was determined to be an effective hedge during the period
was  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  under  the  heading  foreign  currency  translation  reserve,  offsetting  a  portion  of  the  losses  arising  from
translation of the Corporation’s net investment in its foreign operations.   

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there was no ineffectiveness with respect to the net investment hedge.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation recorded an unrealized exchange loss on translation of $134.72 million (December 31, 2016 - $48.29
million) in the “Cumulative translation adjustment” in reserves related to the translation of a portion of the USD First Lien Term Loan, USD Second Lien
Term Loan and the deferred consideration.

Derivative instruments without hedge accounting

At December 31, 2017, the Corporation had a series of forward foreign exchange contracts in place to protect against the translation of non-USD monetary
balance  sheet  items.  These  contracts  had  a  maturity  date  of  January  31,  2018.  As  at  December  31,  2016,  the  Corporation  had  a  series  of  forward  foreign
exchange contracts to sell USD for Euros. These economic hedges are intended to mitigate the impact of the fluctuation of the USD to Euro exchange rates on
foreign currency liabilities. The series of contracts were for the sale of $ 125.52 million for €114.34 million at a rate of $1.0978 to €1.0000 with a maturity
date of March 31, 2017.

46

 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Corporation  recognized  a  loss  of  $7.11  million.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Corporation
recognized a realized loss in income on forward foreign exchange contracts of $1.47 million and an unrealized loss in income of $4.92 million.

Put liabilities

In connection with the July 31, 2015 acquisition of Stars Fantasy Sports Subco, LLC (“Stars Fantasy”), which currently provides software development and
related services and support to the Corporation’s BetStars brand, the Corporation granted a put option to the sellers whereby such sellers had the right, but not
the obligation, to sell to the Corporation all the equity interests then held by such sellers. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation acquired
the remaining equity interests from the sellers for an amount of $5.95 million. At December 31, 2016 the derivative was recorded at the present value of $5.59
million. The put option was categorized as a Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy and used a 5.7% discount rate to determine its fair value.

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivatives as at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the change in fair value for the years ended December 31,
2017 and 2016:

Derivative Assets

Opening balance, as at January 1, 2016
Unrealized (loss) gain in fair value
Total derivative asset as at December 31, 2016
Acquisition
Realized gain
Settlement
Unrealized gain (loss) in fair value
Total derivative asset as at December 31, 2017

Current portion
Non-current portion

Derivative Liabilities

Opening balance, as at January 1, 2016
Unrealized loss (gain) in fair value
Accretion
Translation
Total derivative liability as at December 31, 2016
Unrealized (gain) loss in fair value
Realized gain on settlement
Settlement
Translation
Total derivative liability as at December 31, 2017

Current portion
Non-current portion

Forward Contracts
$000's

Cross-currency
interest rate swap
contracts
$000's

  Currency options
$000's

Total
$000's

4,012 
(4,012)
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,037 
2,037 

2,037 

—     

9,473 
42,565 
52,038 
— 
— 
(13,904)
(38,134)
— 

— 
—     

— 
—     
— 
906     
(375)
726     

(1,257)

—     
— 
—     

13,485 
38,553 
52,038 
906 
(375)
(13,178)
(37,354)
2,037 

2,037 
—

Forward Contracts
$000's

Cross-currency
interest rate swap
contracts
$000's

Put Liability
$000's

Total
$000's

16,538 
(16,538)
— 
— 
— 
110,855 
— 
— 
907 
111,762 

— 
111,762 

6,102     
(815)    
307     
—     
5,594     
—     
—     
(5,594)    
—     
—     
—     
—     

24,824 
(14,247)
307 
(368)
10,516 
109,029 
(2,829)
(5,771)
817 
111,762 

— 
111,762  

2,184 
3,106 
— 
(368)
4,922 
(1,826)
(2,829)
(177)
(90)
— 

— 
— 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
22.

COMMITMENTS

The Group as Lessee

At December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases and other obligations aggregate to $61.6
million and are payable as follows:

Rent
Other
Total

The Group as Lessor

Within one year
$000’s

  Later than one year
but not later than
5 years
$000’s

  More than 5 years

$000’s

9,400   
18   
9,418   

28,323   
—   
28,323   

23,828 
— 
23,828  

At December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s future minimum lease receipts under non-cancellable operating leases aggregate to $17.6 million and are receivable
as follows;

Rent
Total

23.

OTHER PAYABLES

Within one year
$000’s

  Later than one year
but not later than
5 years
$000’s

  More than 5 years

$000’s

1,964   
1,964   

7,855   
7,855   

7,806 
7,806  

The Corporation’s other payables at December 31, 2017 primarily comprise customer rewards and value-added tax (“VAT”) as described below. The customer
rewards relate to the Stars Rewards cross vertical loyalty program Stars Rewards include randomized rewards, such as “Stars Coins”, which can be used to
make a wide variety of purchases and entry into tournaments, in lieu of cash. The VAT payable primarily relates to a provision for VAT for prior periods
which has arisen following recent engagement with the Swiss tax authority on the application of the law.

Austria gaming duty
VAT payable
Customer rewards
Brokerage account payable
Bonuses payable to employees
Other payables
Total current portion of other payable

24.

PROVISIONS

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

—   
12,990   
29,508   
—   
195   
21   
42,714   

7,245 
— 
40,396 
7,397 
1,550 
— 
56,588  

The provisions in the consolidated statements of financial position include, among other items, the provision for jackpots, which are repayable in accordance
with applicable terms and conditions, the provision for the then-outstanding deferred consideration primarily relating to the deferred payment for the Stars
Interactive Group Acquisition and the  minimum revenue guarantee or EBITDA support agreement, as applicable, in connection with the sale of WagerLogic,
the Chartwell/Cryptologic Sale and the Innova Offering (see notes 4 and 12). The minimum revenue guarantee is a quarterly payment, which is not contingent
on future events.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Consideration

The purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition included a deferred payment of $400 million payable on February 1, 2017. The fair value of
the  deferred  payment  as  at  December  31,  2016  of  $195.51  million  was  recorded  in  Provisions.  The  fair  value  measurement  at  December  31,  2016  was
calculated utilizing a discounted cash flow approach using a 6% discount rate and categorized as a Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. A 1% change in the
discount rate would have impacted the value by $9.4 million. The Corporation paid the remaining balance of the deferred consideration in full during the year
ended December 31, 2017.

The carrying amounts and the movements in the provisions during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2016
Adjustment to provision recognized
Payments
Accretion of discount
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Foreign exchange translation losses (gains)
Balance at December 31, 2016
Adjustment to provision recognized
Payments
Accretion of discount
Reclassification
Foreign exchange translation losses
Balance at December 31, 2017

Current portion at December 31, 2016
Non-current portion at December 31, 2016
Current portion at December 31, 2017
Non-current portion at December 31, 2017

Minimum
revenue
guarantee
$000’s

  Other
$000’s

Total
$000’s

Player
bonuses
and jackpots
$000’s

2,688 
13,885 
(15,013)   
— 
— 
11 
1,571 
48,146 
(44,121)   
— 
(1,444)   
113 
4,265 

Deferred
consideration
(*)
$000’s
382,728 
— 

(200,000)   
22,277 
(2,466)   
(24)   

202,515 

(815)   
(197,510)   
2,048 
— 
62 
6,300 

19,395 
5,762 
(8,998)   
1,095 
— 
382 
17,636 

(121)   
(9,311)   
839 
— 
1,075 
10,118 

1,087 
4,613 
(5,700)   
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,571 
— 
4,265 
— 

202,515 
— 
6,300 
— 

8,694 
8,942 
7,025 
3,093 

— 
— 
— 
— 

405,898 
24,260 
(229,711)
23,372 
(2,466)
369 
221,722 
47,210 
(250,942)
2,887 
(1,444)
1,250 
20,683 

212,780 
8,942 
17,590 
3,093  

(*) Deferred consideration of $6.30 million as at December 31, 2017 was recognized on acquisition of Diamond Game and is contingent on future events.

The payout of player bonuses and jackpots are dependent on when a player decides to cash out his or her winnings or deposits or when a player hits a jackpot.

25.

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

The Corporation holds customer deposits, along with winnings and any bonuses in trust accounts from which money may not be removed if it would result in
a shortfall of such deposits. These deposits are included in current assets in the consolidated statements of financial position under Cash - customer deposits
and Current investments – customer deposits and includes cash and short term, highly liquid investments. Customer deposits are segregated as follows:

Cash - customer deposits
Current investments - customer deposits
Total

Customer deposits liability

As at December 31,

2017

$000's

2016

$000's

227,098   
122,668   
349,766   

349,766   

138,225   
228,510   
366,735   

366,735 

Customer  deposit  liabilities  relate  to  customer  deposits  which  are  held  in  multiple  bank  and  investment  accounts  that  are  segregated  from  those  holding
operational funds.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
       
       
       
       
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26.

SHARE CAPITAL

The  authorized  share  capital  of  the  Corporation  consists  of  an  unlimited  number  of  Common  Shares,  with  no  par  value,  and  an  unlimited  number  of
convertible preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), with no par value, issuable in series. As at December 31, 2017, 147,947,874 shares were issued and fully
paid (December 31, 2016 - 145,101,127).

Opening balance, as at January 1, 2016
Exercise of stock options
Exercise of warrants
Ending balance, as at December 31, 2016
Exercise of stock options and other equity awards
Repurchase of Common Shares
Ending balance, as at December 31, 2017

Common
Shares
Number
133,426,193 
408,359 
11,266,575 
145,101,127 

Preferred
Shares
Number

1,139,249 
— 
— 
1,139,249 

2,923,184     
(76,437)    
147,947,874     

—     
—     
1,139,249     

Common
Shares
$000’s

Preferred
Shares
$000’s

887,015     
1,215 
290,174 
1,178,404 

21,923     
(493)    
1,199,834     

684,385 
— 
— 
684,385 
— 
— 
684,385  

As at December 31, 2017, the Preferred Shares are convertible into 58,084,801 Common Shares (December 31, 2016 – 54,750,496). The Preferred Shares
rank senior to the Common Shares with respect to amounts payable in the event of its liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. The Preferred Shares are not
entitled  to  receive  dividends  and  have  no  voting  rights  (or  any  related  notice  rights,  including  notice  of  shareholder  meetings)  except  with  respect  to
amendments to the terms of the Preferred Shares or as otherwise required under applicable laws. Each Preferred Share is convertible at the holder’s option at
any time in whole or in part, initially into 41.67 Common Shares (the “Conversion Ratio”), based on an initial conversion price of CDN $24.00 per Common
Share (the “Initial Conversion Price”). The Conversion Ratio will be adjusted each February 1 and August 1 by multiplying the Conversion Ratio then in
effect immediately prior to such adjustment by 1.03.  

The Corporation may give notice to holders of Preferred Shares to force conversion (in whole or in part under certain circumstances) if the following two
conditions are satisfied: (i) the closing share price of the Common Shares has been in excess of 175% of the Initial Conversion Price on any 20 trading days
within a 30 consecutive day period, and (ii) except in certain circumstances, the average daily volume on any 20 trading days within the 30 consecutive day
period  referred  to  above  was  at  least  1.75  million  Common  Shares.  Any  mandatory  conversion  will  also  be  subject  to  specified  regulatory  and  consent
conditions.

The Preferred Shares also contain anti-dilution Conversion Ratio adjustments for certain dividends or distributions (cash, shares or otherwise), share splits,
share  combinations,  below-market  equity  issuances,  or  rights,  options  or  warrant  issuances,  tender  offer  or  exchange  offer  payments,  and  reorganization
events. In addition, upon a “fundamental change”, additional Common Shares may be issuable to holders of Preferred Shares as a premium.  Under the terms
of the Preferred Shares, for so long as each of GSO Capital Partners LP (“GSO”) and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BlackRock”) holds 50% or
more of the Preferred Shares issued to it on August 1, 2014, the Corporation undertakes:

•

•

•

•

•

•

not to incur indebtedness unless (i) the ratio of Consolidated Net Debt to LTM EBITDA (as each term is defined in the Corporation’s current
articles) would be 6.7 to 1 or less on a pro forma basis, or (ii) such indebtedness is Permitted Debt (as defined in the Corporation’s current
articles);

not to issue equity securities ranking equal or superior to the Preferred Shares;

not to make acquisitions that (i) individually exceed US$250.0 million, or (ii) since August 1, 2014, total US$500.0 million or more (subject
to specified ordinary course of business and consent exceptions);

(i) not to require a mandatory conversion of Preferred Shares if such mandatory conversion would require a regulatory filing or waiver for any
holder of Preferred Shares in excess of that required for an institutional investor waiver in the State of New Jersey, and (ii) to notify GSO and
BlackRock in writing at least 60 days prior to any action that will require a regulatory filing or waiver for any holder of Preferred Shares in
excess of that required for an institutional investor waiver in New Jersey;

to  cooperate  with  holders  of  Preferred  Shares  in  connection  with  anti-trust  or  competition  filings  relating  to  their  investment  in  the
Corporation and/or conversion of Preferred Shares;

to maintain the listing of the Common Shares on the Nasdaq; and

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

to comply with the Corporation’s continuous disclosure requirements and provisions of the registration rights agreement to which it is a party.

If the Corporation fails to comply with these undertakings, the Conversion Ratio may be increased between a range of 2% and 6% per annum, depending on
which undertaking is breached, for each year in which the breach occurs.

During the year ended December 31, 2017:

•
•

the Corporation issued nil Common Shares as a result of the exercise of warrants.  
the Corporation issued 2,899,184 Common Shares for cash consideration of $16.63 million as a result of the exercise of stock options and other
equity awards. The exercised stock options and other equity awards were initially valued at $5.26 million using the Black-Scholes valuation
model. Upon the exercise of stock options and other equity awards, the value originally allocated to the stock options and other equity awards
in reserves was reallocated to the Common Shares so issued.

During the year ended December 31, 2016:

•

•

the Corporation issued 11,266,575 Common Shares for cash consideration of $1.29 million as a result of the exercise of warrants. The exercised
warrants  were  initially  valued  at  $288.98  million  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  Upon  the  exercise  of  the  warrants,  the  value
originally allocated to the warrants in reserves was reallocated to the Common Shares so issued.
the Corporation issued 408,359 Common Shares for cash consideration of $921,000 as a result of the exercise of stock options. The exercised
stock options were valued at $294,000 using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Upon the exercise of the stock options, the value originally
allocated to the stock options in reserves was reallocated to the Common Shares so issued.    

27.

RESERVES

The following table highlights the classes of reserves included in the Corporation’s equity:

Balance – January 1,
2016
Cumulative translation
adjustments
Stock-based
compensation
Exercise of warrants
Exercise of stock options    
Realized gains (losses)
Unrealized (losses) gains    
Balance – December 31,
2016

Cumulative translation
adjustments
Stock-based
compensation
Exercise of equity awards    
Realized (losses) gains
Unrealized gains (losses)    
Reclassification (see
below)
Deferred Tax on stock-
based compensation
Other
Balance – December 31,
2017

Warrants
$000’s

Equity
awards
$000’s

Treasury
shares
$000’s

    Cumulative
translation
adjustments
$000’s

    Available-for-

    Derivatives

sale investments
$000’s

$000’s

    Other
$000’s

Total
$000’s

303,620         21,147        

(30,035)  

54,202   

(12,282)  

(56,937)  

     1,249     280,964 

—        

—        

—         10,289        

(288,982)       
—        
—        
—        

—        
(294)       
—        
—        

—   

—   

—   
—   
—   
—   

22,969   

—   

—   
—   
—   
—   

—   

—   

—   
—   
4,394   
(2,095)  

—   

     —     22,969 

—   

     —     10,289 

—   
—   
(42,263)  
50,865   

     —     (288,982)
     —    
(294)
     —     (37,869)
     —     48,770 

14,638         31,142        

(30,035)  

77,171   

(9,983)  

(48,335)  

     1,249     35,847 

—        

—        

—   

(189,012)  

—         10,622        

—        
—        
—        

(5,258)       
—        
—        

50        

—        

—        

359        

—        

—        

—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

—   

493   

—   

—   

—   

     —     (189,012)

—   

     —     10,622 

—   
(37,090)  
32,474   

—   
     160,069   
     (151,311)  

     —    
(5,258)
     —     122,979 
     —     (118,837)

—   

—   
—   
—   

(8,868)  

9,197   

—   

(379)   

— 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

     —    

5,594   

     (5,127)   

359 

960 

14,688         36,865        

(29,542)  

(120,709)  

(5,402)  

(33,983)  

     (4,257)    (142,340)

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
   
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  principal  reclassification  made  by  the  Corporation  was  $9.19  million  from  the  Cumulative  translation
adjustments reserves to the “available-for-sale investments” reserve to correct an error in the recording of the change in valuation of the available-for-sale
investments as at December 31, 2015. The reclassification in the period does not impact the Corporation’s net assets as at December 31, 2015, December 31,
2016 or December 31, 2017 or Net earnings for the years ending December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2017. There was also no impact to
Total comprehensive income as reported for the year ending December 31, 2015. For the year ending December 31, 2015, the loss in fair value reported in the
available-for-sale  investments  in  Other  comprehensive  income  of  $17.02  million  was  overstated  by  $9.19  million  and  the  unrealized  foreign  currency
translation gain from continuing operations reported as $81.58 million was overstated by $9.19 million.

Treasury Shares

Chartwell acquisition “sunset” clause

The  Corporation  cancelled  76,437  common  shares  related  to  the  acquisition  of  Chartwell  in  2011  that  were  unclaimed  and  surrendered  to  the  Corporation. These
securities were cancelled due to the expiration of the “sunset” provisions set forth in the arrangement agreement for the purchase, which provided for the
cancellation of a right of the holder to receive cash consideration, for any certificates formerly representing Chartwell shares that were not deposited with all
other  documents  as  required  by  the    applicable  plan  arrangement  on  or  before  the  fourth  anniversary  of  the  date  of  purchase.  The  difference  between  the
aggregate purchase price and the book value of the reclaimed shares was accounted for in the Treasury shares account in Reserves within Equity during the
first quarter of 2017.  

Share repurchase under 2015 Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”)

On  February  13,  2015,  the  TSX  approved  the  Corporation’s  2015  NCIB  to  purchase  for  cancellation  up  to  6,644,737  common  shares,  representing
approximately 5% of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding common shares as of January 26, 2015. The Corporation purchased and cancelled an aggregate
of 1,455,300 common shares pursuant to the 2015 NCIB for an aggregate purchase price of approximately CDN $45.5 million. The 2015 NCIB terminated on
February 17, 2016.

Cumulative Translation Adjustments

Exchange differences relating to the translation of the net assets of the Corporation’s foreign operations from their functional currency into the Corporation’s
presentational currency are recognized directly in the Cumulative translation adjustment reserve.

Available-for-sale Investments  

This reserve recognizes the realized and unrealized gain and loss movements in the available-for-sale investments that are held by the Corporation. See note
28.

Derivatives

This reserve recognizes the realized and unrealized gain and loss movements in the hedge instruments held by the Corporation. See note 28.

Stock Options

See note 2 for details on Stock Options.          

The following table provides information about outstanding stock options issued under the Plans:

Beginning balance
Transactions during the period:
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Ending balance

As at December 31, 2017

As at December 31, 2016

Number of
options
10,358,475 

202,000 
(2,899,184)
(785,675)
6,875,616 

Weighted
average
exercise
price CDN $

20.54 

18.30 
7.47 
27.56 
25.24 

Number of
options
12,000,819 

65,000 
(408,359)
(1,298,985)
10,358,475 

Weighted
average
exercise
price CDN $

20.69 

20.35 
3.01 
27.45 
20.54

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation granted an aggregate of 202,000 stock options under the Plans.

The outstanding stock options issued under the Plans are exercisable at prices ranging from CDN$2.85 to CDN$35.30 per share and have a weighted average
contractual term of 4.08 years.

The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2017 was CDN$7.47 (December 31, 2016 – CDN$3.01).

A summary of exercisable options per stock option grant under the Plans is as follows:

Exercise prices CDN $
2.85 to 7.95
8.43 to 35.30
16.00 to 18.30

Outstanding options

Exercisable options

Weighted
average
outstanding
maturity
period
(years)

0 to 3   
3 to 5   
5 to 7   
4.08   

Number of
options

402,066   
6,245,050   
228,500   
6,875,616   

Number of
options

402,066   
3,986,875   
10,000   
4,398,941   

Exercise
price
CDN $
2.85 to 7.95 
18.48 to 35.30 
16 
25.16

The  Corporation  recorded  a  compensation  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  of  $10.6  million  (December  31,  2016  –  $10.29  million).  As  at
December 31, 2017, the Corporation had $4.3 million of compensation expense related to the issuance of stock options to be recorded in future periods.

The stock options issued during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were accounted for at their grant date fair value of $579,000 and $209,000,
respectively, as determined by the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected volatility
Expected life
Expected forfeiture rate
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Weighted average share price
Weighted average fair value of options at grant date

2017

55%  

4.75 years 

17%  
1.02%  
Nil 
CDN $18.30 
CDN $4.46 

2016

54%

4.75 years 

17%
1.07%
Nil 
CDN $20.35 
CDN $4.31

The expected life of the options is estimated using the average of the vesting period and the contractual life of the options. The expected volatility is estimated
based on the Corporation’s public trading history on the TSX for the last 4.75 years. Expected forfeiture rate is estimated based on a combination of historical
forfeiture rates and expected turnover rates.

RSUs

The following table provides information about outstanding RSUs issued by the Corporation under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. See note 2 for details on
RSUs.

Balance as at January 1, 2017
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance as at December 31, 2017

53

2017
No. of units

    Weighted Average Exercise Price  
— 
$22.41 
$21.80 
— 

—     

153,064   
(12,000)  

—     
141,064     

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
PSUs

The following table provides information about outstanding PSUs issued and potential additional PSUs issuable by the Corporation under the 2015 Equity
Incentive Plan. See note 2 for details on PSUs.

Balance as at January 1, 2017
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance as at December 31, 2017

RSs

2017
No. of units

    Weighted Average Exercise Price  
— 
$22.47 
— 
— 

—     

282,036   

—     
—     
282,036     

The following table provides information about outstanding RSs issued by the Corporation under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. See note 2 for details on
RSs.

Balance as at January 1, 2017
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance as at December 31, 2017

DSUs

2017
No. of units

—     

    Weighted Average Exercise Price  
— 
$21.80 
$21.80 
— 

12,000   
(12,000)  

—     
—     

The following table provides information about outstanding DSUs issued by the Corporation under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. See note 2 for details on
DSUs.

Balance as at January 1, 2017
Issued
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance as at December 31, 2017

Dividend Equivalents

During the year ended December 31, 2017, no dividends were declared.

Warrants

The following table provides information about outstanding warrants at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

2017
No. of units

    Weighted Average Exercise Price  
— 
$15.26 
— 
— 

—     

92,703   

—     
—     
92,703     

Beginning balance
Issued
Exercised
Expired
Ending balance

As at December 31, 2017

As at December 31, 2016

Number of
warrants

4,000,000   
—   
—   
—   
4,000,000   

Weighted
average
exercise
price CDN $

19.17   
—   
—   
—   
19.17   

Number of
warrants
15,274,584   
—   
(11,273,902)  
(682)  
4,000,000   

Weighted
average
exercise
price CDN $

5.14 
— 
0.16 
6.25 
19.17

54

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information about outstanding warrants per particular warrant grant:

Grant date
May 15, 2014

Expiry date
May 15, 2024   

Number of
warrants

4,000,000   
4,000,000   

Exercise price CDN $

19.17
19.17

The  warrants  issued  in  2014  were  accounted  for  at  their  grant  date  fair  value,  as  determined  by  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  using  the  following
weighted-average assumptions:

Expected volatility
Expected life
Expected forfeiture rate
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Weighted average fair value of warrants at grant date

28.

FAIR VALUE

2014

60%

10 years 

0%
1.17%
Nil 
CDN $28.64

The Corporation determined that the carrying values of its short-term financial assets and liabilities approximate their fair value because of the relatively short
periods to maturity of these instruments and low risk of credit.

Certain  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The  following  table  provides
information about how the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are determined as at each of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

Funds - Available-for-sale
Bonds - Available-for-sale
Equity in private companies - Available-for-sale
Equity in quoted companies - Available-for-sale
Total available-for-sale
Derivatives
Total financial assets

Derivatives
Total financial liabilities

Fair value &
carrying
value
$000’s

7,045 
115,343 
6,981 
281 
129,650 
2,037 
131,687   

111,762   
111,762   

As at December 31, 2017

Level 1
$000’s

Level 2  
$000’s

Level 3  
$000’s

7,045 
115,343 
— 
281 
122,669 
— 

122,669   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2,037 
2,037   

—   
—   

  111,762   
  111,762   

— 
— 
6,981 
— 
6,981 
— 
6,981 

— 
—

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funds - Available-for-sale
Bonds - Available-for-sale
Equity in private companies - Available-for-sale
Equity in quoted companies - Available-for-sale
Total available-for-sale
Equity in quoted companies - Fair value through profit/loss
Debentures - Fair value through profit/loss
Total fair value through profit/loss
Derivatives
Total financial assets

Derivatives
Provisions
Total financial liabilities

Fair value &
carrying
value
$000’s

As at December 31, 2016

Level 1
$000’s

Level 2    
$000’s

Level 3
$000’s

58,518 
98,605 
6,921 
115,480 
279,524 
8,328 
7,556 
15,884 
52,038   
347,446   

10,516   
195,506   
206,022   

58,518 
98,605 
— 
115,480 
272,603 
— 
— 
— 
—   
272,603   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7,556 
7,556 

  52,038   
  59,594   

— 
— 
6,921 
— 
6,921 
8,328 
— 
8,328 
— 
  15,249 

—   
—   
—   

4,922   
—   
4,922   

5,594 
  195,506 
  201,100 

Refer to note 31 for details on credit risk for the above financial assets.

The fair values of other financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost on the consolidated statements of financial position as at each of December
31, 2017, and December 31, 2016 are as follows:

As at December 31, 2017

First Lien Term Loans
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total financial liabilities

Promissory note
Total financial assets

First Lien Term Loans
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total financial liabilities

Fair value

Level 1

$000’s
2,370,335   
95,713   
2,466,048   

$000’s
2,370,335   
95,713   
2,466,048   

Level 2

$000’s

Level 3

$000’s

As at December 31, 2016

Fair value
$000’s

Level 1
$000’s

Level 2
$000’s

4,827   
4,827   

—   
—   

2,336,792   
209,870   
2,546,662   

2,336,792   
209,870   
2,546,662   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

— 
— 
—

Level 3
$000’s

4,827 
4,827 

— 
— 
—

Fair  value  is  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the
measurement date. When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Corporation uses market observable data to the extent possible. If the fair value
of an asset or a liability is not directly observable, it is estimated by the Corporation using valuation techniques that maximize the use of relevant observable
inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  (e.g.,  by  the  use  of  the  market  comparable  approach  that  reflects  recent  transaction  prices  for  similar
items, discounted cash flow analysis, or option pricing models refined to reflect the Corporation’s specific circumstances). Inputs used are consistent with the
characteristics of the asset or liability that market participants would take into account.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  which  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  at  fair  value,  the  fair  value
measurements  are  categorized  based  on  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety  and  the  degree  to  which  the
inputs are observable. The significance levels are classified as follows in the fair value hierarchy:

•
•

•

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly;
and
Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized by the Corporation at the end of the reporting period during which the transfer occurred as
part of its periodic review of fair values. There were transfers out of Level 3 and into Level 2 during Q3 2017 in respect of the NYX Sub Preferred Shares
(see Level 3 fair value table below). Following this transfer, the Corporation sold the NYX Sub Preferred Shares as part of its disposition of all its NYX
Gaming Group investments to Scientific Games during the year ended December 31, 2017 (note 7).

Valuation of Level 2 fair values

Derivative Financial Instruments

Currently,  the  Corporation  uses  cross  currency  swap  and  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  manage  its  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  risk  and  foreign
currency forward and option contracts to manage foreign currency risk. The valuation of these instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation
techniques  including  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  on  the  expected  cash  flows  of  each  derivative.  This  analysis  reflects  the  contractual  terms  of  the
derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, spot and forward rates, as well as option
volatility. 

To comply with the provisions of IFRS 13, Fair value measurement, the Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its
own non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative
contracts  for  the  effect  of  non-performance  risk,  the  Corporation  has  considered  the  impact  of  netting  and  any  applicable  credit  enhancements,  such  as
collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

Although the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 (excluding, as at December 31, 2016,
the put option in relation to Stars Fantasy) of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs,
such  as  estimates  of  current  credit  spreads  to  evaluate  the  likelihood  of  default  by  itself  and  its  counterparties.  However,  as  of  December  31,  2017  and
December 31, 2016, the Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative
positions and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. As a result, the Corporation has
determined  that  its  derivative  valuations  in  their  entirety  are  classified  in  Level  2  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  put  option  in  relation  to  Stars  Fantasy,
previously classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, was settled during the year end December 31, 2017.

NYX Sub Preferred Shares

The Corporation changed its valuation methodology for the NYX Sub Preferred Shares from a binomial valuation approach to a net present value approach
using a discount rate of 2.3%, during the period ended September 30, 2017, based on the offer price from Scientific Games. Prior to this the investment was
classified  as  a  Level  3  financial  asset  (2016:  Level  3  financial  asset).  The  Corporation  disposed  of  all  its  investments  in  NYX  Gaming  Group  during  the
period ended December 31, 2017 (see note 13).

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Level 3 fair values

Some of the Corporation’s financial assets and liabilities are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the respective fair value determinations
use inputs that are not based on observable market data. As at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, for each Level 3 asset or liability the valuation
techniques and key inputs used by the Corporation were as follows:

-

-

-

-
-

-

Equity  in  private  companies  (Level  3  Asset):  Given  the  nature  of  the  investee’s  business,  there  is  no  readily  available  market  data  to  carry  an
extensive valuation. The Corporation assesses for impairment on an annual basis using latest management budgets, long-term revenue growth rates
and pre-tax operating margins.
Promissory note (Level 3 Promissory note): The Corporation received the full balance of the Promissory note during the year ended December 31,
2017 (2016 – 11.3% discount rate).
Deferred  consideration  (Level  3  Liability):  The  Corporation  paid  the  remaining  balance  of  the  deferred  consideration  for  the  Stars  Interactive
Group Acquisition in full during the year ended December 31, 2017. See also note 24.
Stars Fantasy put option (Level 3 Liability): The option was exercised during the year ended December 31, 2017. See also note 21.
Innova EBITDA support agreement (Level 3 Liability): As previously disclosed, in connection with the Innova Offering, the Corporation entered
into an EBITDA support agreement with Innova. The Corporation uses a net present value approach for the Innova EBITDA support agreement
using  a  5.7%  discount  rate  (2016  –  5.7%  discount  rate).  The  higher  the  discount  rate,  the  lower  the  fair  value.  If  the  discount  rate  was  3.9%
higher/lower while all other variables were held constant, the carrying amount would decrease/increase by CDN$0.1 million. See also note 24.
Licensing  Agreement  (Level  3  Liability):  As  previously  disclosed,  in  connection  with  the  Chartwell/Cryptologic  Sale,  a  subsidiary  of  the
Corporation entered into the Licensing Agreement. The Corporation uses a net present value approach for the Licensing Agreement using a 5.7%
discount rate, 9% revenue share percentage and long-term revenue forecast (2016 – 5.7% and 9% respectively). The higher the discount rate, the
lower  the  fair  value.  If  the  discount  rate  was  3.9%  higher/lower  while  all  other  variables  were  held  constant,  the  carrying  amount  would
decrease/increase by CDN$0.15 million. See also note 13.

The following table shows a reconciliation from opening balances to the closing balances for Level 3 fair values:

Balance – January 1, 2016
Loss included in gain (loss) from investments
Interest and accretion included in income from investments and financial expenses
Purchases
Sales
Reclassification
Conversion of Level 3 instruments
Loss on settlement
Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income
Balance – December 31, 2016
Gain included in income from investments
Interest accretion included in financial expenses
Gain on settlement
Settlement of promissory note
Unrealized gain included in other comprehensive income
NYX Sub Preferred Shares transfer out of Level 3 (see notes above)
Balance – December 31, 2017

58

Level 3 Asset

    Level 3 Promissory note  

$000’s

$000’s

27,679   
(14,124)  
—   
11,754   
(2,566)  
501   
(8,377)  
—   
382   
15,249   
(398)  
—   
—   
—   
656   
(8,526)  
6,981   

7,700 
— 
888 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(3,761)
— 
4,827 
— 
256 
3,001 
(8,084)
— 
— 
— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
Balance – January 1, 2016
Accretion
Repayment of deferred consideration
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Balance – December 31, 2016
Accretion
Repayment of deferred consideration
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Settlement of put liability
Balance – December 31, 2017

29.

STATEMENT OF CASH-FLOWS

Changes in non-cash operating elements of working capital

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Provisions
Other
Total

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Level 3 Liability
$000’s

380,680 
22,887 
(200,000)
(2,467)
201,100 
2,048 
(197,510)
(44)
(5,594)
— 

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

(6,708)  
(6,243)  
6,931   
2,666   
(447)  
(3,801)  

(15,262)
5,065 
(26,349)
4,174 
353 
(32,019)

The table below details changes in the Corporation’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising
from financing activities are those which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of cash flows as
net cash flows from financing activities.

January 1, 2017

  Financing cash flows  

$000’s

$000’s

7,397   
195,506   
2,428,579   
2,631,482   

(7,602)
(197,510)
(144,632)
(349,744)

  The effect of changes
in foreign exchange
rates
$000’s

205   
—   
56,371   
56,576   

Other changes

December 31, 2017

$000’s

$000’s

— 
2,004 
18,252 
20,256 

— 
— 
2,358,570 
2,358,570

Settlement of margin
Deferred Consideration
Long-term debt
Balance – December 31, 2017

30.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

As part of management’s ongoing regulatory compliance and operational risk assessment process, management monitors legal and regulatory developments
and proceedings, and their potential impact on the business.

Kentucky

In particular, prior to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, the Commonwealth of Kentucky, ex. rel. J. Michael Brown, Secretary of the Justice and Public
Safety  Cabinet,  filed  a  legal  proceeding  against  Oldford  Group    and  certain  affiliates  thereof  (the  “Oldford  Parties”)  and  various  other  defendants  (the
“Kentucky Proceeding”), pursuant to which the Commonwealth sought to recover alleged gambling losses on behalf of Kentucky residents who played real-
money poker on the PokerStars website during the period between October 12, 2006 and April 15, 2011. On August 12, 2015, the trial court in the Kentucky
Proceeding entered a default judgment against the Oldford Parties following certain alleged discovery failures, including by certain former owners of Oldford
Group., and partial summary judgment on liability in favor of the Commonwealth. On December 23, 2015, the trial court entered an order for

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
damages in the amount of approximately $290 million, which the trial court trebled to approximately $870 million.  The Corporation believes the action is
frivolous  and  will  vigorously  dispute  the  liability  and  therefore  no  provision  has  been  recorded  regarding  this  matter.  The  Corporation,  through  certain
subsidiaries, has filed a notice of appeal to the Kentucky Court of Appeals and posted a $100 million supersedeas bond to stay enforcement of the order for
damages  during  the  pendency  of  the  appeals  process,  which  the  Corporation  continues  to  pursue.  The  posting  of  the  bond  required  the  delivery  of  cash
collateral  in  the  amount  of  $40  million  and  letters  of  credit  in  the  aggregate  amount  of  $30  million  Kentucky  Bond  Collateral,  thereby  reducing  the
availability under the Credit Facility to $70 million as of the date hereof. To the extent the Oldford Parties may be ultimately obligated to pay any amounts
pursuant  to  a  final  adjudication  following  exhaustion  of  all  appeals  and  other  legal  options,  the  Corporation  intends  to  seek  recovery  against  the  former
owners of Oldford Group Ltd. There can be no assurance that the Corporation will be successful in its defense or that any such amounts will be recovered or
reimbursed by the former owners of the Oldford Group or otherwise.

In addition, there are also two currently pending class action complaints (one in the State of New Jersey, United States and one in Quebec, Canada) against
the Corporation and certain other defendants, each of which were filed during the year ended December 31, 2016 and generally allege, among other things,
that  the  Corporation  violated  certain  securities  laws  by  misrepresenting  or  failing  to  disclose  information  related  to  the  charges  made  by  the  Autorité  des
marchés financiers against the former Chief Executive Officer (the Quebec class action also alleges that the Corporation did not properly disclose that it had
inadequate or ineffective internal controls and that one or more of its directors and its former Chief Executive Officer were in breach of its Code of Business
Conduct).  The  class  actions  seek  damages  stemming  from  losses  that  the  plaintiffs  claim  to  have  suffered  as  a  result  of  the  foregoing.  The  Corporation
believes that the class actions are without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against them; however, there can be no assurance that the Corporation
will be successful in its defense. No provision has been recorded regarding these matters.  

Given  the  nature  of  the  legal  and  regulatory  landscape  of  the  industry  in  which  it  operates,  from  time  to  time  the  Corporation  has  also  received  notices,
communications and legal actions from regulatory authorities in various jurisdictions and other parties in respect of its activities. The Corporation has taken
legal advice as to the manner in which it should respond and the likelihood of success of such actions. Based on this advice and the nature of the actions, no
provisions have been recorded with respect to any such legal or regulatory notices, communications or actions for the year ended December 31, 2017.

31.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Foreign Exchange Risk

As at December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s significant foreign exchange currency exposure on its financial instruments by currency was as follows (in U.S.
dollar equivalents):

Cash
Restricted cash
Available-for-sale investments
Accounts receivable
Derivatives
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other payables
Long-term debt
Derivatives
Customer deposits

CDN
$000’s

EUR
$000’s

GBP
$000’s

12,735   
—   
—   
8,519   
6   
(12,247)  
(21)  
—   
—   
(1,984)  

94,674   
925   
7,460   
48,207   
(176)  
(37,126)  
(8,192)  
(445,322)  
(111,762)  
(75,416)  

6,655 
— 
— 
9,594 
2,308 
(24,816)
— 
— 
— 
(6,360)

The table below details the effect on earnings before tax of a 10% strengthening or weakening of the USD exchange rate at the balance sheet date for balance
sheet items denominated in CDN, EUR and GBP:

Currency
CDN
EUR
GBP

60

10% Strengthening
(weakening)
$000’s

701 
(52,673)
(1,262)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below details the effect on equity of a 10% strengthening or weakening of the EUR:USD exchange rate on the cross currency interest rate swaps
that hedge the USD First Lien Term Loan. 10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and
represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates.

EUR:USD exchange rate

Interest Rate Risk

Equity
$000's

- 10%

Equity
$000's

+ 10%

(121,958)

110,871

The Corporation’s exposure to changes in interest rates (particularly, fluctuations in LIBOR) relates primarily to interest paid on the Corporation’s long-term
indebtedness, as well as the interest earned on and market value of its cash and available-for-sale investments. The Corporation is also exposed to fair value
interest rate risk with respect to its USD First Lien Term Loan, which it attempts to mitigate by hedging through the Swap Agreements that fix the interest
rate on the same. The Corporation is also exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the unhedged elements of the USD First Lien Term Loan, the EUR First
Lien Term Loan and the USD Second Lien Term Loan which bear interest at variable rates.

The table below details the effect on earnings before tax of a 100 basis points strengthening or weakening of the LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates on these
loans.  100  basis  points  sensitivity  is  the  sensitivity  rate  used  when  reporting  interest  rate  risk  internally  to  key  management  personnel  and  represents
management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates:

LIBOR
EURIBOR

Net earnings (loss)
$000's

- 100 bps

+ 100 bps

1,751 
— 

(9,200)
(3,388)

The USD First Lien Term Loan and the USD Second Lien Term Loan each have a floor of 1.00% for the LIBOR and as such, the interest rate cannot decrease
below  4.50%  and  8.00%  respectively.  The  EUR  First  Lien  Term  Loan  has  a  floor  of  0%  for  the  EURIBOR  and  as  such,  the  interest  rate  cannot  decrease
below 3.75%. Management monitors movements in the interest rates by reviewing the EURIBOR and LIBOR on a quarterly basis.

The table below details the effect on equity of a 100 basis points strengthening or weakening of the LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates on the valuations of
the cross currency swaps that hedge the USD First Lien Term Loan. 100 basis points is the sensitivity rate used when reporting interest rate risk internally to
key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates:

LIBOR
EURIBOR

Credit Risk

Equity
$000's

- 100 bps

+ 100 bps

18,665 
(5,778)

(18,256)
3,480

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Corporation. The Corporation has
adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of
financial loss from defaults. The Corporation’s policy is to transact wherever possible with investment grade counterparties. This information is supplied by
independent  rating  agencies  where  available,  and  if  not  available,  the  Corporation  uses  other  publicly  available  financial  information  and  its  own  trading
records to rate its major customers. The Corporation’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value
of  transactions  concluded  is  spread  amongst  approved  counterparties.  Credit  exposure  is  managed  by  the  Corporation’s  treasury  and  finance  groups  in
accordance with the Corporation’s treasury investment policy, which was approved by the Corporation’s Audit Committee.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across geographical areas. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition
of accounts receivable.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Stars Group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar characteristics.
The Stars Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities.

The credit risk on banks, available-for-sale investments and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-
ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. The Corporation’s treasury investment policy and related strategy is focused on the preservation of
capital and supporting its liquidity requirements, not on generating trading profits.

Trade receivables include amounts that are past due at the end of the reporting period for which the Corporation has not recognized an allowance for doubtful
debts because there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable.

Age of receivables that are past due but not impaired: 

Past due less than 181 days
Past due more than 181 days
Total

The allowance for doubtful accounts is $166,000 as at December 31, 2017 (December 31, 2016 – $309,000).

Age of impaired trade receivables:

Past due less than 181 days
Past due more than 181 days
Total past due

Liquidity Risk

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

1,707   
879   
2,586   

As at December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

—   
166   
166   

217   
163   
380 

—   
309   
309 

Liquidity risk is the Corporation’s ability to meet its financial obligations when they come due. The Corporation is exposed to liquidity risk with respect to its
contractual  obligations  and  financial  liabilities.  The  Corporation  manages  liquidity  risk  by  continuously  monitoring  forecasted  and  actual  cash  flows  and
matching maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility
through borrowing facilities available through the Corporation’s banks and other lenders. The Corporation’s policy is to seek to ensure adequate funding is
available from operations, established lending facilities and other sources, including the debt and equity capital markets, as required.

The Corporation’s principal sources of liquidity are its cash generated from operations and certain other currently available funds. Currently available funds
consist  primarily  of  cash  on  deposit  with  banks  and  available-for-sale  investments,  which  are  comprised  primarily  of  certain  highly  liquid,  short-term
investments, including debt securities and funds. Generally, following the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, the Corporation’s working capital needs are
minimal over the year as the gaming business requires customers to deposit funds prior to playing or participating in its real-money product offerings. The
Corporation believes that such deposits are typically converted to revenue efficiently and on a timely basis such that operating expenditures are sufficiently
covered. Management is also of the opinion that investing is a key element necessary for the continued growth of the Corporation’s customer base and the
future  development  of  new  and  innovative  products  and  services.  Based  on  the  Corporation’s  currently  available  funds,  funds  available  from  the  Credit
Facility  and  its  ability  to  access  the  debt  and  equity  capital  markets,  if  necessary,  management  believes  that  the  Corporation  will  have  the  cash  resources
necessary to satisfy current obligations and working capital needs, and fund currently planned development activities and other capital expenditures for at
least the next 12 months. Notwithstanding, as a result of, among other things, the state of capital markets and the Corporation’s ability to access them on
favorable terms, if at all, micro and macro-economic downturns, and contractions of the Corporation’s operations may influence its ability to liquidate its
available-for-sale investments or otherwise secure the capital resources required to satisfy current or future obligations (including, without limitation, those
set forth below) and fund future projects, strategic initiatives and support growth.

Customer deposit liabilities relate to customer deposits which are held in multiple bank accounts and highly liquid investments which are segregated from
those  holding  operational  funds.  These  deposits  are  included  in  current  assets  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  under  Cash  and  cash
equivalents – customer deposits and Current investments – customer deposits (see note 25).

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information about the terms of the Corporation’s financial obligations and liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other payables
Customer deposits
Derivatives
Provisions
Long-term debt*
Total

* Includes principal and interest

32.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On
demand
$000’s

Less than 1
year
$000’s

101,169   
42,498   
349,766   
—   
—   
—   
493,433   

48,496   
216   
—   
—   
17,590   
150,026   
216,328   

2 to 5
years
$000’s

1,808   
—   
—   
111,762   
3,093   
2,752,467   
2,869,130   

Greater than
5 years
$000’s

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—

Key  management  of  the  Corporation  includes  the  members  of  the  Board,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Chief  Technology  Officer,
Executive  Vice-President  and  Chief  Legal  Officer,  and  certain  other  key  members,  which  include  certain  members  of  management  of  the  Corporation’s
subsidiaries.

The compensation of such key management for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included the following:

Salaries, bonuses and short-term employee benefits
Director retainers
Stock-based payments

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000’s

2016
$000’s

4,514 
729 
3,799 
9,042 

5,559 
1,316 
2,245 
9,120

The remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Corporate Development
Officer, Executive Vice-President and Chief Legal Officer consists primarily of a salary, cash bonuses and share-based awards. Director retainers include both
retainers, committee fees and share-based awards.

33.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

As  previously  disclosed  on  February  27,  2018,  to  further  diversify  the  Corporation’s  business  geographically  and  expand  its  online  sports  betting  product
offerings, it acquired a 62% equity interest in CrownBet Holdings Pty Limited (“CrownBet”), an Australian-based online sportsbook, from Crown Resorts
Limited for an aggregate amount of $117.7 million using cash on its consolidated statement of financial position.

On March 6, 2018, the Corporation also entered into agreements to increase its equity interest in CrownBet from 62% to 80% and for CrownBet to acquire
William  Hill  Australia  Holdings  Pty  Ltd,  (“William  Hill  Australia”),  an  Australian-based  online  sportsbook.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  both
transactions will be approximately $315 million, of which $234 million will be payable in cash for William Hill Australia and the remainder will be payable
in  approximately  3.1  million  newly-issued  Common  Shares.  The  management  team  of  CrownBet  will  be  entitled  to  an  additional  payment  of  up  to  $182
million  in  2020  subject  to  certain  performance  conditions  and  payable  in  cash,  additional  Common  Shares  or  a  combination  thereof,  at  the  Corporation’s
discretion. To finance the cash portion of the purchase price for the transactions, the Corporation obtained committed financing for a $325 million incremental
USD First Lien Term Loan. The Corporation currently expects the transactions to close in April 2018.

Under the transaction agreements, the Corporation is entitled to appoint a majority of the directors on the board of directors of CrownBet.

Due to the proximity of the Corporation’s acquisition of a majority equity interest in CrownBet and its entering into agreements to increase its equity interest
in CrownBet and for CrownBet to acquire William Hill Australia, to the approval of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2017, it is not possible for the Corporation to complete the initial accounting for such transactions, including disclosure details of goodwill, fair
value  of  consideration  (actual  and  contingent),  assets  and  liabilities  assumed,  contingent  liabilities  recognized,  transactions  recognized  separately,  non-
controlling interests and the impact on the amounts reported in the statement of comprehensive income.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 99.3

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2017

March 14, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

LIMITATIONS OF KEY METRICS AND OTHER DATA

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

KEY METRICS

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

DISCUSSION OF OPERATIONS

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

CASH FLOWS BY ACTIVITY

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

OUTSTANDING SHARE DATA

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

FURTHER INFORMATION

1

2

3

4

6

11

14

22

23

28

30

31

33

33

34

34

36

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (this “MD&A”) provides a review of the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows for The Stars
Group Inc. (“The Stars Group” or the “Corporation”) on a consolidated basis, for the three months and year ended December 31, 2017. This document
should be read in conjunction with the information contained in the Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year
ended December 31, 2017 (the “2017 Annual Financial Statements”) and the Corporation’s annual information form for the year ended December 31, 2017
(the  “2017  Annual  Information  Form”  and  together  with  this  MD&A  and  the  2017  Annual  Financial  Statements,  the  “2017  Annual  Reports”).  These
documents and additional information regarding the business of the Corporation are available on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval
(“SEDAR”) at www.sedar.com, the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) at www.sec.gov, and the Corporation’s website at
www.starsgroup.com.

For reporting purposes, the Corporation prepared the 2017 Annual Financial Statements in U.S. dollars and, unless otherwise indicated, in conformity with
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”).  The  financial  information
contained  in  this  MD&A  was  derived  from  the  2017  Annual  Financial  Statements.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  dollar  (“$”)  and  “USD”  amounts  and
references in this MD&A are in and to U.S. dollars, references to ‘‘EUR’’ or “€” are to European Euros, references to “GBP” are to Great Britain pounds
sterling and references to ‘‘CDN’’ or “CDN $” are to Canadian dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to a specific “note” refer to the notes to
the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.

As at December 31, 2017, the Corporation had two major lines of operations within its online gaming business, real-money online poker (“Poker”) and real-
money online casino and sportsbook (“Casino & Sportsbook”). As it relates to these two product lines, online revenues include revenues generated through
the Corporation’s online, mobile and desktop client platforms.

This MD&A references non-IFRS and non-U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures, including those under the headings
“Selected Financial Information” and “Key Metrics” below.  The Corporation believes these non-IFRS and non-U.S. GAAP financial measures will provide
investors with useful supplemental information about the financial performance of its business, enable comparison of financial results between periods where
certain  items  may  vary  independent  of  business  performance,  and  allow  for  greater  transparency  with  respect  to  key  metrics  used  by  management  in
operating its business and making decisions.  Although management believes these financial measures are important in evaluating the Corporation, they are
not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS or U.S.
GAAP.  They  are  not  recognized  measures  under  IFRS  or  U.S.  GAAP  and  do  not  have  standardized  meanings  prescribed  by  IFRS  or  U.S.  GAAP.  These
measures may be different from non-IFRS and non-U.S. GAAP financial measures used by other companies, limiting its usefulness for comparison purposes.
Moreover, presentation of certain of these measures is provided for period-over-period comparison purposes, and investors should be cautioned that the effect
of the adjustments thereto provided herein have an actual effect on the Corporation’s operating results.

Unless  otherwise  stated,  in  preparing  this  MD&A  the  Corporation  has  considered  information  available  to  it  up  to  March  14,  2018,  the  date  the
Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) approved this MD&A and the 2017 Annual Reports.  

1

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The 2017 Annual Reports, including this MD&A, contain certain information that may constitute forward-looking information and statements (collectively,
“forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and applicable securities laws, including financial
and operational expectations and projections. These statements, other than statements of historical fact, are based on management’s current expectations and
are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including market and economic conditions, business prospects or opportunities, future plans
and strategies, projections, technological developments, anticipated events and trends and regulatory changes that affect the Corporation, its subsidiaries and
their respective customers and industries. Although the Corporation and management believe the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements
are reasonable and are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates as of the date hereof, there can be no assurance that these assumptions or estimates are
accurate or that any of these expectations will prove accurate. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to significant business, regulatory, economic
and  competitive  risks,  uncertainties  and  contingencies  that  could  cause  actual  events  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  such
statements.  Forward-looking statements are often, but not always, identified by the use of words such as “seek”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “continue”, “estimate”,
“expect”,  “may”,  “will”,  “project”,  “predict”,  “potential”,  “targeting”,  “intend”,  “could”,  “might”,  “would”,  “should”,  “believe”,  “objective”,  “ongoing”,
“imply” or the negative of these words or other variations or synonyms of these words or comparable terminology and similar expressions.

Specific  factors  and  assumptions  include,  without  limitation,  the  following  factors,  which  are  discussed  in  greater  detail  in  the  “Risk  Factors  and
Uncertainties”  section  of  the  2017  Annual  Information  Form:    the  heavily  regulated  industry  in  which  the  Corporation  carries  on  its  business;  interactive
entertainment  and  online  and  mobile  gaming  generally;  current  and  future  laws  or  regulations  and  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  or  regulations,  or
potential prohibitions, with respect to interactive entertainment or online gaming or activities related to or necessary for the operation and offering of online
gaming; potential changes to the gaming regulatory framework; legal and regulatory requirements; ability to obtain, maintain and comply with all applicable
and required licenses, permits and certifications to offer, operate, and market its products and services, including difficulties or delays in the same; significant
barriers to entry; competition and the competitive environment within the Corporation’s addressable markets and industries; impact of inability to complete
future  acquisitions  or  to  integrate  businesses  successfully;  risks  associated  with  advancements  in  technology,  including  artificial  intelligence;  ability  to
develop and enhance existing products and services and new commercially viable products and services; ability to mitigate foreign exchange and currency
risks; ability to mitigate tax risks and adverse tax consequences, including, without limitation, the imposition of new or additional taxes, such as value-added
(“VAT”)  and  point  of  consumption  taxes,  and  gaming  duties;  risks  of  foreign  operations  generally;  protection  of  proprietary  technology  and  intellectual
property rights; ability to recruit and retain management and other qualified personnel, including key technical, sales and marketing personnel; defects in the
Corporation’s  products  or  services;  losses  due  to  fraudulent  activities;  management  of  growth;  contract  awards;  potential  financial  opportunities  in
addressable  markets  and  with  respect  to  individual  contracts;  ability  of  technology  infrastructure  to  meet  applicable  demand;  systems,  networks,
telecommunications or service disruptions or failures or cyber-attacks; regulations and laws that may be adopted with respect to the Internet and electronic
commerce or that may otherwise impact the Corporation in the jurisdictions where it is currently doing business or intends to do business, particularly those
related to online gaming or that could impact the ability to provide online gaming products and services, including, without limitation, as it relates to payment
processing;  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  reasonable  terms  or  at  all;  refinancing  risks;  customer  and  operator  preferences  and  changes  in  the
economy;  dependency  on  customers’  acceptance  of  its  products  and  services;  consolidation  within  the  gaming  industry;  litigation  costs  and  outcomes;
expansion within existing and into new markets; relationships with vendors and distributors; and natural events. These factors are not intended to represent a
complete list of the factors that could affect the Corporation; however, these factors, as well as those risk factors presented under the heading “Risk Factors
and Uncertainties” in the 2017 Annual Information Form, elsewhere in this MD&A and the 2017 Annual Reports and in other filings that The Stars Group
has made and may make in the future with applicable securities authorities, should be considered carefully.

Shareholders and investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as the plans, assumptions, intentions or expectations upon which
they  are  based  might  not  occur.    The  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  MD&A  are  expressly  qualified  by  this  cautionary  statement.  Unless
otherwise  indicated  by  the  Corporation,  forward-looking  statements  in  this  MD&A  describe  the  Corporation’s  expectations  as  of  March  14,  2018  and,
accordingly,  are  subject  to  change  after  such  date.  The  Corporation  does  not  undertake  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  except  in
accordance with applicable securities laws.

2

 
LIMITATIONS OF KEY METRICS AND OTHER DATA

The numbers for the Corporation’s key metrics, which include quarterly real-money active uniques (“QAUs”), quarterly net yield (“QNY”), and net deposits
(“Net Deposits”), as well as certain other metrics, are calculated using internal company data based on the activity of customer accounts. While these numbers
are based on what the Corporation believes to be reasonable judgments and estimates of its customer base for the applicable period of measurement, there are
certain  challenges  and  limitations  in  measuring  the  usage  of  its  products  and  services  across  its  customer  base.  Such  challenges  and  limitations  may  also
affect  the  Corporation’s  understanding  of  certain  details  of  its  business.  In  addition,  the  Corporation’s  key  metrics  and  related  estimates  may  differ  from
estimates published by third parties or from similarly-titled metrics of its competitors due to differences in methodology and access to information. Moreover,
QNY is a non-IFRS measure. For important information on the Corporation’s non-IFRS measures, see the information presented in italics under the heading
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis”  above  and  the  information  under  “Key  Metrics”  and  “Selected  Financial  Information—Other  Financial
Information”  below.  The  Corporation  continually  seeks  to  improve  its  estimates  of  its  active  customer  base,  and  such  estimates  may  change  due  to
improvements or changes in the Corporation’s methodology.

For example, the methodologies used to measure the Corporation’s customer metrics are based on significant internal judgments and estimates, and may be
susceptible to algorithm, calculation or other technical errors, including, without limitation, how certain metrics may be defined (and the assumptions and
considerations made and included in, or excluded from, such definitions). Moreover, the Corporation’s business intelligence tools may fail on a particular data
backup  or  upload,  which  could  lead  to  certain  customer  activity  not  being  properly  recorded  or  accurately  included,  in  the  calculation  of  a  particular  key
metric,  such  as  QAUs.  In  addition,  as  it  relates  to  certain  of  the  Corporation’s  product  and  service  offerings,  customers  are  required  to  provide  certain
information when registering and establishing real-money accounts, which could lead to the creation of multiple accounts for the same customer (in nearly all
instances  such  account  creation  would  violate  the  Corporation’s  applicable  terms  and  conditions  of  use)  and  customers  could  take  advantage  of  certain
customer acquisition incentives to register and interact with the Corporation’s products and services, but not actually deposit or transfer funds into their real-
money accounts with the Corporation. Although the Corporation typically addresses and corrects any such failures, duplications and inaccuracies relatively
quickly, its metrics are still susceptible to the same and its estimations of such metrics may be lower or higher than the actual numbers.

The Corporation regularly reviews its processes for calculating and defining these metrics, and from time to time it may discover inaccuracies in its metrics or
make adjustments to improve their accuracy that may result in the recalculation or replacement of historical metrics or introduction of new metrics. These
changes may also include adjustments to underlying data, such as changes to historical revenue amounts as a result of certain accounting reallocations made
in later periods and adjustments to definitions in an effort to provide what management believes may be the most helpful and relevant data. The Corporation
also  continuously  seeks  to  improve  its  ability  to  identify  irregularities  and  inaccuracies  (and  suspend  any  customer  accounts  that  violate  its  terms  and
conditions of use and limit or eliminate promotional incentives that are susceptible to abuse), and its key metrics or estimates of key metrics may change due
to improvements or changes in its methodology. Additionally, all the Corporation’s metrics are subject to software bugs, inconsistencies in the Corporation’s
systems and human error. Notwithstanding, the Corporation believes that any such irregularities, inaccuracies or adjustments are immaterial unless otherwise
stated.

If the public or investors do not perceive the Corporation’s customer metrics to accurately represent its customer base, or if it discovers material inaccuracies
in its customer metrics, the Corporation may be subject to certain liability and its reputation may be harmed, which could negatively affect its business, results
of operations and financial condition.

3

 
 
 
 
Business Overview and Background

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

The  Stars  Group  is  a  leading  provider  of  technology-based  products  and  services  in  the  global  gaming  and  interactive  entertainment  industries.  The  Stars
Group’s gaming business is its primary business and source of revenue and currently consists of the operations of Stars Interactive Holdings (IOM) Limited
and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “Stars Interactive Group”), which it acquired in August 2014 (the “Stars Interactive Group Acquisition”), and
CrownBet Holdings Pty Limited and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“CrownBet”), in which it acquired a majority equity interest in February 2018.

Through its Stars Interactive Group division, which is based in the Isle of Man and operates globally, and CrownBet, which operates and is based in Australia,
The Stars Group owns and operates gaming and related interactive entertainment businesses, such as online (including desktop and mobile) real-money poker,
casino and sports betting (also known as sportsbook) and play-money poker and casino. The Corporation offers these products and services under several
ultimately  owned  brands,  including,  among  others,  PokerStars,  PokerStars  Casino,  BetStars,  Full  Tilt,  and  the  PokerStars  Players  No  Limit  Hold’em
Championship,  European  Poker  Tour,  PokerStars  Caribbean  Adventure,  Latin  American  Poker  Tour,  Asia  Pacific  Poker  Tour,  PokerStars  Festival,  and
PokerStars MEGASTACK live poker tour and event brands. These brands together have millions of registered customers globally and collectively form the
largest poker business in the world, comprising online poker games and tournaments, sponsored live poker competitions, marketing arrangements for branded
poker rooms in popular casinos in major cities around the world, and poker programming and content created for television and online audiences. The Stars
Group currently estimates that PokerStars holds a significant majority of the market share of real-money poker player liquidity, or the volume of real-money
online  poker  players,  in  regions  where  it  offers  real-money  online  poker  and  is  among  the  leaders  in  play-money  online  poker  player  liquidity.  The  Stars
Group also estimates that its combined online casino, including PokerStars Casino, is currently among the world’s largest and fastest growing and currently
has  one  of  the  largest  active  player  bases  among  its  competitors. The  Stars  Group  also  has  an  emerging  sportsbook,  BetStars,  that  is  currently  primarily
focused on regulated jurisdictions within the European Union and a majority equity interest in CrownBet, which currently operates in the regulated Australian
online sports betting market.

In  addition  to  pursuing  growth  opportunities  in  poker  in  existing  and  new  markets,  including  through  the  innovation  of  new  product  features  and
enhancements,  geographic  expansion,  improvements  to  the  poker  ecosystem  (as  discussed  below),  and  increased  marketing  campaigns,  The  Stars  Group
believes there are potentially significant opportunities for growth in the online casino and sportsbook verticals. The Stars Group believes that such potential
opportunities include the ability to leverage its brand and product recognition (particularly poker) to acquire new customers, including recreational customers,
and capitalize on network effects and cross-selling these new verticals to its existing and new customer base. The Stars Group continues to improve its online
casino  and  sportsbook  product  offerings,  including  through  mobile  applications  and  other  enhancements,  expanding  its  game  and  sports  portfolios  and
geographic reach, and launching external marketing campaigns.  In addition to online casino and sportsbook, The Stars Group currently intends to expand
upon and explore other growth opportunities, including, without limitation, expanding upon its current social gaming offering, and pursuing other interactive
entertainment opportunities.  

The Stars Group believes it has a premier, scalable platform that diversifies its products and services both geographically and across verticals and as such,
continuously works to enhance this proprietary platform. The Corporation has invested significantly in its technology infrastructure since inception to provide
a positive, best-in-class experience for its customers, not only from a gameplay perspective, but most importantly, with respect to security and integrity across
its product and service offerings. The Stars Group dedicates nearly all of its research and development investments to its online gaming business, which seeks
to provide broad market applications for products and services derived from its technology base, and expects to continue investing significantly in research
and development in an effort to constantly improve customer experience and engagement. To support its strong reputation for security and integrity, The Stars
Group employs what it believes to be industry‑leading practices and systems with respect to various aspects of its technology infrastructure, including, but not
limited to, information and payment security, game integrity, customer fund protection, marketing and promotion, customer support, responsible gaming, and
loyalty programs, rebates and rewards (i.e., incentives).

The  Stars  Group  also  monitors  and  assesses  its  products  and  services,  including  through  advanced  business  intelligence  analytics  regarding  customer
engagement and behavior, to continuously improve the experience for all

4

of  its  customers  and  to  ensure  a  safe,  competitive  and  enjoyable  environment.  This  includes  implementing  policies  and  controls  over  the  use  of  abusive
technological tools and software, assessing pricing and incentives, and introducing improvements to product ecosystems. In particular, The Stars Group has
implemented,  and  continues  to  implement,  policies  and  controls  to  significantly  reduce  or  eliminate  the  use  of  certain  sophisticated  technology  that  may
provide  an  artificial  competitive  advantage  for  certain  customers  over  others.  It  has  also  made,  and  may  continue  to  make,  changes  to  its  pricing  and
incentives to ensure that they align with its objectives to reward customers for loyalty and behavior that is positive to the overall customer experience and the
particular product’s ecosystem. For example, since the beginning of 2016, The Stars Group has introduced certain improvements in the poker ecosystem to
benefit and attract high-value, net-depositing customers (primarily recreational players) and reduce incentives for high-volume, net-withdrawing customers,
and adjust the pricing on poker games and tournaments (also known as rake and tournament fees) on certain offerings (which resulted in an effective increase
in pricing). Most recently, the Corporation launched the Stars Rewards program in July 2017, which is an integrated cross vertical loyalty program focused on
improving customer engagement, retention and the player experience. The Stars Rewards program seeks to offer an exciting, personalized gaming experience
that rewards players for their overall gameplay across poker, casino and sportsbook, in each case where available. Stars Rewards gives players randomized
prizes based on a number of factors, including the time passed since the player made his or her first real-money deposit, volume of play, player impact on the
overall ecosystem, such as whether the player is a net-withdrawing versus net-depositing player, and product and game selection.

The  Stars  Group  anticipates  that  these  and  future  planned  improvements,  despite  an  expected  overall  decrease  in  volume  of  gameplay  and  total  deposit
balances held by high-volume, net-withdrawing players, will create a more attractive environment and experience for recreational players, allowing them to
play longer on its platforms and engage in its various product offerings. The Stars Group believes these initiatives have led and may continue to lead to an
increase in Net Deposits. The Stars Group has been, among other things, reinvesting resulting savings and funds from the poker ecosystem improvements into
marketing,  increased  incentives  for  certain  customers,  bonuses  and  promotions,  new  poker  products  and  services,  research  and  development,  and  to  help
offset  costs  in  the  business,  including  certain  taxes,  gaming  duties  and  other  costs  related  to  promoting  the  regulation  of  online  gaming  in  various
jurisdictions.  

The Stars Group, through certain of its subsidiaries, is licensed or approved to offer, or offers under third-party licenses or approvals, its products and services
in  various  jurisdictions  throughout  the  world,  including  in  Europe,  both  within  and  outside  of  the  European  Union,  North  America  and  elsewhere.  In
particular, PokerStars is the world’s most licensed online gaming brand, holding licenses or related operating approvals in 17 jurisdictions.  The Stars Group
intends to seek licensure with respect to more European Union member states if and when such member states introduce their own independent regulatory and
licensing  regimes  compliant  with  European  Union  law.  Outside  of  the  European  Union,  The  Stars  Group  anticipates  there  may  be  a  potential  for  the
regulation  of  online  gaming,  including  online  poker,  casino  and/or  sports  betting,  including  with  respect  to  shared  liquidity,  and  that  this  may  result  in
potential  licensing  or  partnerships  with  private  operators  in  various  jurisdictions.  The  Stars  Group  supports  the  regulation  of  online  gaming,  including
licensing and taxation regimes and pooled poker liquidity, which it believes will promote sustainable online gaming markets that are beneficial for consumers,
governments  and  the  citizens  of  the  regulating  jurisdiction,  operators  and  the  gaming  industry  as  a  whole.  The  Stars  Group  expects  to  continue  to  invest
substantial resources into these efforts, particularly in markets that management believes may in the future have the greatest impact on its business. The Stars
Group  strives  to  work  with  applicable  governmental  authorities  to  develop  regulations  that  it  expects  would  protect  consumers,  encourage  responsible
gaming, ensure efficient taxation and promote regulated gameplay. The Stars Group also strives to be among the first licensed operators to obtain gaming
licenses and provide online gaming to customers in newly-regulated jurisdictions, in each case to the extent it would be in furtherance of The Stars Group’s
business goals and strategy and in compliance with its policies and procedures. See also “Regulatory Environment” in the 2017 Annual Information Form.

Notwithstanding, the online gaming industry is heavily regulated and failure by The Stars Group to obtain or maintain applicable licensure or approvals, or
otherwise comply with applicable requirements, restrictions and prohibitions, could, among other things, be disruptive to its business and adversely affect its
operations.  The Stars Group may also be unable to capitalize on the expansion of online gaming or other trends and changes in the online gaming industry, in
part due to laws and regulations governing this industry.  For example, new gaming or gaming-related laws or regulations, changes in existing gaming or
gaming-related laws or regulations, new interpretations of such laws or regulations or changes in the manner in which such laws and regulations are enforced,
may  materially  hinder  or  prevent  The  Stars  Group  from  continuing  to  operate  in  those  jurisdictions  where  it  currently  conducts  business  or  where  its
customers are located, which would harm its operating results and financial condition. For

5

additional risks and uncertainties related to regulation, see “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks Related to Regulation” in the 2017 Annual Information
Form.

For additional information about The Stars Group, see the disclosure and discussion elsewhere in this MD&A and the 2017 Annual Reports. For additional
risks and uncertainties relating to, among other things, The Stars Group, its business, its customers, its regulatory and tax environment and the industries and
geographies in which it operates or where its customers are located, see “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” below and in the 2017 Annual Information Form, as
well as the risks and uncertainties contained elsewhere herein, the 2017 Annual Reports and in other filings that The Stars Group has made and may make in
the future with applicable securities authorities.

Recent Corporate Developments

Below is a general summary of certain recent corporate developments through the date hereof. For additional corporate developments and highlights, see the
2017  Annual  Reports,  the  Corporation’s  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  for  the  three  and  nine  months  ended  September  30,  2017,  and  “Further
Information” below.

Nominee Agreement and Appointment of Board Observer

As previously disclosed, in January 2018 The Stars Group entered into an agreement with Mr. Tang Hao and his affiliated entity Discovery Key Investments
Limited,  which  based  on  publicly  available  information  collectively  hold  approximately  17.9%  of  the  outstanding  common  shares  of  The  Stars  Group
(“Common Shares”). In connection with that agreement, Mr. Melvin Zhang was appointed as an observer to the Board as a nominee of Mr. Tang. Mr. Zhang
will serve as an observer until such time as he and Mr. Tang have received certain licenses and approvals from certain of The Stars Group’s gaming regulatory
authorities, at which point Mr. Zhang will serve on the Board as a director.  Also pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Tang is subject to certain restrictions on
director  nominations  and  share  ownership,  including  certain  standstill  restrictions  with  respect  to  acquiring  greater  than  20%  of  the  outstanding  Common
Shares.  For  additional  information,  see  the  2017  Annual  Information  Form  under  the  heading  “Directors  and  Officers—Appointment  of  Observer  to  the
Board”.

CrownBet and William Hill Australia Holdings Pty Ltd.

As previously disclosed on February 27, 2018, the Corporation acquired a 62% equity interest in CrownBet from Crown Resorts Limited for an aggregate
amount of $117.7 million using cash on the Corporation’s balance sheet.

On March 6, 2018, the Corporation also entered into agreements to increase its equity interest in CrownBet from 62% to 80% and for CrownBet to acquire
William  Hill  Australia  Holdings  Pty  Ltd.  (“William  Hill  Australia”),  an  Australian-based  online  sportsbook.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  for  both
transactions will be approximately $315 million, of which $234 million will be payable in cash for William Hill Australia and the remainder will be payable
in  approximately  3.1  million  newly-issued  Common  Shares.  The  management  team  of  CrownBet  will  be  entitled  to  an  additional  payment  of  up  to  $182
million  in  2020  subject  to  certain  performance  conditions  and  payable  in  cash,  additional  Common  Shares  or  a  combination  thereof,  at  the  Corporation’s
discretion. To finance the cash portion of the purchase price for the transactions, the Corporation obtained committed financing for a $325 million incremental
USD First Lien Term Loan (as defined below). The Corporation currently expects the transactions to close in April 2018.

Mr. Matthew Tripp, CrownBet’s Chief Executive Officer, will remain in his position and continue to operate the combined business in Australia. Under the
transaction agreements, The Stars Group is also entitled to appoint a majority of the directors on the board of directors of CrownBet.

KEY METRICS

The Corporation reviews a number of metrics, including those key metrics set forth below, to evaluate its business, measure performance, identify trends,
formulate business plans and make strategic decisions. Although management may have provided other key metrics in the past, it continues to review and
assess  the  importance,  completeness  and  accuracy  of  such  metrics  as  it  relates  to  its  evaluation  of  the  Corporation’s  business,  performance  and  trends
affecting  the  same.  This  includes,  without  limitation,  customer  engagement,  gameplay,  depositing  activity  and  various  other  customer  trends,  particularly
following  the  introduction  of  certain  previously  announced  improvements  in  the  poker  ecosystem  to  benefit  and  attract  recreational  customers  and  reduce
incentives for high-volume, net-

6

withdrawing  customers,  the  introduction  of  certain  customer  acquisition  initiatives,  and  the  Corporation’s  expansion  in  real-money  online  casino  and
sportsbook. As such, management may determine that particular metrics that may have been presented in the past may no longer be helpful or relevant to
understanding the Corporation’s current and future business, performance or trends affecting the same. As a result, such historic metrics may be replaced,
redefined or clarified, or new or alternative metrics may be introduced. For each applicable period, management intends to provide key metrics that it believes
may be the most helpful and relevant to a complete and accurate understanding of the Corporation’s business, performance and trends affecting the same, in
each case taking into account, among other things, the development of its product and service offerings, loyalty programs, customer acquisition efforts, and
expansion in new markets and verticals. For additional information on how the Corporation calculates its key metrics and factors that can affect such metrics,
see “Limitations of Key Metrics and Other Data” above.

With respect to QAUs and QNY, the Corporation provides applicable trend information for each of the quarterly periods since the first quarter of 2015, and
with  respect  to  Net  Deposits,  it  provides  applicable  trend  information  for  each  of  the  quarterly  periods  since  the  first  quarter  of  2016.  As  a  result  of
management’s continued review and assessment of such metrics as noted above, beginning with the second quarter of 2017 and as previously disclosed, it
determined that the prior definition of QAUs required further adjustment to remove those customers who were active during the applicable quarterly period
by taking advantage of certain customer acquisition promotional incentives, but had not yet made a deposit or transferred funds into their real-money accounts
with the Corporation for further gameplay, and to clarify the inclusions in and exclusions from the definition, particularly relating to free play, bonuses and
promotions.  Management  believes  that  these  adjustments  to  its  key  metrics  will  provide  a  more  accurate  understanding  of  the  Corporation’s  customers,
including their engagement and activity. As such, QAUs and QNY (as QAUs serve as the denominator for QNY) for each quarterly period since the first
quarter of 2015 were re-calculated accordingly and first provided in the Q2 2017 MD&A. The Corporation believes that readers should consider QAUs, QNY
and Net Deposits together as customer growth and monetization trends reflected in such metrics are key factors that affect the Corporation’s revenues.

Quarterly Real-Money Active Uniques (QAUs) 

The Corporation defines QAUs as active unique customers (online, mobile and desktop client) who (i) made a deposit or transferred funds into their real-
money  account  with  the  Corporation  at  any  time,  and  (ii)  generated  real-money  rake  or  placed  a  real-money  bet  or  wager  on  or  through  one  of  the
Corporation’s real-money online poker, casino or sportsbook offerings during the applicable quarterly period. The Corporation defines unique as a customer
who played at least once on one of its real-money offerings during the period, and excludes duplicate counting, even if that customer is active across multiple
verticals (poker, casino and/or sportsbook).  The definition of QAUs excludes customer activity from certain low-stakes, non-raked real-money poker games,
but includes real-money activity by customers using funds (cash and cash equivalents) deposited by the Corporation into such customers’ previously funded
accounts as promotions to increase their lifetime value.  QAUs are a measure of the player liquidity on the Corporation’s real-money poker product offerings
and level of gameplay on all its real-money product offerings, collectively. Trends in QAUs affect revenue and financial results by influencing the volume of
gameplay,  the  Corporation’s  product  offerings,  and  its  expenses  and  capital  expenditures.  QAUs  are  disclosed  below  on  a  combined  basis  for  the
Corporation’s real-money online gaming brands.

7

 
During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation had 2.17 million combined QAUs, which represents a decrease of 7.3% over the prior
year period. The Corporation believes that the decrease when compared to the fourth quarter of 2016 was primarily the result of (i) the Corporation’s strategy
of focusing on positive return customer relationship management (“CRM”) initiatives to attract high-value, net-depositing customers (primarily recreational
players)  which  has  resulted,  and  may  continue  to  result,  in  a  decrease  in  certain  lower  value  customers,  (ii)  the  cessation  of  operations  in  Australia  and
Colombia, (iii) the recently imposed local licensing regime in the Czech Republic with more onerous customer registration requirements for online gaming
accounts requiring face-to-face verification, (iv) previously disclosed negative operating conditions in Poland primarily related to constraints on processing
payments in that jurisdiction, and (v) a normalization in Portugal as compared to the prior year period when the Corporation relaunched real money online
poker and casino in that jurisdiction. Notwithstanding, the Corporation’s QAUs were positively impacted by the growth and expansion of the Corporation’s
real-money  online  casino  and  sportsbook  product  offerings.    Historically,  QAUs  have  generally  been  higher  in  the  first  and  fourth  fiscal  quarters.  For  a
description of seasonal trends and other factors, see “Summary of Quarterly Results” below.

The Corporation has faced and may continue to face challenges in increasing the size of its active customer base due to, among other things, competition from
alternative  products  and  services,  high-volume,  net-withdrawing  customers  who  detract  from  the  overall  poker  ecosystem  and  discourage  recreational
customers, the use of certain sophisticated technology that may provide an artificial competitive advantage for certain customers over others, and past and
potential future weakness in global currencies against the U.S. dollar, which decreases the purchasing power of the Corporation’s global customer base as the
U.S. dollar is the primary currency of gameplay on the Corporation’s product offerings. Notwithstanding, the Corporation intends to grow its customer base,
reactivate  dormant  users  and  retain  existing  customers  by,  among  other  things,  continuing  to  introduce  improvements  in  the  poker  ecosystem  to  benefit
recreational players, expanding the product depth of its casino offering, improving the user interface and user experience of its sportsbook, investing in CRM
initiatives,  demonstrating  the  superiority  of  its  products  and  services,  improving  the  effectiveness  of  its  marketing  and  promotional  efforts,  expanding  the
availability of its offerings geographically, and continuing to introduce new and innovative products, features and enhancements. See also the 2017 Annual
Information Form, including under the headings “Business of the Corporation—Online Poker”, “—Online Casino and Sportsbook” and “—Business Strategy
of the Corporation”. To the extent the growth of or growth rate in the Corporation’s customer base declines, the Corporation’s revenue growth will become
increasingly dependent on its ability to increase levels of customer monetization.

Quarterly Net Yield (QNY)

The  Corporation  defines  QNY  as  combined  real-money  online  gaming  and  related  revenue  (excluding  certain  other  revenues,  such  as  revenues  that  are
included in Other Gaming revenues) for its two product lines (i.e., Poker and Casino & Sportsbook) as reported during the applicable quarterly period (or as
adjusted  to  the  extent  any  accounting  reallocations  are  made  in  later  periods)  divided  by  the  total  QAUs  during  the  same  period.  QNY  is  a  non-IFRS
measure.  For a reconciliation of the numerator of QNY to the nearest IFRS measure, see below. For other important information on the Corporation’s non-
IFRS  measures,  see  the  information  presented  in  italics  under  the  heading  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis”  above  and  the  information  under
“Selected Financial Information—Other Financial Information” below. The Corporation also provides QNY on a constant currency basis. For information on
the Corporation’s constant currency revenues, see “Discussion of Operations—Foreign Exchange Impact on

8

 
 
Revenue” for each of the three months and year ended December 31, 2017.  Trends in QNY are a measure of growth as the Corporation continues to expand
its  core  real-money  online  poker  offerings  and  real-money  online  casino  and  sportsbook  offerings.  In  addition,  the  trends  in  the  Corporation’s  ability  to
generate revenue on a per customer basis across its real-money online gaming offerings are reflected in QNY and are key factors that affect the Corporation’s
revenue.

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s QNY was $160, which represents an increase of 25.6% from the prior year period. The
growth in QNY was primarily the result of (i) the implementation of the Stars Rewards loyalty program and continued focus on high-value, net-depositing
customers (primarily recreational players), (ii) the Corporation’s strategy of focusing on positive return CRM initiatives to attract such customers which has
resulted, and may continue to result, in a decrease in certain lower value customers, and (iii) continued development of the casino and sportsbook product
offerings, including through additional third-party slots under the PokerStars Casino brand and improvement of the user experience and user interface under
the BetStars brand. During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s constant currency QNY was $154, which represents an increase of
21.3% from the prior year period.  The growth in constant currency QNY was driven primarily by the same factors mentioned above.

There are many variables that impact the monetization of the Corporation’s product offerings through QNY, including the rake and fees charged in real-money
online  poker,  the  amounts  wagered  and  gross  win  margins  (i.e.,  the  percentage  of  wagers  retained  by  the  Corporation)  in  real-money  online  casino  and
sportsbook, the amount of time customers play on its products, offsets to gross gaming revenue for loyalty program rebates, rewards, bonuses, and promotions
and VAT in certain jurisdictions, and the amount the Corporation spends on advertising and other expenses. The Corporation currently intends to increase
QNY  in  future  periods  by,  among  other  things,  (i)  continuing  to  introduce  new  and  innovative  products  and  other  initiatives  to  enhance  and  optimize  the
customer experience and increase customer engagement, including through CRM initiatives to attract and retain high-value customers (primarily recreational
players), (ii) capitalizing on its existing online poker platforms and offerings, which provides customers with the highest level of player liquidity globally, (iii)
cross-selling  its  online  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook  offerings  to  both  existing  and  new  customers,  and  (iv)  continuing  to  expand  and  improve  its  online
casino and sportsbook offerings, including through the addition of new product offerings and new geographies.  See also the 2017 Annual Information Form,
including  under  the  headings  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Online  Poker”,  “—Online  Casino  and  Sportsbook”  and  “—Business  Strategy  of  the
Corporation”.

The tables below present reconciliations of the numerator of QNY (i.e., Poker and Casino & Sportsbook revenues) to the nearest IFRS measure (i.e., revenue)
as reported for the applicable period. Unless otherwise noted, any deviation in the reconciliations below to measures presented herein may be the result of
immaterial adjustments made in later periods due to certain accounting reallocations.

9

 
 
$000's
Revenue
Corporate
Other Gaming Revenue
Poker and Casino & Sportsbook

$000's
Revenue
Corporate
Other Gaming Revenue
Poker and Casino & Sportsbook

Net Deposits

Mar 31,
2015
272,292   
(426)  
(12,638)  
259,228   

Jun 30,
2015
259,500   
(392)  
(11,562)  
247,546   

Sep 30,
2015
247,327   
(225)  
(9,729)  
237,373   

Dec 31,
2015
293,201   
(471)  
(13,419)  
279,311   

Mar 31,
2016
288,518   
(59)  
(11,971)  
276,488   

Sep 30,
2016
270,681   
—   
(9,632)  
261,049   

Dec 31,
2016
310,286   
(3)  
(12,884)  
297,399   

Mar 31,
2017
317,320   
(22)  
(11,854)  
305,444   

Jun 30,
2017
305,305   
(92)  
(12,762)  
292,451   

Sep 30,
2017
329,443   
(213)  
(12,675)  
316,555   

Jun 30,
2016
285,762 
(46)
(10,479)
275,237 

Dec 31,
2017
360,247 
(358)
(13,031)
346,858

The Corporation defines Net Deposits as the aggregate of gross deposits or transfer of funds made by customers into their real-money online accounts less
withdrawals or transfer of funds by such customers from such accounts, in each case during the applicable quarterly period. Gross deposits exclude (i) any
deposits, transfers or other payments made by such customers into the Corporation’s play-money and social gaming offerings, and (ii) any real-money funds
(cash and cash equivalents) deposited by the Corporation into such customers’ previously funded accounts as promotions to increase their lifetime value.  Net
Deposits are closely correlated to the Corporation’s reported net gaming revenue. Some or all of such deposits eventually become revenue if and when the
deposits enter the online poker, casino or sportsbook ecosystems through applicable rake, tournament fees or wagering. Trends in Net Deposits are used by
management to gauge expected revenue performance across the Corporation’s current online real-money gaming offerings (i.e., poker, casino, sportsbook)
and  are  considered  by  management  when  making  decisions  with  respect  to  changes  to  any  such  offering,  including  but  not  limited  to,  the  recent  and
continuing changes to the Corporation’s online poker ecosystem to benefit and attract high-value, net-depositing customers (primarily recreational players).
Net Deposits are not, and should not be considered, representative of revenue bookings or deferred revenues.

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, Net Deposits were $326.9 million, which represents an increase of 15% over the prior year period. The
increase  in  Net  Deposits  was  due  to  growth,  in  absolute  terms,  of  gross  deposits,  or  transfers  of  funds  made  by  customers  into  their  real-money  online
accounts,  surpassing  growth  in  withdrawals,  or  transfers  of  funds  by  such  customers  from  such  accounts.  The  Corporation  believes  that  the  increase  was
primarily driven by the implementation of the Stars Rewards loyalty program and continued focus on high-value customers (primarily recreational players),
continued development of the casino and sportsbook product offerings, including through additional third-party slots under the PokerStars Casino brand and
improvement of the user experience and user interface under the BetStars brand.

As  with  QAUs  and  QNY,  there  are  many  variables  that  impact  Net  Deposits,  most  of  which  are  substantially  similar  to  those  noted  above  impacting  the
monetization of the Corporation’s product offerings as evidenced through QNY. In addition, there are certain factors that have impacted, and may in the future
impact, Net Deposits that are not

10

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
indicative of the performance or underlying health of the Corporation’s business. For example, as it relates to online poker and following the implementation
of  certain  previously  disclosed  changes  to  the  poker  ecosystem,  the  movement  in  customer  real-money  account  balances  (i.e.,  customer  deposits  on  the
consolidated statements of financial position) by high-volume, net-withdrawing customers (primarily professional or highly experienced players) has reduced,
and may continue to reduce, Net Deposits as a result of increased withdrawals by such customers, but the Corporation believes that such movements will
ultimately  create  a  more  attractive  environment  and  experience  for  recreational  players,  allowing  them  to  play  longer  on  its  platforms  and  engage  in  its
various product offerings, which in turn may lead to increased Net Deposits. The Corporation believes that the funds in the accounts of the high-volume, net-
withdrawing  customers  are  generally  not  additive  to  the  overall  poker  ecosystem  or  to  the  Corporation’s  revenues  as  such  customers  generally  use  only  a
small portion of them to bet or wager. In the first and second quarters of 2016, following the initial implementation of such changes to the poker ecosystem,
including changes to its then-effective VIP program, the Corporation experienced significant movements in customer real-money account balances resulting
from increased withdrawals by high-volume, net-withdrawing customers. As the Corporation continues to make adjustments and improvements to its product
offerings, it expects that such customers may continue to withdraw at greater rates and amounts immediately following such adjustments and improvements,
which would impact Net Deposits accordingly.

For  other  factors  that  may  cause  Net  Deposits  to  fluctuate,  see  “Overview  and  Outlook”  above,  “Summary  of  Quarterly  Results”,  “Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources—Market  Risk”  and  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”  below,  and  the  2017  Annual  Information  Form,  including,  without  limitation,  under  the
headings “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” and “Business of the Corporation—Seasonality and Other Factors Impacting the Business” therein.

Selected Financial Information

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Selected financial information of the Corporation for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016
and 2015 is set forth below.

$000's, except per share amounts
Revenue
Net Earnings
Basic Net Earnings Per Common Share
Diluted Net Earnings Per Common Share
Total Assets (as at)
Total Long-Term Liabilities (as at)

Three Months Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

2017
360,247     
47,175     
0.32    $
  $
  $
0.23    $
    5,415,126     
    2,509,221     

2016

2017

45,039     
0.31    $
0.23    $

310,286      1,312,315     
259,285     
1.77    $
1.27    $
5,462,475      5,415,126     
2,412,579      2,509,221     

2016
1,155,247     
135,550     
0.96    $
0.70    $
5,462,475     
2,412,579     

2015
1,072,320 
210,262 
1.58 
1.06 
5,643,547 
2,851,994

Revenue increased in both the three months and year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the respective prior year periods and as compared to the year
ended  December  31,  2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  growth  of  the  Corporation’s  online  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook  product  offerings.  For  additional
variance  analysis  on  Poker  revenues  and  Casino  &  Sportsbook  revenues,  see  “Discussions  of  Operations”  below.  For  revenue  calculated  on  a  constant
currency basis, see “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below for each of the three months and year ended December 31, 2017.

The decrease in the Corporation’s asset base from December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of a decrease in current investments, amortization in respect of
its intangible assets and a decrease in the fair value of the Swap Agreements (as defined and described below), partially offset by an increase in cash and cash
equivalents.  For  additional  variance  analysis  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  see  “Cash  Flows  by  Activity”  below.  The  increase  in  outstanding  long-term
liabilities from December 31, 2016 was primarily to the result of a decrease in the fair value of the Swap Agreements causing such fair value to move from
assets  to  liabilities.  The  decrease  in  the  Corporation’s  asset  base  from  December  31,  2015  through  December  31,  2016  was  primarily  the  result  of  the
amortization of its intangible assets, while the decrease in outstanding long-term liabilities during the same period was primarily the result of reclassifying the
deferred purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition in the initial aggregate

11

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
amount of $400 million to current liabilities (of which the Corporation paid $200 million in November 2016 and the remaining balance in 2017).

Other Financial Information

To supplement its 2017 Annual Financial Statements presented in accordance with IFRS, the Corporation considers certain financial measures that are not
prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  including  those  set  forth  below  and  QNY  set  forth  above  under  “Key  Metrics”.  The  Corporation  uses  such  non-IFRS
financial  measures  in  evaluating  its  operating  results  and  for  financial  and  operational  decision-making  purposes.  The  Corporation  believes  that  such
measures help identify underlying trends in its business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that it excludes in such measures or, in
the  case  of  Adjusted  Cash  Flow  from  Operations,  by  cash  that  is  not  available  for  financial  or  operational  use.  The  Corporation  also  believes  that  such
measures provide useful information about its operating results, enhance the overall understanding of its past performance and future prospects and allow for
greater transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in its financial and operational decision-making. However, these measures should not
be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS. There are a number of limitations related to the
use of such non-IFRS measures as opposed to their nearest IFRS equivalents.  See also the information presented in italics under the heading “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” above and the information under “Limitations of Key Metrics and Other Data” and “Key Metrics” above.

$000's, except per share amounts
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations
Adjusted Net Earnings
Adjusted Net Earnings per Diluted Share

Three Months Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

2017
360,247   
147,002   
132,283   
111,951   

2016

310,286   
147,604   
142,806   
107,013   

2017
1,312,315   
600,306   
525,524   
458,940   

  $

0.54    $

0.53    $

2.25    $

2016
1,155,247 
524,093 
420,928 
366,699 
1.88

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations, Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted Net Earnings per Diluted Share

The Corporation currently considers the following non-IFRS measures:

Adjusted EBITDA, which the Corporation defines as net earnings before financial expenses, income taxes expense (recovery), depreciation and amortization,
stock-based compensation, restructuring and certain other items as set out in the table below.

Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations, which the Corporation defines as net cash inflows from operating activities after adding back customer deposit liability
movements, and which the Corporation first introduced for the quarter ended June 30, 2017.

Adjusted Net Earnings, which the Corporation defines as net earnings before interest accretion, amortization of intangible assets resulting from purchase price
allocation following acquisitions, deferred income taxes, stock-based compensation, restructuring, foreign exchange, and certain other items as set out in the
table below.

Adjusted Net Earnings per Diluted Share, as defined by the Corporation means Adjusted Net Earnings divided by Diluted Shares. Diluted Shares means the
weighted  average  number  of  Common  Shares  on  a  fully  diluted  basis,  including  options,  other  equity-based  awards,  warrants  and  the  Corporation’s
convertible preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”). The effects of anti-dilutive potential Common Shares are ignored in calculating Diluted Shares. See note 9
in the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.  For the three months and year ended December 31, 2017, Diluted Shares equaled 206,807,485 and 203,707,589,
respectively.

12

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
The  table  below  presents  a  reconciliation  of  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  Net  Earnings  and  Adjusted  Net  Earnings  per  Diluted  Share,  each  to  the  nearest
IFRS measure:

$000's, except per share amounts
Net earnings
Financial expenses
Income taxes expense (recovery)
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible and deferred development costs
EBITDA
Stock-based compensation
Termination of employment agreements
Termination of affiliate agreements
Loss on disposal of assets
(Gain) loss from investments
Acquisition-related costs
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Net loss (earnings) from associates and (reversal of) impairment of assets held for
sale, associates and intangible assets
Other costs (see table below)
Adjusted EBITDA
Current income tax expense
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of purchase price
allocation intangibles)
Interest †
Adjusted Net Earnings
Diluted Shares
Adjusted Net Earnings per Diluted Share

Three Months Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

47,175   
39,713   
26,352   
2,370   
35,851   
151,461   
2,708   
1,677   
—   
—   
(20,288)  
—   
—   

1,631   
9,813   
147,002   
(1,224)  

45,039   
36,565   
(78)  
2,072   
34,783   
118,381   
1,893   
3,643   
1,099   
361   
4,749   
—   
(2,466)  

9,646   
10,298   
147,604   
(2,570)  

2017
259,285   
163,039   
27,208   
8,925   
138,261   
596,718   
10,622   
5,842   
407   
599   
(34,524)  
—   
—   

(4,230)  
24,872   
600,306   
(7,914)  

2016

135,550 
138,299 
4,000 
8,181 
131,702 
417,732 
10,289 
15,008 
4,485 
923 
19,278 
199 
(2,466)

16,308 
42,337 
524,093 
(8,384)

(7,145)  
(26,682)  
111,951   
  206,807,485   

(5,779)  
(32,242)  
107,013   
200,132,710   

(22,885)  
(110,567)  
458,940   
  203,707,589   

  $

0.54    $

0.53    $

2.25    $

(18,138)
(130,872)
366,699 
195,432,920 
1.88

†   Excluding  interest  accretion  and  non-refundable  late  payment  fees  related  to  the  unpaid  balance  of  the  deferred  purchase  price  for  the  Stars  Interactive
Group Acquisition in 2016.

There  are  a  number  of  limitations  related  to  the  use  of  these  measures  rather  than  net  earnings,  which  is  the  nearest  IFRS  equivalent  of  these  financial
measures. Some of these limitations are:

•

•

these non-IFRS financial measures exclude the applicable items listed in the reconciliation table above and other costs as set forth in the table
below; and

the expenses that the Corporation excludes in its calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from the expenses, if any, that
its peer companies may exclude from similarly-titled non-IFRS measures when they report their results of operations. In addition, although
certain  excluded  expenses  may  have  been  incurred  in  the  past  or  may  be  expected  to  recur  in  the  future,  management  believes  it  is
appropriate to exclude such expenses at this time as it does not consider them as on-going core operating expenses as it relates specifically to
the Corporation as compared to its peer companies. For example, the Corporation currently excludes certain lobbying and legal expenses in
jurisdictions  where  it  is  actively  seeking  licensure  or  similar  approval,  not  for  such  expenses  in  jurisdictions  where  it  (or  any  of  its
subsidiaries)  currently  operates,  has  customers,  or  holds  a  license  or  similar  approval.  Management  believes  that  the  Corporation’s
incremental cost of these lobbying and legal expenses in such jurisdictions is generally higher than its peers given liabilities and related issues
primarily stemming from periods prior to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition or from matters not directly involving the Corporation or its
current business. Moreover, certain exclusions, such as retention bonuses and office restructuring and legacy business unit shutdown costs,
primarily relate to the

13

 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporation’s transformation following the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition and management believes such expenses are more similar to
acquisition-related  costs  than  to  on-going  core  operating  expenses.  Over  time,  as  management  continues  assessing  its  operations  and
calculating  applicable  non-IFRS  measures,  it  believes  that,  subject  to,  among  other  things,  unanticipated  events  or  impacts  of  anticipated
events, it should have fewer adjustments or the amounts of such adjustments should decrease over time.  

The table below presents certain items comprising “Other costs” in the reconciliation table above:

Non-U.S. lobbying and legal expenses
U.S. lobbying and legal expenses
Strategic review professional fees
Retention bonuses
Non-recurring professional fees
AMF and other investigation professional fees (net of
insurance proceeds)
Austria gaming duty
Office restructuring and legacy business
   unit shutdown costs
Other costs

Three Months Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

2017
$000's

2016
$000's

2017
$000's

2016
$000's

787   
4,074   
—   
117   
2,263   

2,544   
—   

28   
9,813   

765   
3,630   
2,965   
615   
1,188   

1,018   
—   

117   
10,298   

3,409   
13,686   
125   
1,388   
4,431   

6,432   
(5,000)  

401   
24,872   

3,065 
12,793 
10,338 
3,272 
6,020 

5,509 
— 

1,340 
42,337

The table below presents a reconciliation of Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations to net cash inflows from operating activities, which is the nearest IFRS
measure:

Net cash inflows from operating activities
Customer deposit liability movement
Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations

Three Months Ended December 31,

2017
$000's

2016
$000's

Year Ended December 31,
2017
$000's

2016
$000's

123,757   
8,526   
132,283   

148,295   
(5,489)  
142,806   

494,600   
30,924   
525,524   

349,936 
70,992 
420,928

The Corporation believes that removing movements in customer deposit liabilities provides a more meaningful understanding of its cash flow from operations
as customer deposits are not available funds for the Corporation to use for financial or operational purposes.

DISCUSSION OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

$000's except percentage amounts
Revenue
Selling
General and administrative
Financial
Gaming duty
Gain (loss) from investments
Net loss from associates
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Income taxes expense (recovery)

2017

2016

Variance

  % Change  

Three Months Ended December 31,

360,247   
67,251   
162,857   
39,713   
37,188   
20,288   
—   
—   
26,352   

14

310,286   
45,505   
151,552   
36,565   
29,420   
(4,728)  
(21)  
2,466   
(78)  

49,961   
21,746   
11,305   
3,148   
7,768   
25,016   
21   
(2,466)  
26,430   

16.1%
47.8%
7.5%
8.6%
26.4%
529.1%
100.0%
(100.0%)
33884.6%

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue

The revenue increase for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily attributable to (i) the implementation
of the Stars Rewards loyalty program, (ii) the continued development of the Corporation’s casino product offerings, including through additional third-party
slots under the PokerStars Casino  brand,  (iii)  user  experience  and  user  interface  improvements  to  the  Corporation’s  sportsbook  product  and  a  higher  than
average gross win margin during the quarter, (iv) the expansion of the geographical reach of the Corporation’s casino and sportsbook products into eligible
markets, and (v) the re-launch of real-money online poker and real-money online casino in Portugal. As it relates to currency fluctuations during the quarter,
the general weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to certain foreign currencies had a positive impact on the Corporation’s revenue as compared to the prior
year period. See also “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below.

Revenue by Product Line and Geographic Region

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

Total Gaming
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Total
$000’s

Three months ended December 31, 2017

93,415 
54,847 
22,009 
15,193 
13,796 
13,855 

21,235 
234,350 

6,761 
64,762 
16,467 
4,599 
10,679 
4,383 

4,857 
112,508 

1 
1 
133 
58 
167 
123 

12,548 
13,031 

100,177 
119,610 
38,609 
19,850 
24,642 
18,361 

38,640 
359,889 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

358 
358 

100,177 
119,610 
38,609 
19,850 
24,642 
18,361 

38,998 
360,247

Three months ended December 31, 2016 (As reclassified)

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

Total Gaming
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Total
$000’s

88,323 
52,727 
19,947 
13,518 
11,870 
13,807 

8,521     
46,267     
10,347     
3,507     
6,917     
1,144     

1 
1 
177 
104 
185 
160 

96,845 
98,995 
30,471 
17,129 
18,972 
15,111 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

96,845 
98,995 
30,471 
17,129 
18,972 
15,111 

17,022 
217,214     

3,482     
80,185     

12,256     
12,884     

32,760     
310,283     

3     
3     

32,763 
310,286

The  majority  of  the  Corporation’s  revenues  are  generated  through  Poker,  followed  by  Casino  &  Sportsbook.    Other  offerings,  including  social  and  play-
money gaming, live poker events, branded poker rooms and other sources of revenue primarily related to gaming are aggregated into Other Gaming revenues.
Corporate revenues include certain other nominal sources of revenue. These revenues together comprise one segment as individually they do not meet any of
the quantitative thresholds or disclosure requirements described in IFRS 8, Operating segments.

Poker Revenue

Poker revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $234.4 million as compared to $217.2 million for the prior year period, which represents
an increase of 7.9% year-over-year. The increase in Poker revenue was primarily the result of (i) positive impacts of foreign exchange fluctuations, (ii) the
implementation of the Stars Rewards loyalty program, and (iii) the re-launch of online poker in Portugal. Notwithstanding, Poker revenues were negatively
impacted  by,  among  other  things  (i)  certain  customers  playing,  either  entirely  or  partially  in  place  of  poker,  the  Corporation’s  real-money  online  casino
offerings, (ii) the cessation of operations in Australia and

15

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
Colombia,  (iii)  the  new  local  licensing  regime  in  the  Czech  Republic  with  more  onerous  customer  registration  requirements  for  online  gaming  accounts
requiring  face-to-face  verification,  and  (iv)  previously  disclosed  negative  operating  conditions  in  Poland  primarily  related  to  constraints  on  processing
payments in that jurisdiction. For information on the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, see “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below.

Casino & Sportsbook Revenue

Casino & Sportsbook revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2017 was $112.5 million as compared to $80.2 million for the prior year period,
which  represents  an  increase  of  40.3%  year-over-year.    The  increase  in  Casino  &  Sportsbook  revenue  was  primarily  the  result  of  (i)  the  continued
development  of  the  Corporation’s  casino  product  offerings,  including  through  additional  third-party  slots  under  the  PokerStars  Casino  brand,  (ii)  user
experience and user interface improvements to the Corporation’s sportsbook product and a higher than average gross win margin during the quarter, (iii) the
expansion of the geographical reach of the Corporation’s casino and sportsbook products into eligible markets, and (iv) positive impacts of foreign exchange
fluctuations. Notwithstanding, Casino & Sportsbook revenues were negatively impacted by, among other things, the new local licensing regime in the Czech
Republic with more onerous customer registration requirements for online gaming accounts requiring face-to-face verification. For information on the impact
of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, see “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below.

Revenue by Geographic Region

The Corporation also evaluates revenue performance by geographic region based on the primary jurisdiction where the Corporation is licensed or approved to
offer, or offers through third-party licenses or approvals, its online gaming products and services. The revenue tables above set out the proportion of revenue
attributable to each gaming license or approval (as opposed to the jurisdiction where the customer was located) that either generated a minimum of 5% of
total consolidated revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2017 or 2016 or that the Corporation otherwise deems relevant based on its historical
reporting of the same or otherwise.  

With respect to Canada, the jurisdiction where its registered office is located, and based solely on calculations derived from internal records, the Corporation
estimates  that  revenue  derived  from  customers  in  Canada,  which  currently  relates  only  to  Poker,  would  represent  less  than  5%  of  its  total  consolidated
revenue  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2017.  These  estimations  are  neither  itemized  nor  otherwise  separated  from  the  revenues  the
Corporation reports under IFRS or otherwise, and as such, they are neither reviewed nor audited, as applicable, by its independent external auditor nor can
they be reconciled to a reported IFRS measure.

Poker

Poker revenue increased in all geographic regions for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period. The increases were
generally the result of the same factors noted above under “Poker Revenue” for the same period. The growth in other licensed and approved jurisdictions was
also the result of obtaining local licenses to operate certain online gaming in Portugal and the Czech Republic (the Czech Republic had previously operated
under  the  Malta  license  and  the  Corporation  had  previously  ceased  operations  in  Portugal).  The  growth  in  Malta  was  partially  offset  by  the  movement  of
Czech Republic to a local licensing regime.

Casino & Sportsbook

Casino & Sportsbook revenue increased in each geographic region, except the Isle of Man, for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the
prior year period. The increases were generally the result of the same factors noted above under “Casino & Sportsbook Revenue” for the same period. The
increase in Malta was also the result of the Corporation offering certain online casino and live dealer games under its Malta license to players in jurisdictions
otherwise served through the Isle of Man and the United Kingdom licenses. Malta was also positively impacted by the expansion of the Corporation’s online
casino and sportsbook product offerings into eligible markets. The decrease in the Isle of Man was the result of the use of the Corporation’s Malta license for
certain offerings as noted above.  In addition, the increase in other licensed or approved jurisdictions was primarily the result of previously obtaining local
licenses  to  operate  online  gaming  in  Portugal  and  the  Czech  Republic  (the  Czech  Republic  had  previously  operated  under  the  Malta  license  and  the
Corporation had previously ceased operations in Portugal).  

16

Other Gaming

Other Gaming revenue was relatively flat as a proportion of revenue during the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period.

Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue

The  general  weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar,  which  is  the  primary  currency  of  gameplay  on  the  Corporation’s  product  offerings,  relative  to  certain  foreign
currencies (particularly the Euro, which is the primary depositing currency of the Corporation’s customers) during the three months ended December 31, 2017
as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  had  a  positive  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  Poker,  Casino  &  Sportsbook  revenue.  During  the  three  months  ended
December 31, 2017, the Corporation estimates the increase in the purchasing power of its consumer base, based on a weighted average of customer deposits,
was a result of an average 7.3% increase in the value of its customers’ local currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.

To calculate revenue on a constant currency basis, the Corporation translated revenue for the current period using the prior year’s monthly average exchange
rates  for  its  local  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar,  which  the  Corporation  believes  is  a  useful  metric  that  facilitates  comparison  to  its  historical
performance, mainly because the U.S. dollar is the primary currency of gameplay on the Corporation’s product offerings and the majority of the Corporation’s
customers are from European Union jurisdictions.

If the Corporation had translated its total IFRS revenue for the three months ended December 31, 2017 using the constant currency exchange rates for its
source currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such revenues would have been $334.5 million, which is $25.8 million lower than actual IFRS revenues during
such period. As a result, excluding the impact of year-over-year changes in foreign exchange rates, such revenues for the quarter would have increased by
7.8%, as opposed to 16.1%, over the prior year period.

Expenses

Selling

The  increase  in  selling  expenses  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  was  primarily  the  result  of  (i)  an
increase in acquisition marketing costs in connection with online poker and sportsbook operations and (ii) an increase in royalty costs in connection with
online casino operations driven by the growth and expansion of third-party slot and live dealer game offerings.

General and Administrative

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the
result  of  (i)  an  increase  in  salary  expenses  due  to  investment  in  headcount,  staff  restructuring  in  connection  with  the  Corporation’s  previously  announced
operational excellence program and the provision for expected annual staff incentives in the 2017 period, and (ii) an increase in professional fees driven by
the  AMF  investigations  and  additional  public  company  compliance  costs  primarily  related  to  the  Corporation’s  remediation  efforts  associated  with  and
improvements to internal control over financial reporting.

Financial

The increase in financial expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the result of foreign
exchange gains recorded in the prior year period. The increase was partially offset by reduced accretion recorded in respect of the deferred purchase price for
the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition.

Gaming Duty

The increase in gaming duty expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the result of (i)
gaming duty on Poker, Casino & Sportsbook revenues reflecting growth in such revenues in markets where gaming duty is applicable, such as Italy, Spain,
France and the United Kingdom, and (ii) gaming duty in markets recently licensed such as Portugal and the Czech Republic.

17

Foreign Exchange Impact on Expenses

The Corporation’s expenses are also impacted by currency fluctuations. Almost all its expenses are incurred in either the Euro, Great Britain Pound Sterling,
U.S. dollar or Canadian dollar. There are some natural hedges as a result of customer deposits made in such currencies, however the Corporation also enters
into certain economic hedges to mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations as it deems necessary. Further information on foreign currency risk can
be found below in “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Market Risk—Foreign Currency Exchange Risk”.

Gain (Loss) from Investments

The gain recognized from investments during the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to a loss in the prior year period was primarily the
result of the completion of the Corporation’s previously announced disposition of its retained ownership in NYX Gaming Group Limited (“NYX Gaming
Group”) securities and NYX Sub Preferred Shares (as defined below) to Scientific Games Corporation and its ordinary shares of Jackpotjoy plc (LSE: JPJ)
(“Jackpotjoy”). For the prior year period, the loss from investments was primarily the result of a decrease in the value of the Corporation’s retained ownership
of certain preferred shares (the “NYX Sub Preferred Shares”) of NYX Digital Gaming (Canada) ULC, a subsidiary of NYX Gaming Group (“NYX Sub”),
issued to the Corporation as partial consideration for the disposition of two of the Corporation’s former businesses, CryptoLogic Ltd. and Amaya (Alberta)
Inc. (formerly Chartwell Technology Inc.), to NYX Gaming Group and NYX Sub.

Income Taxes Expense (Recovery)

The  increase  in  income  taxes  expense  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  was  primarily  due  to  a  tax
provision of $26.5 million relating to an ongoing transfer pricing dispute in Canada for one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The issue in dispute relates to
the subsidiary’s operations for its 2003 to 2007 fiscal years, prior to its acquisition by The Stars Group. For additional information, see note 8 in the 2017
Annual Financial Statements.  

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

$000's except percentage amounts
Revenue
Selling
General and administrative
Financial
Gaming duty
Acquisition-related costs
Gain (loss) from investments
Net (loss) earnings from associates
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration
Income taxes

Revenue

2017

2016

Variance

  % Change  

Year Ended December 31,

1,312,315   
192,709   
571,258   
163,039   
130,771   
—   
34,524   
(2,569)  
—   
27,208   

1,155,247   
162,785   
585,123   
138,299   
113,102   
199   
(19,278)  
623   
2,466   
4,000   

157,068   
29,924   
(13,865)  
24,740   
17,669   
(199)  
53,802   
(3,192)  
(2,466)  
23,208   

13.6%
18.4%
(2.4%)
17.9%
15.6%
(100.0%)
279.1%
(512.4%)
(100.0%)
580.2%

The revenue increase for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily attributable to (i) the continued development
of  the  Corporation’s  casino  product  offerings,  including  through  additional  third-party  slots  under  the  PokerStars Casino  brand,  (ii)  the  expansion  of  the
geographical reach of the Corporation’s casino and sportsbook products into eligible markets, (iii) positive impacts of foreign exchange fluctuations, (iv) the
Corporation’s continued focus on recreational players including through the implementation of the Stars Rewards loyalty program, (v) user experience and
user  interface  improvements  to  the  Corporation’s  sportsbook  product,  and  (vi)  the  re-launch  of  real-money  online  poker  and  real-money  online  casino  in
Portugal and the launch of PokerStars NJ. As it relates to currency fluctuations during the full year period, the general weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to
certain foreign currencies had a positive impact on the Corporation’s revenue as compared to the prior year period. See also “Foreign Exchange Impact on
Revenue” below.

18

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue by Product Line and Geographic Region

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Geographic Area
Isle of Man
Malta
Italy
United Kingdom
Spain
France
Other licensed or approved
   jurisdictions

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

Year Ended December 31, 2017
  Other Gaming  
$000’s

Total Gaming
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Total
$000’s

349,375     
210,742     
82,106     
56,155     
47,912     
50,214     

80,792     
877,296     

29,338     
224,101     
52,284     
15,140     
34,842     
10,410     

1     
2     
575     
258     
669     
508     

378,714     
434,845     
134,965     
71,553     
83,423     
61,132     

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

378,714 
434,845 
134,965 
71,553 
83,423 
61,132 

17,897     
384,012     

48,309     
50,322     

146,998     
1,311,630     

685     
685     

147,683 
1,312,315

Poker
$000’s

  Casino & Sportsbook  
$000’s

  Other Gaming  
$000’s

Total Gaming
$000’s

  Corporate  
$000’s

Total
$000’s

Year ended December 31, 2016 (As reclassified)

339,513 
225,974 
77,646 
56,837 
42,326 
51,989 

19,187     
166,198     
31,693     
13,439     
24,370     
2,356     

3 
4 
624 
387 
653 
573 

358,703 
392,176 
109,963 
70,663 
67,349 
54,918 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

358,703 
392,176 
109,963 
70,663 
67,349 
54,918 

51,774 
846,059     

6,871     
264,114     

42,722     
44,966     

101,367     
1,155,139     

108     
108     

101,475 
1,155,247

The  majority  of  the  Corporation’s  revenues  are  generated  through  Poker,  followed  by  Casino  &  Sportsbook.    Other  offerings,  including  social  and  play-
money gaming, live poker events, branded poker rooms and other sources of revenue primarily related to gaming are aggregated into Other Gaming revenues.
Corporate revenues include certain other nominal sources of revenue. These revenues together comprise one segment as individually they do not meet any of
the quantitative thresholds or disclosure requirements described in IFRS 8, Operating segments.

Poker Revenue

Poker revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $877.3 million as compared to Poker revenue of $846.1 million for the prior year period, which
represents an increase of 3.7% year-over-year. The increase in Poker revenue was primarily the result of (i) positive impacts of foreign exchange fluctuations
(ii)  the  implementation  of  the  Stars  Rewards  loyalty  program,  (iii)  the  Corporation’s  previously  announced  strategy  of  focusing  on  recreational  players,
including through initiatives such as changes to its previous online poker loyalty program, rake structure and the introduction of new poker promotions, (iv)
re-launch of online poker in Portugal and launch of PokerStars NJ, and  (v)  increased  marketing  spend  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016  versus  the  prior  year
period with some resulting revenue impact in the first quarter of 2017. Notwithstanding, Poker revenues were negatively impacted by, among other things, (i)
certain customers playing, either entirely or partially in place of poker, the Corporation’s real-money online casino offerings, (ii) a decline in customer activity
on the Full Tilt real-money online poker offerings, (iii) the temporary cessation of operations during a portion of the period in the Czech Republic and the
subsequent re-launch in the country under a local license with more onerous customer registration requirements for online gaming accounts requiring face-to-
face verification, (iv) the cessation of operations in Australia, Colombia, Israel and Slovenia, and (v) previously disclosed negative operating conditions in
Poland primarily related to constraints on processing payments in that jurisdiction. For information on the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates,
see “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below.

19

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
   
 
 
Casino & Sportsbook Revenue

Casino  &  Sportsbook  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  was  $384.0  million  as  compared  to  $264.1  million  for  the  prior  year  period,  which
represents an increase of 45.4%.  The increase in Casino & Sportsbook revenue was primarily the result of (i) the continued development of the Corporation’s
casino product offerings, including through additional third-party slots under the PokerStars Casino brand, (ii) the expansion of the geographical reach of the
Corporation’s casino and sportsbook products into eligible markets, (iii) the addition of new sports and user experience and user interface improvements to
the Corporation’s sportsbook product, and (iv) positive impacts from foreign exchange fluctuations.  For information on the impact of fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates, see “Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue” below.

Revenue by Geographic Region

The Corporation also evaluates revenue performance by geographic region based on the primary jurisdiction where the Corporation is licensed or approved to
offer, or offers through third-party licenses or approvals, its online gaming products and services. The revenue tables above set out the proportion of revenue
attributable to each gaming license or approval (as opposed to the jurisdiction where the customer was located) that either generated a minimum of 5% of
total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 or 2016 or that the Corporation otherwise deems relevant based on its historical reporting of
the same or otherwise.

With respect to Canada, the jurisdiction where its registered office is located, and based solely on calculations derived from internal records, the Corporation
estimates  that  revenue  derived  from  customers  in  Canada,  which  currently  relates  only  to  Poker,  would  represent  less  than  5%  of  its  total  consolidated
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. These estimations are neither itemized nor otherwise separated from the revenues the Corporation
reports under IFRS or otherwise, and as such, they are neither reviewed nor audited, as applicable, by nor can they be reconciled to a reported IFRS measure.

Poker

Poker revenue increased in each geographic region, except in Malta, France and the United Kingdom, for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to
the prior year period. The increases were generally the result of the same factors noted above under “Poker Revenue” for the same period. The increase in
Spain was also due to higher than anticipated jackpot payouts in the Corporation’s Spin & Go product during the first quarter of 2016. The growth in other
licensed and approved jurisdictions was also the result of obtaining local licenses to operate certain online gaming in Portugal and the Czech Republic (Czech
Republic  had  previously  operated  under  the  Malta  license  and  the  Corporation  had  previously  ceased  operations  in  Portugal)  and  the  introduction  of
PokerStars NJ to the New Jersey market. The decline in Malta was primarily the result of the movement of Czech Republic to local licensing regimes, and the
cessation  of  operations  in  Slovenia.  The  decline  in  France  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  CRM  initiatives,  in  anticipation  of  France  potentially
transitioning to shared liquidity, leading to a reduction in net gaming revenue.

Casino & Sportsbook

Casino & Sportsbook revenue increased in each geographic region for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period. The increases
were generally the result of the same factors noted above under “Casino & Sportsbook Revenue” for the same period. The increase in Malta was also the
result of the Corporation offering certain online casino and live dealer games under its Malta license to players in jurisdictions otherwise served through the
Isle  of  Man  and  the  United  Kingdom  licenses.  The  increase  in  the  Isle  of  Man  was  also  a  result  of  the  expansion  of  the  Corporation’s  online  casino  into
certain  additional  eligible  non-European  Union  markets.  In  addition,  the  significant  increase  in  other  licensed  or  approved  jurisdictions  was  primarily  the
result  of  obtaining  local  licenses  to  operate  online  gaming  in  Portugal  and  the  Czech  Republic  (Czech  Republic  had  previously  operated  under  the  Malta
license and the Corporation had previously ceased operations in Portugal), the introduction of online casino and sportsbook in Denmark and the introduction
of online casino in New Jersey.  The significant increase in Italy was also due to the growth of online casino and the launch of online sportsbook in the middle
of the second quarter of 2016. The significant increase in France was due to the launch of online sportsbook in the latter half of the second quarter of 2016;
the Corporation does not currently offer online casino in France.  

20

Other Gaming

Other Gaming revenue was relatively flat as a proportion of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period.

Foreign Exchange Impact on Revenue

The  general  weakening  of  the  U.S.  dollar,  which  is  the  primary  currency  of  gameplay  on  the  Corporation’s  product  offerings,  relative  to  certain  foreign
currencies  (particularly  the  Euro,  which  is  the  primary  depositing  currency  of  the  Corporation’s  customers)  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  as
compared  to  the  prior  year  period  had  a  positive  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  Poker,  Casino  &  Sportsbook  revenue.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,
2017, the Corporation estimates the increase in the purchasing power of its consumer base, based on a weighted average of customer deposits, was a result of
an average 2.3% increase in the value of its customers’ local currencies relative to the U.S. dollar.

If  the  Corporation  had  translated  its  total  IFRS  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  using  the  constant  currency  exchange  rates  for  its  source
currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such revenues would have been $1,276.3 million, which is $36.1 million lower than actual IFRS revenues during such
period. As a result, excluding the impact of year-over-year changes in foreign exchange rates, such revenues for the year would have increased by 10.5%, as
opposed to 13.6%, over the prior year period.

Expenses

Selling

The increase in selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the result of (i) an increase in
acquisition marketing costs in connection with online poker and sportsbook operations, and (ii) an increase in royalty costs in connection with online casino
operations driven by the growth and expansion of third-party slot and live dealer game offerings.

General and Administrative

The decrease in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the result of (i)
a  reversal  of  the  impairment  of  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  Innova  Gaming  Group  Inc.  (“Innova”)  taken  in  prior  years  and  (ii)  a  decrease  in  salary
expense as a result of staff restructuring in connection with the operational excellence program and a reduction in employee termination costs. The decrease
was  partially  offset  by  (i)  increased  payment  processor  costs  due  to  higher  net  deposits,  increased  affiliate  activities  and  fewer  discounts  received  from
processors  in  the  2017  period  and  (ii)  amortization  of  intangible  assets  and  deferred  development  costs  associated  with  the  Stars  Interactive  Group
Acquisition and the development and launch of new products and offerings across online poker, casino, sportsbook and other gaming offerings.  

Financial

The  increase  in  financial  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  was  primarily  the  result  of  (i)  unrealized
foreign  exchange  gains  related  to  the  translation  of  the  USD  Second  Lien  Term  Loan  (as  defined  below)  and  the  deferred  purchase  price  for  the  Stars
Interactive Group Acquisition and (ii) unrealized foreign exchange gains generated on the Corporation’s outstanding U.S. dollar to Euro foreign exchange
contracts, both generated during the prior year period.

Gaming Duty

The increase in gaming duty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily the result of (i) increases in
gaming duty on Poker, Casino & Sportsbook revenues reflecting growth in such revenues in markets where gaming duty is applicable, such as Italy, Spain,
France and the United Kingdom and (ii) gaming duty in newly licensed markets such as Portugal and the Czech Republic. The increase was partially offset by
the Corporation’s receipt of $5 million in indemnification proceeds from the sellers of the Stars Interactive Group in respect of gaming duty owed in Austria
for periods prior to the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition.

21

Foreign Exchange Impact on Expenses

The  Corporation’s  expenses  are  also  impacted  by  currency  fluctuations.  Almost  all  of  its  expenses  are  incurred  in  either  the  Euro,  Great  Britain  Pound
Sterling, U.S. dollar or Canadian dollar. There are some natural hedges as a result of customer deposits made in such currencies, however the Corporation also
enters into certain economic hedges to mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations as it deems necessary. Further information on foreign currency risk
can be found below in “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Market Risk—Foreign Currency Exchange Risk”.

Gain (Loss) from Investments

The  gain  recognized  from  investments  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  was  primarily  the  result  of  (i)  the
completed dispositions of the Corporation’s retained ownership interests in NYX Gaming Group, the NYX Sub Preferred Shares and Jackpotjoy securities
and (ii) the realized gain on the note received in connection with the sale of a former subsidiary, Cadillac Jack Inc., in 2015. For the prior year period, the loss
from investments comprised (i) a provision recorded relating to a certain EBITDA support agreement between the Corporation and Innova and (ii) a decrease
in the value of the Corporation’s retained ownership of the NYX Sub Preferred Shares.

Income Taxes Expense (Recovery)

The increase in income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period was primarily due to a tax provision of $26.5 million
relating to an ongoing transfer pricing dispute in Canada for one of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The issue in dispute relates to the subsidiary’s operations
for its 2003 to 2007 fiscal years, prior to its acquisition by The Stars Group. For additional information, see note 8 in the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.
This tax provision was partially offset by a refund of approximately $2.85 million received from the Belgian tax authorities relating to the closure of a prior
tax audit. 

The following financial data for each of the eight most recently completed quarters has been prepared in accordance with IFRS, and all such periods have
been adjusted to reflect the impact of discontinued operations, as applicable. The presentation currency for each period presented below was and remains the
U.S. dollar.

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

For the three months ended

$000’s, except per share amounts
Revenue
Net Earnings
Basic Net Earnings per Common Share
Diluted Net Earnings per Common Share

Mar 31,
2016
288,518   
55,491   
$ 0.42 
$ 0.28 

Jun 30,
2016
285,762   
22,497   
$ 0.16 
$ 0.12 

Sept 30,
2016
270,681   
12,523   
$ 0.09 
$ 0.06 

Dec 31,
2016
310,286   
45,039   
$ 0.31 
$ 0.23 

2017
317,320   
65,753   
$ 0.45 
$ 0.33 

Jun 30,
2017
305,305   
70,483   
$ 0.48 
$ 0.35 

2017

  Dec 31,

Sept 30,
2017
329,443    360,247 
47,175 
0.32 
0.23

75,874   
$ 0.52  $
$ 0.37  $

  Mar 31,

The year-over-year revenue increases since the first quarter of 2017 as compared to the prior year periods were primarily attributable to Casino & Sportsbook
revenues resulting from the continued rollout of casino and sportsbook products and the expansion of the geographical reach of such products into eligible
markets,  in  addition  to  the  positive  impact  on  poker  revenues  from  the  introduction  of  the  Stars Rewards  program.  Prior  to  the  third  quarter  of  2017,  the
revenue  increases  were  also  a  result  of  the  previously  announced  changes  to  the  Corporation’s  customer  loyalty  program  and  rake  structure,  as  well  as
adjustments  to  the  Corporation’s  multi-table  tournament  payout  structure,  including  through  the  reinvestment  of  a  portion  of  the  loyalty  program  cost
reductions and additional rake into CRM and lifecycle initiatives for recreational players.

22

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  a  discussion  of  trends  and  variances  over  the  three  months  and  years  ended  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  see  “Selected  Financial  Information”,
“Discussion of Operations”, “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Cash Flows by Activity” contained in this MD&A.

Given the nature of the Corporation’s business, including, without limitation, the extent of certain non-recurring and other costs, instead of evaluating IFRS
net  earnings  alone,  the  Corporation  also  analyzes  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  Cash  Flow  from  Operations,  Adjusted  Net  Earnings  and  Adjusted  Net
Earnings  per  Diluted  Share  to  evaluate  operating  results  and  for  financial  and  operational  decision-making  purposes.  The  Corporation  believes  that  these
measures provide useful information about its operating results and enhances the overall understanding of its past performance and future prospects, as well
as its performance against peers and competitors. See “Selected Financial Information—Other Financial Information” above.

The Corporation’s results of operations can fluctuate due to seasonal trends and other factors. Historically, given the geographies where the majority of the
Corporation’s  customers  are  located,  and  the  related  climate  and  weather  in  such  geographies,  among  other  things,  revenues,  key  metrics  and  customer
activity have been generally higher in the first and fourth fiscal quarters than in the second and third fiscal quarters. In online sportsbook, fluctuations can also
occur around applicable sports seasons with increased customer activity around notable or popular sporting events. Additionally, with respect to online sports
betting, revenues from that vertical generally fluctuate in line with gross win margin (or the total customer wagers less customer winnings as a proportion of
the total amount wagered). However, the impact on revenues may be mitigated by the positive or negative impact of gross win margins on customer wagering,
which  can  fluctuate  inversely  with  such  margins.  As  a  result,  prolonged  periods  of  high  gross  win  margin  can  negatively  impact  customer  experience,
enjoyment  and  engagement  levels  thereby  resulting  in  lower  customer  wagering  volumes  on  sports  betting  or  other  gaming  verticals.  Conversely,  while
periods of low gross win margin tend to negatively impact revenues, this may be mitigated to an extent by increased customer wagering volume (generally
referred to as recycling of winnings) due to the positive impact of customer-friendly results on customer experience, enjoyment and engagement. Further,
changes to the Corporation’s Stars Rewards loyalty program impact net gaming revenue, which could also cause fluctuations. As such, results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved in another quarter or for the full fiscal year. There can be no assurance that the seasonal
trends and other factors that have impacted the Corporation’s historical results will repeat in future periods as the Corporation cannot influence or forecast
many of these factors.  For other factors that may cause its results to fluctuate, including, without limitation, market risks, such as foreign exchange risks, see
“Overview  and  Outlook”  above,  “Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources—Market  Risk”  and  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”  below,  and  the  2017  Annual
Information  Form,  including,  without  limitation,  under  the  headings  “Risk  Factors  and  Uncertainties”  and  “Business  of  the  Corporation—Seasonality  and
Other Factors Impacting the Business” therein.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Corporation’s principal sources of liquidity are its cash generated from operations and certain other currently available funds. Currently available funds
consist primarily of cash on deposit with banks and investments, which are comprised primarily of certain highly liquid, short-term investments, including
money  market  funds.  The  Corporation’s  working  capital  needs  are  generally  minimal  over  the  year  as  its  current  gaming  business  requires  customers  to
deposit  funds  prior  to  playing  or  participating  in  its  real-money  product  offerings.  The  Corporation  believes  that  such  deposits  are  typically  converted  to
revenue efficiently and on a timely basis such that operating expenditures are sufficiently covered. Management also believes that investing is a key element
necessary for the continued growth of the Corporation’s customer base and the future development of new and innovative products and services. Based on the
Corporation’s currently available funds, funds available from the Credit Facility (as defined and detailed below) and its ability to access the debt and equity
capital  markets,  if  necessary,  management  believes  that  the  Corporation  will  have  the  cash  resources  necessary  to  satisfy  current  obligations  and  working
capital needs, and fund currently planned development activities and other capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. Notwithstanding, as a result of,
among  other  things,  the  state  of  capital  markets  and  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  access  them  on  favorable  terms,  if  at  all,  micro  and  macro-economic
downturns,  and  contractions  of  the  Corporation’s  operations  may  influence  its  ability  to    secure  the  capital  resources  required  to  satisfy  current  or  future
obligations (including, without limitation, those set forth under “Contractual Obligations” below) and fund future projects, strategic initiatives and support
growth.  For  a  description  of  the  factors  and  risks  that  could  affect  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  generate  sufficient  amounts  of  cash  and  access  the  capital
markets,  in  the  short-  and  long-terms,  in  order  to  maintain  the  Corporation’s  capacity  to  meet  its  obligations  and  expected  growth  or  fund  development
activities, see “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” below and in the 2017 Annual Information Form.

23

The Corporation believes that it has improved its financial condition since December 31, 2016 by, among other things, paying all remaining amounts of the
deferred purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, completing the Repricing, making the Prepayments (each as defined below), decreasing
its  leverage  ratios  and  producing  strong  net  cash  inflows  from  operating  activities.  The  Corporation  expects  to  continue  improving  its  financial  condition
through its strong cash flow generation and liquidity, including as a result of continuing to introduce new and innovative products and pursuing expansion
into  new  jurisdictions.  For  additional  information  regarding  the  Corporation’s  repayment  of  debt,  including  the  Repricing,  see  below  under  “Long-Term
Debt”.

For additional information regarding the Corporation’s liquidity and capital resources, see the descriptions of the Corporation’s debt as set forth below under
“Credit  Facility”  and  “Long-Term  Debt”  and  the  notes  to  the  2017  Annual  Financial  Statements,  as  well  as  the  2017  Annual  Information  Form.  See  also
“Risk Factors and Uncertainties” below and in the 2017 Annual Information Form, particularly under the heading “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks
Related to the Corporation’s Substantial Indebtedness”.

Market Risk

The Corporation is exposed to market risks, including changes to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The Corporation is exposed to foreign currency risk, which includes risks related to its revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than
the  U.S.  dollar.  In  general,  the  Corporation  is  a  net  receiver  of  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar,  primarily  the  Euro,  which  is  the  primary  depositing
currency of the Corporation’s customers. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates, and in particular a strengthening of the U.S. dollar, which is the primary
currency  of  game  play  on  the  Corporation’s  product  offerings,  have  in  the  past  reduced,  and  may  in  the  future  reduce,  the  purchasing  power  of  the
Corporation’s customers, thereby potentially negatively affecting the Corporation’s revenue and other operating results.

The Corporation has experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in its net earnings as a result of translation gains or losses related to revaluing
certain  current  asset  and  current  liability  balances  that  are  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency  of  the  entities  in  which  they  are
recorded. The Corporation uses derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes, not for generating trading profits, and anticipates that such
instruments will mitigate some of its foreign currency risk.  As such, any change in cash flows associated with derivative instruments is expected to be offset
by changes in cash flows related to the hedged position.  However, it is difficult to predict the effect hedging activities could have on the Corporation’s results
of operations and there can be no assurance that any foreign currency exchange risks will be so mitigated or that such instruments will not result in a loss. The
Corporation recognized foreign currency losses of $0.5 million and $5.1 million in the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and
foreign currency losses of $2.8 million and foreign currency gains of $29.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

For additional information on derivatives, see also notes 2 and 21 in the 2017 Annual Financial Statements. Management monitors movements in foreign
exchange  rates  by  frequently  reviewing  certain  currency  pairs.  The  Corporation  may  in  the  future  enter  into  additional  derivatives  or  other  financial
instruments in an attempt to hedge its foreign currency exchange risk.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The Corporation’s exposure to changes in interest rates (particularly fluctuations in LIBOR) relates primarily to interest paid on the Corporation’s long-term
indebtedness, as well as the interest earned on and market value of its cash and available-for-sale investments. The Corporation is also exposed to fair value
interest rate risk with respect to its USD First Lien Term Loan, which it attempts to mitigate by hedging through the Swap Agreements that fix the interest
rate on the same. The Corporation is also exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the unhedged elements of the USD First Lien Term Loan, the EUR First
Lien Term Loan (as defined below) and the USD Second Lien Term Loan (as defined below), which each bear interest at variable rates.

As of the date hereof, the USD First Lien Term Loan and the USD Second Lien Term Loan each have a LIBOR floor of 1.00% and as such, the interest rate
cannot decrease below 4.50% and 8.00%, respectively. The EUR First Lien Term Loan has a EURIBOR floor of 0% and as such, the interest rate cannot
decrease below 3.75%. Management monitors movements in the interest rates by frequently reviewing the EURIBOR and LIBOR.

24

The Corporation’s cash consists primarily of cash on deposit with banks and its investments consist primarily of certain highly liquid, short-term instruments,
including  debt  securities  and  funds.  The  Corporation’s  investment  policy  and  strategy  is  focused  on  preservation  of  capital  and  supporting  its  liquidity
requirements, not on generating trading profits. Changes in interest rates affect the interest earned on the Corporation’s cash and investments and the market
value  of  those  securities.  However,  any  realized  gains  or  losses  resulting  from  such  interest  rate  changes  would  occur  only  if  the  Corporation  sold  the
investments prior to maturity.

Liquidity Risk

The Corporation is also exposed to liquidity risk with respect to its contractual obligations and financial liabilities. The Corporation manages liquidity risk by
continuously monitoring its forecasted and actual cash flows and matching maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s objective is
to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through borrowing facilities available through the Corporation’s banks and other lenders.
The Corporation’s policy is to seek to ensure adequate funding is available from operations, established lending facilities and other sources, including the debt
and equity capital markets, as required.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of the Corporation’s contractual obligations as at December 31, 2017:

$000's
Provisions
Long-Term Debt *
Derivatives
Purchase Obligations
Total

* Includes principal and interest

Total

Payments due by period
1-3 years

    Less than  
1 year

4-5 years

  More than  
5 years

16,418     
2,902,493     
111,762     
61,569     
3,092,242     

13,325     
150,026     
—     
9,418     
172,769     

3,093     
295,409     
111,762     
16,877     
427,141     

—     
2,457,058     
—     
11,446     
2,468,504     

— 
— 
— 
23,828 
23,828

In August and September 2017, the Corporation prepaid without penalty $40 million and $75 million, respectively (collectively, the “Prepayments”), under
the  USD  Second  Lien  Term  Loan  using  cash  on  its  balance  sheet,  cash  flow  from  operations  or  a  combination  thereof.  Following  the  Prepayments,  the
outstanding principal balance of the USD Second Lien Term loan as of the date hereof is $95 million.

Credit Facility

The Corporation obtained a first lien revolving credit facility of $100 million on August 1, 2014 in connection with the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition
(the “Credit Facility”).  Maturing on August 1, 2019, the Credit Facility can be used to fund working capital needs and for general corporate purposes.  The
interest rate under the Credit Facility is, at the Corporation’s option, either LIBOR plus 4.00% or ABR plus 3.00%.  The applicable commitment fee on the
Credit Facility is based on a first lien leverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00 and could range from 0.375% to 0.50%.  Borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject
to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and compliance with certain representations and warranties.

As  at  each  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  available  balance  under  the  Credit  Facility  was  $70  million.  In  connection  with  the  previously  reported
December 23, 2015 Commonwealth of Kentucky trial court order for damages against certain of its subsidiaries, the Corporation filed a notice of appeal to
the Kentucky Court of Appeals and posted a $100 million supersedeas bond to stay enforcement of the order for damages during the pendency of the appeals
process.  In  connection  with  the  posting  of  the  bond,  the  Corporation  delivered  cash  collateral  in  the  amount  of  $40  million  and  letters  of  credit  in  the
aggregate amount of $30 million (collectively, the “Kentucky Bond Collateral”), thereby reducing the availability under the Credit Facility from $100 million
to $70 million.

For  additional  information  on  the  proceedings  in  Kentucky,  see  below  under  “Legal  Proceedings  and  Regulatory  Actions”  and  the  2017  Annual  Reports,
including under the heading “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions” in the 2017 Annual Information Form and note 30 of the 2017 Annual Financial
Statements.

25

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Long-Term Debt

The following is a summary of long-term debt outstanding as at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (all capitalized terms used in the table below relating to
such long-term debt are defined below):

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
CDN 2013 Debentures
Total long-term debt

Current portion
Non-current portion

Interest rate

4.83%
3.75%
8.33%
7.50%

December 31,
2016,
Principal
outstanding
balance in
local
denominated
currency
000’s

December 31,
2017,
Principal
outstanding
balance in
local
denominated
currency
000’s

December 31,
2017
Carrying
amount
$000’s
      1,895,654      1,848,397      2,021,097     
286,143     
210,000     
—     

382,222     
95,000     
—     

453,540     
56,632     
—     
       2,358,569     
4,990     
       2,353,579     

December
31,
2015
Carrying
amount
$000’s

December 31,
2015,
Principal
outstanding
December 31,
balance in
2016
local
Carrying
denominated
amount
currency
$000’s
000’s
1,965,928      2,041,616      1,978,763 
307,584 
161,524 
21,556 
       2,469,427 
32,889 
       2,436,538  

296,198     
166,453     
—     
2,428,579     
47,750     
2,380,829     

289,048     
210,000     
30,000     

The  decrease  in  outstanding  long-term  debt  from  December  31,  2016  to  December  31,  2017  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  Prepayments  and  quarterly
scheduled debt principal repayments, partially offset by foreign exchange fluctuations, the Repricing, and interest accretion. The decrease in outstanding long-
term debt from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of the repayment of the CDN 2013 Debentures (as defined below). For
additional  information  regarding  the  interest  on  the  Corporation’s  outstanding  long-term  debt,  including  the  effective  interest  rates,  see  the  2017  Annual
Financial Statements. To manage its interest rate exposure on certain of its debt, the Corporation previously entered into the Swap Agreements.

The principal repayments of the Corporation’s currently outstanding long-term debt over the next five years, as adjusted for revised estimates of excess cash
flow allocations to the principal repayment of the First Lien Term Loans (as defined below), amount to the following:

USD First Lien Term Loan
EUR First Lien Term Loan
USD Second Lien Term Loan
Total

CDN 2013 Debentures  

1 Year
$000's

2 Years
$000's

3 Years
$000's

4 Years
$000's

5 Years
$000's

19,443     
4,709     
—     
24,152     

19,443     
4,709     
—     
24,152     

19,443      1,837,326     
444,960     
4,709     
—     
—     
24,152      2,282,286     

— 
— 
95,000 
95,000  

On February 7, 2013, the Corporation closed a private placement of units consisting of debentures and warrants, issuing and selling 30,000 units at a price of
CDN $1,000 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds of CDN $30 million (the “CDN 2013 Debentures”). The CDN 2013 Debentures matured on January 31,
2016 and were repaid in full on February 1, 2016 and the then-remaining outstanding warrants expired on January 31, 2016.  As of such date, the Corporation
had no further obligations under or with respect to the same.

First and Second Lien Term Loans

On August 1, 2014, the Corporation completed the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, which was partly financed through the issuance of long-term debt,
allocated into first and second lien term loans. Giving effect to a previously disclosed refinancing in August 2015 (the “Refinancing”) and the Repricing, as at
December 31, 2017, the first lien term loans consisted of a $1.85 billion first lien term loan priced at LIBOR plus 3.50% (the “USD First Lien Term Loan”)
and a €378 million seven-year first lien term loan priced at EURIBOR plus 3.75% (the “EUR First Lien Term Loan” and, together with the USD First Lien
Term Loan, the “First Lien Term Loans”), with 1.00% LIBOR and 0% EURIBOR floors, respectively, and each repayable on August 22, 2021. Giving effect
to the Refinancing,

26

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
   
 
     
      
   
 
     
      
      
      
   
 
     
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Repricing and Prepayments, as at December 31, 2017, the second lien term loan consisted of a $95 million loan priced at LIBOR plus 7.00%, with a 1.00%
LIBOR floor and repayable on August 1, 2022 (the “USD Second Lien Term Loan”).

As previously disclosed, on March 3, 2017, the Corporation completed the repricing and retranching of the First Lien Term Loans and amended the applicable
credit agreement (collectively, the “Repricing”). The Repricing included reducing the applicable interest rate margin on the First Lien Term Loans by 0.5% to
LIBOR plus 3.5% with a LIBOR floor of 1% to EURIBOR plus 3.75% with a 0% EURIBOR floor, respectively, and retranching such loans by raising €100
million  of  incremental  debt  on  the  EUR  First  Lien  Term  Loan  and  using  the  proceeds  to  reduce  the  USD  First  Lien  Term  Loan  by  $106  million.  The
Corporation and the lenders also amended the credit agreement for the First Lien Term Loans to, among other things, reflect the Repricing and waive the
required 2016 and 2017 excess cash flow repayments (as defined and described in the credit agreement) previously due on March 31, 2017 and March 31,
2018, respectively.

In  addition  to  the  Refinancing  and  Repricing,  the  Corporation  also  made  the  Prepayments  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017.  As  a  result  of  the
Refinancing, Repricing and Prepayments, the Corporation realized aggregate savings of approximately $6.5 million and $16.3 million in interest expense for
the three months and year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

To finance the cash portion of the purchase price for CrownBet, a subsidiary of the Corporation, to acquire William Hill Australia, the Corporation obtained
committed  financing  for  a  $325  million  incremental  USD  First  Lien  Term  Loan.  See  “Overview  and  Outlook  –  Recent  Corporate  Developments”  for
additional information.

First Lien Term Loans

Except  as  set  forth  above,  the  Corporation  is  required  to  allocate  up  to  50%  of  its  excess  cash  flow  to  the  principal  repayment  of  the  First  Lien  Term
Loans.    With  respect  to  the  First  Lien  Term  loans,  excess  cash  flow  means  EBITDA  of  Stars  Group  Holdings  B.V.  (a  direct  or  indirect  parent  of  Stars
Interactive Group and CrownBet) on a consolidated basis for such excess cash flow period (i.e., each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ended on
December  31,  2015),  minus,  without  duplication,  debt  service,  capital  expenditures,  permitted  business  acquisitions  and  investments,  taxes  paid  in  cash,
increases  in  working  capital,  cash  expenditures  in  respect  of  swap  agreements,  any  extraordinary,  unusual  or  nonrecurring  loss,  income  or  gain  on  asset
dispositions, and plus, without any duplication, decreases in working capital, capital expenditures funded with the proceeds of the issuance of debt or the
issuance of equity, cash payments received in respect of swap agreements, any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain realized in cash and cash interest
income to the extent deducted in the computation of EBITDA.

The percentage allocated to the principal repayment can fluctuate based on the following:

•

•

If  the  total  secured  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the  credit  agreement  governing  the  First  Lien  Term  Loans)  at  the  end  of  the
applicable excess cash flow period is less than or equal to 4.75 to 1.00 but is greater than 4.00 to 1.00, the repayments will be 25% of
the excess cash flow.

If  the  total  secured  leverage  ratio  at  the  end  of  the  applicable  excess  cash  flow  period  is  less  than  or  equal  to  4.00  to  1.00,  the
repayment will be 0% of the excess cash flow.

As  a  result  of  the  Refinancing  and  Repricing  and  respective  amendments  to  the  credit  agreement  for  the  First  Lien  Term  Loans,  the  Corporation  was  not
required to allocate any excess cash flow to the principal repayment of the First Lien Term Loans during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 or 2017
and will not be required to do so during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. However, to the extent that the Corporation has such excess cash flow in
applicable periods beginning in 2019 and depending upon the total secured leverage ratio, the Corporation may be required to allocate the applicable portion
of such excess cash flow for such principal repayment.

The agreement for the First Lien Term Loans limits Stars Group Holdings B.V. and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional debt or
grant additional liens on its assets and equity, distribute equity interests and distribute any assets to third parties.

As  described  above  under  “—Market  Risk—Interest  Rate  Sensitivity”,  the  Corporation  is  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  the  LIBOR  rate  as  certain  of  its
indebtedness  has  variable  interest  rates,  which  could  lead  to  increased  interest  charges.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  a  subsidiary  of  the
Corporation entered into cross currency

27

 
 
interest rate swap agreements (collectively, the “Swap Agreements”), designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, to manage the interest rate exposure on
the USD First Lien Term Loan. Under the Swap Agreements, the subsidiary agreed to exchange a notional principal amount of approximately $2.07 billion of
the USD First Lien Term Loan into Euro denominated fixed rate debt in order to fix future interest and principal payments in terms of the Euro, which is the
subsidiary’s functional currency.  In doing so, the Corporation currently expects to mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates and the impact of foreign
currency gains and losses resulting from changes in the U.S. dollar to Euro exchange rate, thereby potentially reducing the uncertainty of future cash flows.
As  at  December  31,  2017,  the  fair  value  of  the  Swap  Agreements  represented  a  liability  of  $111.76  million.  As  a  result  of  the  Swap  Agreements,  the
Corporation  had  interest  savings  of  $16.58  million  during  the  year.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Corporation  unwound  and  settled  a
notional  principal  amount  of  $616.54  million  of  the  Swap  Agreements  for  a  gain  of  $13.90  million.  As  a  result  of  this  unwinding  and  settlement,
approximately $1.16 billion of the USD First Lien Term Loan is covered under the Swap Agreements. The remaining $690.29 million USD First Lien Term
Loan is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates.

See also “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” below and in the 2017 Annual Information Form, particularly under the heading “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—
Risks Related to the Corporation’s Substantial Indebtedness”.

USD Second Lien Term Loan

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and during a portion of the year ended December 31, 2016, the Corporation designated a portion of the USD First
Lien Term Loan, the entire principal amount of the USD Second Lien Term Loan and its then-outstanding deferred consideration for the Stars Interactive
Group  Acquisition  as  a  foreign  exchange  hedge  of  its  net  investment  in  its  foreign  operations.    Accordingly,  the  portion  of  the  gains  arising  from  the
translation of the USD-denominated liabilities that was determined to be an effective hedge during the period was recognized in other comprehensive income
and accumulated under the heading cumulative foreign currency translation reserve, counterbalancing a portion of the losses arising from translation of the
Corporation’s net investment in its foreign operations. 

During each of the three months and year ended December 31, 2017, there was no ineffectiveness with respect to the net investment hedge. As at December
31,  2017,  the  Corporation  had  outstanding  forward  contracts  to  sell  USD  and  purchase  a  notional  amount  of  £67.5  million  to  hedge  the  Corporation’s
exposure to GBP expenses in 2018. These contracts have been designated as cashflow hedges. There were no equivalent contracts outstanding as at December
31, 2016.

For the three months and year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation recorded an unrealized exchange loss on translation of $11.82 million and $134.72
million, respectively, as compared to a loss of $42.00 million and a loss of $48.29 million for each of the prior year periods, in the cumulative translation
adjustment in reserves related to the translation of a portion of the USD First Lien Term Loan, USD Second Lien Term Loan and the deferred purchase price
for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition.

See note 31 in the 2017 Annual Financial Statements for further information in respect of financial instruments.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

CASH FLOWS BY ACTIVITY

The table below outlines a summary of cash inflows and outflows by activity for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Net cash inflows from operating activities
Net cash outflows from financing activities
Net cash inflows from investing activities

Three Months Ended December 31,

2017

$000's

2016

$000's

123,756   
(28,275)  
184,958   

148,295 
(237,032)
147,441

28

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Inflows from Operating Activities

The Corporation generated cash inflows from operating activities for the three months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Corporation’s cash inflows
from operating activities decreased for the three months ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period despite increased EBITDA primarily
due  to  realized  gains  on  its  completed  dispositions  of  its  retained  ownership  in  NYX  Gaming  Group,  the  NYX  Sub  Preferred  Shares  and  Jackpotjoy
securities.

Cash Outflows from Financing Activities

During the three months ended December 31, 2017, the primary expenditure affecting cash outflows from financing activities was the repayment of long-term
debt interest and principal related to the First Lien Term Loans and the repayment of interest on the USD Second Lien Term Loan. During the three months
ended December 31, 2016, the primary expenditures affecting cash outflows from financing activities were (i) the payment of $200 million on the deferred
purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition in November 2016 and (ii) the repayment of long-term debt interest and principal related to the
First Lien Term Loans and the USD Second Lien Term Loan.

Cash Inflows from Investing Activities

During  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  Corporation’s  cash  inflows  from  investing  activities  were  primarily  driven  by  (i)  a  change  in  the
securities underlying the customer deposits from those classified as investments to those classified as cash and cash equivalents and (ii) proceeds from the
completed  dispositions  of  the  Corporation’s  retained  ownership  in  NYX  Gaming  Group,  the  NYX  Sub  Preferred  Shares  and  Jackpotjoy  securities,  all  of
which  were  partially  offset  by  capital  expenditures.  During  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Corporation’s  cash  inflows  from  investing
activities were primarily driven by the derestriction of certain required monthly excess cash flow deposits to partially fund the $200 million payment on the
deferred  purchase  price  for  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  Acquisition  in  November  2016,  partially  offset  by  capital  expenditures,  primarily  consisting  of
investments in online poker, casino and sportsbook development.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

The table below outlines a summary of cash inflows and outflows by activity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Net cash inflows from operating activities
Net cash outflows from financing activities
Net cash inflows from investing activities

Cash Inflows from Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2017

$000's

2016

$000's

494,600   
(443,802)  
174,850   

349,936 
(375,586)
28,871

The Corporation generated cash inflows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Corporation’s cash inflows from
operating activities increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period primarily as a result of increased EBITDA generated
from the Corporation’s underlying operations.

Cash Outflows from Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the primary expenditures affecting cash outflows from financing activities were (i) the payment of $197.5 million
on the deferred purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition during the period and (ii) the repayment of long-term debt interest and principal
related to the First Lien Term Loans and the repayment of interest on the USD Second Lien Term Loan, including the Prepayments, both partially offset by
proceeds  from  exercised  employee  stock  options.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  primary  expenditures  affecting  the  cash  outflows  from
financing activities were (i) the payment of $200 million on

29

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  deferred  purchase  price  for  the  Stars  Interactive  Group  Acquisition  in  November  2016  and  (ii)  the  repayment  of  long-term  debt  interest  and  principal
related to the First Lien Term Loans and the USD Second Lien Term Loan.

Cash Inflows from Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation’s cash inflows from investing activities were primarily driven by (i) a change in the securities
underlying the customer deposits from those classified as investments to those classified as cash and cash equivalents and (ii) proceeds from the completed
dispositions of the Corporation’s retained ownership  in NYX Gaming Group, the NYX Sub Preferred Shares and Jackpotjoy securities, all of which were
partially  offset  by  capital  expenditures,  primarily  consisting  of  investments  in  online  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook  development.  During  the  year  ended
December 31, 2016, cash inflows from investing activities primarily consisted of the derestriction of certain required monthly excess cash flow deposits to
partially fund the $200 million payment on the deferred purchase price, partially offset by (i) the required monthly excess cash flow deposits for the deferred
purchase price for the Stars Interactive Group Acquisition, (ii) the cash collateral delivered as part of the Kentucky Bond Collateral, (iii) capital expenditures,
primarily  consisting  of  investments  in  online  poker,  casino  and  sportsbook  development,  and  (iv)  the  payment  of  certain  minimum  revenue  guarantees  in
connection with the Corporation’s divestiture of certain former businesses.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

For a description of the Corporation’s significant accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgments, and related information, see note 2 to the
2017 Annual Financial Statements. Other than as set forth below, there have been no changes to the Corporation’s significant accounting policies or critical
accounting estimates or judgments during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Change in Critical Accounting Estimates

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation made the following changes to its critical accounting estimates or judgments:

Tax provision in respect of prior years

Determining  the  Corporation’s  income  tax  and  its  provisions  for  income  taxes  involves  a  significant  degree  of  estimation  and  judgement,  particularly  in
respect  of  open  tax  returns  relating  to  prior  years  where  the  liabilities  remain  to  be  agreed  with  the  local  tax  authorities.  Provisions  for  income  taxes  are
recognized based on management’s best estimate of the outcome after taking into consideration all available evidence, and where appropriate, after taking
external advice into consideration. The tax provision recorded in the Corporation’s 2017 consolidated financial statements in respect of prior years relate to
intercompany trading arrangements entered into in the normal course of business.  Due to the uncertainty associated with such tax items it is possible that at a
future date, on resolution of the open tax matters, the final outcome may vary significantly and there is the potential for a material adjustment to the carrying
amounts of the liability recorded as a result of this estimation and uncertainty.

30

 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Changes in Accounting Policies Adopted

During the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no changes to the Corporation’s accounting policies adopted.

New Accounting Pronouncements – Not Yet Effective

For a list of the new and revised accounting standards under IFRS that the Corporation has not yet applied, see the 2017 Annual Financial Statements. Subject
to full analysis the Corporation does not currently expect that the adoption of such new and revised standards will have a material impact on the financial
statements of The Stars Group in future periods, except as noted below:

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments

The  IASB  issued  IFRS  9  relating  to  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  instruments.  IFRS  9  uses  a  single  approach  to  determine  whether  a
financial  asset  is  measured  at  amortized  cost  or  fair  value,  and  this  approach  replaces  the  previous  requirements  of  IAS  39,  Financial  Instruments:
Recognition and Measurement. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial assets (i.e., its business model) and the contractual
cash  flow  characteristics  of  those  financial  assets.  IFRS  9  also  amends  the  impairment  criteria  by  introducing  a  new  expected  credit  losses  model  for
calculating impairment on financial assets and commitments to extend credit. The standard also introduces minor changes applicable to financial liabilities.
Further, IFRS 9 includes new hedge accounting requirements that align hedge accounting more closely with risk management. These new requirements do not
fundamentally change the types of hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness, but do allow more hedging strategies
that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and for more judgment by management in assessing the effectiveness of those hedging
relationships, replacing the rules-based approach to assessing hedge effectiveness under IAS 39. Extended disclosures in respect of risk management activity
will also be required under the new standard.

Based on the analysis undertaken to date, the Corporation expects the following impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures as a result of
the adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018:  

Certain equity investments that are currently classified as available-for-sale ($7.0 million as at December 31, 2017) will be reclassified to financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss on January 1, 2018. Related fair value gains of $nil will be transferred from the available-for-sale financial assets reserve to
retained earnings on January 1, 2018 and fair value gains related to these investments amounting to $nil were recognized in profit or loss in the 2017 financial
year as these investments are currently held at cost.

Investment  in  debt  instruments  held  by  the  Corporation  (i.e.,  bonds)  that  are  currently  classified  as  available-for-sale  will  satisfy  the  conditions  for
classification as at fair value through other comprehensive income and hence there will be no change to the accounting for these assets. Related fair value
gains of $nil will be transferred from the available-for-sale financial assets reserve to the financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
reserve on January 1, 2018.

The other financial assets held by the Corporation include debt instruments currently measured at amortized cost which continue to meet the conditions for
classification at amortized cost under IFRS 9. Accordingly, the Corporation does not expect the new guidance to affect the classification and measurement of
these financial assets.

The new impairment model requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected credit losses rather than only incurred credit losses as is the
case under IAS 39. It applies to financial assets classified at amortized cost, debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
contract assets under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, lease receivables, loan commitments and certain financial guarantee contracts. Based
on the assessments undertaken to date, the Corporation does not expect a material increase in the loss allowance against these assets.

The impact of historic modifications arising on the Corporation’s existing long-term debt are required to be recognized on transition to the new standard. This
will result in an adjustment to the carrying amount of long-term debt and a corresponding adjustment in the opening balance of retained earnings on January
1, 2018. The de-recognition rules remain unchanged from IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As permitted by IFRS 9, the Corporation intends to elect to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39 to all of its hedging relationships,
rather than apply the new requirements of IFRS 9 upon adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018.

The new standard also introduces requirements for expanded disclosure and changes in presentation. These requirements are expected to change the nature
and extent of the Corporation’s disclosures about its financial instruments, particularly in the year of adoption.

The  Corporation  will  apply  the  new  rules  retrospectively  from  January  1,  2018,  with  the  practical  expedients  permitted  under  the  standard.  Comparative
information for 2017 will not be restated.

IFRS 15, Revenues from Contracts with Customers

The Financial Accounting Standards Board and IASB issued converged standards in respect of revenue recognition. IFRS 15 affects any entity entering into
contracts with customers, unless those contracts fall within the scope of other standards such as insurance contracts, financial instruments or lease contracts.
IFRS 15 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in IAS 18, Revenue, IFRIC 13, Customer Loyalty Programs, and the majority of other industry-
specific guidance.

The standard contains a single model that applies to contracts with customers and two approaches to recognizing revenue, i.e., at a point in time or over time.
The model features a contract-based five-step analysis of transactions to determine whether, how much and when revenue is recognized. New estimates and
judgmental thresholds have been introduced, which may affect the amount or timing of revenue recognized.

The  Corporation  has  completed  its  analysis  and  expects  the  following  impact  on  its  consolidated  financial  statements  and  disclosures  as  a  result  of  the
adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2018:  

The timing and amount of revenue recognized is not expected to be materially affected as a result of adoption, but the Corporation does expect an impact on
presentation and disclosure due to the requirement to present revenue from contracts with customers separately from other sources of income.

The  Corporation  does  not  believe  contract  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  January  1,  2018  will  be  material  such  that  they  require  separate  disclosure  in  the
consolidated statement of financial position or in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The  new  standard  will  be  applied  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach,  whereby  the  cumulative  impact  of  adoption  will  be  recognized  in  retained
earnings as of January 1, 2018 and comparative information for 2017 will not be restated. The Corporation does not believe this approach will result in an
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on adoption.

IFRS 16, Leases

The IASB recently issued IFRS 16 to replace IAS 17, Leases. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize
assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-
use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors.

The Corporation intends to adopt IFRS 16 from its effective date of January 1, 2019. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact of this standard, and
does not anticipate applying it prior to its effective date.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
As at December 31, 2017, the Corporation had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the
Corporation’s  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital  expenditures  or  capital
resources that is material to investors.

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

OUTSTANDING SHARE DATA

Common Shares issued and outstanding
Common Shares issuable upon conversion of 1,138,978 Preferred Shares
Common Shares issuable upon exercise of options
Common Shares issuable upon exercise of warrants
Common Shares issuable upon settlement of other equity-based awards
Total Common Shares on a fully-diluted basis

33

As at March 12, 2018

148,270,626 
58,763,272 
6,496,451 
4,000,000 
739,543 
218,269,892

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

Other than as set forth in the 2017 Annual Information Form, there were no material changes or updates to the Corporation’s material legal proceedings or
regulatory actions during the three months ended December 31, 2017. For additional information regarding the Corporation’s material legal proceedings and
regulatory actions, see the 2017 Annual Reports, particularly under the heading “Legal Proceedings and Regulatory Actions” in the 2017 Annual Information
Form and note 30 to the 2017 Annual Financial Statements.

Kentucky Proceeding

For information regarding the previously reported proceeding in Kentucky, see above under “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility”, the 2017
Annual  Information  Form,  including  under  the  heading  “Legal  Proceedings  and  Regulatory  Actions”  therein,  and  note  30  to  the  2017  Annual  Financial
Statements.

The AMF Investigation and Foreign Payments Matter

For  information  regarding  the  previously  reported  AMF  investigation  and  related  matters  and  foreign  payments  matter,  see  the  2017  Annual  Information
Form.

Class Actions

For information regarding the previously reported class action lawsuits, see the 2017 Annual Information Form.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES AND
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The  applicable  rules  of  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the  Canadian  Securities  Administrators  require  The  Stars  Group’s  certifying
officers,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”),  to  establish  and  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  procedures
(“DC&P”) and internal control over financial reporting (“ICFR”), as those terms are defined in such rules. In compliance with these rules, the Corporation has
filed applicable certifications signed by the CEO and the CFO that, among other things, report on the design of each of DC&P and ICFR.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The CEO and CFO have designed DC&P, or have caused them to be designed under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that:

•

•

material information relating to the Corporation is made known to them by others, particularly during the period in which the annual and interim
filings are being prepared; and

information required to be disclosed in the annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted under securities legislation is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in applicable securities legislation.

The CEO and CFO have evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under their supervision, the effectiveness of the Corporation’s DC&P at the financial year end
December 31, 2017. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Corporation’s DC&P are effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The CEO and CFO have designed ICFR, or have caused it to be designed under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the Corporation’s accounting and reporting standards.

The CEO and CFO have evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under their supervision, the effectiveness of the Corporation’s ICFR at the financial year end
December 31, 2017, based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
framework). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Corporation’s ICFR are effective as of December 31, 2017.

Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except  as  noted  below,  there  has  been  no  change  in  the  Corporation’s  ICFR  that  occurred  during  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2017  that  has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s ICFR.

In the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2016 and for each of the first three quarters of
2017, the Corporation’s management disclosed two material weaknesses in the Corporation’s ICFR that it had identified in its evaluation of the effectiveness
of the Corporation’s ICFR at the financial year end December 31, 2016.  

The  first  material  weakness  in  the  Corporation’s  ICFR  related  to  derivative  valuations  and  hedge  accounting.  In  particular,  management  identified
deficiencies  related  to  the  operating  effectiveness  of  controls  over  derivative  valuations  and  hedge  accounting,  including  specifically  as  it  related  to
management’s  review  of  internal  calculations  of  fair  value  of  derivatives  and  its  review  of  the  designation  of  such  derivatives  in  hedge  relationships.  To
remediate this material weakness, the Corporation engaged an external service provider that specializes in derivative valuations and provides a Type 1 report
in accordance with Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization (a “SOC1 Report”)
to  provide  applicable  valuations  for  comparison  to  management’s  internal  valuations  and  to  assist  with  hedge  documentation  and  technical  assessments
related to any significant changes to existing hedge relationships or new hedge relationships. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended December 31,
2017, the Corporation successfully completed the testing necessary for management to conclude that this material weakness had been remediated.

The  second  material  weakness  in  the  Corporation’s  ICFR  related  to  foreign  exchange  rate  information.  Specifically,  management  identified  deficiencies
related to the design of controls over the foreign exchange rates used by the Corporation to determine the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations and for
financial  reporting  purposes.  Such  information  was  being  obtained  from  a  single  source  that  did  not  provide  management  with  a  SOC1  Report  and
management  did  not  validate  such  data.  To  remediate  this  material  weakness,  the  Corporation  now  obtains  foreign  exchange  rate  information  from  an
additional reputable source in order to compare such information against that provided by its previous sole information source. During the fourth quarter of
fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Corporation successfully completed the testing necessary for management to conclude that this material weakness
had been remediated.

Limitations on Effectiveness of DC&P and ICFR

In  designing  and  evaluating  DC&P  and  ICFR,  management  recognizes  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.  In addition, the design of DC&P and ICFR must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
See also “Risk Factors and Uncertainties—Risks Related to the Corporation’s Business—If the Corporation’s internal controls are ineffective, its operating
results and market confidence in its reported financial information could be adversely affected” in the 2017 Annual Information Form.

35

 
RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Certain  factors  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Current  and  prospective
investors should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties and other information contained in this MD&A, the 2017 Annual Reports, particularly under
the heading “Risk Factors and Uncertainties” in the 2017 Annual Information Form, and in other filings that the Corporation has made and may make in the
future with applicable securities authorities, including those available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com, EDGAR at www.sec.gov or The Stars Group’s website
at  www.starsgroup.com.  The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  herein  and  therein  are  not  the  only  ones  the  Corporation  may  face.  Additional  risks  and
uncertainties that the Corporation is unaware of, or that the Corporation currently believes are not material, may also become important factors that could
adversely  affect  the  Corporation’s  business.  If  any  of  such  risks  actually  occur,  the  Corporation’s  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and
future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of the Common Shares (or the value of any other securities of the
Corporation) could decline, and the Corporation’s securityholders could lose part or all of their investment.

36

FURTHER INFORMATION

Additional information relating to The Stars Group and its business, including, without limitation, the 2017 Annual Reports and other filings that The Stars
Group  has  made  and  may  make  in  the  future  with  applicable  securities  authorities,  may  be  found  on  or  through  SEDAR  at  www.sedar.com,  EDGAR  at
www.sec.gov or The Stars Group’s website at www.starsgroup.com. Additional information, including directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness,
principal holders of The Stars Group securities and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, is also contained in the Corporation’s
most recent management information circular for the most recent annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

In  addition  to  press  releases,  securities  filings  and  public  conference  calls  and  webcasts,  The  Stars  Group  intends  to  use  its  investor  relations  page  on  its
website as a means of disclosing material information to its investors and others and for complying with its disclosure obligations under applicable securities
laws. Accordingly, investors and others should monitor the website in addition to following The Stars Group’s press releases, securities filings, and public
conference calls and webcasts. This list may be updated from time to time.

Toronto, Ontario
March 14, 2018

(Signed) “Brian Kyle”
_____________________
Brian Kyle
Chief Financial Officer

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi, certify that:

Certification
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 99.4

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Stars Group Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the issuer and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered
by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over
financial reporting; and

5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2018

          /s/ Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi
          Name: Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi
          Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Brian Kyle, certify that:

Certification
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 99.5

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Stars Group Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the issuer and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and

Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered
by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over
financial reporting; and

5.

The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2018

          /s/ Brian Kyle
          Name: Brian Kyle
          Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of The Stars Group Inc. (the “Registrant”) on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi, as Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§ 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Exhibit 99.6

/s/ Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi
Name: Rafael (Rafi) Ashkenazi
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   March 14, 2018

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or
otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification is not, and shall not be deemed, incorporated by reference in the Report or any other filing
of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of The Stars Group Inc. (the “Registrant”) on Form 40-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Brian Kyle, as Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as
adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Exhibit 99.7

/s/ Brian Kyle
Name: Brian Kyle
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   March 14, 2018

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Registrant for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or
otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification is not, and shall not be deemed, incorporated by reference in the Report or any other filing
of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London
EC4A 3BZ

Phone: +44 (0)20 7936 3000
Fax: +44 (0)20 7583 1198
www.deloitte.co.uk

Exhibit 99.8

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-207925 and No. 333-219986 on Form S-8 and Registration
Statement No. 333-221875 on Form F-10 and to the use of our reports dated March 14, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements
of The Stars Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 40-F of The Stars Group Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Deloitte LLP
London, United Kingdom
March 14, 2018

Deloitte LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales with registered number OC303675 and its registered office at 2 New Street Square, London, EC4A 3BZ, United Kingdom.

Deloitte LLP is the United Kingdom affiliate of Deloitte NWE LLP, a member firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee (“DTTL”). DTTL and each of its member firms are legally separate and independent entities. DTTL and Deloitte NWE
LLP do not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about to learn more about our global network of member firms.

© 2018 Deloitte LLP. All rights reserved.